Kanatec - Katalog 2014 EN

Magnetic chucks include several types such as electromagnetic chucks,
permanent magnetic chucks and permanent electromagnetic

chucks, each having particular functional features.
In the machining industry, it has been known since the beginning of the 20th century
to apply magnets to holding workpieces. In particular, recent technological
development has expanded the scope of applications of magnetic chucks from only
grinding machines to heavy duty cutting processes by machining centers, lathes,
milling machines, etc. Today the applications have further been expanded to include
metallic mold machining and electric discharge machining. Thus, the magnetic chucks
that meet these high precision machining requirements play a very important role in
many machining fields.
In addition to magnetic chucks, KANETEC offers chucks designed for nonmagnetic
materials to respond to requirements in grinding of various materials. We believe you
will find products in this brochure that meet your diversified needs.
■Types of Chucks by Applications

Machining Application Machine Applicable Chuck (Typical Model)
Heavy duty ・Material rough

cutting machining
・Machining
center Electromagnetic: KETZ
・Material Permanent electromagnetic:
・Milling EP-Q, EP-D
General cutting
machine Permanent electromagnetic
cutting ・General (round): EPC-Z
・Lathe Electromagnetic: ACSHIM KEZF
finishing
Permanent magnetic: RMA
・Turning
machine Electromagnetic: KETN
Electromagnetic: KETW Electromagnetic (round):
Light duty ・Finishing Permanent electromagnetic: KEC-AS
cutting (Straightening) EPTW Permanent electromagnetic
Electromagnetic (round): (round): EPC-AST
KEC-AR Permanent magnetic: RMA-C
Permanent electromagnetic
(round): EPC-AR
Heavy duty ・Material

grinding grinding ・Rotary
grinder
Machining load
・Surface
Electromagnetic: KESL
Electromagnetic: KET
・General grinder Permanent electromagnetic: EPT
Electromagnetic: KETL
General finishing ・Belt
grinding ・Finishing grinder
(Straightening) ・Cylindrical
Permanent
grinder magnetic:
Permanent RMT, RMAW
・Mold magnetic:
Precision ・Precision grinder RMWH Permanent
grinding finishing magnetic
Permanent (round):
magnetic RMC, RMC-X
Permanent (round):
magnetic: RMCW
・Electric
Super thin
Electric ・Mold type RTH
discharge discharge
machining
machining machine
Nonmagnetic Permanent magnetic:

Nonferrous
・Machines materials: Cemented carbide CMR Nonmagnetic
machining ・Grinding/ Vacuum materials:
in
(Weak
magnetism )
cutting, etc.
general
chuck KVR PROMELTA
SYSTEM PRB
0 50 100 150 200 250 300

［kgf］
Holding power (□50×t 25, S15C test piece)
1
OVERVIEW OF MAGNETIC CHUCKS
■Overview and Features of Chucks

●Very efficient since workpieces can be attached/detached by ●Energy-saving type, requiring no power source. No fear of power
Electromagnetic switching operation. Permanent failure and capable of holding workpieces for a long time.
●Easy automation by interlocking the chuck and the machine. ●No heat generation and thus no thermal distortion due to
chuck ●Easy adjustment of the holding power.
magnetic chuck temperature rise.
●Easy to make a larger type of the chuck.
●Magnetic chuck equipped with a sine bar for high-precision grinding
●Constructed to reduce heat generated during power on by water cooling. and inspection.
Water-cooled ●Suitable for high-precision machining and exhibits features of ●Precisely finished to overall accuracy of 0.005 mm or better.
Sine bar chuck
electromagnetic electromagnetic chucks. ●Various types are available; electromagnetic, water-cooled
chuck ●Most suitable for dry grinding. (Heat from workpieces themselves electromagnetic, permanent magnetic and permanent electromagnetic
is absorbed also.) chucks.
●Very efficient since workpieces can be attached/detached by ●Holds workpieces by action of atmospheric pressure.
switching operation. Vacuum chuck ●Vacuum chucks nonmagnetic materials.
Permanent ●Energy-saving, since electric power is used momentarily for
attaching/detaching workpieces only.
electromagnetic ●High accuracy because of no thermal distortion due to heat ●Secures workpieces to a dedicated chuck using workpiece fixing
PROMELTA
chuck generated during power on. agent.
●No change in the holding power in the event of power failure system ●Secures nonmagnetic materials.
while the workpiece is being held.
■Types of Electromagnetic Chucks

Type Model Application Applicable Machine Remarks
With T-groove KEZX Heavy duty cutting Machining center
Super powerful type KETZ high-speed cutting Milling machine
Large planomiller
Powerful waveform type KETN Cutting KEZX
KETZ
Grinding, light duty cutting, Milling and grinding machine,
Lateral fine pitch type KESL
belt grinding mass-production saw blade grinder
Air-up type KETB Grinding
Standard rectangular type KET Grinding, light duty cutting KESL KET
Micropitch type KETW Thin workpiece grinding Grinder

Tilt type KET-U Mold grinding
Connecting and tilt type KET-UT Large workpieces, angular grinding of cutters
KEC-AR KEC-AS
KEC-AR Ring pole: Grinding Grinder, lathe, rotary grinder,
Round type
KEC-AS Star pole: Cutting turning machine (face lathe)
KCT/KCT-U Grinding Grinder
Water-cooled type KCT-U
KCC Grinding, rotary grinding Grinder, rotary grinder KCC
■Types of Permanent Magnetic Chucks

Powerful type RMA Cutting, heavy duty cutting Milling machine
For small and thin Light duty cutting and grinding
RMAW Grinder, milling machine
workpieces of small and thin workpieces
Light duty grinding and cutting RMA

Standard type RMT Grinder, electric RMT
of thin to thick workpieces discharge machine
Rectangular type, Fine-pitch grinding of small and Grinder, electric

RMWH
micropitch thin workpieces, holding in liquid discharge machine
RMWH RMT-U
Tilt type RMT-U Mold grinding Grinder
Powerful round type RMA-C Cutting Lathe
Star-pole round type RMC-X
Light duty cutting, grinding Grinder, lathe
Standard round type RMC
RMC
Universal grinding of thin to
Round type, micropitch RMCW
thick workpieces
Light duty grinding and
Super thin type RTH high-speed grinding Grinder
RMC-X RMCW
Grinding of weak magnetic
For cemented carbide CMR materials such as cemented carbide
Rectangular type with jet hole RMT-ED Improved water tightness,
Round type with jet hole RMC-ED securing workpieces during Electric discharge machine RTH
Rectangular type, micropitch RMWH-ED electric discharge machining RMWH-ED
■Types of Permanent Electromagnetic Chucks

Powerful type EP-Q Heavy duty cutting, Milling machine,
Demagnetizing function type EP-D general cutting machining center
Rectangular type EPT Grinding
Grinder
Micropitch type EPTW Grinding thin workpieces EP-Q
Lathe, turning machine EPC-AST
Tilt type EPZ-U Mold grinding EPTW
Round type Cylindrical grinder,

EPC Turning, grinding EPT
rotary grinder EPZ-U
2
Holding Power of Magnetic Chucks ■An example of holding power <<Electromagnetic chuck>>
（1N≒0.1kgf）
The holding power varies largely depending on the type of magnetic chucks and
●Relation between attractive area of ● Relation between thickness of
material, thickness and attractive area of workpieces and distribution of mass and workpiece and holding power workpiece and holding power
surface roughness of the attractive face of workpieces. The following graphs show Test piece thickness 25 mm, SS400 ground surface Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface
typical examples; you can refer to them for tendency. Please note, however, that （N/cm2）（N）
150 6000
values differ slightly among chucks. Always locate workpieces in such a manner
Holding power per unit area

KETZ
that the holding area is positioned over both the N and S poles. 125 5000
KETN
Holding power
100 4000
Holding Power and Pitch between Poles
75 3000 KESL
There is no absolute rule for selection of pitches suitable for workpieces. A
KETZ
general guide, however, is that the best condition for holding is that the thickness 50 2000 KET
of workpieces is 2 to 4 times the pitch. KETN
25 1000
To attract a workpiece firmly, it should be placed over the N pole and S pole, and KET・KEC
accordingly, the attractive face of workpieces must at least be 3 times the pitch.
0 200 400 600（cm2） 0 10 20 30（mm）
Attractive area of test piece Thickness of test piece
■An example of construction of rectangular electromagnetic chuck ■An example of construction of rectangular permanent magnetic chuck
Separator Waterproof layer Magnetic pole Separator
Iron core
Coil Face plate
Face plate
Case Base plate

Body
Magnet Iron core
■An example of holding power <<Permanent magnetic chuck>> ■Relation between material and holding power
（1N≒0.1kgf） <<Chucks in general>>
●Relation between thickness of workpiece and holding power
●Difference in holding power due to ●Difference in holding power due to
Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface materials (%) attractive surface roughness (%)
（N）（N）
3000 600
RMA 0 25 50 75 100
（％） 0 25 50 75 100
（％）
2500 500
Max. holding power
SS400 SS400 ▽▽▽ G

Max. holding power
Light duty SUS430 SS400 ▽▽

2000 cutting 400
RMT・RMC RMWH・RMCW
S45C SS400 ▽
1500 300 RTH
S45C hardened SS400 ∼
RMWH・RMCW
1000 200 SKH2
Heavy duty SKH2 hardened

500 100
RTH
grinding FC400
FC200
0 10 20 30（mm） 0 1.0 2.0 3.0
Thickness of test piece Thickness of test piece （mm）
■An example of holding power <<Permanent electromagnetic chuck>> Selection of grinding fluid
（1N≒0.1kgf）
The separator part of the chuck work faces is made of brass, resin, etc. Select
●Relation between thickness of workpiece and holding power
grinding fluid that does not corrode these materials. For details, please consult
Test piece 50 × 50 mm, SS400 ground surface
（N） with grinding fluid suppliers.
3000
EP-Q
2500
These magnetic chucks employ special resin for
Max. holding power
Environmentally
friendly
bonding attractive face structural members,
2000 instead of solder that is normally used, but is an
1500
environmentally hazardous substance.
EPT
1000
500
0 10 20 30（mm） ※Use the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data)

Thickness of test piece at the end.
■Standards Standards of electromagnetic chucks
The quality standards of electro- （mm）
magnetic chucks have been estab- Length or diameter of face plate Up to 300 Over 300 up to 600 Over 600 up to 900 Over 900
lished as described in the right-side Surface roughness: 6.3S
Flatness 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025
table for dimensional accuracy Mounting face: Not convex.
Parallelism 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05
(flatness/parallelism), holding
power, electrical performance Holding power The holding power on the chuck face plate must be 98.1 N (10 kgf) or over in average and 49 N (5 kgf) or over in the weakest area.
(withstand voltage/insulation Withstand voltage Dielectric breakdown between the charged part and the body is not allowed. (1500 VAC, 1 min.)
resistance/temperature rise limit) Insulation resistance The insulation resistance must be 5 ΩM or over. (Measured with 500 V insulation resistance tester)
and water resistance including Temperature rise The temperature rise on the chuck work face must be below 15℃. (Powered on for 3 hours)
testing methods.
Water resistance When a chuck is immersed in water, no water must enter the inside or its insulation performance must not drop.
3 Note: The standards for the holding power and temperature rise vary depending on models.
OVERVIEW OF MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Permanent electromagnetic chuck for cutting (An example of large size)
Permanent magnetic chuck for electric discharge machine
Vertical 2-face holding permanent

electromagnetic chuck
Permanent electromagnetic chuck for grinding (An example of large size)
Chucks of special specifications not listed in this catalog are also available.
4
Electromagnetic chuck for removing distortion ACSHIM* Series
This is an epoch-making chuck that supports a distorted/
warped workpiece with sticks to hold it in its natural state.
CHUCKS
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
<Model KEZF-WS and KEZF-G> ●A series of operation from supporting a workpiece (raising the sticks) up
●Sticks on the work face support a distorted (warped) workpiece and to holding and securing the workpiece can be done quickly.
hold it in a natural state. Since no measures are necessary to support ●Each stick unit (workpiece support) can be removed easily for easy
such workpieces using shims, etc., the work efficiency can be improved. maintenance.
CONTROLLERS MAGNETIC CHUCKS ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model KEZF-WS ACSHIM* FOR PRECISION CUTTING

［Application］
Environmentally The sticks arranged at certain pitches enable precise setting
PERMANENT
friendly
of workpieces quickly in the machining sector including mold
bases in dry milling operations.
［Features］
●The precision flatness machining time can be reduced by 50%.
●The turn-over process in machining is reduced from 3 ‒ 4
PERMANENT
steps to 2 steps.
●The use of sticks requires no skills to machine workpieces
precisely.
●Workpieces of 3 mm distortion max. can be supported.
●Most suitable for milling plates that are 20 mm or thicker.
KEZF-WS4080 Workpiece
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Chuck controller
required additionally 3mm
Stick
■Normal electromagnetic chuck A gap in the center of a warped workpiece that cannot be
reached by shims is supported by sticks.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Prior to holding Holding → machining Magnetic force

released Accuracy improvement
by ACSHIM (Flatness)
Workpiece size 300 × 700 mm (Material SS400)
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Holding power tends to Absorbed warping of workpiece

absorb warping of workpiece. returns to original state.
■ACSHIM
Prior to holding Holding → machining Magnetic force
released
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Sticks
Sticks support concave
parts of workpiece. Material After machining
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Note: Not guaranteed values.
Single Hydraulic hose Power Cord ing

Cutt tion
stopper oper
a
Wet tion
ifica
spec
TOOLS
HOLDING
B1
B
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Work support N pieces

L
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
H
t
L1
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Work Face Mounting Face Height Number of Dedicated

Model Nominal Size Mass
₁ ₁ Sticks Control Unit
KEZF-WS 3060 300（11.8）
× 600
（23.6） 300
（11.8） 600
（23.6） 310
（12.2） 620（24.4） 15 130kg/286 lb
KEZF-WS 4080 400（15.7）
× 800
（31.5） 400
（15.7） 800（31.5） 410
（16.1） 820（32.2） 24 230kg/507 lb EH-VFW205A
30
（1.18） 105（4.13）
KEZF-WS50100 500
（19.6）
×1000
（39.4） 500
（19.6） 510
（20.0） 40 360kg/793 lb
1000
（39.4） 1020
（40.1）
600
（23.6）
×1000
（39.4） 600
（23.6） 610
（24.0） 48 430kg/948 lb EH-VFW210A
5
KEZF-WS60100
KEZF-WS / KEZF-G / EH-VFW
Model KEZF-G ACSHIM* FOR GRINDING
Arrangement of sticks for grinding operations realized!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS MAGNETIC CHUCKS CONTROLLERS CHUCKS
Environmentally ［Application］
friendly Designed for grinding operations and milling operations
requiring higher accuracy.
［Features］
●Deformation that occurs when light weight or thin
workpieces are held can be reduced substantially.
CHUCK
●The amount of spring back after grinding is reduced, which
contributes to improvement of finished surface accuracy.
●Wet grinding is possible.
●Workpieces of 3 mm distortion max. can be supported.
PERMANENT
●Works well for relatively large workpieces or thin sheets
(t12 or over).
Chuck controller
KEZF-G3060 required additionally
PERMANENT
ding
Single Hydraulic hose Power Cord Grin ation
stopper oper
Wet tion
ifica
spec
BLOCKS
FOR MC
B1
B
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Work support N pieces
L
PROMELTA*
H
SYSTEM
t
L1
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Mounting Face Height Number of Dedicated
₁ ₁ Sticks Control Unit
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KEZF-G 3060 300（11.8）
× 600
（23.6） 300
（11.8） 600（23.6） 310
（12.2） 620（24.4） 21 130kg/286 lb
KEZF-G 4080 400（15.7）
× 800
（31.5） 400
（15.7） 800（31.5） 410
（16.1） 820
（32.2） 36 230kg/507 lb
30
（1.18） 105（4.13） EH-VFW205A
KEZF-G50100 500
（19.6）
×1000
（39.4） 500
（19.6） 510
（20.0） 55 360kg/793 lb
1000
（39.4） 1020
（40.1）
KEZF-G60100 600
（23.6）
×1000
（39.4） 600
（23.6） 610
（24.0） 66 430kg/948 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model EH-VFW CONTROL UNIT FOR ACSHIM* FOR HIGH-PRECISION CUTTING/GRINDING
MINI CHUCKS
Controls ACSHIM Series precisely by simple operation!
HOLDING
［Application］
TOOLS
This is a dedicated unit equipped with functions to control the
magnetic force of the ACSHIM and movement of sticks.
［Features］
●A series of operation can be performed automatically with
TOOL HOLDERS
the auto button on the operation box.

MEASURING
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
①Start ② ③ ④
Auto ON Sticks up Magnetization Workpiece holding complete
⑧End ⑦ ⑥ ⑤
Sticks down Demagnetization Auto OFF Machining
EH-VFW205A <Operation box>
MAGNETIC
［mm（in）
］
TOOLS
Rated Output Required Dimensions Control Box

Model Power Source Mass
Voltage Current Air Pressure Width Height Depth Width Height Depth
EH-VFW205A Single-phase 5A 600
（23.6） 500（19.6） 250（9.84） 40kg/ 88 lb
200VAC 0‒90 VDC 0.3‒0.5MPa 180（7.08） 180（7.08） 70（2.75）
EH-VFW210A 50/60Hz 10A 700
（27.5） 600（23.6） 300（11.8） 50kg/110 lb
6
ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model KEZX SUPER POWERFUL ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH T-SLOTS
［Application］
CHUCKS
Environmentally Chuck controller required additionally

friendly
A super powerful electromagnetic chuck having T-slots for
heavy duty cutting. A range of workpieces that can be held has
been expanded by a combination of a quick working magnet
system and clamps by use of T-grooves.
As the mechanical clamping mechanism is incorporated,
irregularly shaped workpieces and nonmagnetic workpieces that

cannot be held by normal electromagnetic chucks can be held
easily.
When clamping a nonmagnetic workpiece, such work as
demounting the electromagnetic chuck from the machine table
can be eliminated.
PERMANENT
KEZX-50100B
An example of vertical usage (An example of special fabrication) Model KEZX comes both in the flat type and vertical type.
Side stopper ［Features］
Power cord 5m
Back stopper ●Super powerful electromagnetic chuck specially designed for
(Protective spring 0.6 m attached)
heavy duty cutting.
●Small and irregularly shaped workpieces can be held firmly by
PERMANENT
2
a combination of a magnet and clamping by use of T-slots.
Ｂ2
Ｂ1
●Since a nonmagnetic workpiece can be secured by clamping
2
by use of T-slots, such steps as mounting and demounting
Ｌ1
the electromagnetic chuck to and from the machine table are
not required.
Number of T-grooves in 18 ●With the vertical type, effective usage of T-grooves with the
FOR MC
BLOCKS
n
longitudinal direction “ ”
1 1
magnetic force of the electromagnetic chuck reduced (or
t
turned off completely) facilitates positioning of the workpiece

32
H
10
or obtaining the reference plane.

h
Ｌ2 12±1
30±1 ●Workpieces having a small attractive face area can also be

T-groove (Nominal 18H14) clamped firmly.
［mm
（in）
］
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Number of Electro
Work Face Mounting Face Height
Model Nominal Size T-slots Voltage Current Mass Chuck
₁ ₁ ℓ₁ ℓ₂ X Y ₂ ₂ Master
KEZX-50100B 500（19.6）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4） 242（9.52） 3 1000（39.4） 4.2A 442kg/ 974 lb 5A Series
500（19.6） 50 200（7.87） 490（19.2） 20 130
KEZX-50150B 500（19.6）×1500（59.0） 1500（59.0）（238）（9.36） 3 5 1500（59.0） 90 VDC 6.1A 663kg/1462 lb
（1.96）（0.78）（5.11） EH-VE210D
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KEZX-60100B 600（23.6）×1000（39.4） 600（23.6） 1000（39.4） 242（9.52） 250（9.84） 3 590（23.2） 1000（39.4） 5.7A 530kg/1168 lb
※ 5A Series refers to Chuck Masters in general the rated output current of which is 5A. ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC
chuck controller is used.
Model KETZ SUPER POWERFUL ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Environmentally
Side
stopper
Back
stopper
Power cord
3‒5m
［Application］
friendly Designed for heavy duty cutting by a milling machine
and planomiller. Most suitable for powerful chucking of
thick workpieces and high-speed cutting where a large
G
Be
B2
B1
cutting force is exerted.

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
［Features］
P1 P2
Le ●Super powerful electromagnetic chucks specially
L1 designed for heavy duty cutting.
L2
●Various measures provided for easy mounting, easy
wiring and quick elimination of residual magnetism.
KETZ-2550B ●Very effective holding power for workpieces that are
TOOLS
HOLDING
15 mm or thicker and sized 140×140 mm or larger.

h
Chuck controller required additionally

（in）
［mm ］
Work Face Pole Pitch No.of Mounting Face Height Mounting Electro
Model Nominal Size Hole Voltage Current Mass Remarks
Poles Chuck Master
₁ ₁ e e ₁ ₂ ₂ ₂
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
KETZ- 1530B 150（5.90）× 300（11.8） 150 300（11.8） 240（9.44） 90 228（8.97） ̶̶ 156 350（13.7） 18 90 0.45A 28kg/ 61lb
1 14
KETZ- 1545B 150（5.90）× 450（17.7）（5.90） 450（17.7） 390（15.3）（3.54） 378（14.8） ̶̶ （6.14） 500（19.6）（0.70）（3.54） 0.66A 42kg/ 92lb
KETZ- 2050B 200（7.87）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 422（16.6） 62（2.44）54（2.12） 4 520（20.4） 0.90A 68kg/ 149lb
200 160 206 100 ※ES-M103B
KETZ- 2060B 200（7.87）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 520（20.4） 60（2.36）52（2.04） 5 620（24.4） 0.95A 79kg/ 174lb ES-M305B
（7.87）（6.29）（8.10）（3.93）
KETZ- 2080B 200（7.87）× 800（31.5） 800（31.5） 718（28.2） 58（2.28）50（1.96） 7 820（32.2） 1.42A 115kg/ 253lb EH-V305A ※For types
EH-VE305A with a
KETZ- 2550B 250（9.84）× 500（19.6） 250 500（19.6） 422（16.6） 200 62（2.44）54（2.12） 4 256 520（20.4） 1.16A 94kg/ 207lb combination of
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
KETZ- 2560B 250（9.84）× 600（23.6）（9.84） 600（23.6） 520（20.4）（7.87）（10.0） 1.26A 118kg/ 260lb a rectifier and
60（2.36）52（2.04） 5 620（24.4） demagnetizer,
KETZ- 3060B 300（11.8）× 600（23.6） 300 600（23.6） 520（20.4） 240 306 90 VDC 1.64A 143kg/ 315lb see pages of
KETZ- 3090B 300（11.8）× 900（35.4）（11.8） 900（35.4） 817（32.1）（9.44） 67（2.63）56（2.20）（12.0） 920（36.2） 20 Clamping
3.04A 203kg/ 447lb Chuck
7 （0.78） (No hole) Above models Controllers.
KETZ- 4080B 400（15.7）× 800（31.5） 400 800（31.5） 718（28.2） 340 58（2.28）50（1.96） 410 820（32.2） 110 3.23A 240kg/ 529lb except for
KETZ-40100B 400（15.7）×1000（39.4）（15.7） 1000（39.4）（13.3）（16.1）（4.33） 3.69A 300kg/ 661lb the one P17̶P20
917（36.1） 55（2.16） 8 1020（40.1） marked by ※.
KETZ-50100B 500（19.6）×1000（39.4） 500 1000（39.4） 430 510 3.95A 375kg/ 826lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
◎KETZ-50150C 500（19.6）×1500（59.0）（19.6） 750（29.5）×2 1417（55.7）（16.9） 65（2.55）52（2.04） 6×2 （20.0） 1520（59.8） 2.69A×2 552kg/1217lb
KETZ-60100B 600（23.6）×1000（39.4） 600 1000（39.4） 917（36.1） 530 55（2.16） 8 610 1020（40.1） 5.30A 414kg/ 912lb EH-VE210D
◎KETZ-60150C 600（23.6）×1500（59.0）（23.6） 750（29.5）×2 1412（55.5）（20.8） 52（2.04） 6×2 （24.0） 1520（59.8） 3.51A×2 650kg/1433lb
※The power cord is 3 m for KETZ-1530B and 1545B and 5 m for others. ※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※Sizes not listed above are also available.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
7 ※The models marked by ◎ are of duplex type. Please provide information such as a center connecting hole position. Also the terminal box TB-2PD is required for connection to the Chuck Master.
KEZX / KETZ / KETN / KETN-U
Model KETN POWERFUL WAVEFORM ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly A chuck for cutting by a milling machine, planomiller, etc. The
wavy pattern of the separator helps distribute the magnetic force

uniformly over the whole attractive surface and increases the
overall magnetic force. Thus, this is a general-purpose chuck for a
wide range of cutting applications.
［Features］
●Electromagnetic chucks generating strong holding power
specially for cutting operations.
CHUCK
●Specially designed to minimize influence of magnetism on cutters.
KETN-4080A
●For heavy duty cutting, Model KETZ, super powerful
electromagnetic chuck, is available, but this model has a wider
application range that includes workpieces thinner than 15 mm,
PERMANENT
Chuck controller required additionally for which Model KETZ is not suitable.
Side Back
An example of mounting on machine stopper stopper Power cord 3‒5m
G
B1
Be
B2
PERMANENT
P1 P2 L e
BLOCKS
FOR MC
L1
L2
t
H
h
［mm（in）
］
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Mounting Electro
Chuck Master
₁ ₁ e e 1 2 ₂ ₂
KETN- 1530A 150（5.90）× 300（11.8） 300（11.8） 20 248（9.76） 28 （1.10） 344（13.5） 18 100 0.49A 27kg/ 59lb
150（5.90） 112（4.40） 146（5.74）
KETN- 1545A 150（5.90）× 450（17.7） 450（17.7）（0.78） 404（15.9） 26 （1.02） 494（19.4）（0.70）（3.93） 14 0.87A 41kg/ 90lb
※ES-M103B
PROMELTA*
KETN- 2050A 200（7.87）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 440（17.3） 22 （0.86） 544（21.4） 1.09A 80kg/ 176lb
200（7.87） 152（5.98） 196（7.71） ES-M305B
KETN- 2060A 200（7.87）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 523（20.5） 22.5（0.88） 600（23.6） Clamping 1.18A 98kg/ 216lb ※For types with a
SYSTEM
EH-V305A
combination of a
KETN- 2550A 250（9.84）× 500（19.6） 250（9.84） 500（19.6） 208（8.18） 440（17.3） 22 （0.86） 246（9.68） 544（21.4） 14 1.42A 102kg/ 224lb EH-VE305A
rectifier and
KETN- 3060A 300（11.8）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 523（20.5） 22.5（0.88） 16 600（23.6） 1.59A 130kg/ 286lb demagnetizer, see
90 VDC
KETN- 3080A 300（11.8）× 800（31.5） 300（11.8） 800（31.5） 25 246（9.68） 722（28.4） 26 （1.02）（0.62） 294（11.5） 800（31.5） 20 2.21A 173kg/ 381lb pages of Chuck
120
Controllers.
KETN-30100A 300（11.8）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4）（0.98） 919（36.1） 26.5（1.04） 1000（39.4）（0.78）（4.72） 3.35A 240kg/ 529lb Above models
except for
P17̶P20
SINE BAR
KETN- 4080A 400（15.7）× 800（31.5） 800（31.5） 722（28.4） 25 （0.98） 800（31.5） Clamping 3.05A 230kg/ 507lb
CHUCKS
400（15.7） 342（13.4） 390（15.3） the one
KETN-40100A 400（15.7）×1000（39.4） 919（36.1） 26.5（1.04） 4.17A 288kg/ 634lb marked by ※.
KETN-50100A 500（19.6）×1000（39.4） 500（19.6） 1000（39.4） 432（17.0） 920（36.2） 23 （0.90） 490（19.2） 1000（39.4） 5.86A 400kg/ 881lb
EH-VE210D
KETN-60100A 600（23.6）×1000（39.4） 600（23.6） 522（25.5） 924（36.3） 31 （1.22） 590（23.2） 5.66A 470kg/1036lb
※The power cord is 3 m for KETN-1530A and 1545A and 5 m for other models. ※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model KETN-U POWERFUL TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
MINI CHUCKS
Chuck controller 8-φ17 Back stopper
［Application］
required additionally P1 P2
Suitable for heavy duty grinding and light duty cutting of inclined
HOLDING
surfaces of jigs/fixtures and metal molds.
TOOLS
Environmentally
Be
B2
B3
B1
friendly
［Features］
Le ●Strong holding power.
20 80 L3 80 20
●Easy mounting and an angle can be set as desired in a range
TOOL HOLDERS
Power cord 2m
of 90°forward and 90°backward.
MEASURING
80 5 L1 13 80
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle setting.
H1
N.P.
H2
h2
h1
20
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
120 120
L2
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Mass Remarks
₁ ₁ e e ₁ 1 2 ₂ 3 3 1 2 2 2
Chuck Master
KETN-1530U 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 150 300（11.8） 116 248（9.76） 28 （1.10） 352（13.8） 552（21.7） 0.49A ※For types with a combination
56kg/123 lb
MAGNETIC
※ES-M103B of a rectifier and

KETN-1545U 150（5.90）×450（17.7）（5.90） 450（17.7）（4.56） 404（15.9） 110 26 （1.02） 16 190 150 502（19.7） 120 163 702（27.6） 175 0.83A 72kg/158 lb ES-M305B
90 VDC demagnetizer, see pages of
TOOLS
KETN-2050U 200（7.87）×500（19.6） 200 500（19.6） 152 440（17.3）（4.33） 22 （0.86）（0.62）（7.48）（5.90） 552（21.7）（4.72）（6.41） 752（29.6）（6.89） 1.26A 96kg/211 lb EH-V305A Chuck Controllers.
EH-VE305A
KETN-2060U 200（7.87）×600（23.6）（7.87） 600（23.6）（5.98） 530（20.8） 22.5（0.88） 652（25.6） 852（33.5） 1.17A 110kg/242 lb P17̶P20
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine bar or other suitable device.
8
Model KESL LATERAL FINE PITCH ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
CHUCKS
These are versatile electromagnetic chucks with poles in the longitudinal direction
capable of holding workpieces, thin and thick, in grinding and light duty cutting. In
particular, these chucks are suitable for grinding and light duty cutting of long thin
workpieces and buff and belt grinding of large quantities of workpieces, which are difficult
to hold by standard type electromagnetic chucks.
［Features］
●A fine pole pattern is arranged in the longitudinal direction.
●The N-S magnetic force lines are spaced relatively wide for good holding via a belt. (Note,
however, that because the distribution of the holding power is not uniform, this model may
not be suitable for grinding small workpieces arranged over the whole surface.)
Chuck controller
PERMANENT
●Powerful holding, but low height.

required additionally Power Cord 2‒3m
KESL-1535A-1
Pitches for comparison
P
Be
B2
B1
PERMANENT
L1
t
8 8
H
h
L2
）
］
FOR MC
BLOCKS
［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Power Electro
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Cord Chuck Master
KESL-1025A-1 100（3.93）×250（9.84） 100
（3.93） 77
（3.03） 98（3.85） 0.36A 12kg/ 26 lb
250（9.84） 250
（9.84）
KESL-1325A-1 125（4.92）×250（9.84） 125
（4.92） 101（3.97） 123（4.84） 0.26A 14kg/ 31 lb
KESL-1530A-1 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 300
（11.8） 0.48A 2m 19kg/ 42 lb ES-M103B
CHUCKS
VACUUM
KESL-1535A-1 150（5.90）×350（13.7） 150

（5.90） 350（13.7） 20 125（4.92） 148（5.82） 350
（13.7） 70 0.61A （78.7） 23kg/ 51 lb ES-M305B
EH-V305A
KESL-1545A-1 150（5.90）×450（17.7） 450（17.7）（0.78） 4（1＋3）（17.7） 13 （2.75）
450 0.85A 29kg/ 64 lb
90 VDC EH-VE305A
KESL-2040A-1 200（7.87）×400（15.7） 400（15.7）（0.15）（15.7）（0.51）
400 1.08A 34kg/ 75 lb
KESL-2050A-1 200（7.87）×500（19.6） 200
（7.87） 500（19.6） 173（6.81） 198（7.79） 500
（19.6） 1.50A 3m 42kg/ 93 lb
KESL-2060A-1 200（7.87）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 600
（23.6） 1.60A （118） 51kg/113 lb
P17̶P20
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KESL-2550A-1 250（9.84）×500（19.6） 250

（9.84） 500（19.6） 27 225（8.85） 248（9.76） 500
（19.6） 85 1.64A 3m 62kg/137 lb
KESL-3060A-1 300（11.8）×600（23.6）（11.8） 600（23.6）（1.06） 273（10.7）
300 298（11.7） 600
（23.6）（3.34） 1.70A （118） 98kg/216 lb
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
Model KETW-N ELECTROMAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
［Application］
Environmentally
friendly
Suitable for grinding and cutting of thin workpieces. However, workpieces
should have an attractive face longer than 80 mm in the longitudinal direction.
［Features］
●In addition to grinding of thin workpieces that meet the above conditions,
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
this model is also suitable for cutting.

Power cord
Side stopper
TOOLS
HOLDING
B1
B2
KETW-N1530 L1
Le
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING

t
〈Information〉
H
For small and thin workpieces, the permanent magnetic

micropitch chuck is recommended. See Model RMWH.
h
L2
［mm
（in）
］
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Work Face Pole Mounting Face Height Mounting Power Electro

₁ ₁ Pitch ₂ ₂ Hole Cord Chuck Master
KETW-N1530 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 245（9.64） 314（12.3） 0.4A 31kg/ 68 lb
19 146 100
KETW-N1535 150（5.90）×350（13.7） 150（5.90） 350（13.7） 293（11.5） 364（14.3） 0.45A 2m 36kg/ 79 lb ※For types with a
（0.75）（5.74）（3.93）
KETW-N1545 150（5.90）×450（17.7） 450（17.7） 397（15.6） 464（18.2） 0.62A （78.7） 46kg/101 lb combination of a
ES-M103B rectifier and
KETW-N2040 200（7.87）×400（15.7） 400（15.7） 349（13.7） 4（0.8＋3.2） 414（16.3） 20 0.7A 65kg/144 lb ES-M305B
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Clamping 90 VDC demagnetizer, see

196
KETW-N2050 200（7.87）×500（19.6） 200（7.87） 500（19.6） 445（17.5）（0.15） 514（20.2）（0.78） 0.8A 82kg/180 lb EH-V305A pages of Chuck
25 （7.71） 120 EH-VE305A
KETW-N2060 200（7.87）×600（23.6） 0.92A 98kg/216 lb Controllers.
（0.98）（4.72） 3m
614
KETW-N2560 250（9.84）×600（23.6） 250（9.84） 600（23.6） 549（21.6） 246（9.68） 1.2A （118） 123kg/271 lb
（24.1） P17̶P20
KETW-N3060 300（11.8）×600（23.6） 300（11.8） 296（11.4） 1.56A 147kg/324 lb
9 ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used. ※Only the side stopper is included. (The back stopper is not included.)
KESL / KETW-N / KET
Model KET STANDARD RECTANGULAR ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly

PERMANENT CHUCK
KET-3060F Chuck controller required additionally
［Application］
Most widely used electromagnetic chucks for grinding operations.
PERMANENT
Side stopper Power cord
［Features］ (Not included with KET-614F.) 2 ‒ 5m
■High rigidity, high reliability and high accuracy!
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KANETEC’ s original machining technology is used to realize a lavish body-to-case one
piece hollow construction, instead of a welded construction, to enhance the rigidity,
minimize secular change and improve accuracy of the chucks.
G
■KANETEC’
s original light weight design! B1
B2
VACUUM
CHUCKS
The chuck weight has been reduced as much as possible in consideration of driving
the table of grinders. This design helps contribute to a longer service life of grinders.
■Simple thin type yet strong holding power! P

Le
The chucks have been designed as low as possible to increase a workpiece mounting L1
space on the grinder. The overall height is as short as 70 mm to 80 mm for small and L2
PROMELTA*
medium types and 85 mm for large types, thus various types of workpieces can be
SYSTEM
t
held. Though thin, KANETEC’s original design to secure an electromagnetic coil

H
space ensures strong holding power.

h
■Resin-bonded structural face plate having little

environmental burden employed!
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Mounting

Hole Power Electro
Cord Chuck Master
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
13 8（2＋6） 67
KET- 614F 60（2.36）× 140（5.51） 63（2.48） 140（5.51） 106（4.17） 60（2.36） 170（6.69）12（0.47） 8 0.12A 3.5kg/ 7 lb
（0.51）（0.31）（2.63）
MINI CHUCKS
KET- 1025F 100（3.93）× 250（9.84） 100（3.93） 211（8.30） 11（2＋9）（0.43） 96（3.78） 10 0.16A 12kg/ 26 lb
250（9.84） 294（11.5）
KET- 1325F 125（4.92）× 250（9.84） 125（4.92） 212（8.34） 119（4.68） 0.19A 15kg/ 33 lb
2m（78.7）
KET- 1530F 150（5.90）× 300（11.8） 300（11.8） 240（9.44） 344（13.5） 0.20A 21kg/ 46 lb
KET- 1535F 150（5.90）× 350（13.7） 150（5.90） 350（13.7） 20 296（11.6） 144（5.66） 394（15.5） 18（0.70） 70 0.22A 25kg/ 55 lb
14（2＋12） 14
KET- 1545F 150（5.90）× 450（17.7） 450（17.7）（0.78） 408（16.0） 494（19.4）（2.75） 0.29A 32kg/ 70 lb
HOLDING
（0.55）
KET- 2040F 200（7.87）× 400（15.7） 400（15.7） 352（13.8） 444（17.4） 0.43A 38kg/ 83 lb
TOOLS
KET- 2050F 200（7.87）× 500（19.6） 200（7.87） 500（19.6） 464（18.2） 194（7.63） 544（21.4） 0.34A 47kg/ 103 lb
KET- 2060F 200（7.87）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 548（21.5） 600（23.6） 0.47A 57kg/ 125 lb
KET- 2550F 250（9.84）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6） 0.56A 67kg/ 147 lb
250（9.84） 240（9.44） 3m（118）
※ES-M103B ※For types with a
TOOL HOLDERS
KET- 2560F 250（9.84）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 0.72A

80 80kg/ 176 lb ES-M305B combination of a
KET- 3050F 300（11.8）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6） 0.68A
MEASURING
（3.15） EH-V305A rectifier and

KET- 3060F 300（11.8）× 600（23.6） 300（11.8） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 290（11.4） 600（23.6） 90 VDC 1.06A 94kg/ 207 lb EH-VE305A demagnetizer, see
KET- 3090F 300（11.8）× 900（35.4） 900（35.4） 841（33.1） 900（35.4） 1.22A 5m（196） 145kg/ 319 lb pages of Chuck
Controllers.
KET- 4050F 400（15.7）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6） 0.96A 114kg/ 251 lb
3m（118） P17̶P20
KET- 4060F 400（15.7）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 1.09A 137kg/ 302 lb
400（15.7） 390（15.3）
KET- 4080F 400（15.7）× 800（31.5） 800（31.5） 724（28.5） 800（31.5） 1.42A 182kg/ 401 lb
MAGNETIC
Clamping
HOLDERS
20（0.78） 5m（196）
KET-40100F 400（15.7）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4） 25 958（37.7） 19.5（2.5＋17） 1000（39.4） (no hole) 1.74A 228kg/ 502 lb
（0.98）（0.76）
KET- 5050F 500（19.6）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6） 0.93A 142kg/ 313 lb
KET- 5060F 500（19.6）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 85 1.06A 3m（118） 171kg/ 377 lb
500（19.6） 490（19.2）
KET- 5065F 500（19.6）× 650（25.5） 650（25.5） 607（23.9） 650（25.5）（3.34） 1.30A 185kg/ 407 lb
KET-50100F 500（19.6）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4） 958（37.7） 1000（39.4） 1.71A 5m（196） 285kg/ 628 lb
MAGNETIC
KET- 6060F 600（23.6）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 1.48A 3m（118） 205kg/ 451 lb
600（23.6） 590（23.2）
KET-60100F 600（23.6）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4） 958（37.7） 1000（39.4） 3.10A 5m（196） 342kg/ 754 lb Above models
TOOLS
KET- 7075F 700（27.5）× 750（29.5） 700（27.5） 750（29.5） 685（26.9） 690（27.1） 750（29.5） 2.87A 3m（118） 299kg/ 659 lb except for
the one
KET-80100F 800（31.5）×1000（39.4） 800（31.5） 1000（39.4） 958（37.7） 790（31.1） 1000（39.4） 4.23A 5m（196） 456kg/1005 lb marked by ※.
※Except for KET-614F, only the side stopper is included. (The back stopper is not included.) ※Chucks for electric discharge machining are also available. Please contact us. (Model KET-ED)
10
Model KET-U TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
CHUCKS
Back stopper Power cord 2m

Environmentally
friendly
B1
B2
G
P
L1
Le
KET-1545UF
H1
N.P.
H2
h1
h2
PERMANENT
［Application］ 2 2
a1 a2
Suitable for grinding inclined faces of jigs/fixtures and metal molds. 1
L2
1
［Features］
●Easy mounting and an angle can be set as desired in a range of 90°forward and 90°backward.
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle setting.
PERMANENT
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed. ［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Pole pitch Tilt Base Length Height Electro
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ℓ₁ ℓ₂ ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₂ Chuck Master
60 8（2＋6） 60 48 20 8.5 55 13 4 12 85
KET- 614UF 60（2.36）
×140（5.51） 60（2.36）140（5.51）106（4.17） 242（9.52） 0.09A 4kg/ 8 lb
（2.36）（0.31）（2.36）（1.89）（0.78）（0.33）（2.1）（0.51）（0.15）（0.47）（3.34）
KET-1025UF 100（3.93）
×250（9.84） 250（9.84）211（8.30） 382（15.0） 0.16A 21kg/ 46 lb
11（2＋9） 95 75 16 125 ※For types with a
KET-1030UF 100（3.93）
×300（11.8） 100（3.93） 300（11.8）255（10.0） 432（17.0） 0.21A 23kg/ 50 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
（0.31）（3.74）（2.95）（0.62）（4.92） combination of a

KET-1040UF 100（3.93）
×400（15.7） 400（15.7）365（14.3） 532（20.9） 0.26A 30kg/ 66 lb ES-M103B rectifier and
54 14
KET-1230UF 120（4.72）
×300（11.8） 120（4.72） 90 VDC 0.21A 29kg/ 64 lb ES-M305B demagnetizer, see
300（11.8）240（9.44） 100 （2.12） 25 （0.55） EH-V305A pages of Chuck
8 16 432（17.0） Controllers.
KET-1530UF 150（5.90）
×300（11.8） 100 （0.98） 91 18 （0.31）（0.62） 141 0.20A 37kg/ 81 lb EH-VE305A
（3.93）
KET-1535UF 150（5.90）
×350（13.7） 150（5.90） 350（13.7）296（11.6）（3.93）（3.58）（0.70） 482（18.9）（5.55） 0.22A 41kg/ 90 lb
14（2＋12）
（0.55） P17–P20
KET-1545UF 150（5.90）
×450（17.7） 450（17.7）408（16.0） 582（22.9） 0.29A 51kg/112 lb
CHUCKS
VACUUM
KET-2050UF 200（7.87）
×500（19.6） 500（19.6）464（18.2） 120 59 16 120 20 642（25.2） 170 0.34A 76kg/167 lb
200（7.87）
KET-2060UF 200（7.87）
×600（29.6） 600（23.6）548（21.5）（4.72）（2.32）（0.62）（4.72）（0.78） 742（29.2）（6.69） 0.47A 89kg/196 lb
※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine bar or other suitable device.
Model KEZ-H ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH HARD ATTRACTIVE FACE

SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
［Application］
An example of fabrication
An electromagnetic chuck with a hardened attractive face. The
face plate is less susceptible to damage and the frequency of
self-grinding can be reduced. Also for self-grinding, the grinding
wheel needs not be replaced, thus shortening the setup time.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
KEZ-H1138UF
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included.

Chuck controller required additionally The maximum performance can be obtained by using the Chuck Master Model EH-V.
Model KETV ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH VACUUM CHUCK FUNCTION

Chuck controller required additionally ［Application］
TOOLS
HOLDING
Back stopper Suction port (4 places) Power cord 3m

Side stopper An electromagnetic chuck with a vacuum chuck function
Vacuum system required additionally of grid seal type added. The vacuum chuck function
Ｂ3
enables it to hold nonmagnetic workpieces also.

Environmentally ［Features］
Ｂｅ
Ｂ1
Ｂ2
Ｂ4
friendly ●The height has been reduced by 35 mm.

TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
●The vacuum chuck can be configured to a desired

20
usage area using seal rubber.

Ｌ2 Ｌ3 20 Coupler for
Ｌｅ2 vacuum (3/8 )
Air tube（φ１２）：３ｍ
●Since vacuum is maintained by use of seal rubber, a
Ｌ1 high degree of vacuum can be maintained even when
Ｌｅ1
（Ｐ＝3+17）
workpieces are slightly warped.
●Usable in wet operations.
ｔ
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
10
Ｈ
ｈ
KETV-3060F
See“Vacuum Chucks”on pages P42 to P45 also.
［mm
（in）
］
Nominal Work Face Pole pitch Mounting Face Height Grid Applicable
Model Voltage Current Mass
Size ₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₃ ₂ ₄ ₂ Pitch Vacuum System
300
（11.8）× 300 600 543 580 240 280 180 290
1.3A 110kg/242 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
KETV- 3060F
600
（23.6）（11.8）
（23.6）（21.3）（22.8）（9.44）（11.0）（7.08）（11.4）
20
400
（15.7）× 400 800 743 780 320 380 280 390
KETV- 4080F （0.78） 1.9A 190kg/418 lb VPU-D20
（31.5）（15.7）
800 （31.5） 30 （29.2）（30.7） 80 （12.5）（14.9） 60 （11.0） 20
（3＋17）（15.3） 20 90
× 90 VDC VPU-E10
500
（19.6）× 500 （1.18）（3.14） 480 （2.36） 380 （0.78） 490 （0.78）（3.54）
KETV-50100F 20 2.3A 300kg/661 lb VPU-E20
1000（39.4）（19.6） 1000 943 980 440 （18.8）（14.9）（7.08）
（0.78）
600
（23.6）× 600 （39.4）（37.1）（38.5）（17.3） 580 480 580
KETV-60100F 3.4A 360kg/793 lb
1000（39.4）（23.6）（22.8）（18.8）（19.2）
11 ※Seal rubber φ6, 10 m is included. ※The chuck controller and vacuum system are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
KET-U / KEZ-H / KETV / KET-UTS
Model KET-UTS LARGE CONNECTING TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly

CHUCK
Intermediate tilting base
PERMANENT
KET-UTFS
PERMANENT
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Fig. 1 ［Application］
This model is used with grinders of wood slice cutters and
Lead Tilting shaft Key width 8 × depth 5
shaft most suitable for angle grinding of edges. It can also be used
100 L1 40 L1 40 L1 100 840 200
for uniform grinding in the longitudinal direction.
Le Intermediate 750 90
φ50
p shaft
φ90
［Features］
VACUUM
CHUCKS
200
●As a connecting type, this model consists of a main unit,

270
40
170
Main unit Main unit Main unit Tilting base lead shaft, intermediate shaft, tilting shaft, tilting base and
Intermediate intermediate tilting base. When one unit is used, it is used
170 180 180 170 200
tilting base as shown in Fig. 2 and when three units are used, they are
connected as shown in Fig. 1.
PROMELTA*
(The above figure shows 3 standard units connected.)
●As the tilting torque is large, the shaft has been made long
SYSTEM
Fig. 2 L1 to increase the reduction ratio on your machine side. (The
scaled ring and tilting device are not included. Provide
them on your machine side.)
●The chuck-to-chuck connecting clearance is as small as
SINE BAR
40 mm.
CHUCKS
L2
〈When ordering〉
If you want to connect units as shown in Fig. 1, please order the number of main units to be connected
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
An example of mounting Indicating plate
Worm wheel Scaled ring
HOLDING
TOOLS
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Worm
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Pole pitch Length
MAGNETIC
Electro
HOLDERS

₁ ₂ Chuck Master
KET-20100UTFS 200（7.87）
×1000
（39.3） 1000
（39.3） 920
（36.2） 1340
（52.7） 0.72A Approx.305kg/ 672 lb
KET-20120UTFS 200（7.87）
×1200
（47.2） 1200
（47.2） 1120
（44.0） 28（4＋24） 1540
（60.6） 0.90A Approx.355kg/ 782 lb ※For types with a combination of
ES-M103B
（1.10） a rectifier and demagnetizer, see
KET-20140UTFS 200（7.87）
×1400
（55.1） 1400
（55.1） 1320
（51.9） 1740
（68.5） 1.00A Approx.400kg/ 881 lb ES-M305B
※Pitch varies 90 VDC pages of Chuck Controllers.
KET-20150UTFS 200（7.87）
×1500
（59.0） 1500
（59.0） 1420
（55.9） 1840
（72.4） 1.25A Approx.430kg/ 948 lb EH-V305A
according EH-VE305A
MAGNETIC
KET-20160UTJFS 200（7.87）
×1600
（62.9） 1600
（62.9） 1520
（59.8） 1940
（76.3） 1.35A Approx.445kg/ 981 lb P17–P20
to places.
KET-20170UTJFS 200（7.87）
×1700
（66.9） 1700
（66.9） 1620
（63.7） 2040
（80.3） 1.33A Approx.465kg/1025 lb
TOOLS
※The chuck controllers in this table are for single unit and when two or more units are connected, use current × number of units connected to select a suitable model.
※The above models include the main unit, right/left tilting bases, lead shaft and tilting shaft.
※The face plate of KET-UTJFS types is of split construction and no magnetic force may be generated in the center part.
12
Model KEC-AR/AS ROUND ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
CHUCKS
Environmentally
Suitable for grinding and cutting operations with the chuck
friendly
mounted on such machine tools as rotary grinders, lathes,
turning machines and rotary milling machines that rotate
workpieces to machine. This model comes in two types; ring
pole and star pole according to the patterns on the chuck
work face. The ring pole type is used for general grinding
operations and the star pole type for cutting operations also.
［Features］
●Relatively thin workpieces that are likely to be distorted by
mechanical clamping can be held by uniform holding power of
the ring pole type for highly precise machining.
PERMANENT
KEC-40ARE ●For such operations as cutting thick workpieces, the star pole
type is recommended that generates strong holding power.
KEC-32ASE
An example of installation on a vertical grinder
Feeder required additionally (See below)
PERMANENT
d!
Distorte
〈Lathe wiring diagram〉
Slip ring Round chuck
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Mechanical Workpiece
clamping
Electro
Chuck Master Brush
holder
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Use magnet holding
■Ring-Pole Type ［mm

（in）
］
Nominal Work Face Pole No. of Mounting Face Height Electro
Model Voltage Current Mass Remarks
Size ₁ Pitch Poles ₂ Chuck Master
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
100 100 75 63 M 6 80 4kg/

de
KEC- 10ARE 0.06A

（3.93）（3.93）（2.95） 29 10（3＋7）（2.48）（0.23）（3.15） 8 lb
De 160 160 135 （1.14）（0.39） 125 141 85 12kg/
KEC- 16ARE （6.29）（6.29）（5.31）（4.92） 0.29A
M 8 （5.55）
（3.34） 26 lb
200 200 161 35 160 （0.31） 178 19kg/
KEC- 20ARE （７.87）（７.87）（6.33）（1.37）（6.29）（7.00） 0.26A 41 lb ※ES-M103B
250 250 223 200 224 33kg/ ES-M305B
KEC- 25ARE 0.52A ※For types with a
（9.84）（9.84）（8.77）（7.87） 4 （8.81） 72 lb EH-V305A
D1 （0.15） M10 280 combination of a
315 315 271 250 0.53A 52kg/ EH-VE305A
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
KEC- 32ARE （12.4）（12.4）（10.6）（9.84） 4 （0.39）（11.0） 114 lb rectifier and

12（3＋9） − 90 VDC
400 400 367 49 （0.47） 315 （0.15） 355 90 93kg/ demagnetizer, see
KEC- 40ARE （15.7）（15.7）（14.4）（1.92）（12.4）（13.9）
（3.54） 1.10A 205 lb
H
pages of Chuck
K
500 500 463 400 450 130kg/ Controllers.

KEC- 50ARE （19.6）（19.6）（18.2）（15.7）（17.7） 1.85A 286 lb
KEC- 63ARE 630 630 583 500 M12 560 3.10A 190kg/ Above models except for
D2 （24.8）（24.8）（22.9）（19.6）（0.47）（22.0） 418 lb the one marked by ※.
n-M
P17̶P20
800 800 748 630 710 370kg/
Dp KEC- 80ARE （31.5）（31.5）（29.4） 70 14（3＋11）（24.8）（27.9） 110 5.10A 815 lb
8
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
EH-VE210D
KEC-100ARE 1000 1000 944 （2.75）（0.55） 800 （0.31） M16 900 （4.33）
6.55A 580kg/
（39.4）（39.4）（37.1）（31.5）（0.62）（35.4） 1278 lb
■Star-Pole Type ［mm

（in）
］
Nominal Work Face Pole No. of Mounting Face Height Electro
Size ₁ Pitch Poles ₂ Chuck Master
100 100 75 63 M 6 80 4.2kg/
KEC- 10ASE 0.04A
TOOLS
HOLDING
（3.93）（3.93）（2.95） 29 （2.48）（0.23）（3.15） 9 lb

de
KEC- 16ASE 160 160 135 （1.14） 125 140 85 0.08A 12kg/
De （6.29）（6.29）（5.31）（4.92） M 8 （5.51）
（3.34） 26 lb
8 （0.31） 178
KEC- 20ASE 200 200 161 40 160 0.13A 19kg/
（７.87）（７.87）（6.33）（1.57）（6.29）（7.00） 41 lb
250 250 223 200 224 33kg/
KEC- 25ASE （9.84）（9.84）（8.77）（7.87）（8.81） 0.40A 72 lb ※ES-M103B ※For types with a
4
315 315 271 250 （0.15） M10 280 52kg/ ES-M305B combination of a
D1 KEC- 32ASE 0.44A
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
（12.4）（12.4）（10.6）（9.84） 4 （0.39）（11.0） 114 lb EH-V305A rectifier and

− 90 VDC
KEC- 40ASE 400 400 367 49 315 （0.15） 355 90 0.68A 93kg/ EH-VE305A demagnetizer, see
（15.7）（15.7）（14.4）（1.92）（12.4）（13.9）
（3.54） 205 lb pages of Chuck
10
500 500 463 400 450 145kg/
H
KEC- 50ASE 1.00A Controllers.

K
（19.6）（19.6）（18.2）（15.7）（17.7） 319 lb

630 630 583 500 M12 560 190kg/
KEC- 63ASE （24.8）（24.8）（22.9）（19.6）（0.47）（22.0） 1.28A 418 lb P17̶P20
D2 800 800 748 630 710 370kg/
KEC- 80ASE （31.5）（31.5）（29.4） 70 （24.8）（27.9） 110 1.88A 815 lb
8
n-M
Dp 12
1000 1000 944 （2.75） 800 （0.31） M16 900 （4.33） 580kg/ Above models except for
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
KEC-100ASE 3.92A
（39.4）（39.4）（37.1）（31.5）（0.62）（35.4） 1278 lb the one marked by ※.
■Feeder (optional) Slip ring Model SR-1 6-φ9 through hole

Pitch circle dia. 55
Brush holder Model BH-1A 20
φ8
This feeder is required to use the round type electromagnetic 40
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
chucks. Since the chuck itself is rotated, the feeder cables R8

cannot be connected directly. For this reason, electricity is fed
φ90
φ84
φ24
50
via a slip contact between the carbon brush on the power 2-M4（R32） 2-M6
source side and the slip ring attached to the chuck.
●The φ24 mounting hole of the slip ring (SR-1) can be 90゜
40
46
expanded up to φ40. 5 10 5
13
10 10 20
KEC-AR / AS / SR / BH / KETB / ES-VB
Model KETB AIRUP*
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Pneumatic floating type Air is jetted through air holes provided on the chuck work face to float
a workpiece for easy positioning, demounting and movement. The
chucks can be air cooled by adding a cooling device. This model is for

grinding, but a model for cutting is also available upon request.
［Features］
●Workpieces having strong residual magnetism can be separated and
floated by the pressure of a small amount of air for easy removal.
●The optimum floating condition can be adjusted according to the
CHUCK
material, size and shape of workpieces by increasing/decreasing
the air pressure supplied from the control unit.
●As a small amount of air is constantly jetted through air holes during
KETB-3060B
grinding, intrusion of grinding fluid and ground powder can be
PERMANENT
prevented.
●The air circuit in the chuck has a construction specially developed
Control unit required additionally
by KANETEC to minimize clogging.
〈Air pressure and side slip force〉 ●The control unit is an easy-to-operate special unit incorporating an
300
N air regulator, rectifier and demagnetizer.
200 150 250
N H Power cord 2 ‒ 5 m Air hose
N Side stopper
PERMANENT
H Back stopper
200 0
150 0 30
Side slip force
15
Side slip force
▽▽▽ Surface ▽▽▽ Surface
G
150
BLOCKS
B1
B2
FOR MC
100
100 H＝104
H＝74（13kg） H＝256.5 H＝50
（45kg）（73kg）
（35kg） P
50 Le
H＝20.5 50 L1
（3.6kg） H＝29
L2
（20kg）
t
0 100 200 300 400 500 kPa 0 50 100 150 200 kPa
VACUUM
CHUCKS
H
Air pressure Air pressure
h
［mm（in）
］
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height
Model Nominal Size Hole Voltage Current Power Mass
Control
Remarks
Cord Unit
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
KETB- 2050B 200（7.87）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 464（18.2） 14（2＋12） 544（21.4） 18（0.70） 14 0.34A 64kg/ 141 lb
PROMELTA*
200（7.87） 194（7.63） 92（3.62）
KETB- 2060B 200（7.87）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 548（21.5）（0.55） 600（23.6） 0.47A 77kg/ 169 lb
SYSTEM
KETB- 2550B 250（9.84）× 500（19.6） 250（9.84） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 244（9.60） 500（19.6） 0.56A 84kg/ 185 lb
97（3.81） 3m（118）
KETB- 3060B 300（11.8）× 600（23.6） 300（11.8） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 290（11.4） 600（23.6） 1.06A 121kg/ 266 lb
KETB- 4050B 400（15.7）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6） 0.96A 141kg/ 310 lb The control unit
KETB- 4060B 400（15.7）× 600（23.6） 400（15.7） 600（23.6） incorporates an
42 529（20.8） 390（15.3） 600（23.6） 1.09A 169kg/ 372 lb
Clamping 90 VDC ES-VB305A air regulator,
KETB-40100B 400（15.7）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4）（1.65） 919（36.1） 19.5（2.5＋17） 1000（39.4） 20（0.78） 1.74A 5m（196）281kg/ 619 lb rectifier and
SINE BAR
(No hole)
CHUCKS
KETB- 5050B 500（19.6）× 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7）（0.76） 500（19.6） 0.93A 3m（118）175kg/ 385 lb demagnetizer.
500（19.6） 490（19.2） 102（4.01）
KETB-50100B 500（19.6）×1000（39.4） 1000（39.4） 919（36.1） 1000（39.4） 1.71A 5m（196）351kg/ 773 lb
KETB- 6060B 600（23.6）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 1.48A 3m（118）253kg/ 557 lb
600（23.6） 590（23.2）
KETB-60100B 600（23.6）×1000（39.4） 3.10A 422kg/ 930 lb
1000（39.4） 919（36.1） 1000（39.4） 5m（196）
KETB-80100B 800（31.5）×1000（39.4） 800（31.5） 790（31.1） 4.23A 562kg/1239 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model ES-VB CONTROL UNIT FOR AIRUP*
MINI CHUCKS
〈Dimensions of remote control box〉［Application］
115
60
70 This control unit is computer controlled to create the most effective
demagnetizing patterns within a short period of time, thus providing the
HOLDING
consistent demagnetizing effect constantly. The operation is quite simple. No
TOOLS
complicated adjustment is necessary and an electric valve control circuit for
floating is also incorporated. During grinding of workpieces, air at low pressure
[about 20 kPa (0.2 kg/cm2)] is jetted through holes provided on the chuck
110
170
TOOL HOLDERS
work face to prevent intrusion of waste fluid/oil and fine particles. When
unloading the workpieces after the end of grinding, the circuit is automatically
MEASURING
4 -φ6
switched over to the high pressure [about 150 kPa (1.5 kg/cm2)] in response
600 4 -φ10 200
400 to the demagnetizing command to float the workpieces.
［Features］
●The demagnetizing time is as short as 6 to 15 seconds and consistent
MAGNETIC
demagnetizing effect can be obtained.

HOLDERS
●The magnetic force can be adjusted and workpieces can be straightened

400
446
480
also.
●The noise resistance feature ensures consistent performance in certain noisy
environment.
●A compact air unit is incorporated.
MAGNETIC
［mm（in）
］
TOOLS
Input Output Dimensions Mounting Air Control Remote Control Box

Model Mass
Voltage Voltage Current W D H W H Hole Unit W D H
ES-VB305A Single-phase 100/200 VAC 0 ‒ 90 VDC 5A 600（23.6） 200（7.78） 400
（15.7） 400（15.7） 446（17.5） 4-φ10
（φ0.39） Built-in 40kg/88 lb 115（4.52） 70
（2.75） 170
（6.69）
※For applications where the output current more than 5 A is required, the controller and the air control unit come as specially-fabricated separate units.
※The applicable air pipe diameter is φ8 or φ12. ※The output is adjusted with a variable resistor.
14
Model KCT WATER-COOLED RECTANGULAR ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Hose joint
CHUCKS
Side stopper Power cord

Elbow 2̶3m
Environmentally
friendly
G
B1
B2
p
Le
L1
L2
t
H
［Features］
h
PERMANENT
●A special construction to cool the electromagnetic coils directly.

●A unique construction; accuracy change is very small and temperature rise is
minimized by using both cooling water flowing inside the chuck and grinding
KCT-2550F
fluid sprayed over the top surface. This design minimizes thermal expansion
Chuck controller required additionally of the chuck due to temperature rise.
PERMANENT
●Cooling water flows inside the chuck, but KANETEC’s original design
［Application］ protects the internal coils from damage.
Since no heat is generated when the power is on, this model is suitable ●Most suitable for dry grinding operations as heat of workpieces is also removed.
for high precision grinding. ●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed.
［mm
（in）
］
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Hose Power Electro
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Coupling Cord Chuck Master

₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
11（2＋9）
KCT-1025F 100（3.93）×250（9.84） 100（3.93） 250 211（8.30）（0.43） 96（3.78） 10（0.39） 0.16A 15kg/ 33 lb
294（11.5）
KCT-1325F 125（4.92）×250（9.84） 125（4.92）（9.84） 212（8.34） 119（4.68） 0.19A 19kg/ 41 lb
KCT-1530F 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 240（9.44） 344（13.5） 0.20A 2m 26kg/ 57 lb
KCT-1535F 150（5.90）×350（13.7） 150（5.90） 350（13.7） 21 296（11.6） 144（5.66） 394（15.5） 85 0.22A （78.7） 31kg/ 68 lb
14（2＋12） 14（0.55）
KCT-1545F 150（5.90）×450（17.7） 450（17.7）（0.82） 408（16.0） 494（19.4）（3.34） 0.29A 39kg/ 85 lb
CHUCKS
VACUUM
（0.55）
※For types with
KCT-2040F 200（7.87）×400（15.7） 400（15.7） 352（13.8） 444（17.4） φ8 0.43A 46kg/101 lb
a combination
KCT-2050F 200（7.87）×500（19.6） 200（7.87） 500（19.6） 464（18.2） 194（7.63） 544（21.4）（0.31） 0.34A 57kg/125 lb
※ES-M103B of a rectifier and
KCT-2060F 200（7.87）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 548（21.5） 600（23.6） 25 0.47A 66kg/145 lb ES-M305B demagnetizer,
90 VDC see pages of
KCT-2550F 250（9.84）×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6）（0.98） 0.56A 80kg/176 lb EH-V305A
250（9.84） 240（9.44） EH-VE305A Chuck
KCT-2560F 250（9.84）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 95 0.72A 97kg/213 lb Controllers.
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KCT-3050F 300（11.8）×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6）（3.74） 0.68A 3m 93kg/205 lb

300（11.8） 290（11.4） Clamping P17̶P20
KCT-3060F 300（11.8）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 25 529（20.8） 19.5（2.5＋17） 600（23.6） 1.06A （118） 112kg/247 lb
(No hole)
KCT-4050F 400（15.7）×500（19.6） 500（19.6）（0.98） 451（17.7）（0.76） 500（19.6） 0.96A 132kg/291 lb
400（15.7） 390（15.3）
KCT-4060F 400（15.7）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 100 φ12 1.09A 159kg/350 lb
KCT-5050F 500（19.6）×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6）（3.93）（0.47） 0.93A 167kg/368 lb
500（19.6） 490（19.2）
KCT-5060F 500（19.6）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 1.06A 204kg/449 lb
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※A cooler unit is required additionally.
※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used. ※Only the side stopper is included. (The back stopper is not included.)
Model KCT-U WATER-COOLED TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK

［Application］
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Back stopper Power cord 2 m

Environmentally Since no heat is generated when the power is on, this model is suitable
friendly for high precision angle grinding.
ｄ
［Features］
Ｇ
Ｂ2
●Cooling water flows inside the chuck, but KANETEC’s original design
Ｂ1
Ｐ
protects the internal coils from damage.
●Since the cooling hose is connected to the shaft, a desired tilting range can be set.
TOOLS
HOLDING
Ｌ１
Ｌｅ ●The hose does not become an obstacle regardless of tilting angles of the
０
work face. Grinding at a tilted angle can be carried out without paying
attention to the hose location.
Ｈ1
Ｈ２
●The tilting angle can be set as desired in a range of 90°forward and 90°backward.
ｈ１
ｈ2
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
ℓ2 ℓ2
●Cooling water is let flow inside the chuck to cool the coils directly and
KCT-1535UF
ℓ1 ａ１
Ｌ２
ａ２ ℓ1
grinding fluid cools the top surface. This design minimizes temperature
rise, thus minimizing accuracy change of the chuck.
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is
employed. ［mm （in）］
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Hose Electro
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC

₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ℓ₁ ℓ₂ ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₂ Coupling Chuck Master
KCT-1025UF 100（3.93）×250（9.84） 250（9.84） 211（8.30） 11（2＋9） 382（15.0） 0.16A 21kg/ 46 lb
KCT-1030UF 100（3.93）×300（11.8） 100（3.93） 300（11.8） 255（10.0）（0.43） 95 75 16
432（17.0）
125
0.21A 23kg/ 50 lb ※For types with
（3.74）（2.95）（0.63）（4.92）
KCT-1040UF 100（3.93）×400（15.7） 400（15.7） 365（14.3） 532（20.9） 0.26A 30kg/ 66 lb a combination
54 14 of a rectifier and
KCT-1230UF 120（4.72）×300（11.8） 120（4.72） 0.21A 29kg/ 64 lb ES-M103B
300（11.8） 240（9.44） 100 （2.12） 25 （0.55） 8 16 432（17.0） φ8 ES-M305B demagnetizer,
150（5.90）×300（11.8） 141 （0.31） 90 VDC 0.20A 37kg/ 81 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
KCT-1530UF
（3.93） 14（2＋12） 100 （0.98） 91 18 （0.31）（0.62） EH-V305A see pages of
KCT-1535UF 150（5.90）×350（13.7） 150（5.90） 350（13.7） 296（11.6）（3.93）（3.58）（0.70） 482（18.9）（5.55） 0.22A 41kg/ 90 lb EH-VE305A Chuck
（0.55）
Controllers.
KCT-1545UF 150（5.90）×450（17.7） 450（17.7） 408（16.0） 582（22.9） 0.29A 51kg/112 lb
KCT-2050UF 200（7.87）×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 464（18.2） 120 59 16 120 20 642（25.2） 170 0.34A 76kg/167 lb
P17̶P20
200（7.87）
KCT-2060UF 200（7.87）×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 548（21.5）（4.72）（2.32）（0.62）（4.72）（0.78） 742（29.2）（6.69） 0.47A 89kg/196 lb
※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M. ※A cooler unit is required additionally.
15 ※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
KCT / KCT-U / KCC-AR / LCU
Model KCC-AR WATER-COOLED ROUND ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
［Application］
Suitable for grinding by rotary grinders.
［Features］

●Very little accuracy change. KANETEC’s unique
cooling mechanism minimizes temperature rise.
Deformation of the chuck is minimized, thus
making it most suitable for high precision grinding
operations.
CHUCK
130 2PT1/8(Cooling water outlet)
30
PERMANENT
(Cooling water inlet)
P
Power cord 2m
5
φ100
De
de
Dp
D2
D1
KCC-35AR
φ12
PERMANENT
n-M
BLOCKS
FOR MC
［mm（in）
］
Nominal Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Electro
Model Height Voltage Current Mass Remarks
Size ₁ ₂ Chuck Master
KCC-35AR 350（13.7） 350（13.7） 316（12.4） 145（5.70） 200（7.87） 250（9.87） M10 0.75A 82kg/ 180 lb ※For types with a
ES-M103B
KCC-40AR 400（15.7） 400（15.7） 341（13.4） 139（5.47） 250（9.87） 300（11.8）（0.39） 1.00A 108kg/238 lb ES-M305B combination of a
4 pcs rectifier and
KCC-50AR 500（19.6） 500（19.6） 441（17.3） 183（7.20） 14（3＋11） 350（13.7） 400（15.7） 130 1.70A 168kg/370 lb EH-V305A
VACUUM
CHUCKS
90 VDC demagnetizer, see
EH-VE305A
KCC-60AR 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 541（21.3） 171（6.73）（0.55） 450（17.7） 500（19.6） M12 （5.11） 2.30A 250kg/551 lb pages of Chuck
Above models Controllers.
KCC-70AR 700（27.5） 700（27.5） 641（25.2） 159（6.26） 550（21.6） 600（23.6）（0.47） 3.20A 330kg/727 lb
8 pcs except for the one P17̶P20
KCC-80AR 800（31.5） 800（31.5） 741（29.1） 147（5.78） 650（25.5） 700（27.5） 3.90A 430kg/948 lb marked by ※.
※A cooler unit is required additionally. ※If the magnetic force needs not be adjusted, use ES-M.
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Model LCU COOLER UNIT
Cooling water radiation and circulation unit
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
［Application］
An air cooler unit to cool and circulate coolant in
water-cooled type chucks.
［Features］
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●The flow rate can be adjusted with a valve.
MINI CHUCKS
●Simple and compact for easy installation.
●Synchronized with room temperature by an air-
cooled oil cooler.
HOLDING
TOOLS
400 300
TOOL HOLDERS
Outlet
MEASURING
PS3／8
OFF
ON
Inlet
PS3／8
480
554
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
Oil gage
LCU-2
Drain1B
74
MAGNETIC
［mm（in）
］
TOOLS
Model Discharge Amount Total Lift Power Source Required Power Dimensions Tank Capacity Mass Accessories
Single phase
LCU-2 30ℓ／43ℓ／ min(50／60hz) 2m（78.7） 70W （11.8）
300 ×400
（15.7）
×554（21.8） 20ℓ 30kg/66 lb Power cable 3 m
（118）
100 VAC（50／60Hz）
※The recommended coolant is automotive long life coolant.
※The electromagnetic chucks to use must be those that consume less than 300 W (90V, 3.3 A).
16
EH-V / ES-M / EST-1 / ES-V / KR / ESR / S-2A
Model ES-V ELECTRO CHUCK MASTER*
〈Connection of Model ES-V〉［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
An input from an AC power source is rectified to DC, which is output to electromagnetic chucks. The
Power Chuck W D
output voltage can be varied to control the holding power of electromagnetic chucks. The automatic
source
demagnetization function is activated to reduce the residual magnetism of the electromagnetic chucks.

Remote
operation box ［Features］
H
●Suitable for large sized electromagnetic chucks and connecting type electromagnetic
ES-V220A chucks that require a relatively large electric capacity.
●The low voltage range for variable output is very stable. ［mm（in）］
Output Dimensions Mounting Hole Pitch Mountig Remote Operation Box
CHUCK
Voltage Current Width Height Depth Widht Height Hole Width Height Depth Cord
ES-V220A Single-phase 20A 600
（23.6） 550（21.6） 250 400 596（23.4） 4−φ10 60kg/133 lb 100 155 70
0̶90 VDC 5m
（196.8）
ES-V230A 200 VAC,50/60Hz 30A （25.5） 600（23.6）（9.84）（15.7） 646（25.4）（φ0.39） 80kg/177 lb
650 （3.93）（6.10）（2.75）
Model KR RECTIFIER FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
PERMANENT
KR-T203
W D
H
ON
3A
act!
PERMANENT
Very comp
H
D
W
KR-N103A
■Model KR-N ■Model KR-T
BLOCKS
FOR MC
［Application］［Application］
These rectifiers rectify an input from an AC power source to direct current and output it to These rectifiers rectify an input from an AC power source
electromagnetic chucks via a demagnetizer. They can also be used as a source to supply DC to direct current and output it to electromagnetic chucks
to electromagnetic holders. via a demagnetizer. The output voltage can be varied to
［Features］ control the holding power of electromagnetic chucks.
●The very compact size (volume reduced by 50% from our conventional models) saves ［Features］
VACUUM
CHUCKS
installation space and can be installed in a control panel, too. ●Both 100 VAC and 200 VAC can be used.
●Since this is connected to a magnet on the backside, connection time can be reduced substantially. ●An output voltmeter is provided.
●External control terminals are provided as standard features for automatic operation by ●The output can be varied in a wide range to provide a
means of external contacts, etc. wide range of adjustment of the holding power.
●Power cable (2 m) and plug included. ●Power cable (2 m) included.
PROMELTA*
［mm（in）
］
Output Dimensions
SYSTEM
Voltage Current Width Height Depth
KR-N101A 1A
Single-phase 100 VAC,50/60Hz 90 VDC 100
（3.93） 77
（3.03） 106（4.17） 1.0kg/2.2 lb
KR-N103A 3A
KR-T201 1A 5.5kg/ 12 lb
280
（11.0） 140（5.51） 184（7.24）
KR-T203 Single-phase 100/200 VAC,50/60Hz 0̶120 VDC 3A 8.5kg/ 18 lb
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KR-T205 5A 400
（15.7） 170
（6.69） 290（11.4） 14.0kg/ 31 lb
※The output voltage of Model KR-T is stable when above 30 V.
Model ESR CHUCK MASTER* DEDICATED TO DEMAGNETIZATION

［Application］
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model ESR-N102 rectifies an input from an AC power source to DC and outputs
it to electromagnetic chucks. For demagnetization, the attenuating alternating
MINI CHUCKS
output is operated manually. A rectifier is built in.
H
150
Model ESR-5A relays DC output to electromagnetic chucks and for
demagnetization, the attenuating alternating output is operated manually. A
rectifier needs to be installed in the preceding stage.
［Features］
HOLDING
4-φ6.5
90 D
●Turning the dial repeats reversal of the circuit and changing over of resistance
TOOLS
Mounting
W hole
values for easy demagnetization.
Chuck Master
●Thanks to the manual type, this can be applied to diversified workpieces by
ESR-N102 simply turning the dial. AC power
［mm （in）
］〈Connection source
TOOL HOLDERS
Model
Electrical Rating Dimensions Mounting Hole Pitch Mounting
Mass of ESR-5A〉
MEASURING
Input Output Width Height Depth Width Height Hole

Electromagnetic
ESR-N102 100 VAC,50/60Hz 90 VDC-2A 205（8.07） 85
（3.34） 90 150 4−φ6.5 1.8kg/3.9 lb chuck Rectifier
110
（4.33）
ESR-5A Max. 120 VDC Max. 120 VDC-4A （3.30）（3.54）
190（7.48） 84 （5.90）（φ0.25） 1.7kg/3.7 lb
Model S-2A SELECTOR SWITCH FOR DEMAGNETIZATION

MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
［Application］
A switch to relay DC output from the rectifier to electromagnetic chucks and
is operated manually to select the output for demagnetization.
［Features］
S-2A
●Easy installation and light weight. Simple and robust construction. O
-N
MAGNETIC
O FF
〈Wiring of selector switch〉

152
140
O+
TOOLS
Selector Model KR
Electromagnetic chuck switch rectifier ［mm
（in）
］
Electrical Rating Dimensions Mounting Hole Pitch 4-φ5
Model Mounting Hole Mass 40 50 24 3
Voltage Current Width Height Depth Width Height Mounting
S-2A Max. 120 VDC 2A 60
（2.36） 121（4.76） 152
（5.98） 40（1.57） 140（5.51） 4−φ5
（φ0.19） 0.4kg/0.8 lb 60 121 hole
18
CHUCK CONTROLLERS
Selection Guide
CHUCKS
■Selecting an Electro Chuck Master

KANETEC’s Electro Chuck Master consists of a rectifier and electronically controlled demagnetization circuit. Residual magnetism varies largely
depending on workpieces (material, shape, mass, etc.). It is therefore necessary to set the demagnetizing time (few seconds to over ten seconds)
suitable for particular workpieces. The most effective demagnetizing patterns for each set time have been programmed in the computer to start
automatic demagnetization by button operation. After studying whether the output required for magnetization may be constant or must be variable,
select a model suitable for the rating of the electromagnetic chuck.
■Selecting a rectifier ■Connection diagram

PERMANENT
① Select a suitable rectifier for installation in combination with a separate Electro

Diagram 1 Power source→ Chuck master Chuck
demagnetizer. (Connection diagram 2) Be sure to observe the following
conditions: Voltage of electromagnetic chuck ≧ output voltage of rectifier
Operation box
Current of electromagnetic chuck ＜ output current of rectifier
Demagnetizer
<Example> Electromagnetic chuck 90 VDC, 0.8 A Chuck Master or selector
Output of rectifier 90 VDC, 1 A Diagram 2 Power source→ Rectifier switch dedicated to Chuck
PERMANENT
demagnetization
② When selecting a Chuck Master or rectifier dedicated to
demagnetization having an output voltage exceeding the rated voltage Diagram 3 Power source→
Electro
Chuck
Chuck master
(90 V) of the electromagnetic chuck, special attention must be paid to
the selection of the current capacity.
〈Example〉Electromagnetic chuck 90 VDC, 4.5 A
■Selecting a demagnetizer
Rectifier output 0 to 120 V
FOR MC
BLOCKS
The use of a demagnetizer requires a rectifier. Select a rectifier, referring

With the above combination, the maximum current of the rectifier is:
to“Selecting a rectifier.”
120V
4.5A× ＝6A, thus a rectifier having output capacity 5A cannot be used. The demagnetizer cannot be used together with the Electro Chuck
90V Master.
③ Other considerations should include fluctuation of the voltage in the The manual demagnetization types, Model S-2A and ESR-5A, cannot be
operation area. Select an output capacity with sufficient allowance. connected to equipment other than a rectifier.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
■Selection based on electric capacity <Model selection>

DC Output Demag. Chuck Rating Connection
Name Model Power Source Rectifier Demagnetizer
Voltage Current Control Voltage Max. Current※ Diagram
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
EH-V305A Single-phase 3
100 VAC‒220 VAC 5A 4.5A
EH-VE305A 50/60 Hz
EH-VE210D 0‒90 VDC 10A 9.0A

1
Electro Single-phase 200 VAC
ES-V220A 20A 18.0A
50/60 Hz Auto
Chuck Master
Not required
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
ES-V230A 30A 27.0A

Single-phase 100 VAC
ES-M103B 3A Not required 2.7A
50/60 Hz
Single-phase 100/200 VAC
ES-M305B 90 VDC 5A 4.5A 3
50/60 Hz
Chuck Master ESR-N102 2A 1.8A
50/60 Hz 90 VDC
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
dedicated to
demagnetization Max. 120 VDC
ESR-5A 4A Manual 3.2A
50/60 Hz
Max.120 VDC KR-N,KR-T
Max. 120 VDC
Selector switch S-2A 2A 1.6A
50/60 Hz
KR-N101A 90 VDC 0.9A
50/60 Hz
1A S-2A
Single-phase 100/200 VAC 2
TOOLS
HOLDING
KR-T201 0‒120 VDC 0.8A

50/60 Hz
Rectifier Single-phase 100 VAC ̶̶ ̶̶
KR-N103A 90 VDC 2.7A
50/60 Hz
3A
KR-T203 ESR-5A 2.4A
Single-phase 100/200 VAC
0‒120 VDC
50/60 Hz
KR-T205 5A 4.0A
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
※The max. current of the applicable chuck must be the Chuck Master s rated current × 0.9 or less. However, for the output voltage 120V, the max. current must be rated current × 0.8 or less.
■Selection based on function <Model selection>

Function DC Output Demag. Control Chuck Rated
Name Model
Rectifier circuit Demag. circuit Variable Invariable Auto Manual Current
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
ES-V ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ＜DC27.0A
Electro Chuck Master ES-M ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ＜DC 4.5A
EH-V,VE ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ＜DC 9A
ESR-N102 ⃝ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ＜DC 1.8A

Chuck Master dedicated to
demagnetization
̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ⃝ ＜DC 3.2A
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
ESR-5A
KR-N ⃝ ̶̶ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ̶̶ ＜DC 2.7A

Rectifier
KR-T ⃝ ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ＜DC 4.0A
Selector switch S-2A ̶̶ ⃝ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ⃝ ＜DC 1.6A
19
TB
Trouble? ■If the Chuck Master does not function properly, check it referring to the following table.
EH-V305A
ELECTROMAGNETIC
If your electromagnetic chuck failed, refer to Symptom Electromagnetic Chuck Master Demagnet- Alarm
Check and
chuck does not does not Fuse blows. ization is not indicator lamp
this page. Symptoms, possible causes and Cause
hold workpiece. output voltage. performed. lights up.
Corrective Action
corrective actions of two typical Chuck Masters

Power is not being supplied. ● ● Check the power source.
are presented here. Please follow these Remove the fuse from the fuse
Fuse has blown. ● ●
holder and replace it with a new one.
instr uctions pr ior to asking for repair or Power source is exceeding Check the power source voltage and use
● ●
the rated voltage. the power source at the rated voltage.
purchasing parts.
Output voltage adjust variable
● ● Adjust the output voltage again.
resistor has been turned CCW fully.
CHUCK
Wiring to electromagnetic If measurement of resistance of
chuck has been broken ● ● ● electromagnetic chuck is ∞ Ω,
or shorted. wiring broken. If 0 Ω, wiring shorted.
Disconnect the cord from the output
Insulation of terminal of Chuck Master and measure
insulation resistance of electromagnetic
PERMANENT
electromagnetic chuck
● ● ● ● chuck. OK when it is above 5 MΩ. If
and its wiring is poor
below 5 MΩ, check wiring. If insulation
(ground) of electromagnetic chuck is poor,
please request for repair.
ES-M305B/103B
Symptom Electromagnetic Demagnet-
EH-V305A ES-M305B chuck does not Fuse blows. ization is not Check and Corrective Action
Cause
hold workpiece. performed.
PERMANENT
◇Residual holding power is large. Power is not being supplied. ● Check the power source.
Remove the fuse from the fuse holder and replace it with
●Turn the demagnetization adjust variable resistor to a Fuse has blown. ●
a new one.
point where the maximum demagnetization effect can Power source is exceeding Check the power source voltage and use the power
●
BLOCKS
FOR MC
be obtained. the rated voltage. source at the rated voltage.
Wiring between Chuck Disconnect the cord from the output terminal of Chuck
◇Holding power is weak. Master and electromagnetic Master and measure insulation resistance of
chuck is defective or ● ● ● electromagnetic chuck. OK when it is above 5 MΩ. If
●Set the excitation voltage adjust variable resistor electromagnetic chuck is below 5 MΩ, check wiring. If insulation of electromagnetic
at the maximum. faulty. chuck is poor, please request for repair.
●If the holding power is still weak, the magnet being ※Note: ・Prior to checking/investigating causes, be sure to turn off the power and disconnect the power
VACUUM
CHUCKS
used may not be adequate for the shape, material cable from the Chuck Master.
or holding direction of workpieces. ・Measure the insulation resistance of the electromagnetic chuck with an insulation resistance
tester. Be sure it is above 5 M at a test voltage of 500 VDC.
※Note: Since ES-M Series outputs a constant excitation voltage, it ・If the electromagnetic chuck failed, place an appropriate warning (such as attaching a tag of “Out
does not have the excitation voltage adjust variable resistor.
of Order. Use Prohibited.”). If the cause cannot be identified, please contact the manufacturer.
PROMELTA*
Model TB TERMINAL BOX
SYSTEM
An example of integrating wires by use of a terminal box
② ①
① Electro Chuck Master
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
② Terminal box
③ Electromagnetic chucks
connected
③
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
TB-6PC
［Application］
HOLDING
When several electromagnetic chucks are connected and are
TOOLS
to be controlled together by one unit of the Chuck Master, a
terminal box is required that integrates wires from the chucks. ［mm
（in）
］
No. of Dimensions
Terminal boxes for 2 circuits up to 10 circuits are available. Model Input Capacity
Outputs ₁ ₂ ₃
TOOL HOLDERS
W1
W2 TB- 2PD 2
MEASURING
W3 4-φ5.5 (See left-side figure)

TB- 4PD 4
TB- 6PC 30A 6 280
（11.0） 266（10.4） 250（9.84）
15
INPUT
TB- 8PC 8 330
（12.9） 316（12.4） 300（11.8）
TB-10PC 10 380
（14.9） 366（14.4） 350（13.7）
120
120
110
90
N.P.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 〈〉

15
Ground（＊2）
E
4-φ5.5
175
OUT2
2
185
OUT1 OUT3
MAGNETIC
INPUT
1
Ground（＊2）
Ground（＊2）
100
OUT2 OUT4
TOOLS
E
69
OUT1
2
INPUT（＊1）
〈 − 〉〈 − 〉
1
※The number of OUT in the above figures varies according to the number of branches.
20
PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model RMA SUPER POWERFUL PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
Greatest holding power in KANETEC permanent magnetic chuck

CHUCKS
series.New design of ON-OFF switch provides improved durability.

［Application］
Usable for a wide range of applications from heavy duty cutting to heavy
duty grinding. Also suitable for certain small workpieces and thin
workpieces.
［Features］
●Super powerful permanent magnetic chucks developed by special design
for heavy duty cutting.
PERMANENT
●Relatively fine pole pitches make the magnetism work effectively on

certain small workpieces and thin workpieces.
●A drop in magnetic force due to air gaps is little, enabling heavy duty
RMA-1530A cutting of mill scale steel.
●The holding power is very strong, yet the operation of the select ratchet
PERMANENT
handle is light and safe. The handle is detachable for space saving.
●Usable in wet conditions.
■RMA type holding power characteristics

●Relation between gaps and holding power by use of □116 test piece
（1N≒0.1kgf）
FOR MC
BLOCKS
（N）
Single Stopper×n Single Stopper×m 12000
10000
B1
B2
Holding power
W
8000
6000
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Socket (Hex.)
ON-OFF handle (Ratchet type) RMA
L1 4000
RMT
28 Le
（P=4+11） (Conventional model)
2000
t
15
H
OFF
0
ON
RMA-3060A and RMA-4060A require two places 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
12
L2
Gap (mm)
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
for ON-OFF ratchet operation.

［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Mounting Face Height No. of Stoppers
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
RMA-1530A 150（5.90）
×300
（11.8） 300（11.8） 229（9.01） 296（11.6） 2 pcs 24kg/ 53 lb
150
（5.90） 146
（5.74） 115（4.52） 69
（2.71）
RMA-1545A 150（5.90）
×450
（17.7） 450（17.7） 379（14.9） 446（17.5） 3 pcs 36kg/ 79 lb
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
RMA-2050A 200（7.87）
×500
（19.6） 500（19.6） 424（16.6） 496（19.5） 2 pcs 4 pcs 56kg/123 lb
200
（7.87） 196
（7.71） 165（6.49）
RMA-2060A 200（7.87）
×600
（23.6） 600（23.6） 23（0.90） 529（20.8） 596（23.4） 5 pcs 68kg/150 lb
RMA-2550A 250（9.84）
×500
（19.6） 250
（9.84） 500（19.6） 424（16.6） 246
（9.68） 496（19.5） 215（8.46） 73
（2.87） 4 pcs 71kg/156 lb
RMA-3060A 300（11.8）
×600
（23.6） 300
（11.8） 296
（11.6） 265（10.4） 3 pcs 102kg/225 lb
600（23.6） 544（21.4） 596（23.4） 5 pcs
RMA-4060A 400（15.7）
×600
（23.6） 400
（15.7） 396
（15.5） 365（14.3） 4 pcs 136kg/299 lb
※The ratchet handle (with socket) is included.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model RMA-U TILT TYPE POWERFUL PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK

Greatest holding power in KANETEC tilt type permanent
magnetic chucks!
TOOLS
HOLDING
［Application］ Back stopper

8−φ17
Suitable for heavy duty grinding of inclined
surfaces and light duty cutting.
［Features］
190
150
B1
●The strong holding power enables inclined

TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
20 80 80 20
28 Le（P=4+11） cutting.
●A drop in magnetic force due to air gaps is
80 5 L1 （13）
80
minimal to make this type suitable for cutting of
OFF
0
mill scale steel.
●The tilting angle can be set as desired in a
ON
163
RMA-1545U
H1
H2
E
120
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
range of 90°forward and 90°backward.

20
120 120
L2 ●A 200-mm wide type is also available.
［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Length Height Handle Hole
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
150（5.90）
×300
（11.8） 300
（11.8） 229
（9.01） 552
（21.7） 66kg/ 145 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
RMA-1530U Hex. 8
150（5.90）
RMA-1545U 150（5.90）
×450
（17.7） 450
（17.7） 379
（14.9） 702（27.6）（0.31） 79kg/ 174 lb
112
（4.40） 177（6.96）
RMA-2050U 200（7.87）
×500
（19.6） 500
（19.6） 424
（16.6） 752（29.6） Hex.10 108kg/ 238 lb
200（7.87）
RMA-2060U 200（7.87）
×600
（23.6） 600
（23.6） 529
（20.8） 852（33.5）（0.39） 125kg/ 275 lb
※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine bar or other suitable device. Note
An example of machining
21 that when it is tilted forward, the ON-OFF operation will become difficult.
RMA / RMA-U / RMA-C / RMA-V / RMAW
Model RMA-C POWERFUL ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Strong holding power for various cutting applications.
［Features］
●The magnetic force adjust feature ensures efficient positioning of workpieces for

machining by a lathe.
●An easy-to-operate ratchet handle is employed for ON-OFF operation.
●Holding power 1.5 times greater than that of conventional models.
■R e l a t i o n b e t w e e n Holding power（％）
CHUCK
100
handle turning angle
and holding power
50
RMA-C20
71 (in the center of the attractive face) 0
0 60 120 180 240 300 360 420 480
23 4−d OFF← Handle turning angle →ON
PERMANENT
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Mounting Face
4 Model Nominal Size Mass
Le（P＝4＋11）
₁ ₂
RMA-C16 160（6.29） 160

（6.29）109（4.29） 125
（4.92） 140
（5.51） 11kg/ 24.2 lb
M8
（0.31）
φD1
φD2
Dp
RMA-C20 200（7.87） 200
（7.87）139（5.47） 160
（6.29） 180
（7.08） 17kg/ 37.4 lb
RMA-C25 250（9.84） 250
（9.84）184（7.24） 200
（7.87） 224
（8.81） 27kg/ 59.5 lb
RMA-C32 315（12.4） 315
（12.4）244（9.60） 250
（9.84） 280
（11.0） M10
（0.39） 43kg/ 94.8 lb
PERMANENT
RMA-C40 400（15.7） 400
（15.7）319（12.5） 315
（12.4） 355
（13.9） 69kg/ 152 lb
Model RMA-V VICE CLAMP TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
BLOCKS
FOR MC
［Application］
Heavy duty application Strong holding power for various cutting applications.
［Features］
●Direct clamping in a vice by use of a block for easy
VACUUM
CHUCKS
removal of the chuck.
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, 5 faces can be
machined in one chucking.
●The setup work is done more efficiently than when
setting a workpiece in a vice.
PROMELTA*
Single stopper
SYSTEM
Grip
RMA-V1530
W1
W2
A
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
［mm（in）
］
ON-OFF handle (Ratchet type)
L1
Dimensions Holding Le（P＝4＋11）
Model Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Power
（99）
69
RMA-V1325 125（4.92）250（9.84）121（4.76）246（9.68）184（7.24） 50（1.96） 150（5.90） 10kN 18kg/ 39.6 lb

（30）
RMA-V1530 150（5.90）300（11.8）146（5.74）296（11.6）229（9.01） 60（2.36） 200（7.87） 15kN 27kg/ 59.5 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
B
※The ratchet handle (with socket) is included. ※For higher accuracy, the work face needs to be re-ground. （30） L2 （30）
MINI CHUCKS
Model RMAW FINE PITCH POWERFUL RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
A new construction and finer pole pitch to generate
Back stopper 27.5 60 60 27.5
(1 face)
HOLDING
strongest holding power on small workpieces!
27.5
TOOLS
50
B
［Application］
27.5
Suitable for grinding small and thin workpieces. Side stopper (1 face)
［Features］
L1
TOOL HOLDERS
20.5 Le（P＝2＋4） 20.5

●Holds small and thin (thinner than 3 mm) workpieces effectively.
MEASURING
●Holding performance greater than conventional models on hardened parts around molds. 8
H
●Gap performance improved over conventional models.

h
L2
mited ■Comparison of holding ■Relation between holding

Size is li power on weak power and thickness
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
to sup p ly
magnetic materials Center ‒ thickness
Center ‒ holding power (□25: S15C test piece)
(□50 × t25:SKH2, HRC60 hardened test piece)
600 -RMAW-1018
-RMWH-X1018
Holding power (N)
500
MAGNETIC
950 ■ RMAW-1018 -RMT-1018

RMAW-1018 ■ RMWH-X1018
Holding power (N)
900 400
850 ■ RMT-1018
［mm（in）
］
TOOLS
300
800
Dimensions 750
200
Model Mass 700 100
₁ ₂
650
RMAW-1018 105（4.13）175（6.88）134（5.27） 50（1.96） 191（7.51） 10（0.39） 7kg/15.4 lb 600 0 1 2 3
22
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. 550 Thickness (mm)
Model RMT POWERFUL RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］［Features］
CHUCKS
Powerful permanent magnetic chucks ●Light weight and thin, yet robust construction. Highly precise
for a wide range of applications from chucks minimizing influence of handle operation on accuracy.
heavy duty grinding to light duty ●Usable for a wide range of workpieces, from thick to thin.
cutting. Usable in liquid also.
Special sizes available.
［mm
（in）
］
Handle
Model Nominal Size Hole Mass
RMT-2035
₁ ₂
RMT-1018 100（3.93）×175（6.89） 175（6.89）137（5.39） 195（7.67） 7kg/ 15 lb
Back stopper
RMT-1025 100（3.93）×250（9.84） 100（3.93）250（9.84）210（8.26） 100（3.93）270（10.6） 9.5kg/ 21 lb
PERMANENT
(1 face)
Side stopper RMT-1030 100（3.93）×300（11.8） 300（11.8）253（9.96） 320（12.6） 11.5kg/ 25 lb
(1 face)
RMT-1325 125（4.92）×250（9.84）125（4.92）250（9.84）210（8.26） 125（4.92）270（10.6） 12kg/ 26 lb
RMT-1515 150（5.90）×150（5.90） 150（5.90）108（4.25） 170（6.69） 8.5kg/ 18 lb
RMT-1530 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 300（11.8）253（9.96） 320（12.6） 17kg/ 37 lb
150
（5.90） 150（5.90）
RMT-1535 150（5.90）×350（13.7） 350（13.7）296（11.6） 370（14.5） 20kg/ 44 lb
14.5 50
RMT-1545 150（5.90）×450（17.7） 450（17.7）354（13.9） 470（18.5） 25kg/ 55 lb
PERMANENT
（1.5＋3.2＋ 15 （1.96）Hex. 8
RMT-2035 200（7.87）×350（13.7） 350（13.7）296（11.6） 370（14.5） 26kg/ 57 lb
1.5＋8.3）（0.59）（0.31）
RMT-2040 200（7.87）×400（15.7） 400（15.7）354（13.9）（0.57） 420（16.5） 30kg/ 66 lb
RMT-2045 200（7.87）×450（17.7） 200（7.87）450（17.7）398（15.6） 200（7.87）470（18.5） 33kg/ 73 lb
Le RMT-2050 200（7.87）×500（19.6） 500（19.6）441（17.3） 520（20.4） 37kg/ 82 lb
L1 RMT-2060 200（7.87）×600（23.6） 600（23.6）543（21.3） 620（24.4） 45kg/ 99 lb
L2 RMT-2525 250（9.84）×250（9.84） 250（9.84）209（8.22） 270（10.6） 23kg/ 51 lb
Ｐ 250
（9.84） 250（9.84）
RMT-2530 250（9.84）×300（11.8） 300（11.8）253（9.96） 320（12.6） 28kg/ 62 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
RMT-3050 300（11.8）×500（19.6） 500（19.6）441（17.3） 520（20.4） 60 67kg/148 lb

300
（11.8） 300（11.8）
RMT-3060 300（11.8）×600（23.6） 600（23.6）543（21.3） 620（24.4）（2.36） 81kg/178 lb
Ｈ
OFF ON
※ As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included with Models up to RMT-1515, and a dedicated handle is included with Models RMT-1530
ｈ
and above. ※RMT-3050/3060 require 2 places for ON-OFF operation.

m
Model RMT-U TILT TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK

CHUCKS
VACUUM
Back stopper
［Application］
Suitable for angle grinding on grinders. The strong
holding power enables angle grinding of various
B1
B2
G
workpieces regardless of whether they are thin, small
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
or thick.
P L1
［Features］ Le
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle
setting. (An angle can be set as desired between
90°forward and 90°backward)
H1
H2
●Easy installation and highly precise operations.

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
h1
RMT-1325U
h2
2
1
L2
［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Handle Hole
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ℓ₁ ℓ2 ₁ ₂ ₂
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
66 70 40 24 55 10
RMT- 713U 70
（2.75）
×130
（5.11） 70（2.75） 130（5.11） 91（3.58） 225
（8.85） 101
（3.97） 8kg/ 17 lb
（2.59）（2.75）（1.57）（0.94）（2.16）（0.39）
RMT-1018U 100
（3.93）
×175
（6.89） 175（6.89） 137（5.39） 290
（11.4） 20kg/ 44 lb
14.5 80
RMT-1025U 100
（3.93）
×250
（9.84） 100（3.93） 250（9.84） 210（8.26） 365
（14.3） 136
（5.35） 25kg/ 55 lb
（1.5＋3.2＋ 14 （3.15） Hex. 8
RMT-1030U 100
（3.93）
×300
（11.8） 300（11.8） 253（9.96） 415
（16.3） 29kg/ 64 lb
86 1.5＋8.3） 100 50 29 （0.55） 15 （0.31）
RMT-1325U 125
（4.92）
×250
（9.84） 125（4.92）250（9.84） 210（8.26） 365
（14.3） 29kg/ 64 lb
（3.38）（0.57）（3.93）（1.96）（1.14）（0.59）
RMT-1530U 150
（5.90）
×300
（11.8） 300（11.8） 253（9.96） 95 415
（16.3） 37kg/ 82 lb
TOOLS
HOLDING
151
（5.94）
RMT-1535U 150
（5.90）
×350
（13.7） 150（5.90） 350（13.7） 296（11.6）（3.74） 465
（18.3） 40kg/ 88 lb
RMT-1545U 150
（5.90）
×450
（17.7） 450（17.7） 398（15.6） 565
（22.2） 49kg/108 lb
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※Larger sizes are available also. ※The scaled ring can be used to set an angle roughly. When it is necessary to set the angle accurately, use a sine
bar or other suitable device. Note that when it is tilted forward, the ON-OFF operation will become difficult.
Model RMT-V VICE CLAMP TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK

TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
［Application］ Back stopper
Light duty cutting Most suitable for holding thin Side stopper
workpieces that cannot be secured

B1
by a machine vice directly.

HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
［Features］ P
●Direct clamping in a vice by use
L1
Le
of a block for easy removal of
12
RMT-V1018
the chuck.
H
Nameplate
15
8
h
Clamp block
L2 B2
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
RMT-V1018 100（3.93） 175（6.89） 136.7
（5.38） 14.5 120（4.72） 8.4kg/18 lb
53 50 30
RMT-V1325 125（4.92） 250（9.84） 209.2
（8.23）（1.5+3.2+1.5+8.3） 140（5.51） 13.5kg/30 lb
（2.08）
（1.96）（1.18）
RMT-V1515 150（5.90） 150（5.90） 107.7
（4.24）（0.57） 95（3.74） 9.5kg/21 lb
23 ※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※For higher accuracy, the work face needs to be re-ground.
RMT / RMT-U / RMT-V / RMWH / RMWH-X / RMWH-A-H
Model RMWH RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Suitable for grinding thin, thick and small workpieces.
［Features］

●Extremely low profile, 45 mm for small to medium sizes and
50 mm for large sizes and light weight.
●A wide attractive area on the chuck work face, allowing the
corners to be utilized.
RMWH-2040C ●The magnetic force ON-OFF handle can be operated lightly
thanks to a special slide design. The side insert type used
CHUCK
L1
Le allows the handle to be detached when it is not used.
P ●A micropitch type having very fine pole-to-pole pitches. This
design provides effective holding power not only on thick
t
B
H
workpieces but also on thin and small workpieces.
PERMANENT
L2 ●Drip-proof specification.
E
View Z
Z
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle Hole
₁ ₂
RMWH- 713C 75
（2.95）
×130（5.11） 75（2.95） 130（5.11） 103（4.05） 75
（2.95） 146
（5.74） 3.8kg/ 8 lb
RMWH-1018C 105（4.13）
×175（6.89） 175（6.89） 142（5.59） 191
（7.52） 7kg/ 15 lb
PERMANENT
RMWH-1025C 105（4.13）
×250（9.84） 105（4.13） 250（9.84） 208（8.18） 105
（4.13） 266
（10.4） 9.5kg/ 20 lb
RMWH-1030C 105（4.13）
×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 256（10.0） 316
（12.4） 11.5kg/ 25 lb
RMWH-1325C 130（5.11）
×250（9.84） 130（5.11） 250（9.84） 208（8.18） 130
（5.11） 266
（10.4） 12kg/ 26 lb
10 45
RMWH-1515C 150（5.90）
×150（5.90） 150（5.90） 118（4.64） 166
（6.53） 8.5kg/ 18 lb
BLOCKS
FOR MC
（0.39）（1.77）
RMWH-1530C 150（5.90）
×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 256（10.0） 316
（12.4） 16.5kg/ 36 lb
150（5.90） 150
（5.90）
RMWH-1535C 150（5.90）
×350（13.7） 350（13.7） 298（11.7） 366
（14.4） 19kg/ 41 lb
18 3
（1＋2） 8
RMWH-1545C 150（5.90）
×450（17.7） 450（17.7） 394（15.5） 466
（18.3） 24.5kg/ 53 lb
（0.70）（0.11）（0.31）
RMWH-2035C 200（7.87）
×350（13.7） 350（13.7） 298（11.7） 366
（14.4） 26kg/ 57 lb
RMWH-2040C 200（7.87）
×400（15.7） 400（15.7） 346（13.6） 416
（16.3） 29.5kg/ 64 lb
200（7.87） 200
（7.87）
VACUUM
CHUCKS
RMWH-2050C 200（7.87）
×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 442（17.4） 516
（20.3） 14 50 40kg/ 88 lb
RMWH-2060C 200（7.87）
×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 541（21.3）（24.2）（0.55）（1.97）
616 48kg/105 lb
RMWH-2525C 250（9.84）
×250（9.84） 250（9.84） 208（8.18） 266
（10.4） 10 45 24kg/ 52 lb
250（9.84） 250
（9.84）
RMWH-2530C 250（9.84）
×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 256（10.0）（12.4）（0.39）（1.77）
316 28kg/ 61 lb
RMWH-3050C 300（11.8）
×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 442（17.4） 516
（20.3） 14 50 60kg/132 lb
300（11.8） 300
（11.8）
300（11.8）
×600（23.6） 600（23.6） 541（21.3）（24.2）（0.55）（1.97）
616 72kg/158 lb
PROMELTA*
RMWH-3060C
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※寸法図はRMWH形を参照願います。
SYSTEM
Model RMWH-X RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC SUPER MICROPITCH CHUCK
［Application］
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
Suitable for grinding thin workpieces. Usable for electric discharge machining also.
［Features］
●Super micropitch of 1.2 (0.2 +1).
●Thin sheet holding performance superior to that of Model RMWH-A-H and Model
RMWH-C.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
RMWH-X713
［mm（in）
］
₁ ₂
RMWH-X 713 75
（2.95）
×130
（5.11） 75
（2.95） 130（5.11） 102.2（4.02） 75（2.95） 146（5.74） 3kg/6.61 lb
HOLDING
RMWH-X1018 105
（4.13）
×175（6.89） 105（4.13） 175（6.89） 144.2（5.67） 105（4.13） 191（7.52） 5.5kg/12.1 lb
TOOLS
RMWH-X1325 130
（5.11）
×250（9.84） 130（5.11） 250（9.84） 209 （8.22） 18
（0.70） 0.2＋1
（0.04） 130（5.11） 266（10.4） 10
（0.39） 40
（40.0） 8（0.31） 10kg/22.0 lb
RMWH-X1515 150
（5.90）
×150（5.90） 150（5.90） 117.8（4.63） 166（6.53） 7kg/15.4 lb
150（5.90） 150（5.90）
RMWH-X1530 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 257 （10.1） 316（12.4） 14kg/30.8 lb
TOOL HOLDERS
Model RMWH-A-H RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK

MEASURING
［Application］
These chucks can be used for a wide range of applications such as securing very small
workpieces and securing workpieces during grinding and electric discharge machining.
They can be used in liquid also.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
［Features］
●Compared with Model RMWH-C, these chucks are capable of holding thinner and
smaller workpieces.
RMWH-1018A-H
［mm（in）
］
MAGNETIC

₁ e ₂ E
TOOLS
RMWH-1018A-H 105
（4.13）
×175（6.89） 105（4.13） 175
（6.89） 143
（5.63） 105（4.13） 191
（7.52） 6.5kg/14 lb
RMWH-1325A-H 130
（5.11）
×250（9.84） 130（5.11） 250
（9.84） 209（8.22） 1.5
（0.5＋1） 130（5.11） 266
（10.4） 11kg/24 lb
18（0.70） 10（0.39） 40
（1.57） Hex. 8
（0.31）
RMWH-1530A-H 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8） 150（5.90） 300（11.8） 257（10.1）（0.05） 150（5.90） 316
（12.4） 14.5kg/31 lb
RMWH-2035A-H 200
（7.87） ×350（13.7） 200（7.87） 350（13.7） 299（11.7） 200（7.87） 366
（14.4） 22kg/48 lb
24
Model RMWH-2F DOUBLE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
CHUCKS
P1 Work face (face)

Suitable for grinding and electric discharge
machining of workpieces of various thicknesses
and sizes.
［Features］
B
●A micro pole-to-pole pitch on the chuck work
face generates effective holding power on thin

Mounting face (back) P2 and small workpieces.
Le1 ●A powerful permanent magnetic attractive face
having a chuck mounting face that can also be
t1
RMWH-2F1530B
turned on and off. Thus, no mechanical
Both sides are magnetic.
H
PERMANENT
clamping is required for installation.

L e2 ●Can be used in liquid.
t2
L ●The changeover handle is of side insert type
E E
Mounting face Work face and can be kept detached when it is not used
Face
changeover changeover after ON/OFF operation.
［mm
（in）
］
PERMANENT
Work Face Face Plate Pole Mounting Face Mounting Face Pole Height Handle Hole
e₁ ₁ ₁ e2 2 2
150（5.90） 150 300 256 18 3

（1＋2） 222 13 20
（2＋18） 55 8 17.5kg/
RMWH-2F1530B
×300（11.8）（5.90）（11.8）（10.0）（0.70）（0.11）（8.74）（0.51）（0.78）（2.16）（0.31） 38 lb
Back ※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
Model RTH SUPER THIN RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK

FOR MC
BLOCKS
［Application］
Suitable for securing workpieces for high speed and
20mm light duty grinding. (To use these chucks in liquid or
in wet conditions, use machining fluid of rust-
CHUCKS
VACUUM
preventive type.) The light weight design makes

these chucks suitable for setup change (pallet
change) operations by workers also.
［Features］
●Very thin (only 20 mm high) and light weight
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
permanent magnetic chucks.

RTH-1118A L1
Le
Chucks made of stainless steel
are also available.
［mm
（in）
］
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
B
B1

₁ ₁ e ₂
E
70
（2.75） × 70 180 50 97 200 70 2 kg/
RTH-713A
130（5.11）（2.75）（7.08）（1.96）（3.81）（7.87）（2.75） 4.4 lb
P
110（4.33）× 110 230 90 147 10（1＋5＋1＋3） 250 110 10 20 8 3.7kg/
RTH-1118A
180
（7.08）（4.33）（9.05）（3.54）（5.78）（0.39）（9.84）（4.33）（0.39）（0.78）（0.31） 8.1 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
150
（5.90）× 150 200 130 117 220 150 4.5kg/
H
h
RTH-1515A
150
（5.90）（5.90）（7.87）（5.11）（4.60）（8.66）（5.90） 9.9 lb
L2
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
Model RMC-X STAR-POLE ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK

［Application］
TOOLS
HOLDING
Permanent magnetic chucks for securing ring-shaped workpieces on lathes and

vertical combined grinding machines.
［Features］
●The star-pole construction generates a strong magnetic force that works well on
ring-shaped workpieces such as bearings.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
●The permanent magnetic chucks that do not require electricity can be mounted
Drive
easily without troublesome wiring. They also contribute to energy saving.
shaft ●Usable in wet conditions.
※RMC-X20B and RMC-X30B have the
drive shaft in a place off the center ●Model RMC-X-B chucks are equipped with a magnetic force adjust function.(The
RMC-X40
ON-OFF operating angle is about 630 degrees and the magnetic force is
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
adjusted according to the handle turning angles.)

［mm
（in）
］
P H
Height Separator No. of poles“ n ”
Model Work Face Mounting Face Mass （Brass） 4− d
Standard Mag. force adjust ₁ ₂ No. of poles“ ” ₃ Standard Mag. force adjust Standard Mag. force adjust
P.C.D.DP
150 110 130 Approx. 9 kg/ K

RMC-X15 ̶ ーー
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
（5.90） 30 （4.33）（5.11） M8 74 19.8 lb

10
200 （1.18） 160 180 （0.31）（2.91） 84 Approx. 16kg/ Approx. 18kg/
RMC-X20 RMC-X20B
φD 1
φD 2
φD 3
（7.87） 6 （6.29） 4 （7.08）（3.30） 35.2 lb 39.6 lb

300 （0.23） 230 （0.15） 260 Approx. 42kg/ Approx. 43kg/
RMC-X30 RMC-X30B （9.05）（10.2） M10
（11.8） 40 89 94 92.6 lb 94.7 lb
12
400 （1.57） 315 355 （0.39）（3.50）（3.70） Approx. 83kg/ Approx. 90kg/
RMC-X40 RMC-X40B （12.4）（13.9）
（15.7） 182 lb 198 lb
25 ※A ratchet type handle (with socket) is included.

RMWH-2F / RTH / RMC-X / RMC / RMCB
Model RMC POWERFUL ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
H H
B is magnetic t
E
4-d t 4-d
Permanent magnetic chucks using a high-performance
force adjust type. magnet for grinding operations on rotary grinders,

cylindrical grinders, internal grinders and cutting
operations on lathes.
［Features］
D2
D2
●The“B”type can be used in such a way that it first
D1
Le
Dp
Dp
D1
Le
holds a workpiece by a weak magnetic force and after
E
K K
finely adjusting its holding position, it is changed to a
CHUCK
strong magnetic force to secure the workpiece firmly.
P
P
（Fig. 1）（Fig. 2） ●Can be used for both grinding and cutting operations.
●Work well on thin workpieces to thick workpieces.
●Highly precise chucks with little accuracy change.
PERMANENT
RMC-32
<An example of machining on lathe>
［mm（in）
］
PERMANENT
Face Plate Height Handle Hole
Model Figure Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Mass
Nominal Thickness
Size
Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
adjust adjust adjust adjust adjust
BLOCKS
FOR MC
125 125 88 100 112 M 6 4.5kg/ 6kg/
RMC-13 RMC-13B
（4.92）（4.92）（3.46）（3.93）（4.40）（0.23） 9.92 lb 13.2 lb
160 160 118 125 140 7.5kg/ 9kg/
RMC-16 RMC-16B
（6.29）（6.29）（4.64）（4.92）（5.5） M 8 □8 16.5 lb 19.8 lb
200 200 149 15.2 160 180 （0.31）（0.31） 12kg/ 15kg/
（7.87）（7.87）（5.86）（1.5+9+1.5+3.2）（6.29） 4 （7.08）
RMC-20 RMC-20B
24 55 65 Hex. 8 26.4 lb 33 lb
1 2 0.59
250 250 194 （0.05＋0.35＋ 200 （0.15） 224 （0.94）（2.16）（2.55）（0.31） 20kg/ 23kg/
RMC-25 RMC-25B
VACUUM
CHUCKS
（9.84）（9.84）（7.63） 0.05＋0.12）（7.87）（8.81） 44 lb 50.7 lb
315 315 255 250 280 M10 29kg/ 35kg/
RMC-32 RMC-32B
（12.4）（12.4）（10.0）（9.84）（11.0）（0.39） □10 63.9 lb 77.1 lb
400 400 331 315 355 （0.39） 47kg/ 62kg/
RMC-40 RMC-40B
（15.7）（15.7）（13.0）（12.4）（13.9） 103 lb 138 lb
※ As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included with Models RMC-13 to 20, and a dedicated handle is included with Models RMC-25 and above.
PROMELTA*
Model RMCB ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK WITH TAPPED HOLE IN CENTER OF FACE PLATE
SYSTEM
Round permanent magnetic chucks with a
tapped hole for easy mounting of various
SINE BAR
jigs/fixtures introduced!
CHUCKS
Permanent magnetic chucks to hold workpieces ●Two types; standard type and magnetic force adjust
during grinding operations on rotary grinders, type are available.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
cylindrical grinders, internal grinders and cutting ●As a standard feature, a tapped hole is provided in the
MINI CHUCKS
operations on lathes. center of the attractive face. This facilitates mounting
H H of jigs/fixtures for workpiece alignment.
t t E
※The tapped hole in the center is allowed to be M10
RMCB-32B 4-d2 4-d2
max. for the chuck size φ160 and M12 max. for φ
200 or over. (For the φ125 size only, a tapped hole
HOLDING
must not be worked on.)
TOOLS
●There is a 9-mm additional work allowance from the
D2
Dp
D2
Dp
attractive face, which allows additional work

D1
D1
Le
Le
d1 d1
Ｅ
according to jigs/fixtures.
●The permanent magnetic chucks that do not require
TOOL HOLDERS
K K
P
electricity can be mounted easily without troublesome

MEASURING
Tapped hole in center An example of mounting of

alignment jig
（Fig-1）（Fig-2） wiring. They also contribute to energy saving.
［mm
（in）
］
Pole Face Plate Height Tapped Hole Handle Hole
Model Fig Work Face Mounting Face Mass
Pitch Thickness in Center
Nominal
Mag. force Mag. force Size Mag. force Mag. force Mag. force
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
MAGNETIC
adjust adjust adjust adjust adjust

HOLDERS
125 125 88 100 112 M 6 M6（0.23） 5kg/ 7kg/

RMCB-13 RMCB-13B
（4.92）（4.92）
（3.46）（3.93）（4.40）（0.23） Depth12（0.47） 11.0 lb 15.4 lb
160 160 118 125 140 8kg/ 10kg/
RMCB-16 RMCB-16B
（6.29）（6.29）
（4.64） 15.2 （4.92）（5.51） M 8 □8 17.6 lb 22.0 lb
200 200 149 （1.5+9+ 160 180 （0.31）（0.31） 13kg/ 16kg/
RMCB-20 RMCB-20B
（7.87）（7.87）
（5.86） 1.5+3.2）（6.29） 4 （7.08） 29 60 70 Hex. 8 28.6 lb 35.2 lb
1 2 M8
MAGNETIC
250 250 194 0.59 200 （0.15） 224 （1.14）（2.36）（2.75）（0.31） 21kg/ 25kg/
RMCB-25 RMCB-25B （0.31）
（7.63）（0.05+0.35 （7.87）
（9.84）（9.84）（8.81） Depth12 46.3 lb 55.1 lb
255 +0.05+0.12） 250
TOOLS
315 315 280 M10 （0.47） 31kg/ 37kg/

RMCB-32 RMCB-32B
（12.4）（12.4）
（10.0）（9.84）（11.0）（0.39） □10 68.3 lb 81.5 lb
400 400 331 315 355 （0.39） 51kg/ 67kg/
RMCB-40 RMCB-40B
（15.7）（15.7）
（13.0）（12.4）（13.9） 112.4 lb 147.7 lb
※ As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included with Standard Models RMCB-13 to 20, and a special changeover handle is included with Models RMCB-25 and above. A T-handle is included with the
magnetic force adjust types.
26
Model RMCW ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK
［Application］
CHUCKS
P
Suitable for grinding a wide range of workpieces, small and large, thin and
thick on grinders. Since these chucks are thin, they can be used in a wide
De
range of applications including securing workpieces temporarily.
［Features］
●Thin; 43 mm to 60 mm.
●Micro pole pitch; can be used with any sizes of workpieces, small and large
30° and thin and thick.
Le
D1
●The handle is a hex wrench key. It can be operated lightly. A half turn turns
t on and off the magnetic force.
H
●The changeover handle can be set at an angle to generate a weak magnetic
K
E
RMCW-50B n-d
PERMANENT
force for easy temporary positioning of workpieces.

D2
Dp ［mm （in）］
Face Plate
Nominal Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle
Model Thickness Mass
Size Hole
₁ ₂ ₂ ₂
RMCW- 6C 60
（2.36） 60
（2.36） 51
（2.00） 38（1.49） 2.5（0.5+2） 30（1.18） 44 ※1
（1.73） 2（0.07） 1kg/ 2 lb
80
（3.14） 80
（3.14） 71
（2.79） 53（2.08）（0.09） 40（1.57） 60 ※1
（2.36） 3（0.11） 1.6kg/ 3 lb
PERMANENT
RMCW- 8C
M 6
（0.23）
RMCW-10B 100
（3.93） 100
（3.93） 90
（3.54） 64（2.55） 60（2.36） 76
（2.99） 2.5kg/ 6 lb
RMCW-13B 125
（4.92） 125
（4.92） 99
（3.89） 67（2.63） 80（3.15） 2（0.07） 112（4.40） 43
（1.69） 3kg/ 9 lb
RMCW-16B 160
（6.29） 160
（6.29） 134（5.27） 88（3.46） 125（4.92） 140（5.51） 18
（0.70） 6.5kg/ 14 lb
M 8
（0.31） Hex. 8
RMCW-20B 200
（7.87） 200
（7.87） 172（6.77） 121（4.76） 160（6.29） 180（7.08） 10kg/ 22 lb
3（1+2）（0.31）
RMCW-25B 250
（9.84） 250
（9.84） 220（8.66） 184（7.24） 200（7.87） 224（8.81） 4（0.15） 15kg/ 33 lb
（0.12）
RMCW-30B 300
（11.8） 300
（11.8） 272（10.7） 220（8.66） 230（9.05） 260（10.2） M10（0.39） 25kg/ 56 lb
45
（1.77）
FOR MC
BLOCKS
RMCW-40B 400
（15.7） 400
（15.7） 370（14.5） 319（12.5） 315（12.4） 355（13.9） 45kg/ 99 lb
3（0.11）
RMCW-50B 500
（19.6） 500
（19.6） 466（18.3） 358（14.1） 350（13.7） 400（15.7） 90kg/198 lb
M12（0.47） 25
（0.98） 60
（2.36）
RMCW-60B 600
（23.6） 600
（23.6） 566（22.2） 457（18.0） 450（17.7） 500（19.6） 115kg/253 lb
※1…For the location of mounting holes of 6C, 8C and 10B, please contact us. ※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
Model SKM VERTICAL PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK

CHUCKS
VACUUM
L1 t1
Le t 2 20
An example of mounting P Changeover handle hole
E
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
B
H
h
27 (Mounting hole) 14 (Mounting hole)
［Application］ L Right/Left T 2
These chucks are suitable for applications where when securing a workpiece on the table of a machine,
it needs to be held vertically due to its shape or it needs to be secured from sides additionally when it
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
cannot be held sufficiently horizontally.

［Features］
SKM-1325 ●The permanent magnetic chuck used in Model SKM is our powerful RMT.
●Hold various sizes of workpieces; thin, small and thick.
［mm
（in）
］
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Thickness Height Handle Hole
₁ ₂ ₁ ₂
SKM-1018 100
（3.93）
×175
（6.89） 100（3.93） 175（6.89） 137（5.39） 145
（5.70） 130
（5.11） 13kg/28 lb
14.5
（1.5＋3.2＋1.5＋8.3） 130 70 50 20 Hex. 8
SKM-1325 125
（4.92）
×250
（9.84） 125（4.92） 250（9.84） 209（8.22） 0.57 210
（8.26） 160
（6.29） 22kg/48 lb
（5.11）（2.75）（1.96）（0.78）（0.31）
SKM-1530 150
（5.90）
×300
（11.8） 150（5.90） 300（11.8） 253（9.96）（0.05＋0.12＋0.05＋0.32） 260
（10.2） 180
（7.08） 30kg/66 lb
※One set of stoppers is included. As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
TOOLS
HOLDING
Model SKAW VERTICAL PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK
Ｌ
A new powerful model added to
permanent magnetic chucks forsecuring
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
ＬｅＤ Handle hole (E)

Ｐ
Body (SS400)
workpieces in vertical direction!
［Application］
This chuck is suitable for applications where when securing a
Ｂ
Ｈ
workpiece on the table of a machine, it needs to be held vertically

HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
due to its shape or it needs to be secured from sides additionally

when it cannot be held sufficiently horizontally.
ｈ
16 12
［Features］
23 ｄ
SKAW-1018 ●Compared with Model SKM, this model can hold smaller and
thinner (3 mm) workpieces.
The standard material of the angle plate is SS400, but it ●The rigid construction facilitates maintenance such as
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
may be made of SKD-11 (HRC60). recovering the original accuracy. ［mm （in）］
Work Face Pole Pitch Thickness Height Mounting Face Handle Hole
SKAW-1018 105（4.13）
×175
（6.89） 105
（4.13） 175
（6.89） 134（5.27） 2+4
（0.07+0.15） 75
（2.95） 135
（5.31） 23
（0.90） 12
（0.47） Hex. 8
（0.31） 14kg/30 lb
27 ※One set of stoppers is included. As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included.
RMCW / SKM / SKAW / RMT-ED / RMWH-ED / RMC-ED
Model RMT-ED RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK WITH JET HOLE
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Suitable for securing workpieces during electric
discharge machining.

［Features］
B
●Can be used in liquid.
●With extra powerful holding, these chucks are suitable
for applications that require strong holding power.
●A jet hole is provided for jet-stream machining. Le
●The bottom face is made flat to allow providing tapped
CHUCK
L1
L2
holes for clamp fixtures.
P φ5
●Counter boring around the jet hole on the attractive
face is possible.
H
●The water-tightness performance has been improved
PERMANENT
RMT-ED2525 over the standard type. E
PT 1/4 thread, depth 12
［mm
（in）
］
₁ ₂
RMT-ED2020 200
（7.87）
×200（7.87） 200（7.87） 200
（7.87） 149
（5.86） 15.2
（1.5+9+1.5+3.2） 200
（7.87） 220（8.66） Hex. 8 16kg/35 lb
15
（0.59） 55
（2.16）
RMT-ED2525 250
（9.84）
×250（9.84） 250（9.84） 250
（9.84） 210
（8.26）（0.59） 250
（9.84） 270（10.6）（0.31） 25kg/55 lb
PERMANENT
※As for the handle, a hex wrench key is included. ※An electromagnetic type (special specification) is also available.
Model RMWH-ED RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR ELECTRIC DISCHARGE MACHINING
BLOCKS
FOR MC
［Application］
Suitable for securing workpieces during
electric discharge machining.
［Features］
VACUUM
CHUCKS
B
●A fine pole pitch ensures securing thin and

small workpieces firmly.
RMWH-ED2525
An example of usage Le
PROMELTA*
L1
L2
SYSTEM
P
H
h
E
［mm
（in）
］
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
RMWH-ED1018 105（4.13）×175（6.88）105（4.13）175（6.88）142（5.59） 105（4.13）191

（7.51） 5.5kg/ 12.1 lb
RMWH-ED1515 150（5.90）×150（5.90）150（5.90）150（5.90）118（4.64） 150（5.90）166
（6.53） 7.5kg/ 16.5 lb
RMWH-ED1530 150（5.90）×300（11.8）150（5.90）300（11.8）256（10.0） 150（5.90）316
（12.4） 10 40 14kg/ 30.8 lb
3
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
RMWH-ED2020 200（7.87）×200（7.87）200（7.87）200（7.87）160（6.29）（1+2）（8.50）（0.39）（1.57）
200（7.87）216 Hex. 8 13kg/ 28.6 lb
RMWH-ED2040 200（7.87）×400（15.7）200（7.87）400（15.7）346（13.3） 0.11 200（7.87）416
（16.3）（0.31） 25kg/ 55.1 lb
MINI CHUCKS
（0.03+0.07）
RMWH-ED2525 250（9.84）×250（9.84）250（9.84）250（9.84）208（8.18） 250（9.84）266
（10.4） 20kg/ 44.0 lb
RMWH-ED3050 300（11.8）×500（19.6）300（11.8）500（19.6）442（17.4） 300（11.8）516
（20.3） 14 45 53kg/116.8 lb An image of usage on electric
RMWH-ED3060 300（11.8）×600（23.6）300（11.8）600（23.6）541（21.2）（24.2）（0.55）（1.77）
300（11.8）616 63kg/138.8 lb discharge machine
Model RMC-ED ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK WITH JET HOLE HOLDING
TOOLS
［Application］
Suitable for securing workpieces during electric discharge
TOOL HOLDERS
machining.
MEASURING
［Features］
●With extra powerful holding, these chucks are suitable for
MAGNETIC
applications that require strong holding power.

D1
HOLDERS
Le
●A jet hole is provided for jet-stream machining. P φ5
●The bottom face is made flat to allow providing tapped holes for
t
clamp fixtures.
H
●Counter boring around the jet hole on the attractive face is

E
possible. PT 1/4 thread, depth 12 4-M8 thread, depth 12
MAGNETIC
RMC-ED20
［mm（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Face Plate Thickness Height Handle Hole
TOOLS

₁
RMC-ED16 160
（6.29） 160（6.29） 118（4.64） 15.2
（1.5+9+1.5+3.2） Hex. 8 8.5kg/18 lb
29
（1.14） 60
（2.36）
RMC-ED20 200
（7.87） 200（7.87） 149（5.86） 0.59
（0.05＋0.35＋0.05＋0.12）（0.31） 14kg/31 lb
28
Model CMR NON-CHANGEABLE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CEMENTED CARBIDE
［Application］
CHUCKS
These permanent magnetic chucks are designed for securing

workpieces of materials having a relatively weak magnetic properties
such as cemented carbide during grinding. They are normally mounted
on and held by other chuck for use.
［Features］
●The use of a powerful rare earth magnet ensures a sufficient holding

power even on cemented carbide materials.
PERMANENT
P
Be
B
PERMANENT
CMR-1018
L
15
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Workable area(Example: Clamp groove)

［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Height
Model Nominal Size Holding Power Mass
CMR-1010 100（3.93）
×100
（3.93） 100（3.93） 5
（2＋3） 210N(21kgf) on 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
100
（3.93） 72
（2.83） 40
（1.57）
CMR-1018 100（3.93）
×180
（7.08） 180（7.08） 0.19
（0.07＋0.11） □50×t25 carbide test piece 5.5kg/12.1 lb
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Model CMR-H NON-CHANGEABLE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CEMENTED CARBIDE

［Application］
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Permanent magnetic chucks for grinding operations to hold materials such as

cemented carbide that cannot be secured fully.
［Features］
CMR-H
●Suitable mainly for relatively large and thick workpieces. The gap characteristic is
excellent.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
●The holding power has been increased 1.5 times max. from the conventional chucks.
●The separator part is made of stainless steel to enhance accuracy stability.
CMR-HW
●Works well on small and thin workpieces that cannot be held by conventional pitches.
●The holding power is 2 times max. (depending on materials) the conventional chucks.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●The separator part is made of stainless steel to enhance accuracy stability.
CMR-H0709 <Standard pitch type>

■Comparison of side slip holding power
Carbide test piece (G8 t5 × 20 × 30)
Side slip holding power
TOOLS
HOLDING
（kgf）6
5
4
3
2
1
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
0
Side slip measuring CMR-1010 CMR-H0709 CMR-HW0709
direction （P＝2＋3）（P＝3＋3）（P＝1＋1）
■CMR-H type holding power characteristics

●Relation between gap and holding power using □50 carbide test piece
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
（kgf）
25
CMR-HW0709 <Fine pitch type> 20

Holding power
15 CMR-H0709（P＝3＋3）
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
CMR-1010（P＝2＋3）
Model Nominal Size Height Pole Pitch Mass
10
CMR-H0709 30 6（3＋3） 0.23
（0.11＋0.11）
65
（2.55）
× 90
（3.54） 1.3kg/2.8 lb
CMR-HW0709 （1.18） 2（1＋1） 0.07
（0.03＋0.03）
5
CMR-H1215 6（3＋3） 0.23
（0.11＋0.11） CMR-HW0709（P＝1＋1）
33
120
（4.72）
×150
（5.90） 3.6kg/7.9 lb
CMR-HW1215 （1.29） 2（1＋1） 0.07
（0.03＋0.03） 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Gap(mm）
29
CMR / CMR-H / CMR-DL / YS
Model CMR-DL CHANGEABLE PERMANENT MAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CEMENTED CARBIDE
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Long-awaited compact type! ［Application］
These chucks are designed for grinding workpieces of materials having
relatively weak magnetic properties such as cemented carbide on small

grinders.
［Features］
●The ON-OFF handle turning angle has been reduced to improve the
handle operability significantly.
●The holding performance has been enhanced by improving the pole pitch.
CHUCK
●Residual magnetism has been reduced by employing a unique
construction. (CMR-DL1319B)
●The effective attractive face area relative to the external dimensions has
been increased 30% over the conventional model. (CMR-DL0915B)
PERMANENT
〈CMR-DL0915B〉
CMR-DL0915B
85
Comparison of magnetic
poles with conventional model
Conventional
PERMANENT
145
（20） 105（P=3+3）（20）
BLOCKS
FOR MC
55
OFF ON
New type
8
〈CMR-DL1319B〉 4-M5, depth 8

CMR-DL1319B
（18）
VACUUM
CHUCKS
132
96
（18）
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
（40.5） 135 （14.5）
190
62.5 105（P=3+3） 22.5
48
OFF ON
SINE BAR
CMR-DW1319
CHUCKS
8
［mm（in）
］
Model Nominal Size Height Pole Pitch Effective Pole Width Holding Power※ Handle Select Angle Mass Features
CMR-DL0915B 85
（3.34）
×145（5.70） 55
（2.16） 162N 4.5kg/9.92 lb Compact
6（3＋3）0.23
（0.11＋0.11） 105
（4.13） 90°
CMR-DL1319B 175N Standard
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
CMR-DW1319 132（5.19）
×190
（7.48） 48
（1.89） 4（2＋2）0.15
（0.07＋0.07） 106（4.17） 190N 60° 9kg/19.8 lb Fine
CMR-DS1319 8（4＋4）0.31
（0.15＋0.15） 100（3.94） 200N 120° Powerful
MINI CHUCKS
The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25 carbide (G5). ※As for the handle, a dedicated handle is included.
Magnetic Chuck Accessory Products

Model YS WORK SUPPORTER* HOLDING
［Application］ TOOLS
Nonmagnetic workpiece supporter These supporters can hold materials having weak magnetic properties
such as carbide and materials such as aluminum, brass and stainless
TOOL HOLDERS
steel which cannot be held by magnetic chucks. They are held by a strong
MEASURING
spring force on both sides and secured to the magnetic chuck.

［Features］
●These supporters are thin and therefore can be used for relatively thin
workpieces.
MAGNETIC
●One set consists of two supporters.

HOLDERS
YS-10 Workpiece supporters
YS-15A
MAGNETIC
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
TOOLS
Model Mass
Length Width Thickness
YS-10 100（3.93） 100g/0.22 lb×2
45（1.77） 4
（0.15）
YS-15A 150（5.90） 165g/0.36 lb×2
30
※For all models, two pieces make one set. Workpiece Magnetic chuck
PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS
Model EP-Q PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
A Line-up of products selectable according to machining methods and workpieces.
CHUCKS
■Considerable power saving and reduction in size of the Chuck Master by the renewed design.
■The detachable connector type is employed to respond to pallet changing.
■Electricity is used only when mounting and demounting workpieces. Workpieces can be held firmly in the event of power failure.
■Usable in wet machining operations.

An example of machining by use of straightening block
PERMANENT PERMANENT
［Application］
Suitable for securing workpieces during cutting on milling machines and machining centers.
［Features］ ●Magnetization and demagnetization in a very short time.
●The power cord is of detachable connector type for easy use. The ●Tapped holes on the attractive face can be used to install various blocks to
FOR MC
BLOCKS
connector cap is of waterproof type. hold workpieces by various methods according to machining operations.
●Can be used in wet machining operations. ●Straightening blocks are also available that are mounted on the chuck work
●The chuck is very thin, 70 mm in height, and light weight. face to hold workpieces by an induction field. These optional products are
●Less accuracy change and highly rigid construction. very useful for workpieces having irregular attractive faces that for example
●Considerable power saving compared with conventional products. have steps and distortion and for machining the bottom and side faces of
CHUCKS
VACUUM
(□70: 50% reduction, □50: 70% reduction) workpieces. (See ■Options on page 32.)
■EP-QN Series
Le Connector cable: 5 m
P L2 10
P
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
We
W
W2
Power
saving Minimal
heat N -M
L
generation Environmentally
EP-QN7-50100A friendly
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
70

20 ±1
L1
［mm
（in）
］
Standard Work Face Pole Dimensions Mounting Face Tapped Hole on Attractive Face Applicable
Mass
Size Model No. of poles ₂ ₂ ₁ Chuck Master
3060A 300
（11.8） 610
（24.0） 252
（9.92） 570（22.4） 24 18
（0.70） 16（0.63） 630（24.8） 24（0.94） 90kg/198 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
4080A 420（16.5） 800

（31.5） 372
（14.6） 760（29.9） 40 28
（1.10） 25（0.98） 820
（32.2） 40（1.57） 160kg/352 lb
EP-QN5 50
（1.96） 8（0.31） EPS-P2100B
50100A 500
（19.6） 432
（17.0） 60 18
（0.70） 60（2.36） 230kg/507 lb
960
（37.8） 917（36.1） 26（1.02） 980
（38.5）
60100A 600
（23.6） 552
（21.7） 72 24
（0.94） 72（2.83） 280kg/617 lb
4080A 390
（15.3） 800
（31.5） 332
（13.0） 760（29.9） 24 24（0.94） 820
（32.2） 24（0.94） 150kg/330 lb EPS-P2100B
EP-QN7 50100A 500（19.6） 452
（17.8） 40 70
（2.75） 28
（1.10） 40（1.57） 10
（0.39） 240kg/529 lb
1000
（39.4） 960（37.8） 25
（0.98） 1020
（40.1） EPS-P2100B-2
60100A 620（24.4） 572
（22.5） 50 50
（2.36） 300kg/661 lb
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
TOOLS
HOLDING
■EP-QS Series P L2
Le
10
Connector cable: 5 m
P
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
We
W
10
Power
saving Minimal
heat N -M
L
EP-QS5-3060A generation
Environmentally
70
friendly
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC

20 ±1
L1
［mm
（in）
］
Standard Work Face Pole Dimensions Mounting Face Tapped Hole on Attractive Face Applicable
Mass
Size Model No. of poles ₂ ₁ Chuck Master
3060A 300
（11.8） 610（24.0） 252（9.92） 570（22.4） 32 16
（0.55） 630
（24.8） 32
（1.26） 90kg/198 lb
EPS-P2100B
4080A 420
（16.5） 800
（31.5） 372（14.6） 760（29.9） 60 25
（0.98） 820
（32.2） 60
（2.36） 160kg/352 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
EP-QS5 50
（1.96） 8（0.31）
50100A 500（19.6） 432（17.0） 84 84
（3.31） 230kg/507 lb
960
（37.8） 917（36.1）（1.02）
26 980
（38.5） EPS-P2100B-2
60100A 600（23.6） 552（21.7） 108 108
（4.25） 280kg/617 lb
3060A 300（11.8） 600
（23.6） 252（9.92） 562（22.1） 18 25
（0.98） 620
（24.4） 18
（0.70） 86kg/189 lb
EPS-P2100B
4080A 390（15.3） 800
（31.5） 332（13.0） 760（29.9） 32 24
（0.94） 820
（32.2） 32
（1.26） 150kg/330 lb
EP-QS7 （2.75）
70 10
（0.39）
50100A 470（18.5） 412（16.2） 50 50
（1.96） 220kg/485 lb
1000
（39.4） 960（37.8）（0.98）
25 1020
（40.1） EPS-P2100B-2
60100A 620（24.4） 572（22.5） 70 70
（2.75） 300kg/661 lb
31 ※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
EP-Q / EPS-P / KT-Q
■Model designation ■EP-Q type holding power characteristic
Chuck size 1. Relation between workpiece thickness and holding power
ELECTROMAGNETIC
CHUCK：E P - Q N 5 - 3 0 6 0 A Test piece held by 4 poles
（kN）

30
N ……Normal (Ribs arranged between poles) Pole size
□70type
S ……Strong (Poles arranged densely) （5…□50 7…□70） 25
Holding power
20
<Ordering information>
15 □50type
●Sizes other than the standard sizes listed on page 31 are also available.
CHUCK
●The recommended maximum one-piece size is W1200 × L1500 mm. 10
For other larger sizes, please contact us. 5
●Round chucks are also available. Thickness（mm）
0
●When workpieces are hardened steel or special steel, they 0 10 20 30 40 50
may be difficult to demount due to strong residual magnetism.
PERMANENT
In these cases, Model EP-D (P. 34) is recommended. 2. Relation between gap and holding power
Holding on whole face.
■A guide for selection （kN） EP-QS7-4080A
Good holding conditions EP-QS5-4080A
General milling
such as plate machining. QN 200
EP-QN7-4080A
EP-QN5-4080A
Holding power
PERMANENT
Planomiller, horizontal M/C, use Poor holding conditions
of straightening blocks, etc. such as heavy duty cutting QS 150
Selection of pole size □50 or □70
BLOCKS
FOR MC
●The □70 size is superior in the absolute holding power and gap characteristic. 100
●The □50 size is recommended for relatively small and thin workpieces. (The plate
thickness of magnetic saturation is 20 to 25 mm for □50 and 30 to 35 mm for □70.) Gap（mm）
50
■Relation between chuck models and holding power 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Comparison of holding power of chucks of same size
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Powerful
■Model of special specification
QS7 QS5 QN7

available
PROMELTA*
QN5
ith T-slots
Model w
SYSTEM
■Holding power
□50 generates the max. holding power of 2.94 kN (300 kgf) or over per pole
and □70 generates 5.88 kN (600 kgf) or over per pole.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
〈An example of calculation〉
Max. holding power on whole attractive face of EP-QS5-4080A ※For more information, EP-QX50-S
2.94kN×60（number of poles）
＝176.4kN｛18000kgf｝ please contact us.
■EPS-P EP Chuck Master* Compact design for limited installation space.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
190
165
120 ４−φ７［mm
（in）
］
Model EPS-P2100B EPS-P2100B-2
Dimensions（W×H×D） 190（7.48）
×165（6.5）
×255（10.0）
ＥＰＣＨＵＣＫＭＡＳＴＥＲ
Power source Single-phase, 200 VAC 50/60 Hz
HOLDING
ＭＯＤＥＬＥＰＳ−Ｐ２１００Ｂ
ＩＮＰＵＴＡＣ２００Ｖ
Output capacity
TOOLS
ＯＵＴＰＵＴ９０Ｖ
ＡＭＰ．１００Ａ
10 VDC ‒ 90 VDC pulse 100 A
ＰＯＷＥＲＭＡＧ／ＤＥＭ
４５６４５６
Output switchover No switchover 2
255
280
300
３７３７
Magnetizing time (approx.)・

２８２８
１９１９
1 sec. 3 sec.
０１００１０
ＭＡＧＡＤＪ．ＤＥＭＡＤＪ．
demagnetizing time (approx.)

TOOL HOLDERS
ＭＡＧＤＥＭ
Breaker capacity (ref.) 30A
MEASURING
ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＣＯ．，ＬＴＤ．ＪＡＰＡＮ
Mass 7.5kg
（16.5） 7.6kg（16.7）
EPS-P2100B-2 ※The power cable must be larger than 3.5 mm2 and less than 10 m.
■Options ② Separately installed feeder box

Recommended for applications that
require frequent connector connection/
① Straightening block; for □50 and □70 (KT-Q)
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
disconnection.
MAGNETIC
［mm
（in）
］
Model
TOOLS
Type
□50
（1.96）×H28（1.10） □70
（2.75）×H37 （1.45）
KT-Q50 KT-Q70 Stationary
KT-Q50M KT-Q50M KT-Q70M Movable
※The H dimension is the standard height.
32
Model EP-QD DEMAGNETIZING FUNCTION-EQUIPPED PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
Weakness of checker board pattern type permanent
CHUCKS
electromagnetic chucks overcome!

Back stopper Ｌｅ
Chuck controller
Connector
Environmentally Minimal Ｌ3 20 Ｌ3 cable: 5 m
friendly heat
required additionally
Side stopper
generation
Ｗｅ
Ｗ1
Ｗ
10
PERMANENT
Ｐ
Ｐ 10
Ｎ−Ｍ
Ｌ2
5
PERMANENT
85
20±1
Ｌ1
EP-QD7-3469
(Mounting size equivalent to 400 × 800)
Holding power ‒ thickness characteristic
［Application］ (4-pole holding, SS400 ground surface)
Used for securing workpieces during cutting by milling machines, machining centers, etc.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
30
［Features］
25
●An optimum combination of KANETEC’s original magnetic pole construction and a
Holding power【kN】
construction dedicated to demagnetization has reduced residual holding power 20
significantly.
15
●Hardened steel and special steel workpieces having large residual magnetism can be EP-QD7
CHUCKS
VACUUM
released easily. (Compared with conventional EP-Q) 10

EP-QS7
●The optional straightening block (KT-Q70/Q70M) can be used. By mounting various
blocks using tapped holes on the attractive face, various securing methods can be 5
utilized according to machining operations.

0
●Can be used in wet operations. 0 10 20 30 40 50
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
●Special types having four poles minimum are available. Thickness【mm】
［mm
（in）
］
Mounting Tapped Hole on
Work Face Pole Dimensions Electro Chuck
Model Mounting Size Face Height Attractive Face Mass
Master
₁ ₂ No.of Poles ₂ ₁
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
300 260 730 690 250 680 330 750

EP-QD7-2669 300（11.8）×800（31.5）
（11.8）（10.2）（28.7）（27.1）（9.84）（26.7）（12.9）（29.5） 24
24 125kg/275 lb EPS-D2100A
570 530 520 250 590 （0.94）
EP-QD7-3453 400（15.7）×600（23.6）
380 340 （22.4）（20.8） 330 （20.4） 70 （9.84）（23.2） 85 10
（14.9）（13.3）（12.9）（2.75）（3.34） 32 （0.39）
EP-QD7-3469 400（15.7）×800（31.5） 32 160kg/352 lb
730 690 680 330 750 （1.25）
EPS-D2100A-2
540 500 （28.7）（27.1） 490 （26.7）（12.9）（29.5） 48
EP-QD7-5069 550（21.6）×800（31.5） 48 230kg/507 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
（21.2）（19.6）（19.2）（1.88）

※The chuck controller and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
Model EP-QL SUPER POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR LONG WORKPIECE
A permanent electromagnetic chuck specialized in securing
TOOLS
HOLDING
long workpieces! Powerfully holds workpieces without jigs!

［Application］
Environmentally Chuck controller Used to secure workpieces quickly and firmly during
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
friendly Le milling and machining of long workpieces such as

railroad rails.
17 17
20
［Features］
●The employment of magnetic pole arrangement
B2
Be
B1
B
providing a wide attractive area enables it to

attract and hold workpieces on the whole
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
20
B2
B1
105 L1
attractive face.
●A magnet for side-face attraction may be mounted
(3)
to support securing of workpieces from sides.

125
EP-QL-24111A
●In place of a side-face attraction magnet, clamp
25
20 20
B L2 parts may be used.
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Work Face Mounting Face

Model Height Mass Electro Chuck Master
₁ ₂ ₁ ₂
EP-QL-24111A 240（9.44） 135

（5.31） 85
（3.34） 1115
（43.8） 1074
（42.2） 280（11.0） 1115
（43.8） 125
（4.92） 270kg/595 lb EPS-P2100B
33
EP-QD / EP-QL / EP-QZ / EP-D
Model EP-QZ SUPER POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR LONG WORKPIECE
Chuck controller ［Features］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
friendly
required additionally ●The gap characteristic is superior to that of the current Model EP-QN/
QS. These chucks are suitable for workpieces that have poor flatness

and require large holding power.
●These chucks replace conventional hydraulic and mechanical
clamping to reduce the setup time and improve productivity.
●The magnetic poles are arranged according to shapes and length of
workpieces such as rails. Securing blocks specially designed
according to workpiece shapes are also available.
CHUCK
●A type with a separator made of brass is also available.
EP-QZ8-1550A
An example of special fabrication
PERMANENT
［mm（in）
］
Model Max. Holding Power per Pole Pole Size No. of Poles Features Electro Chuck Master
EP-QZ8-15100A □75
（□2.95）
750kgf □75
（□2.95） 5 Single type EPS-P2100B
EP-QZW-30100A □50
（□1.96）
300kgf □75
（2.95）
＋□50
（1.96） 10
（□75）
＋14
（□50） Double type EPS-P2100B-2
PERMANENT
Model EP-D DEMAGNETIZING FUNCTION-EQUIPPED PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR CUTTING
Strong holding power and good release performance realized!
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Chuck controller ［Application］
Environmentally Minimal Used for securing workpieces during cutting by milling machines,
friendly heat
generation machining centers, etc.
［Features］
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●A coil dedicated to demagnetization has significantly improved the
workpiece release performance when the chuck is turned off.
●The magnetic pole arrangement to concentrate magnetism on the
workpiece provides strong holding power.
●Hardened steel and special steel workpieces having large residual
PROMELTA*
magnetism can be released quicker than the conventional chucks.
SYSTEM
●Electricity is used only when mounting and demounting workpieces,
thus minimal heat is generated and electricity is saved.
●Can be used in wet operations.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
EP-D3060
［mm（in）
］
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Work Face Dimensions Mounting Face
Electro Chuck
W2
Model Mass
We
W1
W
Master
MINI CHUCKS
₁ ₂ ₁
304 618 264 558
EP-D 3060 240
（9.44） 232（9.13） 638（25.1） 110kg/242 lb
（11.9）（24.3）（10.3）（21.9）
EPS-D2100A
404 786 364 726 12 30
EP-D 4080 340
（13.3） 332（13.0） 806（31.7） 185kg/407 lb Le
（15.9）（30.9）（14.3）（28.5）
HOLDING
504 464 L
EP-D50100 440（17.3） 432（17.0） 305kg/672 lb
（19.8） 1038 （18.2） 978
TOOLS
1058
（41.6） EPS-D2100A-2
604 （40.8） 564 （38.5）
EP-D60100 240（9.44）×2 232
（9.13）
×2 365kg/804 lb
（23.7）（22.2）
85
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are
20±1
L1
repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Comparison of holding power Comparison of residual holding power
Holding power（□160×t50） Residual holding power（□160×t50）

30 600
EP-D EP-QS7
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
Residual holding power【N】
EP-D EP-QS7
25 500
Holding power【KN】
20 400
15 300
MAGNETIC
10 200
TOOLS
5 100
0 0
SS400 S50C SUS420J2 SS400 S50C SUS420J2
34
Model EP-DV POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH VACUUM FUNCTION
Hybrid chuck to handle diversified ［Application］

CHUCKS
Permanent electromagnetic chucks for cutting

materials! equipped with a grid-seal type vacuum chuck
function added to hold workpieces during cutting and
Environmentally Minimal Chuck controller and vacuum grinding of magnetic and nonmagnetic workpieces.
friendly heat
system required additionally ［Features］
generation
●The strong holding power makes these chucks
Suction port
Vacuum coupler (3/8 ) suitable for cutting of magnetic materials.
(2 places)
●Electricity is used only when mounting and
demounting workpieces, thus minimal heat is
Ｂ4
generated and electricity is saved.
PERMANENT
●Since these chucks have a construction
Ｂ1
Ｂ3
Ｂ2
dedicated to demagnetization, they have good
42
42
workpiece release performance when they are
EP-DV3060 Ｌ3 turned off.
Ｌ1 ●The vacuum chuck can be set to a desired area
by use of seal rubber according to workpieces.
Ｌｅ
PERMANENT
Ｐ42（2+8+2+30）
●When machining nonmagnetic workpieces, the

permanent electromagnetic feature can be
ｔ
Ｈ
utilized to hold magnetic substances around

An example of milling by utilizing An example of grinding of brass by
them to secure them firmly.
ｈ
the permanent electromagnetic utilizing the permanent Ｌ2

feature electromagnetic feature
（in）
［mm ］
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Effective Area Electro Applicable
Model Nominal Size Grid Pitch Mass
FOR MC
BLOCKS
₄ ₂ ₃× ₃ Chuck Master Vacuum System

300
（11.8） 310 638 558 92 304 638 252（9.9） 170kg/
EP-DV 3060
× 600（23.6）（12.2）（25.1）（21.9）（3.62）（11.9）（25.1） ×588（23.1） 374lb
EPS-D2100A VPU-EG
400
（15.7） 410 806 726 35 79 42（2+8+2+30） 404 806 20 125 42（1.65） 378（14.8） 280kg/
EP-DV 4080 VPU-E10
× 800（31.5）（16.1）（31.7）（28.5）（1.37）（3.11）（1.65）（15.9）（31.7）（0.78）（4.92） ×42（1.65） ×756（29.7） 617lb
VPU-D20
500
（19.6） 510 1058 978 87 504 1058 462（18.1） 450kg/
EP-DV50100 EPS-D2100A-2
×1000（39.4）（20.0）（41.6）（38.5）（3.42）（19.8）（41.6） ×1008（39.6） 992lb
CHUCKS
VACUUM
※The chuck controller, vacuum system and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
Model EP-DWM POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK FOR HEAVY DUTY CUTTING
Strong magnetic force & good release
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Chuck controller
performance & high water-tightness!
［Application］
Suitable for such precision machining of relatively large load as heavy duty grinding
and cutting and for securing workpieces having steps such as linear motion guides.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
［Features］
●Capable of holding relatively small workpieces, workpieces having a small
attractive area and concave workpieces.
●The addition of a construction dedicated to demagnetization has improved the
B
EP-DWM3060 workpiece release performance when the chuck is turned off.

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●Hardened steel and special steel workpieces having large residual magnetism
P＝2+8+2+16
L1
can be released quickly.
Le ●Electricity is supplied momentarily for mounting and demounting workpieces,
Power
Environmentally saving Minimal thus minimal heat is generated and electricity is saved.
t
friendly heat ●The chucks can be used in wet operations and have improved water-tightness.
H
generation
h
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed.

TOOLS
HOLDING
L2
［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Mounting Face Height Electro
Model Mass
Chuck Master
EP-DWM2050 200
（7.87） 490（19.2） 432
（17.0） 490
（19.2） 70kg/154 lb
EP-DWM3060 300
（11.8） 600（23.6） 544
（21.4） 25
（0.98） 600（23.6） 20
（0.78） 105
（4.13） 125kg/275 lb EPS-D2100A
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
EP-DWM4080 400
（15.7） 820（32.2） 768
（30.2） 820（32.2） 230kg/507 lb
※The chuck controller, vacuum system and clamp parts are not included. ※The KANETEC chucks work best when a KANETEC chuck controller is used.
Model EPS-D CHUCK MASTER* DEDICATED TO DEMAGNETIZING FUNCTION-EQUIPPED PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
［Application］
190
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
A chuck controller dedicated to permanent electromagnetic chucks equipped

120 ４−φ７Ｄ
with a demagnetizing function.
Model EPS-P2100A EPS-P2100A-2
ＥＰＣＨＵＣＫＭＡＳＴＥＲ Dimensions（W×H×D） 190（7.48）×165（6.5）×255（10.0） 190（7.48）×200（7.87）×255（10.0）
ＭＯＤＥＬＥＰＳ−Ｄ２１００Ａ
ＩＮＰＵＴＡＣ２００Ｖ
ＯＵＴＰＵＴＤＣ１０∼９０Ｖ
Power Source Single-phase, 200 VAC 50/60 Hz
ＡＭＰ．１００Ａ
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
ＰＯＷＥＲＭＡＧ／ＤＥＭ
Output capacity 10 VDC ‒ 90 VDC pulse 100 A
255
280
300
Output switchover No switchover 2

４５６４５６
３７３７
２８２８
１９１９
０１００１０
ＭＡＧＡＤＪ．ＤＥＭＡＤＪ．
Magnetizing time (approx.)・

1 sec./4 sec. 3 sec./6 sec.
demagnetizing time (approx.)
ＭＡＧＤＥＭ
Breaker capacity (ref.) 30A

ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＣＯ．
，
ＬＴＤ．
ＪＡＰＡＮ
Mass 7.5kg
（16.5） 8kg（17.6）
35 EPS-D2100A
EP-DV / EP-DWM / EPS-D / EPT / EPT-LW / EPT-H
Model EPT/EPT-LW PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK (STANDARD/LOW MAGNETIC FORCE CONTROL)
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Environmentally
Power
saving Minimal
Chuck controller
friendly heat required additionally Suitable for high precision grinding and slicing.
generation ［Features］

●Since electricity is supplied momentarily only to control the magnetomotive force
when mounting/demounting a workpiece, little heat is generated internally to
enable highly precise machining.
●Since electricity needs not be supplied continuously even while holding a
workpiece, the running cost is very low.
●Since the holding power is maintained by the permanent magnet, safety is secured
CHUCK
in the event of power failure and cable breakage.
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having little environmental burden is employed.
Side stopper Back stopper Power cord About EPT-LW
PERMANENT
Model EPT-LW is equipped with a low magnetic
force (weak attraction) control function that is
difficult with conventional permanent electromagnetic
B
chucks and therefore facilitates strain relieving and
workpiece positioning at the same level as
P L electromagnetic chucks. (When the low magnetic
Le
force control is active, the power is supplied
PERMANENT
t
continuously.)
H
h
L2 10 Please note that a dedicated Chuck Master (Model
EPT-3060F
NOTE:The L2 dimension has not been machined EPH-LW) (see page 38) needs to be used together.
together with L and therefore, there may
BLOCKS
FOR MC
be some variation.
［mm（in）
］
Model Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Voltage Current Power Electro Chuck Master
Nominal Size Mass
Standard Low mag. force control Standard Low mag. force control Standard Low mag. force control Cord Standard Low mag. force control
300 240 300 24kg/
EPT- 1530F EPT-LW 1530F 150（5.90）× 300（11.8） 1.91A 0.80A
（11.8）
（9.44）（11.8） 52 lb
150 350 296 350 2m 28kg/
VACUUM
CHUCKS
EPT- 1535F EPT-LW 1535F 150（5.90）× 350（13.7） 2.43A 0.93A
（5.90）（13.7）
（11.6）（13.7）（78.7） 61 lb
14（2＋12）
450 380 20.5 450 80 36kg/
EPT- 1545F EPT-LW 1545F 150（5.90）× 450（17.7） 0.55 2.64A 1.17A EPH-LW205B
（17.7）
（14.9）（0.80）（17.7）（3.15） 79 lb
（0.07＋0.47） EPH-LWE205B
500 436 500 53kg/
EPT- 2050F EPT-LW 2050F 200（7.87）× 500（19.6） 5.88A 3.31A
200 （19.6）
（17.1）（19.6） 116 lb
（7.87） 548 3m 65kg/
PROMELTA*
EPT- 2060F EPT-LW 2060F 200（7.87）× 600（23.6） 7.87A 3.82A
600（21.5） 600 20 90 180 （118） 143 lb
EPS-215B
SYSTEM
300 （23.6） 529 （23.6）
（0.78） VDC VDC 140kg/
EPT- 3060F EPT-LW 3060F 300（11.8）× 600（23.6） 6.14A 2.55A
（11.8）（20.8） 308 lb
800 724 800 211kg/
EPT- 4080F EPT-LW 4080F 400（15.7）× 800（31.5） 11.0A 6.59A
400 （31.5）
（28.5）（31.5） 465 lb
（15.7） 1000 919 25.0 19.5（2.5＋17） 1000 100
EPT-40100F EPT-LW40100F 400（15.7）×1000（39.4） 0.76 12.5A 6.45A
（39.4）（0.98）
（36.1）（39.4）（3.93） 5m 265kg/
SINE BAR
（0.09＋0.66） EPH-LWE210B
CHUCKS
800 724 800 （196） 584 lb
EPT- 5080F EPT-LW 5080F 500（19.6）× 800（31.5） 9.01A 5.41A
500 （31.5）
（28.5）（31.5）
（19.6） 1000 919 1000 330kg/
EPT-50100F EPT-LW50100F 500（19.6）×1000（39.4） 11.7A 6.00A
（39.4）
（36.1）（39.4） 727 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
Model EPT-H POWERFUL PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Power
Environmentally saving Minimal Side stopper Back stopper Power cord
friendly heat required additionally Suitable for high precision grinding and
slicing.
HOLDING
generation
［Features］
TOOLS
●Compared with the standard type (EPT),
B
these chucks generate a larger magnetic

force and therefore are capable of securing
TOOL HOLDERS
P workpieces firmly during grinding of large

L
MEASURING
Le machining load.
●A resin-bonded structural face plate having
t
little environmental burden is employed.

H
h
L2 10
NOTE:The L2 dimension has not been machined

MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
EPT-H3060F
together with L and therefore, there may
(An example of special fabrication)
be some variation.
［mm（in）
］
Model Nominal Size Voltage Mass
Cord Chuck Master
EPT-H1530F 150（5.90）
× 300
（11.8） 150（5.90） 300
（11.8） 240（9.44） 14（2＋12） 300
（11.8） 2m（78.7） 30kg/ 66.1 lb
MAGNETIC
EPT-H2050F 200（7.87）
× 500
（19.6） 200（7.87） 500
（19.6） 436（17.1） 0.55（0.07＋0.47） 500
（19.6） 83kg/ 183 lb
30 20 100 3m
（118）
300（11.8）
× 600
（23.6） 300（11.8） 600
（23.6） 529（20.8） 600
（23.6） 180 VDC 142kg/ 313 lb EPS-W215B
TOOLS
EPT-H3060F
（1.18） 19.5
（2.5＋17）（0.78）（3.93）
EPT-H4080F 400（15.7）
× 800
（31.5） 400（15.7） 800
（31.5） 724（28.5） 0.76 800
（31.5） 215kg/ 474 lb
（0.09＋0.66） 5m
（196）
EPT-H50100F 500
（19.6）
×1000
（39.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 919（36.1） 1000（39.4） 335kg/ 738 lb
36
Model EPTW PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK
Power ［Application］
Chuck controller
CHUCKS
saving Minimal
required additionally Suitable for precision grinding on grinders and for holding thin
heat
generation and thick workpieces having a large area.
Side stopper Back stopper Power cord 2 ‒ 3m ［Features］
●Thanks to finer pole pitches on the chuck work face, these
chucks hold thin and wide workpieces firmly.
P
●Since electricity is supplied momentarily only to control the
Be
B2
B1
magnetomotive force when mounting/demounting a workpiece,
little heat is generated internally to maintain accuracy.
L1 ●Since electricity needs not be supplied continuously even
while holding a workpiece, the running cost is very low.
t
EPTW-1530 ●Since the holding power is maintained in the event of power
H
PERMANENT
h
8 L2 8 failure and cable breakage, safety is secured.
［mm（in）
］
Cord Chuck Master
EPTW-1530 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 20 300
（11.8） 18 95 29kg/ 63 lb
150
（5.90） 125（4.92） 148（5.82） 2m
EPTW-1545 150
（5.90）
×450（17.7） 450（17.7）（0.78）（17.7）（0.70）（3.74）
45044kg/ 97 lb
（78.7）
PERMANENT
4
（0.8＋3.2）
EPTW-2040 200
（7.87）
×400（15.7） 400（15.7） 400
（15.7） 65kg/143 lb
200
（7.87） 173（6.81）
0.15 198（7.79） 90 VDC EPS-215B
EPTW-2050 200
（7.87）
×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 25 500
（19.6） 20 120 82kg/180 lb
（0.03＋0.12） 3m
EPTW-2560 250
（9.84）
×600（23.6） 250
（9.84）（0.98） 217（8.54） 248（9.76）（0.78）（4.72） 123kg/271 lb
600（23.6） 600
（23.6）（118）
EPTW-3060 300
（11.8）
×600（23.6） 300
（11.8） 269（10.5） 298（11.7） 147kg/324 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Model EPTW-N PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK

Power
Chuck controller Side
stopper
Power
cord ［Application］
saving Minimal Environmentally
heat required additionally P
Suitable for grinding of thin and small
friendly
generation workpieces.
［Features］
CHUCKS
VACUUM
●Generates strong holding power on

B1
B2
workpieces of □25 mm and larger.

●Instead of the conventional magnetic
L1
Le
pole longitudinal patterns, the
transverse magnetic pole patterns are
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
used.
t
●A resin-bonded structural face plate

H
having little environmental burden is

EPTW-N2040
h
L2
employed.
［mm（in）
］
CHUCKS
SINE BAR

Cord Chuck Master
EPTW-N1530 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8） 300（11.8） 261（10.2） 314
（12.3） 100 30kg/ 66 lb
150
（5.90） 148（5.82） 2m
EPTW-N1545 150
（5.90）
×450（17.7） 450（17.7） 397（15.6） 464
（18.2）（3.93）
45kg/ 99 lb
4（1＋3）（78.7）
EPTW-N2040 200
（7.87）
×400（15.7） 400（15.7） 25 349（13.7） 414
（16.2） 20 52kg/114 lb
200
（7.87） 0.15 198（7.79） 180 VDC EPS-W215B
EPTW-N2050 200
（7.87）
×500（19.6） 500（19.6）（0.98） 449（17.6）（20.2）（0.78） 110
514 65kg/143 lb
（0.04＋0.11） 3m
EPTW-N2560 250
（9.84）
×600（23.6） 250
（9.84） 246（9.68）（4.33） 107kg/235 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
600（23.6） 549（21.6） 614

（24.1）（118）
EPTW-N3060 300
（11.8）
×600（23.6） 300
（11.8） 296（11.6） 128kg/282 lb
Model EPZ-U TILT TYPE PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK

TOOLS
HOLDING
Power ［Application］
saving Minimal Environmentally Power cord 2 m Back stopper Suitable for angle grinding on grinders. Easy to install.
heat friendly
generation ［Features］
●The rotary shaft with scale facilitates angle setting. (An
Be
B1
B2
angle can be set as desired in a range of 90°forward

G
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
P Le and 90°backward.)
●Since electricity is supplied momentarily only to control
L1
the magnetomotive force when mounting/demounting a
workpiece, little heat is generated internally to enable
H1
highly precise machining.

H2
●Since electricity needs not be supplied continuously even

h1
EPZ-1030UF
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
while holding a workpiece, the running cost is very low.

h2
Chuck controller L2 ●Since the holding power is maintained in the event of power
1
required additionally failure and cable breakage, safety is secured.

［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Pole Pitch Tilt Base Length Height Electro
ℓ₁ ℓ₂ Chuck Master
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
EPZ-1025UF 100（3.93）×250（9.84） 250

（9.84） 211
（8.30） 11（2＋9） 22kg/ 48 lb
80 368（14.4）
100（3.93） 78
（3.07） 130
EPZ-1030UF 100（3.93）×300（11.8） 255
（10.0） 0.43（0.07＋0.35）（3.15）
24kg/ 52 lb
100 100 50 29 14 15 （5.11）
EPZ-1230UF 120（4.72）×300（11.8）120（4.72）300（11.8） 96（3.78） 418（16.4） 90 VDC 30kg/ 66 lb EPS-215B
240 （3.93） 14（2＋12）（3.93）
（9.44）（1.96）
（1.14）
（0.55） 95 （0.59）
EPZ-1530UF 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 145 37kg/ 81 lb
150（5.90） 120（4.72） 0.55（0.07＋0.47）（3.74）
EPZ-1545UF 150（5.90）×450（17.7） 450
（17.7） 408（16.0）（5.70）
568（22.3） 52kg/114 lb
37 ※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
EPTW / EPTW-N / EPZ-U / EPS / EPH-LW
Model EPS EP CHUCK MASTER*
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Control unit for permanent
〈EPS-230B〉 <EPS-GW(B)230A common operation box>
Cord 5 m
electromagnetic chucks
190 400 Cord 5 m
4-φ10
290

ＰＯＷＥＲＭＡＧＤＥＭ
ＰＯＷＥＲＤＥＭＡＧ
ＣＯＮＴＲＯＬＡＤＪ．
４５６４５６
３７３７
125
155
446
400
480
２８２８
150
100
１９１９
０１００１０
ＭＡＸ−ＭＡＧ
ＥＰＣＨＵＣＫ−ＭＡＳＴＥＲＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＣＯ．
，
ＬＴＤ．
ＪＡＰＡＮ
70 100
2-φ7 70 140
<Main unit> <Operation box> ２−φ７
CHUCK
〈EPS-GW230A〉〈EPS-GWB230A〉
210 ２−φ７（167）（213）２−φ７（165）
Opening 145 145
Electric parts
mounted Ｎ．
Ｐ．Ｎ．
Ｐ．
Acrylic
plate
（284）
PERMANENT
Ｆ１Ｆ２Ｆ３
320
300
320
300
280
１
ＰＣＢ．
ＲＳＥＮＰＥ
注意
３１
１４５
３１６
４１７
５１８
６１９
７１１
８２１
９２
０１２１２感電注意
０１
Ｅ
１
7 7
7 7 145
145
Opening
EPS-215B EPS-GWB230A Wiring lid
［Application］
PERMANENT
Rectifies an input from an AC power source to DC and momentarily outputs exciting current to permanent electromagnetic chucks. The automatic
demagnetization circuit is activated to reduce residual magnetism of permanent electromagnetic chucks.
［Features］
BLOCKS
FOR MC
●The EP Chuck Master* is dedicated to permanent electromagnetic chucks and can be used for EPT, EPT-H, EPTW and EPZ-U.
●The microcomputer control ensures very effective automatic demagnetization.
●The holding power is adjustable.
●Model EPS-GW (B) is of external operation type.
<Major features>
・EPS-GW is installed inside the machine panel and EPS-GWB is installed outside the panel and both of them are equipped with a remote operation box.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
・Compared with the conventional type, the volume has been reduced to about a third.
・The workability and operability such as wiring, fuse replacement, switchover of voltage between 200 VAC and 220 VAC and output voltage/demagnetizing
time adjustment have been improved.
■General type ［mm（in）

］
PROMELTA*
Rated Output Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Operation box
SYSTEM
Voltage Current Width Depth Height Width Height Hole Width Depth Height Cord
EPS-215B 15A 180
（7.08）130（5.11）250
（9.84） 120（4.72） 275
（10.8） 4-φ 7
（0.27） 4.7kg/10.3 lb ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶
Single-phase 200 VAC 20‒ 90 VDC
EPS-230B 30A 400
（15.7）190（7.48）400
（15.7） 290（11.4） 446
（17.5） 4-φ 10（0.39） 18.3kg/40.3 lb 100
（3.93） 70（2.75） 155
（6.10） 5m
（196）
（50/60Hz）
EPS-W215B 15A 180
（7.08）130（5.11）250
（9.84） 120（4.72） 275
（10.8） 4-φ 7
（0.27） 4.7kg/10.3 lb ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶ ̶̶
EPS-GW230A Single-phase 200/220 VAC 40‒180 VDC 210
（8.26）167（6.57）280
（11.0） 2-φ 7 （0.27） 7.0kg/15.4 lb
30A 145（5.70） 300
（11.8） 140
（5.51） 70
（2.75） 150
（5.90） 5m
（196）
（50/60Hz） (2 ‒ width 7)
SINE BAR
EPS-GWB230A 213（8.38）165
（6.49）284（11.1） 9.0kg/19.8 lb
CHUCKS
※The applicable models are EPT, EPT-H, EPTW and EPZ-U only. ※EPS-GW (B) 230A is used as a control unit for the connection of same models or specially ordered large chucks.
Model EPH-LW NON-CONTACT TYPE EP CHUCK MASTER*
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
［Application］
Low magnetic force control function The use of the low magnetic force control function enables straightening
MINI CHUCKS
operations as with electromagnetic chucks.
The use of the low magnetic force control function facilitates positioning of
workpieces. (The low magnetic force control requires electricity to be supplied
〈EPH-LW205B〉 continuously. When used with the low magnetic force control function activated
HOLDING
5
5
for long hours, accuracy change due to heat generated in the permanent
TOOLS
electromagnetic chuck itself may slightly affect the machining accuracy.)
３
２
１０１
２
３
ＥＰ・ＣＨＵＣＫ−ＭＡＳＴＥＲ
［Features］
These Chuck Masters enable it to control the low magnetic force (weak
４４
(１８)
− ５５＋ＰＯＷＥＲＡＬＡＲＭ
ＬＯＷ−ＶＯＬＴＡＤＪ．
４５６
holding power), which is difficult with permanent electromagnetic chucks.

150
３７
２８
TOOL HOLDERS
１９
０１０ＭＡＧＤＥＭ
ＶＯＬＴＡＤＪ．
When a conventional permanent electromagnetic chuck is used, it is

230
250
260
４５６
３７ＡＵＸＯＦＦ
MEASURING
２８
１９
necessary to turn it off once and after lowering the magnetizing voltage,

０１０
ＤＥＭＡＤＪ．
138
175
ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＣＯ．，
ＬＴＤＪＡＰＡＮ
ＣＡＵＴＩＯＮ；注意
turn it on again in order to set a low magnetic force for straightening
−−−−−−
(73)
−−−−−
−−−− grinding operations. These Chuck Masters have a control function by which
the power can be applied continuously only in the low output region, which
View Z makes it possible to finely and continuously adjust the low magnetic force
MAGNETIC
80
HOLDERS
110
140 region as with electromagnetic chucks. They offer a possibility of
EPH-LW205B straightening grinding with permanent electromagnetic chucks. Workpieces
Z
can also be positioned smoothly with the low magnetic force control.
［mm（in）
］
MAGNETIC
Rated Output Dimensions Mass

Model Power Source
Voltage Current Width Height Depth Chuck Master Operation box
TOOLS
EPH-LW205B Approx. 4.7kg/10.3 lb Operated from main unit panel

Single-phase 200 VAC Permanent electromagnetic: 0 ‒ 180 VDC (2 sec.) 5A 140
（＋ 5）5.51
（＋0.19） 230（9.05） 175
EPH-LWE205B Approx. 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
50/60Hz Low magnetic force: ±0 ‒ 60 VDC (continuous) （6.89） Approx.0.6kg/1.3 lb
EPH-LWE210B 10A 220
（＋30）8.66
（＋1.18） 250（9.84） Approx. 6.0kg/13.2 lb
※Non-contact type Chuck Masters (with low magnetic force control) for permanent electromagnetic chucks (180 VDC version). ※The low magnetic force control is possible when used in combination
with the permanent electromagnetic chuck Model EPT-LW. ※Three types; rated output of 180 VDC-5A, 180 VDC-5A (with operation box) and 180 VDC-10A (with operation box) are available.
38
PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS EPC / EPC-Z
Model EPC ROUND PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK
Revolutionary permanent electromagnetic chuck!

CHUCKS
Patented
Magnetic force adjustable!
10 16 ［Application］
Suitable for machining of ring-shaped workpieces such as bearings
8
18
while rotating them on lathes, turning machines, cylindrical grinders
and rotary grinders.
［Features］
●When used in combination with a dedicated controller equipped
with a magnetic force adjust function, the magnetic force can be
adjusted between strong and weak.
PERMANENT
Minimal
heat de ●Since internal heat generation and thermal distortion are minimal,
generation De
D1 highly precise machining is possible.
n -φ20 Dp ●Can be used in wet operations.
EPC-50AS-S ●These chucks are provided with T-grooves to make them suitable
<An example of special fabrication>
Environmentally for various workpieces.
H
PERMANENT
friendly
Chuck controller n -φ13 A size φ1200 and larger is also available.
K
required additionally D2
［mm
（in）
］
Nominal Work Face No. Mounting Face Height Electro Chuck
Size ₁ of Poles ₂ Master
EPC- 50AST 500
（19.6） 500
（19.6） 460
（18.1）100
（3.93） 200
（7.87） 300（11.8） 125（4.92） 27A Approx. 140kg/ 308 lb EPS-RW230A
8 8
EPC- 70AST 700（27.5） 700
（27.5） 656
（25.8）120
（4.72） 400
（15.7） 5（0.19） 500（19.6） 130（5.11） 32A Approx. 330kg/ 727 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
180 VDC EPS-RW250A

EPC- 90AST 900（35.4） 900
（35.4） 850
（33.4）200
（7.87） 12 500
（19.6） 12 700
（27.5） 140（5.51） 45A Approx. 600kg/1323 lb
EPC-120AST 1200
（47.2）1200
（47.2）1150
（45.2）300
（11.8） 18 650
（25.5） 6（0.23） 18 1000
（39.4） 150（5.90） 60A Approx. 1100kg/2425 lb EPS-RW275A
※The chuck controller is not included.
※The slip ring (carbon brush included) is optional. The brush holder support bar for the slip ring should be provided by the user. ※Dedicated operation box
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic chucks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/off operations are repeated (Size 140×70×155,cord 5 m) included.
frequently, the chucks may be damaged by overheat.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
［mm
（in）
］
Output Dimensions
Voltage Current Width Height Depth
EPS-RW230A 30A 480
（18.8） 190（7.48） Approx. 15kg/33.0 lb
200 VAC 180 VDC
EPS-RW250A 50A 400
（15.7）
（50/60Hz） (16 steps) 725
（28.5） 250（9.84） Approx. 35kg/77.1 lb
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
EPS-RW275A 75A
Model EPC-Z POWERFUL ROUND PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK

Construction machinery / Ship building / Nuclear power plant / Wind power generation
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Highly precise machining of ring-shaped workpiece such as bearings!

［Application］
Environmentally Minimal
friendly heat Suitable for machining of ring-shaped workpieces such as bearings while rotating them on lathes
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
generation and cylindrical grinders.

［Features］
●The employment of a magnetic pole construction suitable for cutting has increased the holding
Chuck controller
power. Suitable for cutting operations where large load is applied.
●The rectangular magnetic poles provide consistent holding power regardless of workpiece sizes.
●By using included blocks with T-grooves and adapter blocks, various workpieces, small and large,
TOOLS
HOLDING
can be held.
●By mounting blocks, workpieces can be machined while being lifted. This feature enables it to
machine workpieces from any direction. Also removal of chips and maintenance are easy.
［mm
（in）
］
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Applicable Workpiece Diameter Electro Chuck

Model Dimensions No.of Poles Mass
Min. dia. Max. dia. Master
EPC-Z60 φ 640
（25.1）
×90
（3.54） 14 600（23.6） 170kg/ 374 lb EPS-PZ2100A-2
EPC-Z90 φ 950
（37.4）
×90
（3.54） 250（9.84）（35.4）
900 410kg/ 904 lb EPS-PZ2100A-4
28
（14＋14）
EPC-Z120 φ1250
（49.2）
×90
（3.54） 1200
（47.2） 725kg/1598 lb EPS-PZ2100A-6
EPC-Z150 φ1550
（61.0）
×110（4.33） 44
（22＋22） 500
（19.6） 1500
（59.0） 1280kg/2822 lb EPS-PZ2100A-8
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
EPC-Z180 φ1850
（72.8）×110
（4.33） 43 800
（31.5） 1800
（70.8） 1580kg/3483 lb EPS-PZ2100A-10
EPC-Z90 EPC-Z200 φ2050 （80.7）×110 （4.33） 50 1000（39.4） 2000（78.7） 1800kg/3969 lb EPS-PZ2100A-10

※The power is supplied through the metal connector (with cable connection confirmation signal) on the side of the chuck.
<Chuck controller> ［mm
（in）
］
Output Breaker Dimensions
Voltage Current Capacity Width Height Depth
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
EPS-PZ2100A-2 90 VDC × 2 times switching 30A （17.7）

450 450
（17.7） 200（7.87） 15kg/33.0 lb
EPS-PZ2100A-4 90 VDC × 4 times switching 35kg/77.1 lb
200 VAC 60A 650
（25.5） 750（29.5）
Pulse 100 A
EPS-PZ2100A-6 （50／60Hz） 90 VDC × 6 times switching 250（9.84） 40kg/88.2 lb
(per switching)
1φ
EPS-PZ2100A-8 90 VDC × 8 times switching 600
（23.6） 850（33.4） 50kg/110 lb
75A
EPS-PZ2100A-10 90 VDC × 10 times switching 800（31.5） 925（36.4） 300（11.8） 80kg/176 lb
39
BLOCKS FOR MC JMC / EPB
Model JMC MAGNETIC FIXTURE BLOCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC
An example of usage An example of mounting

CHUCK
An example of application
Held by
PERMANENT
magnetic force
JMC-120
Held by
magnetic force
Table Table
Clamped or bolted to table
［Application］ indicates the attractive face.
PERMANENT
Permanent magnetic blocks to hold workpieces strongly on machines such L 9-M4, depth D
B 1±0.1 L1
as the MC and NC. b1 b1 1 1
Two types of clamping are available; magnet type and mechanical type by
BLOCKS
FOR MC
(Attractive face side) 100
use of threaded holes.
［Features］
●A powerful permanent magnet used generates a strong magnetic force.
●The workpiece mounting and demounting time can be reduced
H1
h3
OFF ON
significantly.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
K 2 × 4-M, depthD
●Iron and nonmagnetic workpieces can be held by a magnet and
mechanical clamping.
h1 h 2
●These blocks can be connected to allow relatively large workpieces to be set.
●The blocks can be mounted vertically by using threaded holes on three
3 3
b2 10
faces (both faces and bottom face) other than the attractive face. B2 6-M, depth D 2 2
［mm
（in）
］
PROMELTA*
Holding Face Mounting Face Side Face Others Height
SYSTEM
Model Holding Power Mass
₁ ₁ ₁ ℓ₁ ₂ ₂ ℓ₂ ℓ₃ ₁ ₂ ₁ ₃
7.5kN 136 180 59 77 134 80 70 50 11 124 80 244 11 M10 15 145

JMC- 75 25kg/ 55 lb
（750kgf）（5.35）（7.08）（2.32）（3.03）（5.27）（3.15）（2.75）（1.96） 10 （0.43）（4.88）（3.15）（9.60）（0.43）（0.39）（0.59）（5.70）
12kN 180 198 78 87 178 100 80 48 （0.39） 16 166 125 264 13 M12 18 192
JMC-120 50kg/110 lb
（1200kgf）（7.08）（7.79）（3.07）（3.42）（7.00）（3.93）（3.15）（1.89）（0.62）（6.53）（4.92）（10.3）（0.51）（0.47）（0.70）（7.55）
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
※1. The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face. 2. An operating handle is included. The connecting parts are optional.
3. When several blocks are connected and the same faces are used, ground them together after connecting blocks to obtain a required flatness.
Model EPB PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC BLOCK

Power
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
saving Minimal Environmentally
heat friendly required additionally Designed for holding workpieces on such machines as machining
MINI CHUCKS
generation centers and NC machine tools. Most suitable for machining workpieces
by 5-face machining centers, etc.
［Features］
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, the setup time on the 5-face
machining center can be shortened.
HOLDING
TOOLS
●These blocks can be used in wet operations and therefore can be
used like normal magnetic chucks.
●Since these blocks are of permanent electromagnetic type, the holding
power is not affected by power failure or cable breakage. Also since
TOOL HOLDERS
very little heat is generated, thermal influence on workpiece is minimal.

MEASURING
●The metal connector design facilitates disconnection of the power

cable. (Pallet change and external setup facilitated.)
EPB-1F1625A L
An example of usage
EPB-1F2525A
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Pole No.of Holding Electro
Model Mass
Size Poles Power Chuck Master
W
160
EPB-1F1625A 2 11.8kN 40kg/ 88 lb
（6.29） 250
250 （9.84） 150 70
4 23.5kN 60kg/132 lb EPS-P2100B
MAGNETIC
EPB-1F2525A
（9.84）（5.90）（2.75）
330 330
TOOLS
EPB-1F3333A 9 53kN 120kg/264 lb

（12.9）（12.9）
25（40） 85
※Turning the permanent electromagnetic blocks on and off must be limited to once per several minutes. If on/
H
off operations are repeated frequently, the blocks may be damaged by overheat. 20
40
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
BLOCKS FOR MC EPB-2F / RMA-2F
Model EPB-2F DOUBLE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC BLOCK
［Application］
CHUCKS
Environmentally
friendly Suitable for various cutting applications such as by the MC.
［Features］
●As a workpiece is held on both faces, no mechanical clamping
is necessary. It can be set on the machine table easily.
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, five faces can be
machined in one chucking to improve the machining efficiency

and accuracy.
●Since these blocks are of permanent electromagnetic type,
the holding power is not affected by power failure or cable
breakage. Also since very little heat is generated, thermal
PERMANENT
influence on workpiece is minimal.

●The power cable is of metal connector type that can be
disconnected easily to make it suitable for pallet change and
external setup.
Chuck controller EPB-2F2525 ●Several blocks can be used at the same time according to
workpiece sizes and machining conditions.
PERMANENT
L
Power
saving Minimal
heat
generation
［mm
（in）
］
W
Dimensions No. of Poles Holding Electro

Model Pole Size Mass
FOR MC
BLOCKS
W L H (per Face) Power Chuck Master

250 250
EPB-2F2525 4 23.6kN 40kg/ 88 lb
（9.84）（9.84） 100 70
EPS-P2100B
330 330 （3.93）（2.75）
EPB-2F3333 9 53.0kN 70kg/154 lb
（12.9）（12.9）

H
CHUCKS
VACUUM
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
Model RMA-2F POWERFUL DOUBLE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT MAGNETIC BLOCK

［Application］
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Suitable for various cutting applications such as by the MC.

［Features］
●Since no mechanical clamping is required, setting on the
machine table can be done easily to shorten the setup time.
●By securing a workpiece overhanging, five faces can be
machined in one chucking.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
●These blocks can be used in wet operations.

●These blocks are of permanent magnetic type that requires no
power source. No troublesome work such as electrical
connection is required and there is no fear of electrical troubles
such as power failure and cable breakage.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
RMA-2F1530
TOOLS
HOLDING
Single stopper
B
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Ratchet handle
L
Le（P＝4＋11）
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
23
H
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Dimensions Holding
Model Mass
Power
RMA-2F1325 125（4.92） 250
（9.84） 184
（7.24） 10kN 23kg/ 51 lb
96（3.77）
RMA-2F1530 150（5.90） 300
（11.8） 229
（9.01） 15kN 33kg/ 72 lb
RMA-2F2040 200（7.87） 400
（15.7） 100（3.93） 334
（13.1） 30kN 62kg/137 lb
41 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
VACUUM CHUCKS KVR
Model KVR VACUUM CHUCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Vacuum system required additionally Chucks to hold workpieces by utilizing atmospheric pressure.
Nonferrous and nonmagnetic materials can be held and machined.

These chucks are suitable for grinding and cutting plastics and
grinding aluminum, brass, stainless steel, ceramic and glass.
［Features］
●The suction holes on the chuck work face can be arranged to set
an effective holding area according to shapes of workpieces by
combined adjustment of thread valves and valves.
CHUCK
●The suction holes have cross grooves to expand the acting
area. Thus, fewer thread valves are used to improve the work
efficiency.
KVR-2D3060 ●The chuck work face is made of iron to allow self-grinding to
PERMANENT
recover parallelism.
●Since the chuck work face is made of iron, magnetic devices
such as workpiece stoppers can be utilized.
●A special suction hole layout adapter can be installed according
to workpieces and work procedures.
●These chucks can be mounted on magnetic chucks.
●Since no heat source or moving parts are used inside the
PERMANENT
chucks, highly precise machining is ensured.
■KVR-D (Thread valve type)
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KVR-H1530 ●An effective holding area can be set according to shapes of
workpieces by combined adjustment of thread valves and valves.
●Since suction grooves of cross shape are provided on the holding
face, the number of thread valves has been reduced to enhance the
An example of fabrication of special type work efficiency.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
■KVR-H (Small hole type)
●Holes of φ4 are provided on the holding face at 8-mm pitches.
PROMELTA*
<Precautions for use>
SYSTEM
The vacuum chuck is of such construction that the inside of the
chuck is evacuated by a vacuum pump to reduce the internal
pressure and a workpiece is held by atmospheric pressure.
Le Therefore, the holding power is determined by a difference
P between the internal pressure and atmospheric pressure and the
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
holding area. Due to physical restrictions, a difference in pressure
that can be obtained by a pump is about 80 kPa (600 mmHg) in
25
consideration of the upper limit of available evacuation efficiency.

Since the same holding power as about 80 kPa (0.8 kgf/cm2) can
B1
B2
Be
be obtained, if the holding area of a workpiece is 100 cm2, it is
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
held by a holding power of about 800 N (80 kgf). Note, however,
that if the holding face of workpieces is rough or distorted, even if
MINI CHUCKS
（84）
slightly, atmospheric pressure leak occurs to decrease the holding

power significantly. For such workpieces, some leak preventing
measures must be taken. Workpieces could be deformed by heat
generated during machining depending on materials and thickness
of workpieces. Pay attention to machining methods. In particular,
HOLDING
L1
thin stainless steel sheets deform due to machining heat largely
TOOLS
and are difficult to hold. If you have questions, please contact us.
t
H
h
L2
TOOL HOLDERS
［mm（in）
］
MEASURING
Work Face Mounting Face Height Applicable

Model Nominal Size Hole Pitch Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Vacuum System
KVR-2D1018 100
（3.93）
×175（6.89） 100
（3.93） 175
（6.89） 85
（3.34） 145
（5.70） 96
（3.78） 195
（7.67） 9kg/ 19 lb
KVR-2D1325 125
（4.92）
×250（9.84） 125
（4.92） 250
（9.84） 105（4.13） 225
（8.85） 121
（4.76） 270
（10.6） 15kg/ 33 lb VPU-E10
VPU-E20
KVR-2D1515 150
（5.90）
×150（5.90） 150
（5.90） 125
（4.92） 170
（6.69） 11kg/ 24 lb VPU-D20
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
KVR-2D1530 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8） 150
（5.90） 300
（11.8） 125（4.92） 245
（9.64） P＝20 146
（5.74） 320
（12.6） 22kg/ 48 lb
20 20 70
(Staggered layout)
KVR-2D1545 150
（5.90）
×450（17.7）（17.7）（0.78）
450 405
（15.9）（0.78）（18.5）（0.78）（2.75） 33kg/ 72 lb
470
KVR-2D2035 200
（7.87）
×350（13.7） 350
（13.7） 305
（12.0） 370
（14.5） 34kg/ 74 lb VPU-E20
200
（7.87） 185（7.28） 196
（7.71）
KVR-2D2050 200
（7.87）
×500（19.6） 500
（19.6） 465
（18.3） 520
（20.4） 49kg/108 lb VPU-D20
KVR-2D3060 300
（11.8）
×600（23.6） 300
（11.8） 600
（23.6） 285（11.2） 545
（21.4） 296
（11.6） 620
（24.4） 88kg/194 lb
MAGNETIC
※Clamp parts are included.
KVR-H1018 100
（3.93）
×175（6.89） 100
（3.93） 175
（6.89） 72
（2.83） 125
（4.92） 96
（3.78） 195
（7.67） 9kg/19 lb
TOOLS
KVR-H1325 125
（4.92）
×250（9.84） 125
（4.92） 250
（9.84） 92
（3.62） 205
（8.07） 121
（4.76） 270
（10.6） 15kg/33 lb VPU-E10
20 P＝8 20 70
VPU-E20
KVR-H1515 150
（5.90）
×150（5.90）（5.90）（0.78）
150 105
（4.13）（0.31）（6.69）（0.78）（2.75） 11kg/24 lb
170 VPU-D20
150
（5.90） 125
（4.92） 146
（5.74）
KVR-H1530 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8） 300
（11.8） 252
（9.92） 320
（12.6） 22kg/48 lb
※Clamp parts are included.
42
VACUUM CHUCKS
Model KVR-AV AUTO VALVE TYPE VACUUM CHUCK
An epoch-making vacuum chuck that requires no masking!

CHUCKS
Vacuum system ［Application］

required additionally Nonferrous and nonmagnetic materials can be held and machined.
These chucks are suitable for grinding plastics, aluminum, brass,
stainless steel, ceramic and glass by machine tools. They can also be
used for light duty cutting if workpieces can be held firmly.

［Features］
●No masking is required to reduce the setup time:
Place a workpiece, apply grinding fluid and turn the valve. That is all
required. Since the suction holes outside the workpiece are
PERMANENT
automatically closed, troublesome masking is not required and

KVR-AV1530
grinding can be started soon.
●Easy valve cleaning:
Patented An original modular design that causes little clogging due to sludge
Stopper Le Suction port (Technical tie-up with facilitates maintenance to reduce the running cost.
P1
PERMANENT
Taiyo Tec Company) ●Enhanced safety:

An original construction is employed that closes the auto valve
L1
instantly should a workpiece move during grinding. This design causes
Be
no vacuum break and maintains a certain level of holding power.

B2
B1
Reverse jet Vacuum

P2
φ7
●Dry operations supported:
H
φ2.5 Evacuate
(2)
In dry grinding operations using no grinding fluid, the chuck can be

Suction port
h
shape
used with minimum necessary masking only.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Ball valve L2
(3 places)
［mm
（in）
］
Work Face Suction Port Pitch No.of Mounting Face Height Applicable
Suction Ports Vacuum System
KVR-AV1018 100（3.93）×175（6.89）100（3.93） 175（6.89）57.5（2.26）132（5.20） 11.5
（0.45） 72 98
（3.86） 195（7.68） 8kg/ 17.6 lb
KVR-AV1530 150（5.90）×300（11.8）150（5.90） 300（11.8） 96（5.67）240（9.45） 188 146（5.75） 320（12.6） 18kg/ 39.7 lb

12（0.47） 20（0.79） 70（2.75） VPU-E10-AV
CHUCKS
VACUUM
KVR-AV2040 200（7.87）×400（15.7）200（7.87） 400（15.7） 144（6.89）348（13.7） 12（0.47） 388 196（7.71） 420

（16.5） 30kg/ 66.1 lb
KVR-AV3060 300（11.8）×600（23.6）300（11.8） 600（23.6） 228（8.97）540（21.2） 908 296（11.6） 620

（24.4） 66kg/145.5 lb
※KVR-AV1530, KVR-AV2040 and KVR-AV3060 have places where no suction ports are provided partially. ※Clamp parts are included.
Model VPU-E-AV VACUUM SYSTEM DEDICATED TO AUTO VALVE TYPE VACUUM CHUCK
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Dry/wet ［Application］
operations A vacuum system dedicated to the auto valve type vacuum chucks. The
shuck side is evacuated continuously in order to effectively maintain the
atmospheric pressure on the workpiece on the chuck work face.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
［Features］
●A vacuum evacuation system, filter, vacuum tank and vacuum gage are
incorporated neatly.
●Since connectors are provided, the pipes of vacuum and reverse jet
required for control of the vacuum chuck can be connected easily.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●A difference in pressure over 80 kPa (600 mmHg) can be obtained

continuously.
TOOLS
HOLDING
VPU-E10-AV
Ball
valve
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Coupler
20PM (Nitto Kohki)
［mm（in）
］ Reverse jet connection
Evacuation Continuous Suction Compressed Air Dimensions Tank φ277

Model Mass
Volume Pressure Port Pressure Consumption Supply port Out Dia. Height Capacity ０．
０．
０６
０．
０８０．
０４
０２
０．
ＭＰ１ａ０ Vacuum
(80 kPa (600 mmHg) 500̶600kPa φ277 425 25kg/ connection
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
VPU-E10-AV 110Nℓ/min 3/8 180Nℓ/min 1/4 15ℓ

or over) （5̶6kgf/cm2）（10.9）（16.7） 55 lb
※The capacity of a compressor to use must be 2.5 kW or over. φ12 hose, 10 m long, is included as an accessory.
Piping of vacuum system

425
Vacuum system
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Compressed air Vacuum chuck
Vacuum Evacuation
(Provide compressor.)
Reverse jet
Drain valve
43
KVR-AV / VPU-E-AV / KVR-GV / KVR-G
Model KVR-GV VACUUM CHUCK WITH BUILT-IN VACUUM SYSTEM
No external vacuum system required!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Air consumption reduced significantly!

Dry operation ［Application］
(Wet operation not allowed) Suitable for light duty cutting by vacuum chucking such nonmagnetic
workpieces as aluminum alloy, copper alloy, stainless steel and plastics.
［Features］
●Compared with the conventional ejector vacuum system, the air
CHUCK
consumption amount can be reduced significantly.
●The chuck can be used by simply connecting a quick-connector type
tube to a compressor in the factory.
●Since no vacuum system is required, the chuck has good response and
PERMANENT
is capable of holding and releasing workpieces quickly.
●The internal parts can be replaced easily by opening the lid on the
chuck mounting face.
KVR-GV1530 ●The material of the main unit can be selected from two kinds; mild steel
and aluminum alloy.
［mm
（in）
］
Single stopper (2 faces) Suction port (1 place)
Main Unit Dimensions Grid Pitch Effective Area
PERMANENT
Material ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ × ×
150
（5.90） × 300 300 150 120
（4.72）× 17kg/
KVR-GV1530
300（11.8）（11.8）（11.8）（5.90） 20
（0.78）× 280
（11.0） 37 lb
Be
B1
Mild 200
（7.87）× 500 524 200 20
（0.78） 180
（7.08）× 43kg/
KVR-GV2050
steel 500
（19.7）（19.7）（20.6）（7.87） 480
（18.8） 94 lb
P
BLOCKS
FOR MC
300
（11.8）× 600 624 300 25
（0.98）× 275
（10.8）× 82kg/
B2
KVR-GV3060
Air joint 600
（23.6）（23.6）（24.5）（11.8） 65 15 50 25
（0.98） 575
（22.6） 180 lb
P
Le
(20PF)
150
（5.90） × 300 300 150 （2.55）（0.59）（1.96） 120
（4.72）× 6kg/
KVR-GVA1530
Air tube 5 m 300（11.8）（11.8）（11.8）（5.90） 20
（0.78）× 280
（11.0） 13 lb
L1
Aluminum 200
（7.87）× 500 524 200 20
（0.78） 180
（7.08）× 15kg/
KVR-GVA2050
alloy 500
（19.7）（19.7）（20.6）（7.87） 480
（18.8） 33 lb
ON OF F
50
Ｈ
KPa
VACUUM
CHUCKS
100 0
Vacuum 300
（11.8）× 600 624 300 25
（0.98）× 275
（10.8）× 29kg/
Cover Ball valve KVR-GVA3060
gage 600
（23.6）（23.6）（24.5）（11.8） 25
（0.98） 575
（22.6） 63 lb
h
Silencer
※Seal rubber φ4, 10 m, air tube 5 m and clamp parts are included. ※The capacity of a compressor to use must be 0.75 kW or over.
L
Model KVR-G VACUUM CHUCK (GRID SEAL TYPE)
PROMELTA*
［Application］
SYSTEM
Suitable for grinding by vacuum chucking such nonmagnetic workpieces as aluminum alloy,
copper alloy, stainless steel and plastics.
［Features］
●Workpieces are vacuum chucked in the area defined by seal rubber strings set in the
grid grooves, ensuring good sealing and consistent holding power.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
●A desired work area can be set by cutting the seal rubber string (φ6 × 5 ‒ 20 m
included) according to workpieces.
●The suction ports are provided in two places on all models to allow setting two
workpieces.
KVR-G1530
●A vacuum coupler to connect to the vacuum system is provided. (Vacuum is turned on
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
and off with the valve on the vacuum system.)
MINI CHUCKS
●Single stoppers are provided.
●The main unit is made of iron to enable the chuck to be held by an existing magnetic chuck.
Vacuum system required additionally
Single stopper (2 faces) Suction port (2 places) See“Model KETV:ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK WITH VACUUM CHUCK”on page 11.
HOLDING
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
Nominal Dimensions Grid Pitch Effective Area Applicable
B2
Model Mass
Dimensions ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ ₃ ₄ × × Vacuum System
B1
Be
Vacuum 150（5.90）× 300 324 150 55 120 120（4.72）×

coupler (3/8”) KVR-G1530 22kg/ 48 lb
300（11.8）（11.8）
（12.7）
（5.90）（2.16） 50 （4.72） 20×20 280（11.0）
P
（1.96）（0.78×0.78）
TOOL HOLDERS
200（7.87）× 500 524 200 50 220 180（7.08）×

KVR-G2050 46kg/101 lb
（30）
500（19.7）（19.7）
（20.6）
（7.87）（1.96）（8.66） 480（18.9）
MEASURING
L3 L4 P
VPU-E10
Le 300（11.8）× 600 624 300 60 15 275 275（10.8）×
KVR-G3060 82kg/180 lb VPU-D20
600（23.6）（23.6）
（24.5）
（11.8）
（2.36）
（0.59）（10.8） 575（22.6）
L1 VPU-EG
400（15.7）× 800 824 400 63 63 350 25×25 375（14.7）×
KVR-G4080 146kg/321 lb
800（31.5）（31.5）
（32.4）
（15.7）（2.48）
（2.48）
（13.7）（0.98×0.98） 775（30.5）
H
500（19.7）× 1000 1024 500 475 475（18.7）×

KVR-G50100 228kg/503 lb
12
L2 1000（39.4）（39.4）
（40.3）
（19.7）（18.7） 975（38.3）
MAGNETIC
h
HOLDERS
An example of special specification

MAGNETIC
TOOLS
KVR-G100140
KVR-GR
An example of KVR-GR
An example of special specification special specification
44
VACUUM CHUCKS VPU / VPU-EG / VPU-OV
Model VPU VACUUM SYSTEM
［Application］
CHUCKS
Dry/wet Dry operation A vacuum system dedicated to the vacuum chucks. The shuck side is evacuated continuously
operations (Wet operation not allowed)
in order to effectively maintain atmospheric pressure on the workpiece on the chuck work face.
Note that this system must not be modified to a pressure container.
［Features］
●A vacuum evacuation system, filter, vacuum tank and vacuum gage are incorporated neatly.
●Suction and evacuation operations to mount and demount workpieces can be done quickly
and easily with the attached special operating handle.
●A difference in pressure over 80 kPa (600 mmHg) can be obtained continuously.
■Ejector type VPU-E

A vacuum system to reduce pressure by jetting air at high pressure (principle of the spray gun).
This is recommended where an air line by use of a compressor is installed. This type can be
PERMANENT
used for both wet and dry machining operations. However, the use of a lubricator in the air line
VPU-D20 must be avoided.
VPU-E10
<Operating valve>
■Dry pump type VPU-D
A vacuum system to reduce pressure by evacuation by a pump driven by a motor. A power
■Examples of application of vacuum source only is required to obtain an independent vacuum source. Note, however, this is
PERMANENT
recommended only for dry machining operations.

chucks and vacuum systems
Chuck ■Other types
1018 1325 1515 1530 1545 2035 2050 3060
Pump If the physical contact with the bottom face of workpieces is poor, a large amount of air leaks,
VPU-E10 ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ − − − − requiring a large evacuation amount. In such a case, a blower type is required for dry
VPU-E20
⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝
operations and a water-sealed vacuum pump is required for wet operations depending on work
VPU-D20 conditions. Please contact us.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Piping of vacuum Vacuum system

system Vacuum system (VPU-D)
Vacuum chuck Vacuum chuck
(VPU-E) Operating valve Operating valve
Compressed air
CHUCKS
VACUUM
(Provide compressor.)
■Ejector type VPU-E ［mm

（in）
］
Evacuation Continuous Pressure Suction Compressed Air Dimensions
Model Tank Capacity Mass
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Volume Difference Port Pressure Consumption Supply port Out. dia. Height
VPU-E10 110Nℓ/min 80 kPa (600 mmHG) 500‒600kPa 180Nℓ/min 1/4 φ280（11.0） 425（16.7） 15ℓ 25kg/55 lb
3/8
VPU-E20 220Nℓ/min or over. （5‒6kgf/cm2） 360Nℓ/min 3/8 φ330
（12.9） 600（23.6） 30ℓ 45kg/99 lb
※The capacity of a compressor to use must be 2.5 kW or over for VPU-E10 and 4.5 kW or over for VPU-E20. ※(1) Operating valve and (2) φ12 hose 10 m are included as accessories.
■Dry pump type VPU-D (for dry operations) ［mm

（in）
］
Continuous Pressure Suction Dimensions
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Model Evacuation Volume Power Source Tank Capacity Mass

Difference Port Width Length Height
VPU-D20 220/260Nℓ/min
（50/60Hz） 80 kPa (600 mmHG) or over 3/8 3-phase 200 VAC, 0.4 kW 320（12.6） 680（26.7） 690
（27.1） 35ℓ 68kg/149 lb
※(1) Operating valve, (2) φ12 hose 10 m and (3) power cable 5 m are included as accessories.
Model VPU-EG VACUUM SYSTEM

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Light weight and compact. Satisfactory functions!

［Application］
A vacuum system dedicated to the grid seal type vacuum chucks.
［Features］
TOOLS
HOLDING
●The vacuum tank has been eliminated to make a very compact size compared with the conventional model
(VPU-E10). This system can be handled easily.
●A function to check the vacuum status is incorporated.
●This is for dry operation.
●Auxiliary functions in consideration of operating status and safety are incorporated. (Vacuum adjustment,
VPU-EG
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
interlock with the machine via vacuum check output signals, etc.) ［mm
（in）］
Evacuation Continuous Pressure Compressed Air Dimensions
Model Suction Port Mass
Volume Difference Pressure Consumption Supply port Out. dia. Length Height
80 kPa (600 mmHG) φ8 tube joint (Hose and 500ー600kPa Vacuum coupler 200 250 190
VPU-EG 27Nℓ/min 44Nℓ/min 6kg/13.2 lb
or over. vacuum coupler included) （5ー6kgf/cm2） 20PM (Nitto Kohki) （7.87）（9.84）（7.48）
※The capacity of a compressor to use must be around 0.75 kW.
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Model VPU-OV OPERATION BLOCK WITH VACUUM GAGE

Hose nipple (3/8 )
Hose nipple (3/8 )
(Connected to vacuum chuck) (Connected to ［Application］
vacuum chuck)
VPU-OV
(10) 70 (10) An option to facilitate the use of vacuum chucks.
［Features］
(10)
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
●The operating valve and the vacuum gage have been

integrated to enable it to check the state of workpiece
φ64
holding near the chuck.

90
70
●By changing the location of the blank cap, a position to

90 mount the vacuum gage can be selected from three places.
(10)
(55)
45 4-6.6 drill, φ11 counterbore 8 deep 40
PROMELTA* SYSTEM

PROMELTA* SYSTEM
ELECTROMAGNETIC
A system to enable a wide range of precision grinding of any
materials; nonferrous, resin or ceramic.

PRB-2050A Temperature controller
<Chuck part>
B2
B1
B
775
845
CHUCK
L
PRC-220B
H
〈Controller〉 L1 Drain
L2 450
［mm
（in）
］
<Chuck part> <Controller>
PERMANENT
Dimensions Rated
Model Mass ［Features］
₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Current
PRB-1218A 125（4.92）121（4.76）161（6.33）177（6.96）193（7.59）260（10.2）77（3.03） 3A 14kg/ 30 lb
PRB-1530A 150（5.90）146（5.74）186（8.07）300（11.8）316（12.4）ー
80（3.14）
7A 28kg/ 61 lb ■A wide variety of workpieces!
PRB-2050A 200（7.87）196（7.71）255（10.0）500（19.6）516（20.3）ー 17A 55kg/121 lb Workpieces of such nonmagnetic materials as plastic, aluminum, stainless steel,
※ Three pieces of standard type fixing agent (1 piece: φ30×160) are included. When ceramic and glass that are difficult to hold during grinding can be held easily. In
they have been used up, please purchase them. ［mm （in）］ particular, this system is suitable for small workpieces that cannot be held by
Input Output magnetic chucks. ※1
Model Mass
Voltage Voltage Current
PERMANENT
PRC-220B 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 200 VAC 20A 120kg/264 lb ■Significantly improved grinding accuracy!
■Two types of fixing agent; standard type and low- Highly precise grinding in the order of micron achievable!
viscosity type (high precision type) available! ●The bonding film that affects grinding accuracy has been made thinner by using
BLOCKS
FOR MC
“workpiece fixing agent”newly developed by KANETEC to realize a grinding
accuracy in the order of micron. Also it has been made possible to secure
Standard type workpieces at low temperature close to room temperature and a difference in
Melting temperature 65℃ temperature during securing and releasing workpieces has been reduced to
The fixing power is high, but its film thickness is 5 to 10 μm. minimize thermal impact on workpieces. Wet operations are allowed. ※2
●Adverse influence on accuracy due to warping of workpieces, which is
Low-viscosity type (High precision type) unavoidable when mechanical clamps are used, has been eliminated.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●The work face is made of iron in consideration of accuracy stability and wear
Melting temperature 45℃
Discontinued sale
The fixing power is low, but its film thickness is only 1 to 2 μm, which
resistance. The work face accuracy can be recovered by regrinding the work face.
makes this type suitable for finishing operations. The following graphs ■Easy installation
indicate the holding power of the waxes (per cm2) by materials. The main unit can be installed on a machine by use of T-slots. Also since its
mounting face is made of iron, it can easily be mounted on your magnetic chuck.
PROMELTA*
Fixing power (by materials) Standard type
Low-viscosity
L i i type ■Compact controller
SYSTEM
（kg/cm2）
14
The controller measures as small as 450 mm wide × 450 mm deep × 845 mm
12
Fixing power
10 high and can be installed in any place. It comes with a remote operation box.
8 ※1 Both magnetic and nonmagnetic materials can be secured. In particular, this system
6 is suitable for grinding of cemented carbide, ceramic, stainless steel and aluminum.
However, it cannot be used with the following workpieces in some cases:
SINE BAR
4
CHUCKS
2 ・Workpieces having abrasive-like surface (e.g. plaster)
0 ・Workpieces warped largely (more than 0.5 mm)
SUS304 A5056 Ceramic MC nylon Polypropylene
Material ・Thin (less than 1.0 mm) workpieces such as stainless steel that tend to be
Fixing agent: φ30×160 mm (100 g × 3 pieces/set) distorted by grinding heat
Note: These are sold only to the purchaser of the PROMELTA* SYSTEM. ・Some resins such as Teflon
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
※2 The wax used with this system is susceptible to impact and therefore cannot
●For removing fixing agent remaining after securing workpieces, be used for cutting as a rule. In dry operations, the temperature of
MINI CHUCKS
a high-performance cleaner and ultrasonic cleaner (optional) are available. workpieces rises to melt the wax and therefore, it cannot be used.
Securing method Magnetic Chuck Mechanical Clamp
PROMELTA System Refrigerating Chuck Vacuum Chuck
Item （ Electromagnetic/
Permanent ） (e.g. Vice)
Magnetic
Workpiece Material ◎ ◎ ◎ ×（）
materials only △（Soft materials
not possible ）
HOLDING
Size/plate thickness ◎ ◎ △（Small workpieces
not possible ） △ Thin sheets
△（ not possible ）
to fix Material distortion ◎ ◎ × ⃝ ◎
TOOLS
Unused hole
Pretreatment △ (Cleaning required) △ △（ masking ） ◎ ◎
Fixing time △ △ ◎ ◎ ⃝
Operability
Releasing time △ △ ◎ ◎ ⃝
Post treatment △ (Cleaning required) ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
Weak to
Grinding Infeed per pass (Fixing power stability) ◎ △（grinding heat） ⃝ ◎ ◎
TOOL HOLDERS
condition Wet operations ◎ × ⃝ ◎ ◎

MEASURING
Grinding accuracy (Workpiece distortion when clamped) ◎ ◎ △ △（○ depending on

grinding method ） ⃝
Running cost ⃝ ◎ ◎ ◎ ◎
Cost Facility scale △ △ ⃝ ⃝ ◎
System price △ △ ⃝ ⃝ ◎
For test grinding （m）
MAGNETIC
Workpiece Grinding ※Grinding Accuracy Workpiece Grinding ※Grinding Accuracy

HOLDERS
Material Size and shape Method Grinding wheel Fixing agent Flatness Parallelism Material Size and shape Method Grinding wheel Fixing agent Flatness Parallelism
65×65×15
（mm） 10×20×5
（mm）
Surface Diamond Both Surface Diamond Both
Cemented
SKD grinding 2μ grinding sides low 2μ 3μ grinding 2μ grinding sides low 1μ 1μ
carbide
5
15
65 per pass wheel viscosity 10 20 per pass wheel viscosity

65
50×50×10
（mm） 12×100×6（mm）
Surface Diamond Both Surface GC Both
MAGNETIC
Ceramic
grinding 2μ grinding sides low 2μ 3μ S50C grinding 2μ grinding sides low 2μ 3μ
(Alumina)
10
100
6
50 per pass wheel viscosity per pass wheel viscosity

TOOLS
50 12
50×50×5
（mm）〈Face A〉 φ72×20 φ7 8
GC Standard 2
φ5
GC
Surface 2 μ per pass （mm） Surface
Carbon grinding 〈Face B〉 1.5μ 3μ SUS304 grinding Standard 1μ 3μ
grinding grinding
5
20
50 50 wheel Low viscosity wheel

2 μ per pass
※Note: The grinding accuracy is presented for reference only. It varies according to shapes, materials and sizes of workpieces and grinding environment such as machines.
46
SINE BAR CHUCKS
Types of Sine Bar Chucks
The sine bar chucks are used to set accurate angles of

CHUCKS
workpieces for highly precise grinding or as an inspection fixture.

This is a type of chuck that utilizes angle setting by a sine bar
and the chuck work face can be set to a desired angle efficiently.
■Feature
The sine bar chucks come in various types such as electromagnetic, water-cooled, permanent electromagnetic, permanent
magnetic and in various sizes.
Type Model Features Remarks
PERMANENT
Rotary electromagnetic SBE-U Dust cover provided on gauge block

SBP-R713
Rotary water-cooled electromagnetic SBC-U High precision water-cooled type
Rotary permanent electromagnetic SBEP-U Momentary power application for minimized

SBE-U
heat generation
PERMANENT
Rotary permanent magnetic SBP-U Dust cover provided on gauge block
Sine bar chuck compound type SBP-R・LS Thin compound type
SBP-R・S Thin single type

Sine bar chuck single type SBP-R・L
SBP-R・L Tilting in longitudinal direction SBP-R・LS
FOR MC
BLOCKS
※The rotary tilting sine bar chuck comes with a gauge block (for 0°setting) of 25.882 mm of JIS Class B.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Gauge block setting location on the right side

The lock lever is installed on both sides.
(photo): R type, and on the left side: L type.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Model SBE-U TILT TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
Environmentally Chuck controller required additionally

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
friendly
Power cord
TOOLS
HOLDING
84
Le
SBE-1131UFR-C
［Application］
90
Suitable for high precision angle grinding of molds and jigs.

100
［Features］
515.5
L1 B1
45°
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
●The gauge block can be set on either the right side (R) or left side (L) to meet the rotating
Ｒ
direction of the grinding wheel of the grinder.

20
H1
138
15°
●The chuck can be smoothly tilted and easily operated.

80
●An angle can be set finely by one try with the clamp system. 25 32
25.882
14
L2 110
●The position can be changed and secured by pulling the lever in the axial direction. 165
●When the dustproof cover of the gauge block is opened beyond about 60 degrees, it is
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
locked to facilitate setup and cleaning. ［mm

（in）
］
Mounting
Nominal Length Tilt Angle Electro
Size Angle 0°, Cover fully Angle Accuracy Chuck Master
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂
Min. open, Max.
※For types with a combination of
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
SBE-1131UFR-C 11（3＋8） ES-M103B

110（4.33）
× 110 315 278 113 492 138 210 ー15°‒ 0.007/100 36kg/ a rectifier and demagnetizer, see
0.43 90 VDC 0.3A ES-M305B pages of
315（12.4）（4.33）
（12.4）（10.9）
（4.44）（19.3）（5.43）（8.26）＋45° max. 79 lb
（0.11＋0.31） EH-V305A
SBE-1131UFL-C Chuck Controllers. P17‒P20
※The type having the gauge block setting area on the right side is indicated by R and that on the left side indicated by L .
47 ※A gauge block (25.882 mm) for 0° is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
SBE-U / SBC-U / SBEP-U
Model SBC-U TILT TYPE WATER-COOLED ELECTROMAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
ELECTROMAGNETIC

Power cord
CHUCK
84
Le
SBC-1131UFL-C
90
P
［Application］ 100
PERMANENT
515.5
Constructed to enable real-time internal cooling of heat generated when L1 B1
45°
power is applied to the electromagnet, making these chucks suitable for
R2
higher precision grinding operation.
0
H1
138
15°
80
［Features］ 25 32 25.882 14
●Change in accuracy is minimized by supplying coolant at a flow rate of L2 110
PERMANENT
2 to 4 L/min to minimize coil heating. 165
●The mechanical functions and features are almost the same as those
of Model SBE chucks.
［mm（in）
］
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Mounting
Work Face Pole Pitch Height Electro
Nominal Length Tilt Angle
Model Voltage Current Mass Chuck Remarks
Size Angle 0°, Cover fully Angle Accuracy
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ Master
Min. open, Max.
※For models with a combination
SBC-1131UFR-C 11（3＋8） ES-M103B of a rectifier and demagnetizer,
VACUUM
CHUCKS
110（4.33）× 110 315 278 113 492 138 210 ー15°‒ 0.007/100 36kg/
0.43 90 VDC 0.3A ES-M305B see pages of
315（12.4）（4.33）
（12.4）（10.9）
（4.44）（19.3）（5.43）（8.26）＋45°
max. 79 lb
SBC-1131UFL-C （0.11＋0.31） EH-V305A Chuck Controllers. P17‒P20
※The type having the gauge block setting area on the right side is indicated by R and that on the left side indicated by L . ※A cooler unit is required additionally.
※A gauge block (25.882 mm) for 0° is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Model SBEP-U TILT TYPE PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
Power cord
SBEP-1131UFR-C
84
Le
HOLDING
P
90
TOOLS
［Application］
These chucks are recommended for angle grinding of molds and jigs. Since 515.5 100
magnetization is carried out by momentary power application, almost no heat L1 B1
45°
(7)
is generated to make this model suitable for high precision grinding.

TOOL HOLDERS
Ｒ
20
H1
MEASURING
138
［Features］
15°
80
●Electricity is applied momentarily. No electricity is required to maintain the 25 32 14

holding power during grinding, thus saving energy.
25.882
L2 110
●The holding power is maintained in the event of power failure during 165
grinding, thus enhancing safety.

MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
●The mechanical functions and features are almost the same as those of
Model SBE.
［mm（in）
］
Mounting
Nominal Length Angle Electro
Model Tilt Angle Voltage Current Mass
Size Angle 0°
, Cover fully Accuracy Chuck Master
MAGNETIC
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂
Min. open, Max.
TOOLS
SBEP-1131UFR-C 110（4.33） 110 315 278 113 11（3＋8） 492 138 210 0.007/100
ー15°‒＋45° 90 VDC 2.1A 36kg/79 lb EPS-215B
SBEP-1131UFL-C ×315（12.4）
（4.33）
（12.4）
（10.9）
（4.44）0.43
（0.11＋0.31）（19.3）（5.43）（8.26） max.
※The type having the gauge block setting area on the right side is indicated by R and that on the left side indicated by L .
48
SINE BAR CHUCKS
Model SBP-R.UR TILT TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
CHUCKS
Φ10
90
P Back stopper
100
PERMANENT
L1 B1
45°
SBP-R1130UR-B Le
R
128
H
8
［Application］
95
15 °
80
Suitable for grinding molds and jigs including relatively small and thin ones
PERMANENT
that require high precision. 25 25

14
L2
25.882 B2
［Features］
165
●No electricity is needed, thus no heat is generated.
●The mechanical functions and features are almost the same as those of
Model SBE.
［mm
（in）
］
FOR MC
BLOCKS

Model Nominal Size Height at Max. Tilt Tilt Angle Angle Accuracy Mass
₁ ₁ ₁ ₂ ₂
105 300 256 3

（1＋2） 110 477 135
SBP-R1130UR-B 105（4.13）
×300
（11.8） 210（8.26）ー15°‒＋45° 0.007/100 max. 35kg/77 lb
（4.13）（11.8）（10.0） 0.11
（0.03＋0.07）（4.33）（18.7）（5.31）
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Model SBP-R.LS COMPOUND TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
W type ［Application］
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Permanent magnetic chucks to enable highly accurate composite

inclination on the X axis and Y axis.
［Features］
●When one side is closed, the chuck acts as a single vertical or horizontal type.
●The whole sine bar part is made of special steel, which has been
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
precisely ground after hardening.

●The major parts have been lapped to ensure highly precise grinding and
measurement over a long period of time.
●Since a thin permanent magnetic chuck is used, this model is easy to
handle and provides a wider machining space.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●These chucks employ a permanent magnet and therefore no heat is

generated, which enables highly precise grinding.
°
50
TOOLS
HOLDING
L1 50
°
Le B1
SBP-R1530LS-A
t
P
H2
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
H1
Gauge block not included.

h1
L2 B2
［mm
（in）
］
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Height at Angle Roller Center
Model Nominal Size Tilt Angle Mass
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁ ₁ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
105 175 143 166 200 129 Upper 75

（2.95） 18kg/
SBP-R1018LS-A 105
（4.13）
×175
（6.89）（248）（9.76）
（4.13）
（6.89）（5.63）（6.53）
（7.87）（5.07） Lower150
（5.90） 39 lb
130 250 209 186 300 22 0゜‒50゜ Upper100（3.93） 35kg/

SBP-R1325LS-A 130
（5.11）
×250
（9.84）（323）（12.7）
（5.11）
（9.84）（8.22） 3（1＋2）（7.32）（11.8）
（0.86） Accuracy Lower250（9.84） 77 lb
18 40 0.007／100
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
0.11 guaranteed
（0.70）（1.57） max.
150 119 （0.03＋0.07） 200 210 130 range Upper125（4.92） 25kg/
SBP-R1515LS-A 150
（5.90）
×150
（5.90）（264）（10.3）
（5.90）（4.68）（7.87）（8.26）（5.11） 0゜‒45゜ Lower150（5.90） 55 lb
150
（5.90）
300 257 206 345 345 Upper125（4.92） 45kg/
SBP-R1530LS-A 150
（5.90）
×300
（11.8）（372）（14.6）
（11.8）（10.1）（8.10）
（13.5）（13.5） Lower300（11.8） 99 lb
※A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
49
SBP-R.UR / SBP-R.LS / SBP-R.S / SBP-R.L
Model SBP-R.S SINGLE TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
S type A laterally long type with the long side as the tilting axis for highly
precise grinding and measurement.

［Features］
●A flat type as thin as 89 mm to 100 mm for a wide range of
applications. With a thin permanent magnetic chuck mounted, this
single type has been precisely finished to 0.007 mm or better.
●The whole sine bar part is made of special steel, which has been
precisely ground after hardening.
CHUCK
●The major parts have been lapped to ensure highly precise
grinding and measurement over a long period of time.
●Since a thin permanent magnetic chuck is used, this model is easy
to handle and provides a wider machining space.
PERMANENT
●These chucks employ a permanent magnet and therefore no heat
is generated, which enables highly precise grinding.
＋45° L1
B1
P Le
PERMANENT
H2
OFF ON
SBP-R1018S-B
H1
5
0°
−5°
BLOCKS
h1
FOR MC
35
Gauge block not included. B2 L2
［mm（in）
］
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁ ₁ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
VACUUM
CHUCKS
105 175 142 110 175 20 89 9kg/
SBP-R1018S-B 105（41.3）×175（6.89）（117）（4.60） 75
（2.95）
（4.13）（6.89）（5.59）（4.33）（6.89）（0.78）（3.50） 20 lb
3（1＋2）
300 18 256 300 27 96 40 0.007／100 27kg/
SBP-R1530S-B 150（5.90）×300（11.8） 0.11 −5゜‒45゜
（11.8）（0.70）（10.0）（11.8）（1.06）（3.78）（1.57） max. 60 lb
150 （0.03＋0.07） 160
（172）
（6.77） 125（4.92）
（5.90）（6.29）
450 394 450 31 100 48kg/
SBP-R1545S-B 150（5.90）×450（17.7）
PROMELTA*
（17.7）（15.5）（17.7）（1.22）（3.93） 106 lb
SYSTEM
※A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
Model SBP-R.L SINGLE TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
SINE BAR
L type
CHUCKS
［Application］
A longitudinally long type with the short side as the
tilting axis for highly precise grinding and
measurement. Suitable for highly precise angle
grinding on mold grinders, etc.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
［Features］
●A grip is provided to facilitate angle setting in
the longitudinal direction.
HOLDING
TOOLS
＋45°
TOOL HOLDERS
SBP-R1018L-B L1
MEASURING
Le B1
P
t
Reference
H2
plane OFF ON
H1
0°
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
23
Gauge block not included. −5° B2

L2
［mm（in）
］
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ ₁ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
MAGNETIC
105 175 142 151 175 89 11kg/

SBP-R1018L-B 105
（4.13）
×175（6.89）（175.5）（6.90） 125
（4.92）
（4.13）（6.89）（5.59） 3（1＋2）（5.94）（6.89）（3.50） 24 lb
TOOLS
18 40 0.007／100
0.11 −5゜‒45゜
（0.70）（1.57） max.
150 300 256 （0.03＋0.07） 196 300 103 32kg/
SBP-R1530L-B 150
（5.90）
×300（11.8）（272）
（10.7） 250（9.84）
（5.90）（11.8）（10.0）（7.71）（11.8）（4.05） 71 lb
※The tilting base setscrews are 6 mm wide across flats. A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on page 51. The conversion table included with the
product facilitates angle setting.
50
SINE BAR CHUCKS SBP-R L / SBP-R
Model SBP-R・L MINI PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK
CHUCKS
［Application］
Designed for easy use in mold grinding and angle grinding of small
workpieces.
［Features］
●Compact and simple construction for easy handling.
●The shaft can be secured to use this chuck for grinding operations also.
●The magnetic pole micro pitches on the chuck work face enable grinding
of a wide range of workpieces from small workpieces to thick workpieces.
PERMANENT
L1
45°
SBP-R510L-B
Le B1
P
N.P
t
OFF ON
5°
PERMANENT
2-M5
18.5
8
Gauge block not included. L2 B2
［mm
（in）
］
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
FOR MC
BLOCKS
45（1.77）
× 45 95 18 79 3（1＋2） 75 103 62 0.007/100
SBP-R510L-B （114）
（4.48） −5°
‒ 45° 75
（2.95） 3kg/6.6 lb
95（3.74）
（1.77）（3.74）（0.70）（3.11） 0.11
（0.03＋0.07）（2.95）（4.05）（2.44） max.
※A hex wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part on this page. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
Model SBP-R SMALL PERMANENT MAGNETIC SINE BAR CHUCK

CHUCKS
VACUUM
Two types are available; longitudinal type (Model SBP-R713S) and lateral type
(Model SBP-R713L) relative to the tilting angle. The accuracy and durability are
equivalent to those of the thin permanent magnetic sine bar chuck.
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
［Application］
Easy to use for highly precise angle grinding on mold grinders, etc..
［Features］
SBP-R713L-B ●The magnetic pole micro pitches on the chuck work face enable grinding of a
wide range of workpieces from small workpieces to thick workpieces.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
L1 B1
45
Le
°
P （35）
Tilting
grip
t
N.P
OFF ON
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
φ10
H
5°
18.5
2-M5
(Shaft fixing)
Gauge block not included. L2
B2
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
HOLDING
₁ ₁ ₂ ₂ Max. Tilt Accuracy Distance
SBP-R713L-B 75
（2.95）
×130
（5.11） 75
（2.95） 130
18 （5.11） 3
（1＋2） 75 103 86 （124）
（4.88） 0.007/100 75 7kg/
103（4.05） −5°
‒ 45°
SBP-R713S-B 130（5.11）× 75（2.95） 130（5.11） 75（2.95）（0.70） 0.11
（0.03＋0.07）（2.95）（4.05）（3.38）（114）
（4.48） max. （2.95） 15.5 lb
※Gange blocks are not included. A hexagonal wrench key is included. For the mechanism of angle setting, see the bottom part of page. The conversion table included with the product facilitates angle setting.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
■Mechanism of Angle Setting by Sine Bar Chuck

Attractive face
A gauge block is used for setting the angle.
An angle is obtained by the trigonometric function using the gauge block dimension as the
vertical side (a) and the roller center distance (from the center of open/close fulcrum shaft to the
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
center of reference bar on the open/close side) as the hypotenuse (c), as shown.
a
Sinθ° ＝ ̶̶
c
Select an approximate value from Gauge block
the function table for θ°.
When using a certain angle repeatedly, c
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
a method is available which uses a

special master gauge made to the a
dimension“a,”which determines an
θ°
angle, obtained from the function table
in advance.
51
BLOCKS, HOLDERS, MINI CHUCKS MMZ / MMC / MMW / MMXW
Model MMZ ONE-FACE HOLDING RECTANGULAR PERMANENT MAGNETIC MINI CHUCK
Be
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
These chucks are used in combination with a magnetic
P
d
chuck as an auxiliary holding tool for irregularly shaped

workpieces in grinding and light duty cutting.
Le
L
These chucks are of drip-proof construction enabling them
to hold workpieces in electric discharge machining fluid.
［Features］
b
MMZ-412
B ●The magnetic force can be turned ON and OFF from
MMZ-614 either the front side or the rear side.
CHUCK
OFF ON
indicates the
H
attractive face. ●The chucks can be used in fluid. ［mm（in）
］
Attractive Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height
Model Holding Power Handle Hole Mass
ℓ
PERMANENT
MMZ-412 105N
（10.5kgf） 40（1.57） 115（4.52） 29
（1.14） 84
（3.30） 7.5（1.5＋6）0.29
（0.05＋0.23） 30
（1.18） 75（2.95） 4-M5
（0.19）depth 7
（0.27） 40
（1.57） Nominal 6 1.3kg/2.8 lb
MMZ-614 400N
（ 40kgf） 60（2.36） 135（5.31） 47
（1.85） 92
（3.62） 10（2 ＋8）0.39
（0.07＋0.31） 40
（1.57） 80（3.15） 4-M6
（0.23）depth 10
（0.39） 50
（1.96）（0.23） 3.1kg/6.8 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C.
Model MMC ONE-FACE HOLDING ROUND PERMANENT MAGNETIC MINI CHUCK

［Application］
PERMANENT
These chucks are used in combination with a magnetic chuck as
P
an auxiliary holding tool for irregularly shaped workpieces in

De
grinding and light duty cutting. (These chucks cannot be used in

wet operations.) They can also be used for such applications as
BLOCKS
FOR MC
D1
holding workpieces in advance to reduce the setup time. Thus they
MMC-5 can be used for continuous grinding of small and thin workpieces.
FF
O
ON
［Features］
H
●These chucks are of powerful type having a special construction

MMC-8 D2 d
indicates the using Alnico magnet steel.
attractive face.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Dp
●Small, but the magnetic force can be turned on and off.
［mm（in）
］
Attractive Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Handle

Hole
MMC-5 85N
（8.5kgf） 50（1.96） 29
（1.14） 9.5（1.5＋8）0.37
（0.06＋0.31） 35
（1.37） 25
（0.98） 4-M5（0.19）depth 7
（0.27） 50
（1.96） Nominal 8 0.7kg/1.5 lb
PROMELTA*
MMC-8 500N
（ 50kgf） 80（3.15） 54
（2.12） 10（2 ＋8）0.39
（0.08＋0.31） 60
（2.36） 50
（1.96） 4-M6
（0.23）depth 10（0.39） 65
（2.55）（0.31） 2.2kg/4.8 lb
SYSTEM
※The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C.
Model MMW THREE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT MAGNETIC MINI CHUCK

［Application］
SINE BAR
These chucks have three attractive faces and can be used in
CHUCKS
L1
（E）7.5 L2 2
B1 Le combination with a magnetic chuck. They are suitable for setting angles
P
of small workpieces and angle grinding.
［Features］
●Since these chucks have three attractive faces, one face may be
B2
used for mounting the chuck and other faces for holding workpieces.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●They have magnetic poles arranged at micro pitches to hold small workpieces.
MINI CHUCKS
t
MMW-3F70A
indicate the attractive face. ●Drip-proof construction.
［mm
（in）
］
Holding Dimensions Pole Pitch
Model Nominal Size Squareness Parallelism Mass
Power
MMW-3F50A 55
（2.16）
×115（4.52） 600N（60kgf） 55（2.16） 55
（2.16） 125.5 115 20.5
（0.80） 90.5 10 1.5（0.5＋1.0） 2.8kg/6.2 lb
HOLDING
0.01 0.02
MMW-3F70A 70
（2.75）
×115（4.52） 900N（90kgf） 70（2.75） 70
（2.75）（4.94）（4.52）（1.00）（3.56）（0.39） 0.05
25.5 （0.02＋0.03） 4.0kg/8.8 lb
TOOLS
※ The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C, ground surface, with nothing held on other faces.
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each face drops.
Model MMXW FOUR-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT MAGNETIC MINI CHUCK

TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
［Application］
B
These chucks are suitable for holding workpieces in
Le
such operations as grinding, boring, cutting, welding
and assembly. Since four faces can hold workpieces
simultaneously, they can be used as a magnet vice in
H
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
a wide range of applications.

L ［Features］
●These are unique universal mini chucks capable of
holding workpieces on four faces.
MMXW-611A indicate the attractive face. ［mm（in）］ ●They can be used in such a way as to hold
workpieces on the bed of a machine tool or holding
MAGNETIC
Holding Power Dimensions Height

Model 2nd face after holding 4th face after holding Pole Pitch Mass workpieces on the top and side faces
TOOLS
on one whole face on three whole faces simultaneously. They can also be used as a guide
MMXW-611A
400N（40kgf） 60N（6kgf） 64 112 136 4
（2＋2） 64 3.5kg/ stopper to secure workpieces.
or over. or over. （2.52）（4.40）（5.35） 0.15 （0.07＋0.07）（2.52） 7.7 lb
●The accuracy is as follows: flatness 0.01 mm,
※ The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C, ground surface, with nothing held on other faces.
parallelism 0.02 mm, squareness 0.03 mm.
52
BLOCKS, HOLDERS, MINI CHUCKS
Model RMAW-2F TWO-FACE HOLDING BLOCK FOR SMALL WORKPIECE
Most powerful 2-face holding block!

CHUCKS
［Application］
Suitable for holding workpieces in various operations such as grinding and light
duty cutting, measurement and assembly work.
［Features］
●The strongest holding power among small permanent magnetic types.

Furthermore, by making the pole pitch finer, this model holds small and thin
workpieces firmly. This model is also effective for holding relatively large
workpieces that cover the whole attractive face.
RMAW-2F0812 ●The top and bottom faces can be turned on and off individually. It can be set
PERMANENT
easily on the machine table or work table to shorten the setup time.
●Since a workpiece can be held on its side face, workpieces can be held
vertically or on three faces. ※When a workpiece is held on the top face or
L B
bottom face and the side face simultaneously, the holding power of each face
P drops.
●By using tapped holes on three side faces and bottom face, stoppers and
PERMANENT
fixtures can be mounted.

KANETEC OFF ON
［mm
（in）
］
ON OFF
H
RMAW-2F0812
Model Mass
Power
Bottom face operation Top face operation
80 120 50 6
（2＋4） 3.7kg/
RMAW-2F0812 785N
（80kgf）
（3.15）（4.72）（1.96） 0.23
（0.07＋0.15） 8.15 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
indicates the attractive face. ※The holding power is the largest value obtained using a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C.
Model KPB DOUBLE-FACE/SINGLE-FACE HOLDING PERMANENT MAGNETIC BLOCK

［Application］
CHUCKS
VACUUM
These blocks can hold workpieces during electric

discharge machining and grinding. They can also be
used as holding tools for assembly and light duty
machining.
［Features］
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
●The both sides can hold workpieces and can be

turned on and off individually. (2F type)
●They are secured to the work table by turning on and
off the magnet. (2F type)
●The side faces (ON/OFF switchover face) can also
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
hold workpieces. (2F type)

●They are secured to the work table using tapped
KPB-1F18 holes provided on the mounting face. They can also
be secured by having them held by a magnetic
KPB-2F18 chuck. (1F type)
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●The operation part is provided on both side faces to

facilitate on/off operation.
An example of using double-face holding block ●Light weight for easy positional adjustment.
●The operating handle is detachable and does not
hinder the work.
●One set of two blocks has been machined and
TOOLS
HOLDING
finished together.
●They are of drip-proof and oil-resistant construction
to allow them to be used in fluid.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
<KPB-1F dimensions>
B L
P
■Single face type

H
［mm
（in）
］
Model Nominal Size Mass M8, depth 10
Power
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
L1
KPB-1F13 50（1.96）×125（4.92） 250N（25kgf） 125（4.92） 85（3.34） 1.5kg/3.3 lb×2
52 35 1.5（0.5＋1.0）
KPB-1F18 50（1.96）×180（7.08） 350N（35kgf） 180（7.08） 110（4.33） 2.2kg/4.8 lb×2 <KPB-2F dimensions>
（2.04）（1.37） 0.05（0.02＋0.03）
KPB-1F25 50（1.96）×250（9.84） 500N（50kgf） 250（9.84） 150（5.90） 3.1kg/6.8 lb×2 L
B
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick (ground surface) held on the whole face. P
■Double face type ［mm

（in）
］
TOOLS
MAGNETIC

Power
KPB-2F13 50（1.96）×125（4.92） 250N（25kgf） 125（4.92） 2.5kg/ 5.5 lb×2
52 50 1.5（0.5＋1.0） Bottom face Top face
KPB-2F18 50（1.96）×180（7.08） 350N（35kgf） 180（7.08） 3.6kg/ 8.0 lb×2 operation operation
（2.04）（1.96） 0.05（0.02＋0.03）
KPB-2F25 50（1.96）×250（9.84） 500N（50kgf） 250（9.84） 5.0kg/11.1 lb×2
indicates the attractive face.
53 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick (ground surface) held on the whole face.
RMAW-2F / KPB / KM-JB / MM
Model KM-JB SWITCHABLE PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER
Suitable as exclusive fixing jig for round steel bars and irregularly shaped workpieces!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
［Application］
In addition to using these holders as a fixing jig for small workpieces, they can

be used as a block to support 3 points of a workpiece during grinding.
［Features］
●Each face can be worked additionally for up to 10mm. (The on/off operation
face and rear face are excluded.)
●By using these holders as exclusive jigs for a particular workpiece, the work
CHUCK
efficiency is improved.
●As these holders are of drip-proof construction, they can be used in liquid
such as during electric discharge machining.
PERMANENT
KM-JB0812 B L
KM-JB0709
Additional work
allowed area. F O
(Top/bottom/right/left)
OF
N
Additionally workable up to
H
KM-JB side face
10 mm on each face.
PERMANENT
KA
NE T E C
35
8
［mm（in）
］
➡
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Holding Dimensions
Model Mass
Power
KM-JB0709 392N
（40kgf） 65（2.55） 85
（3.34） 70
（2.75） 2.5kg/ 5.5 lb
KM-JB0812 883N
（90kgf） 80（3.14） 120（4.72） 90
（3.54） 5.5kg/12.1 lb
※ However, avoid making a hole
in the pin and counterbore areas. Pin Counterbore ※The holding power is based on a test piece of □50 × t25, S15C. ※A hex wrench key is included.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Model MM FREE BLOCK
［Application］
Freely workable permanent magnetic block These blocks are designed to allow deep engraving such as
grooves and steps on the attractive face to fit workpiece shapes
PROMELTA*
when holding workpieces.
SYSTEM
［Features］
●The attractive face can be removed up to 10 mm deep from the
surface of the new block.
●As workpieces can be fitted in grooves, a large machining
SINE BAR
pressure can be used. Also cemented carbide workpieces,
CHUCKS
MM2F-512 which are difficult to hold by a magnetic chuck, can be secured
MM3F-612 by using these blocks to enable grinding.
●These blocks can be mounted on the magnetic chuck work face.
●There are two types; a magnetic force ON-OFF type and a type
not equipped with an ON-OFF function.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
〈MM2F-512〉
L
t
HOLDING
H
MM3F-912
H1
TOOLS
p
MM3Y-1023 B1 t
B 2 attractive faces
〈MM3F-612ー912〉
TOOL HOLDERS
L
MEASURING
t
H
H1
p
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
t B1 t
［mm
（in）
］ B
Nominal Holding Dimensions Pole Pitch Work Allowance Mag. Force 〈MM3Y-1023〉
Model Mass L
Size Power ON/OFF
t B1 t 204
50
（1.96）× 200N 50 2kg/ P
MM2F- 512
（4.72）（20kgf）（1.96）
120 40 4.4 lb N
8（3＋5） O
MAGNETIC
50 （1.57） 40
t
60
（2.36）× 400N 60 120 Not 2.5kg/
MM3F- 612 0.31
120
（4.72）（40kgf）（2.36）（4.72）（1.96）（1.57） provided 5.5 lb
H1
H
（0.11＋0.19） Max.10
TOOLS
（0.39）
10
90
（3.54）× 600N 90 70 3.5kg/
MM3F- 912
（4.72）（60kgf）（3.54）
120 （2.75） 7.7 lb 50 250
100
（3.93）× 750N 100 230 100 80 90 15.2 20kg/ B 300
MM3Y-1023 Provided
（9.05）（75kgf）（3.93）（9.05）（3.93）（3.15）（3.54）（0.59）
230 44 lb 3 attractive faces
※The holding power is a reference value obtained using a test piece of S15C, □50 × t25, ground surface.
54
Model KYA SQUARE TYPE BLOCK
［Application］
CHUCKS
Holding tools for marking and light duty machining.

Holding tools for three-dimensional measuring
Top face L
V groove ①
B instruments and various measuring systems.
a 90°
±2′
90° Side face ［Features］
●Workpieces can be held on three faces of the
Side face
top (V face) and both side faces.
V groove ②
ON OFF
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of
H
the opposite sides of the hex hole is 8 mm.)
●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction.
End face
●An M8 tapped hole is provided on the top for
Bottom face End face Le
PERMANENT
lifting (KYA-18 and 20B only).

indicates the attractive face. ●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please
KYA-13B contact us.
［mm
（in）
］
Holding Power Applicable Diameter Dimensions
Model Mass
PERMANENT
V groove① V groove② V groove① V groove②

KYA- 8B 120N
（12kgf） 100N（10kgf） φ10
（0.39）
ーφ25
（0.98） φ 8
（0.31）
ーφ15
（0.59） 80
（3.14） 80
（3.14） 80
（3.14） 60
（2.36） 20
（0.78） 3.5kg/ 7.7 lb
KYA-10B 200N
（20kgf） 120N（12kgf） φ10
（0.39）
ーφ35
（1.37） φ10
（0.39）
ーφ30（1.18） 100（3.93） 100
（3.93） 100（3.93） 72
（2.83） 26
（1.02） 7kg/ 15 lb
KYA-13B 300N
（30kgf） 250N（25kgf） φ10
（0.39）
ーφ26（1.02） 125（4.92） 125
（4.92） 125（4.92） 85.5
（3.36） 30
（1.18） 14kg/ 30 lb
φ10
（0.39）
ーφ40
（1.57）
KYA-15B 400N
（40kgf） φ10
（0.39）
ーφ38（1.49） 150（5.90） 150
（5.90） 150（5.90） 107
（4.21） 32
（1.25） 23kg/ 50 lb
400N
（40kgf）
KYA-18B 300N
（30kgf） 180（7.08） 180
（7.08） 180（7.08） 123
（4.84） 37kg/ 81 lb
φ14
（0.55）
ーφ50
（1.96） φ14
（0.55）
ーφ50（1.96） 38
（1.49）
KYA-20B 650N
（65kgf） 650N（65kgf） 200
（7.87） 200
（7.87） 200（7.87） 155（6.10） 51kg/112 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
■KYA accuracy （μm）
Model・Accuracy KYA-8B KYA-10B KYA-13B KYA-15B KYA-18B KYA-20B

CHUCKS
VACUUM
Item Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special
Bottom face to top face
15 15 20
Bottom face to V face 10 10 20
Parallelism
End face to end face 7 7 12 8 12 8 15 9 9
Side face to V face 20 20 25 25 30 30
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Flatness of bottom face 10 10 15 15 20 20

Squareness Bottom face to side face 20 10 20 10 25 12 25 12 30 14 30 14
Model KYB SQUARE TYPE BLOCK

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
［Application］
Holding tools for marking and light duty machining.
B L
Top face Holding tools for three-dimensional measuring
90°
a Side face instruments and various measuring systems.
Side face ［Features］
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●A workpieces can be held on one face of the

top (V face).
H
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length

of the opposite sides of the hex hole is 8 mm.)
End face End face ●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction.
Bottom face
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please
TOOLS
HOLDING
indicates the attractive face. contact us.

［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Holding Power Applicable Diameter Mass
180N
（18kgf）or over. φ10
（0.39）
ーφ32
（1.25） 80
（3.14） 80
（3.14） 80
（3.14） 29
（1.02） 2.5kg/5.5 lb
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
KYB- 8A
KYB-10A 343N
（35kgf）or over. 100
（3.93） 100（3.93） 100
（3.93） 6kg/13 lb
φ13
（0.51）
ーφ50
（1.96） 40（1.57）
KYB-13A 400N
（4.92） 125（4.92） 125
（4.92） 8kg/17 lb
KYB-13A KYB-15A 589N
（60kgf）or over. 150（5.90） 150（5.90） 150
（5.90） 12kg/26 lb
KYB-18A 600N
（0.55）
ーφ66
（2.59） 180
（7.08） 180（7.08） 180
（7.08） 50（1.96） 16kg/35 lb
KYB-20A 785N
（7.87） 200（7.87） 200
（7.87） 22kg/48 lb
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
■KYB accuracy （μm）
Model・Accuracy KYB-8A KYB-10A KYB-13A KYB-15A KYB-18A KYB-20A

Item Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special
15 15 20 20
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Bottom face to V face 10 10

Parallelism
End face to end face 7 7 12 8 12 8 15 9 15 9
Side face to V face 20 20 25 25 30 30
Flatness of bottom face 10 10 15 15 20 20
Squareness Bottom face to side face 20 10 20 10 25 12 25 12 30 14 30 14
55 ■The dimensional accuracy of KYA and KYB is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
KYA / KYB / KVA / KVA-2F
Model KVA MAGNETIC V-HOLDER
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Holding tools for round bar marking, drilling, tapping and grinding of
irregularly shaped workpieces.

Holding tools for three-dimensional measuring instruments and various
measuring systems.
［Features］
●Workpieces can be held on the top face (V face), bottom face and rear
face.
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of the opposite sides of
CHUCK
the hex hole is 8 mm.)
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please contact us.
PERMANENT
KVA-2A
B L
KVA-1A a Side face Top face
PERMANENT
Side face
90°
10
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
BLOCKS
FOR MC
H
KVA-1A 300N
（3.14） 2kg/4.4 lb
10
End face End face
KVA-2A 450N
（0.31）
ーφ50（1.96） 60
（2.36） 73
（2.87） 125
（4.92） 38
（1.49） 3kg/6.6 lb
10 10 Bottom
face
KVA-3A 700N
（7.08） 4.5kg/10 lb
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Model KVA-2F TWO-FACE HOLDING V-HOLDER
PROMELTA*
The top and bottom faces can be turned
SYSTEM
First in the
industry! ON/OFF independently!
［Application］
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
An example of usage A holding tool in a wide range of applications such as round bar marking
and cutting.
Also usable as a holding tool for measurement on an iron surface plate.
［Features］
●Only the workpiece can be mounted/demounted without changing the
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
holder fixing position, improving the work efficiency.
MINI CHUCKS
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of the opposite sides of
the hex hole is 8 mm.)
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please contact us.
HOLDING
60 （26） 80
TOOLS
38 Top face
90° Side face
12.5
End face
ver
F le
/OF
ON a le
b
ach
TOOL HOLDERS
ON OFF
KVA-2F1A det
105
MEASURING
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions ON OFF

Width Height Length
12.5
KVA-2F1A 392N
（0.31）
ーφ50
（1.96） 60
（2.36） 105（4.13） 80（3.14） 3.2kg/7.0 lb 10 10 Bottom face
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
■KVA accuracy indicates the attractive face. （μm）

Model・Accuracy KVA-1A KVA-2A KVA-3A KVA-2F1A
Item Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special
15 20
MAGNETIC
Bottom face to V face 10 10

Parallelism
End face to end face 7 12 8 15 9 7
TOOLS
Side face to V face 20 25 30 20

Flatness of bottom face 10 15 20 10
Squareness Bottom face to side face 20 10 25 12 30 14 20 10
■The dimensional accuracy of KVA and KVA-2F is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us. 56
Model KVS MAGNETIC V-HOLDER
［Application］
CHUCKS
Suitable for securing irregularly shaped workpieces for grinding and light duty
cutting such as drilling and tapping.
［Features］
●The special construction exerts a strong magnetic force on three faces of top,
bottom and end.
●Usable for inspection also. Two accuracy grades; standard and special are
available.
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off easily by turning the lever.
●Drip-proof construction.
B
KVS-1B
PERMANENT
a
Top face
90°
（VC groove） L
KVS-2B
25
［mm
（in）
］
Holding Power Applicable Diameter Dimensions
Model Mass
Steel bar VC groove VE groove
H
PERMANENT
Side face Side face

KVS-1B 0.7kN（ 70kgf） φ8（0.31）ー φ8（0.31）
ー 75 50 100（3.93） 105 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
KVS-2B 1.0kN（100kgf） φ68（2.67） φ20（0.78）（2.95）（1.96）200 （4.13） 9.0kg/19.8 lb End face
（7.87）
25
※The holding power is based on φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below. 15
5 5
※Note that when workpieces are held on two or more faces simultaneously, the holding power of each Bottom face
90°
face drops.
（VE groove）

■KVS accuracy
FOR MC
BLOCKS
（μm）
Model・Accuracy KVS-1B KVS-2B
Item Standard Special Standard Special
Bottom face to VC groove
Parallelism 12 7 20 12
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Top face to VE groove

Side face to side face
Squareness Bottom face to side face 21 10 21 15
Model KMV MAGNETIC V-BLOCK

SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
［Application］
Holding tools for round bar marking and drilling.
Holding tools for three-dimensional measuring
instruments and various measuring systems.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
［Features］
●Workpieces can be held on the top face (V face)
and end face.
●The ON/OFF lever is detachable. (The length of
the opposite sides of the hex hole is 8 mm.)
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KMV-125D
●Two blocks make one set.
KMV-50D
●Ultra-precision finishing is also available. Please
Top contact us.
face L
B a KMV-80D
End
TOOLS
HOLDING
90° face
Side ［mm
（in）
］
Side face
face Dimensions
150N
（15kgf） 40 50 70 36
H
KMV- 50D φ 8（0.31）

ーφ 50 （1.96） 1kg/2.2 lb×2
or over. （1.57）（1.96）（2.75）（1.41）
200N
（20kgf） 80 100 60
φ 8（0.31）
ーφ 80 （3.14） 3kg/6.6 lb×2
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
KMV- 80D
or over. 50 （3.14）（3.93）（2.36）
Bottom 230N
（23kgf）（1.96） 100 150 90
face KMV-125D φ 8（0.31）ーφ125（4.92） 5kg/ 11 lb×2
or over. （3.93）（5.90）（3.54）
indicate the attractive face. ※The holding power is based on the V face and φ20 round steel bar. ※For accuracy, see the table below.
■KMV accuracy （μm）

HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Model・Accuracy KMV-50D KMV-80D KMV-125D

Item Standard Special Standard Special Standard Special
15 20
Bottom face to V face 10
Parallelism
Side face to side face 7 12 8 15 9
End face to V face 20 25 30
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Flatness of bottom face 10 15 20

Squareness Bottom face to end face 20 10 25 12 30 14
Difference in height of V faces of one set of blocks 7 8
※If you require higher accuracy, specify the required grade. ※If you require special accuracy on areas not listed in the table, please contact us.
57 ■The dimensional accuracy of KVS and KMV is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
KVS / KMV / KMV-M / KT.KTV / MV
Model KMV-M PERMANENT MAGNETIC MINI V-BLOCK
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
These blocks are used to hold small-diameter round bars
on optical measuring equipment. (Non-watertight type)

［Features］
●One set consists of two blocks. The attractive faces
and other work faces have been finished precisely. The
KMV-M025 blocks can be turned ON and OFF by 90°turning using
KMV-M032 a screwdriver on the bottom face.
(Bottom face)
CHUCK
■KMV-M accuracy （μm）Ｂ
Ｂ3 Ｂ1 Ｂ3
Item Model・Accuracy KMV-M020 KMV-M025 KMV-M032
90°
Bottom face to top face Ｌ
Top face Ｂ２
Bottom face to V face
PERMANENT
Parallelism Side face to side face 10 10 10
Side face
Side face to V face Side face
End face to end face indicates the

Flatness of bottom face 5 5 5
attractive face.
H
Bottom face to side face
Squareness Bottom face to end face 21 21 21
End face
End face to V face End face
PERMANENT
Bottom face (ON/OFF switchover face)
Difference in height between V face and top face of one set of blocks 7 7 7
※If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
［mm（in）
］
Applicable Dimensions
BLOCKS
Diameter
FOR MC
₁ ₂ 3
KMV-M020 9.8N
（1kgf） φ15（0.59） 20
（0.78） 12
（0.47） 2.0（0.07） 4（0.15） 20
（0.78） 20
（0.78） 0.06kg/0.13 lb×2
KMV-M025 19.6N
（2kgf） φ20
（0.78） 25
（0.98） 15
（0.59） 2.5（0.09） 5（0.19） 25（0.98） 25
（0.98） 0.13kg/0.28 lb×2
KMV-M032 49 N
（5kgf） φ25（0.98） 32
（1.25） 20
（0.78） 3.0（0.11） 6（0.23） 32（1.25） 32
（1.25） 0.24kg/0.53 lb×2
※The holding power is based on φ10 round steel bar. ■The dimensional accuracy of KMV-M is based on KANETEC in-house standards. If you require higher accuracy, please contact us.
Model KT.KTV CHUCK BLOCK
VACUUM
CHUCKS
［Application］
These blocks are used in combination with a
magnetic chuck as an auxiliary tool to hold round
PROMELTA*
KT-1 bars and sheet-like workpieces that are difficult to
SYSTEM
hold on the work face alone.
［Features］
●Since these blocks are not magnetized themselves,
they are placed on a magnetic chuck to induce
magnetism to hold workpieces. Magnetism can be
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KTV-1 KT-4
induced on two faces of the top face and side face
〈KT-1〉〈KTV-1〉〈KT-2、3、
4〉 or the V face and side face.
L
L H L H
P1 P2 H
●Workpieces of special shapes can also be held by
P1 P2 P1 P2
use of chuck blocks, thus making it possible to
utilize your chucks in stock.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●One set of two blocks has been finished together.
90°
B
B
B
MINI CHUCKS
(KT-3 and -4 are available individually.)
Nameplate
Tightening bolt
［mm（in）
］
An example of usage Dimensions Pole Pitch

N S N S N S N S Model Mass
₁ ₂
HOLDING
KT-1 70
（2.75） 100
（3.93） 41（1.61） 3.2（0.12） 2.0kg/4.4 lb×2
3.2（0.12）
N S N S N S N S 45
（1.77） 72
（2.83） 22（0.86） 0.37kg/0.8 lb×2
TOOLS
KT-2
3（0.11）
KT-3 150
（5.90） 5.4kg/12 lb
125（4.92） 38（1.49） 4.5（0.17）
KT-4 304
（11.9） 2（0.07） 11.7kg/25 lb
KTV-1 60
（2.36） 65
（2.55） 40（1.57） 3（0.11） 3.2（0.12） 0.78kg/1.7 lb×2
※KTV-1 applicable diameter:φ10‒φ70 mm ※If you require additional working on the blocks, please contact us.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Model MV MINI V-ADAPTER

An example of usage ［Application］
This adapter itself is not magnetic, but when it is placed on a V-holder having the N pole
MV-1
and S pole on separate sides like Model KVA, it induces magnetism to hold small diameter
MAGNETIC
Workpiece
HOLDERS
workpieces that cannot be physically mounted directly. (See the figure below.) This adapter
MV−1
is recommended for holding workpieces during grinding, drilling and measurement.
N
［Features］
●The attractive face can be set
MAGNETIC
S
Fo
ld to any angle between 90 and
TOOLS
180 degrees.
ing
dire
●The hinge part acts as a

ction
10
■Model:MV-1 separator to divide magnetic

（3.14）
■Dimensions:80 ×(42)
（1.65） ×10 （0.39）mm（in）
80 （42） poles.
■Mass:250 g/ 0.55 lb ■Parallelism:0.006 ■Hardened
58
HOLDING TOOLS
Model MPV-MF MULTI-PURPOSE FLEXIBLE HOLDER
Flexible usage! Convenient multi-clamper!!
CHUCKS
Design registered
An example of usage ［Application］

Suitable for auxiliary clamping of parts or tools during machining or Max. opening
28 mm 360°
rotation
assembling work.
Clamper
26
Also usable for holding a mirror, penlight, sensor, etc.
30∼60
360°
rotation
［Features］ 360°
rotation
M5 ●A diversified design of metal parts at the tip makes this holder
Pole B Depth 12 usable in a very wide range of application.
MPV-MF30 In addition to the main clamper, a φ6 shaft and φ8 shaft are mountable.
（267）
Pole A
φ6 shaft Tip of flexible tube: M6 male thread, tip of pole: M5 female thread
mounting
Parts replaceable with other parts that match these thread sizes.
PERMANENT
hole
●The use of a magnetic holder base that is equipped with an ON/
φ8 shaft M6×8 OFF function facilitates mounting and demounting.
mounting
OFF
55
hole
MPV-MF30
Model Holding Power Allowable Weight to Hold (Ref.) Mass 50 58.5

150° 79.8
MPV-MF30 784N
（80kgf） 0.6kg/1.32 lb 1.4kg/3.08 lb
PERMANENT
Parts available individually ※The clamper is sold with pole B also.

※The clamper can clamp workpieces of 28 mm or less in width.
Model MPV-CL FLEXIBLE CLAMP

Max. opening 28 mm （116）
（75）
Parts available individually
FOR MC
BLOCKS
（34）
［Application］ φ14
φ20
Suitable for soldering of circuit boards of electric parts.
20
31
MAX. 214
100
Suitable for holding parts during assembly.
Suitable for wiring as it can clamp electric cables.
CHUCKS
VACUUM
［Features］ φ22
108
●The employment of a powerful ON/OFF selectable
55
magnetic holder facilitates mounting on an iron work
table and work table of machine tools. 50 73
94.6
●The clamp part is equipped with a tough plastic
150°
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
clamper and can be tilted freely. Model Holding Power Mass

●The clamper opens 28 mm maximum and can be MPV-CL30 1000N
（100kgf） 2.7kg/6.0 lb
MPV-CL30
moved up and down in a range of about 90 mm. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Model MPV-F FLEXIBLE VICE

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
102
80 50
Parts available individually 50 16 20 (Full open) 16
44
［Application］ φ14
φ20
Suitable for temporarily holding workpieces during
31
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
30
MAX. 179
assembly. Also suitable for such jobs as hand filing and

55
61 20
drilling and tapping of nonmagnetic materials. φ22
108
［Features］
●The employment of a powerful ON/OFF selectable
55
magnetic holder facilitates mounting on an iron work 50

TOOLS
HOLDING
73
table and work table of machine tools. 150° 94.6
●The vice can be tilted freely to secure workpieces

according to their shapes and machining directions. Model Holding Power Mass
●The plates on the workpiece clamping parts are made MPV-F50A 1000N
（100kgf） 2.7kg/6.0 lb
MPV-F50A
of nylon to hold non-flat workpieces strongly. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Model MPV MAGVICE*

［Application］
90°
110
20
Suitable for securing irregularly shaped workpieces 11
or tapered workpieces and for machining end faces

HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
V block
of round bars and flat workpieces.

45 70 110
［Features］
12
●The force to secure a workpiece is generated by 4-6.5 drill

38
φ11 counterbore, depth 8
a magnetic force. Thus, unlike mechanical

70
12 9 11
clamping, no undue force is applied.

5 5
32
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
(Nonmagnetic workpieces cannot be held.) 25 60

170 50
●The select handle can be operated on both
■Magnetic force: Side slip resistance is 575 N (57.5 kg) for iron square
sides. bars of 30 mm × 30 mm × 130 mm and 480 N (48 kgf) for iron round
MPV-4 ●Can be mounted on a magnetic chuck on a bars of φ30 × 130 mm thanks to the powerful built-in permanent magnet.
machine tool. Thus, the MAGVICE works well in grinding operations also.
59 ■Mass: 7.3 kg/ 16.01 lb

MPV-MF / MPV-CL / MPV-F / MPV / NH / MDR / MP
Model NH MAGNETIC TYPE NOZZLE HOLDER
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Ball valve
Parts available individually ＰＳ１／４
ＰＴ１／４×φ９
（hose nipple）
ＰＳ１／８ This holder is used to supply cutting fluid or air to machine tools.
This can also be used to remove chips and particles produced

during electric discharge machining by injecting cutting liquid.
［Features］
NH-P1/NH-M1 Details of thread size ●Compared with conventional products, flexibility has been
extremely improved. The flexible part can be bent freely. (NH-
ctions!!
le in all dire
Ball valve 14 9
Flexib ＰＴ１／８×ＰＦ１／８
Ball valve
M1, M3)
●By employing a metallic flexible part, the holding posture is
CHUCK
ＰＴ１／４×ＰＦ１／８
25.5 25.5
maintained stably even when releasing high pressure air or a
large amount of cutting fluid. In addition, it is highly resistant
NH-M3
Hose nipple（φ９） to thermal damage by chips and its durability has been
Ball valve
NH-M1 improved. (NH-M1, M3)
PERMANENT
ＰＴ１／８×ＰＦ１／８
●The powerful magnet enables the holder to be mounted in any
An example of NH-M1 usage position easily.
３−ＰＴ１／８ＰＴ１／４ ●The nozzle tip cab be positioned in any posture and at any
ＯＮ
angle.
ＯＦＦ
An example of usage ●The holder is equipped with a valve to enable adjustment of

ＮＨ−Ｍ３
the flow rate.

NH-P3/NH-M3 Details of thread size
●The adjustable hose can be adjusted in length by removing or
PERMANENT
adding joints. (NH-P) ［mm（in）］
Model Holding Power Nominal Size Inlet Dia. Hose Length No. of Outlets Mass
NH-P1 250N
（25kgf） φ70（2.75）
×27
（1.06） 390
（15.3） 1 pc 0.95kg/2.1 lb
BLOCKS
FOR MC
NH-P1 NH-P3 500N
（50kgf） 48（1.89）
×73
（2.87）
×54（2.12） φ9 420
（16.5） 3 pcs 1.65kg/3.6 lb
NH-M1 245N
（25kgf） φ70（2.75）
×31
（1.22）（0.35） 400
（15.7） 1 pc 0.9kg/1.9 lb
NH-M3 490N
（50kgf） 48（1.89）
×73
（2.87）
×54（2.12） 400
（15.7） 3 pcs 1.9kg/4.1 lb
※Upper limit of pressure …Adjustable hose (NH-P1, P3) : Air pressure 0.34 MPa, liquid pressure 0.2 MPa Metallic flexible hose (NH-
NH-P3 M1, M3) : 0.6 MPa max. (Upper limit of flow rate: 10 litters/minute max.). However, depending on releasing
angles, the posture of the hose may be changed by a jetting pressure even when the air/liquid pressure is
VACUUM
below the upper limit. In such a case, turn the valve to reduce the flow rate.
CHUCKS
※The hose length includes the stainless steel nozzle part (NH-P: 70 mm) at the tip.
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
<Tip nozzle> ※The magnet section of NH-M and NH-P is common. Therefore the upper section is interchangeable for mounting between NH-M and NH-P.
(Available separately) ※NH-M1, M3: Flexible part φ11 mm
Model MDR MAGNETIC DRESSER
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
［Application］
A dressing tool for grinding wheels.
The dresser can be held firmly on a powerful magnetic holder base. Setting
up is easy and reliable.
［Features］
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off with the lever to facilitate
mounting to and demounting from the machine table.(For setting on a
magnetic chuck, power OFF the chuck and power ON this Dresser.)
MDR-1C Holding ●The dresser can be mounted at any angles.
power
●The dresser mounting clamp can be secured to either the side or the top of
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
800N the magnetic holder base. (The photo shows the clamp mounted on the side.)
MINI CHUCKS
The dresser is not included.
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Holding Power Dresser Shaft Dia. Mass
Width Length Height
MDR-1C 800N（80kgf） 50
（1.96） 58.5
（2.30） 55
（2.16） φ11
（0.43）and φ12（0.47） 1.2kg/2.64 lb
HOLDING
Model MP MAGPAD* TOOLS
30 ［Application］
M5 screws can be used to detach the Magpad
TOOL HOLDERS
from the workpiece. The Magpad is a device to prevent wire breakage by heat due to
MEASURING
aerial discharge. It protects wire electrodes of wire electric

13
discharge machines from scattering of coolant which is likely to

occur at the start of discharging. This Magpad can also be used
L
to prevent dislocation or falling of cut-out pieces at the start or

MP-3 end of cutting.
MAGNETIC
13
HOLDERS
［Features］
3 MP-2
30 33 ●The Magpad is made of transparent acrylic plate incorporating
W MP-1
powerful magnets. The Magpad has strong holding power and
3
enables it to set a wire while monitoring its position visually.

H
［mm
（in）
］ ●No mechanical clamp is required. Attaching and detaching
can be done efficiently and without a fear of damaging
MAGNETIC
Holding Dimensions
Model Mass workpieces.
Power Width Length Height
TOOLS
MP-1 80N（ 8kgf） 26

（1.02） 35g/0.07 lb ●Various models are available to suit any workpiece shapes.
66 9 ●There is no fear of rusting and the magnetic force is semi-
MP-2 200N（20kgf） 56
（2.20） 70g/0.15 lb
（2.59）（0.35）
MP-3 250N（25kgf） 86
（3.38） 110g/0.24 lb permanent. The Magpad withstands repeated use and
therefore is very economical.
60
MEASURING TOOL HOLDERS
Model MB MAGNETIC BASE
CHUCKS
Holding Holding
Holding Holding
power power
power power
800N 800N 800N 800N
PERMANENT
MB-B MB-BV MB-F2 MB-K
Holding
power
PERMANENT
1300N
MB-T3
MB-PSL
Holding
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Holding Holding power

Holding
power Holding power
power
power 300N
800N 1000N 1000N
1000N
MB-FX MB-W2V MB-W2S
MB-RV
CHUCKS
VACUUM
An example of usage
19
（60）
( )
MB-Z15:150mm
MB-Z15:200mm
φ30
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
φ38
Sub pole up-down range
Holding Sub pole
power
(180)
MB-Z15 MB-PSL
1230N
MB-Z20 Holding MB-PSL allows the mounting of the test
power indicatorφ6 mm stem only.
（120）
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
1230N
ＯＮＯＦＦ
［Application］
ＭＢ−Ｚ２０ＭＡＤＥＩＮＪＡＰＡＮ
These magnetic bases are widely used as measuring tool holders when measuring dimensions of machined
workpieces (detecting errors and deviation) using a dial indicator on machine tools or iron surface plate for
measurement by comparison.
［Features］
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
●A wide variety of models, small to large, and with diversified additional functions, are available to suit
conditions of measuring places.
●A powerful magnet and strong clamping force ensure consistent, highly accurate measurement.
●Model MB-Z magnetic bases are equipped with upper components having the highest rigidity in our
Magnetic Base Series, which minimizes errors in repeated measurement and precision measurement.
Displacement at a force of 0.5 kg … MB-Z15: 3 μm or less (1/8 or less of conventional base) The dial gage is not included.
TOOLS
HOLDING
MB-Z20: 8 μm or less (1/3 or less of conventional base) ［mm

（in）］
Holding Magnetic Holder Base Main Pole Sub Pole Main Pole Mounting Thread Clamp Indicator
Mountable
Model Clamp Mass Features
Power Width Length Height Dia φ Length Dia φ Length Mag. Base Step Main Pole Hole Dia. Stem Dia. Screw
165
MB-B General, standard type.
176 （6.49） M 8（0.31）× M8（0.31）× 1.5kg/
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
12 （6.92） 10 150 1.25

（0.04） 1.25
（0.04） 3.3 lb General type with fine move
MB-BV
800N 58.5 （0.47）（0.39）（5.90） adjustment.
（ 80kgf）（2.30） 194 1.8kg/ Main pole 360°turning, can be
MB-F2 3-M4
（0.15） −
（7.63） 3.9 lb locked at 75°max.
−
14 178 12 6.6（0.26）
/ M6 1.5kg/ Main pole large diameter, suitable
MB-K
（0.55）（7.00）（0.47） 165 8.1（0.31）（0.23） 3.3 lb for precision measurement.
50 55 16 225 （6.49） M 8（0.31）× M8（0.31）× 2.4kg/ Larger size with fine move
MB-RV
1000N （1.96） 73 （2.16）（0.62）（8.85） 1.25
（0.04） 1.25
（0.04） φ6 5.2 lb adjustment.
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
（100kgf）（2.87） 178 14 （0.23） 2.5kg/ High precision type with fine
MB-W2V φ8
20 （7.00）（0.55） 5.5 lb move adjustment.
（031）
1300N 117 （0.78） 355 200 M20 （0.78）× M20
（0.78）
/ M10（0.39）
× 3.6kg/ Main pole longest, base largest
MB-T3
（130kgf）（4.60）（13.9）（7.87） 1.5（0.05） M10
（0.39） 1.25
（0.04） (MB-PSL: 7.9 lb and holding power greatest.
800N 58.5 16 315 / φ6 only)
6.0（0.23） 1.8kg/
MB-FX − − ̶ Flexible type, settable freely.
（ 80kgf）（2.30）（0.62）（12.4） M8（0.31）× M8（0.31）× 8.1（0.31） 3.9 lb
1000N 73 20 178 14（0.55） 165 （6.49） 1.25
（0.04） 1.25
（0.04） 6.6（0.26）
/ M6 2.7kg/ Two-step sub pole with fine
MB-W2S −
（100kgf）（2.87）（0.78）（7.00） 12（0.47） 130
（5.11） 8.1（0.31）（0.23） 5.9 lb move adjustment.
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
300N 30 34 35 7 54 M5（0.19） × M5（0.19）× 0.25kg/ Compact and simple, suitable

MB-PSL 6.0
（0.23） ̶
（30kgf）（1.18）
（1.33）（1.37）
（0.27）（2.12） 0.8（0.03） 0.8
（0.03） 0.5 lb for limited space.
5.2kg/ Strongest upper components in
MB-Z15 − − M 2 0（ 0 . 7 8 ）
1230N 70 70 76 30 250 M20
（0.78）/ M12
（0.47）
× 6.6（0.26）
/ M6 11.5 lb Series.
× Suitable for repeated measurement
（125kgf）（2.76）
（2.76）（2.99）
（1.18）（9.84） M12
（0.47） 1.75
（0.06） 8.1（0.31）（0.23） 5.5kg/
MB-Z20 1.5（0.05） and precision measurement.
12.12 lb
※The upper fixture, Model DG-6 (mounting hole of φ4.5/6.6 mm), for mounting a dial gage is optionally available. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
61 ※The magnet part of MB-Z is designed for mounting on a flat surface such as a surface plate, but not on a curved surface.
MB / DG
〈Names of major components of MB-B〉
Indicator Parts available individually
ELECTROMAGNETIC
bracket mounting Indicator clamping screw
Sub pole

Main pole
Indicator stem
insertion
(Remove indicator
clamping screw
CHUCK
and insert.)
Upper A set of upper
A set of upper components
components section
PERMANENT
A set of switching
A set of lower components
components A set of lower Sub pole
Washer components Main pole
※The upper components, lower components and
Magnetic Plate switching components are sold as a set.
PERMANENT
holder base A set of switching Top face
※
Select lever components
Side face
Side face
Nameplate
Rear face
BLOCKS
FOR MC
MB- (※MB-Z,
MB-PSL excluded)
※Refer to P69 and P72 for the common models. Attractive face
Note, however, that there may be difference in the main pole
mounting thread hole and so on.
Model DG OPTIONAL CLAMP FOR MAGNETIC BASE/HIGH LOCK BASE
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Measurement variation expanded.
■Upper components Model DG-6 ■Lower components Model MB-CMF
(Components for mounting dial gage) (Components for mounting φ10 sub pole)
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Optionally sold when φ4.5 mm mounting An optional unit for mounting one φ10 sub pole in
hole is required on MB-B, BV, F2 and K. addition to the existing φ10 sub pole.
［Features］［Features］
●Upper components with φ4.5/6.6 mm ●An application range of magnetic bases is
SINE BAR
mounting hole. expanded such as holding light weight objects
CHUCKS
by, for example, extending the sub pole.
※Depending on measurement conditions, the
Mounting MB-B (Common with BV/F2) φ10
rigidity may drop. Pay attention to a drop in
diameter Model DG-6-B (Mounting diameter φ10) measurement accuracy.
MB-K (Common with W2S)
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
φ10 Applicable models: MB-B, BV, F2 (Sub pole diameter 10 mm)
Model DG-6-K (Mounting diameter φ12) MB-CMF1010
MINI CHUCKS
Model
［Application］
Designed for Magnetic Base Mounted on a magnetic base or High Lock Base to secure a dial gage, linear gage, etc.
and High Lock Base
HOLDING
［Features］
TOOLS
●φ6 shaft to suit the mounting hole of MB Series upper components. (DG-15-6, DG-
AM-6)
●A larger diameter dial gage such as a liner gage (φ 15) can be clamped. (DG-15-6)
●φ8 and φ6 holes are provided for securing a dial gage in the dovetail groove. (DG-AM-6).
TOOL HOLDERS
●φ8 shaft to suit the tip mounting pat of MB-MX and MB-OX to secure the bracket
MEASURING
of a dial gage. (DG-X)

DG-15-6 〈DG-15-6〉〈DG-AM-6〉〈DG-X〉
DG-AM-6 φ6 14 Indicator
clamping bolt
DG-X
<An example of usage> 15 (11.5)
φ14
20
14
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
φ6
15 12
60
(11.5) 27
20
φ20
40
60°
63.5
13
M6 through
7
Washer
43.5
φ20
φ1
5
12 12 φ8
1.5
14 14
14
28
9
φ6 Indicator
15
MAGNETIC
19 6.5 mounting part

φ8 C1
Enlarged view of tip part
TOOLS
Model Applicable Base Specification Mass

DG-15-6 MB-series,MX,OX φ15 dial gage (linear gage, etc.) 68g / 0.15 lb
φ8 stem φ6 stem
MB-series Dial gage with dovetail groove 49g / 0.11 lb
clamping clamping Indicator clamping DG-AM-6
(DG-AM-6) (DG-AM-6) (DG-X) DG-X MB-MX,OX Dial gage with bracket 40g / 0.09 lb
62
Model MB-MX HIGH LOCK BASE
［Application］
CHUCKS
Mechanical lock & fine movement adjuster While these bases are used as measuring tool holders like magnetic
bases, they can also be used to hold sensors in place.
Tightening torque + clamp force + fine ［Features］
adjustment function all improved! ●Any posture can be set by tightening a knob to lock every part.
●The clamp system is adjustable steplessly. Turning lightly achieves it.
Quick lock mechanism

●A wide variety of models, small to large, are available to suit your
applications.
●The dial gage mounting part can be adjusted finely.
●The arm can be adjusted freely in angle and direction and
PERMANENT
provides stable, shake-free positioning.
The dial gage is Free posture

not included.
by dial adjustment
PERMANENT
Consistent and highly

accurate measurement
FOR MC
BLOCKS
L4
φ8
Ｌ
L3
Dial gage M Thread size: M1
clamping part
Fine
Wrench set width
adjustment across flats: B1
φ6
Reducer
CHUCKS
VACUUM
Shaft B
Tightening
L2 Holding Holding Holding Holding
knob power power power power
600N 800N 1000N 1000N
Cylinder
Upper
section
Shaft A
MB-MX13F MB-MX20F MB-MX28F MB-MX40F
Optional upper L1
components Model M1 B1
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
available
Mounting
screw
Washer
MB-MX13F 6
MB-MX20F M6
（Coarse）
×L7 7
(See page 62) Magnetic
holder base
MB-MX28F
8
<Dial gage mounting> <Names/dimensions> <Details of part M MB-MX40F M8
（Coarse）
×L8
and dimensions> ［mm
（in）
］
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Lock Magnetic Holder Base Arm Arm Mounting Indicator Clamp

Model Holding Power Mass Feature
Mechanism Width Length Height Tapped Hole Stem Hole Dovetail
40 40 40 75 50 64 M6（0.23）
×
MB-MX13F 600N（ 60kgf） 0.7kg/1.7 lb Smallest
（1.57）（1.57）（1.57）（2.95）（1.96）（2.51） 1（0.03）
58.5 116 75 65 M6（0.23）
×
MB-MX20F 800N（ 80kgf） φ8（0.31） 1.4kg/3.1 lb Small
（2.30）（4.56）（2.95）（2.55） 7（0.28）
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Mechanical 6.5 6.5

φ6（0.23）
lock 50 55 160 115 64 （0.25） M8 × （When reducer is used）（0.25）
（0.31）
MB-MX28F 2.0kg/4.4 lb Standard
（1.96） 73 （2.16）（6.29）（4.521）（2.51） 1.25
（0.04）
1000N
（100kgf）
（2.87） 220 175 66 M8（0.31）
×
MB-MX40F 2.1kg/4.8 lb Long arm
（8.66）（6.88）（2.59） 8（0.31）
Model MB-X HIGH LOCK MINI BASE

TOOLS
HOLDING
Mechanical lock & fine

movement adjuster
Small and simple, suitable for use in limited space.
φ6 ［Application］
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
φ6
While these bases are used as measuring tool
L3 holders like magnetic bases, they can also be used
MB-CX to hold sensors in place.
［Features］
L2
Holding
MB-PSX-V power MB-CX-V
●A mechanical lock system that tightens joints in
Holding
MB-PSX Holding 160N power three places by one-step operation.
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
L1
Holding power
power 160N ●The arm can be adjusted freely, which facilitates
300N The dial gage is not included. Lo
locating the mounted measuring instrument.
300N ※Model MB-CX has no magnetic force
Fine movement ON/OFF selection. The upper section is Fine movement ●Models MB-CX-V/PSX-V are equipped with a
adjuster included common with Model MB-PSX. adjuster included fine movement adjuster. ［mm （in）］
Lock Holding Magnetic Holder Base Arm Arm Mounting Indicator Clamp
Model Mass Feature
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Mechanism Power Width Length Height Tapped Hole Stem Hole Dovetail
MB-CX 160N 28 28 28 12 39（1.53） 0.38kg/0.83 lb Small, V attractive face
（16kgf）（1.10）（1.10）（1.10）（0.47）
MB-CX-V Mechanical 46 46 57（2.24） M5 （0.19）
× φ6
（0.23） 6.5 0.5 kg/1.10 lb Small, V attractive face, fine movement adjuster
MB-PSX Type （1.81）（1.81）39（1.53） 0.8（0.03） ×2 （0.25） 0.38kg/0.83 lb Small, magnet switchover
300N 30 34 35 14
MB-PSX-V （30kgf）（1.18）（1.33）（1.37）（0.55） 57（2.24） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb Small, magnet switchover, fine movement adjuster
63 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
MB-MX / MB-X / MB-OX / GB-MX
Model MB-OX HIGH LOCK BASE
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Hydraulic & fine movement adjuster

［Application］
While these bases are used as measuring tool holders like L3
magnetic bases, they can also be used to hold sensors in place.
［Features］ Optional upper L2
●A hydraulic system that tightens joints in three places by one- components available
step operation.
CHUCK
(See page 62)
●The arm can be adjusted freely, which facilitates locating the
mounted measuring instrument.
●Equipped with a fine movement adjuster.
PERMANENT
L1
The dial gage is not included.
PERMANENT
［mm（in）
］
Lock Holding Magnetic Holder Base Arm Arm Mounting Indicator Clamp
BLOCKS
Model Mass Accessory
FOR MC
Mechanism Power Width Length Height Tapped Hole Stem Hole Dovetail MB-OX
Hydraulic 1000N 50 73 55 140 110 81 φ8
（0.31） 6.5 2.0kg/ Holding
MB-OX M8
（0.31）
×1.25
（0.04） ※Replenish oil power
type （100kgf）（1.96）（2.87）（2.16）（5.51）（4.33）（3.18） φ6
（0.23）（0.25） 4.4 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※Recommended replenish oil: Idemitsu Daphne Super Multi Oil or equivalent 1000N
Model GB-MX GRANITE BASE
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Mechanical lock & fine movement adjuster
Measurement on precision granite surface plate!
PROMELTA*
Highly reliable flexible arm!
SYSTEM
Free posture
by dial adjustment
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
2-step circular base
for easy handling
HOLDING
TOOLS
L4
L3
GB-MX13F
GB-MX20F An example of usage
GB-MX28F
TOOL HOLDERS
GB-MX40F
MEASURING
［Application］
L2
Used for precise measurement on a precision

granite surface plate.
［Features］
●Granite, unaffected by aged deterioration and
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
rust, is used for the base. There is no change in

accuracy and it is easy to maintain. ［mm
（in）
］
●The flatness of the base bottom has been Arm

L1
Model Base Size Mass

precisely finished to better than 2 μm. They can
slide smoothly on the granite surface plate to 75 50 64 Approx. 1.4kg/
GB-MX13F □90
（3.54）
×45（1.77）
（2.95）（1.96）（2.51） 3.08 lb
MAGNETIC
enable measurement by moving the gage.

116 75 65 Approx. 1.8kg/
●The base is of 2-step shape for easy handling. GB-MX20F φ120（4.72）
×50
（1.96）
（4.56）（2.95）（2.55） 3.96 lb
TOOLS
6.5
●The mechanical lock type that has proven 160 115 64 （0.25） Approx. 3.7kg/
GB-MX28F φ164（6.45）
×55
（2.16）
reliability is employed for the arm (MB-MX-F). （6.29）（4.52）（2.51） 8.15 lb
Any posture can be set by one-step tightening. GB-MX40F φ187（7.36）

×55
（2.16）
220 175 66 Approx. 4.6kg/ M8
（8.66）（6.88）（2.59） 10.1 lb
●These bases come with a dedicated storage box.
64
(M6 for GB-MX13F)
Model MB-BRB BORER BASE*
Hardness of V-face
CHUCKS
t as
g bracke
Mountin accessory
increased for longer life! standard
［Application］
Useful for measuring the projected amount of a cutter mounted
on the arbor of a boring machine with a dial gage to locate the

cutter precisely.
［Features］
●The attractive face (V-face) has been hardened and
therefore is less likely to be scratched and highly wear
PERMANENT
resistant.
●The squareness of the face to secure the dial gage bracket
to the V-face is within 5 μm.
●The dial gage mounting bracket for the φ8 stem comes as a
standard accessory. The base can be put in use immediately
after purchase.
PERMANENT
●The dial gage mounting bracket height is selectable. (2 stages) MB-BRB38 MB-BRB65
Conventional
measuring method
4- M 32 4- M Shaft holder ON/OFF lever
32
FOR MC
BLOCKS
10 20
（87）
10 12
（67）
75
14
55
7
90° 7
90° φ8
CHUCKS
VACUUM
65
38 50
80 45
66 L
Mountable directly 〈MB-BRB65〉〈MB-BRB38〉
on boring bar
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Holding Part Dimensions
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Model Max. Holding Power Max. Dia. to Hold Mass

Width Length Height Width Angle
MB-BRB38 45（1.77） 35
（1.37） 55
（2.16） M5（0.19）thread, 38
（1.49） 137N
（14kgf） φ45
（1.77） 0.6kg/0.13 lb
90°
MB-BRB65 80（3.15） 40
（1.57） 75
（2.95） depth 8
（0.31） 65
（2.55） 196N
（20kgf） φ80
（3.15） 1.1kg/2.4 lb
The max. holding power is based on a test piece of φ38 round steel bar (SS400, Ra = 1.6).
Model MB-S BORER BASE*

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
［Application］
Useful for measuring the projected amount of a cutter mounted on the arbor of a boring
machine with a dial gage to locate the cutter precisely.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
［Features］
●The measuring tool holding arm can be freely locked by one-step tightening, which makes
this base suitable for any length between its mounting position and the tip of the cutter.
●Since a magnetic force is used for holding, the dial gage is held firmly even if it is
mounted inclined. Further, the magnetic force can be turned on and off for easy mounting
TOOLS
HOLDING
and demounting.
●The dial gage is mounted by tightening the bracket with an M6 bolt.
The dimensions marked by ※ depend on the

mounting of dial gages specified in JIS B7503.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
（210）
（21.2）
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Holding
Power
70
※
250N ※ Min.25
on φ70
17
Max.140
MB-S12B 4
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
120°
56 50
60
［mm
（in）
］
Holding Part Dimensions
Model Holding Power Arbor Diameter Mass
Width Angle
MB-S12B 250N（25kgf）on φ70
（2.75） φ15
（0.59）‒120
（4.72） 56（2.20） 120° 1.3kg/2.8 lb
65
MB-BRB / MB-S / ME-LED / ME-BL / ME
Model ME-LED MAGNETIC LED LIGHT STAND
Original light weight & stylish LED stand!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
［Application］
Used for area lighting over a work table or machine tool. Also usable as a table light on a steel desk.

［Features］
●The high brightness LED 5 lights/10 lights are used which consume as little electricity as 5W/10W.
●The LED lighting part is of one-piece special construction; light weight and compact.
●All models use only 21.5-mm thin lighting, requiring no wide space for mounting.
●The strong magnetic force allows these stands to be mounted not only on a horizontal surface, but
CHUCK
on an inclined surface easily. The flexible tube offers freely selectable lighting angles.
High High High
brightness LED 21.5 (103) brightness LED 21.5 (103) brightness LED 21.5 (187)
(72)
(72)
(72)
ON/OFF ON/OFF
PERMANENT
switch Lamp cover switch Lamp cover ON/OFF Lamp cover
φ13 (black) φ13 (black) φ13 switch (black)
531
442
351
622
442
351
220
400
220
55
O OFF O OFF O OFF
55
55
ME-LED-5 ME-LED-5L ME-LED-10
ME-LED-5 ME-LED-5 ME-LED-10
50 58.5 50 73 58.5
＜ME-LED-5＞＜ME-LED-5L＞ 50
＜ME-LED-10＞
(79.7) (94.2) (79.7) ［mm（in）
］
Power
Model Type Holding power Height High Bright. LED Luminous Flux Power Source Cord Length Mass
PERMANENT
Consumption
ME-LED-5 Standard type 800N（ 80kgf） 442（17.40） 1.45kg/3.19 lb
5 lights Approx. 400lm Approx. 5W
ME-LED-5L Tall type 1000N（100kgf） 622（24.48） 100 VAC 1.6m
（62.99） 1.83kg/4.03 lb
ME-LED-10 Bigger light type 800N（ 80kgf） 442（17.40） 10 lights Approx. 800lm Approx. 10W 1.63kg/3.59 lb
BLOCKS
FOR MC
※The LED part cannot be replaced or repaired. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
Model ME MAGNETIC LED LAMP STAND

Lamp stand dedicated to compact bulb type LED lamps!
VACUUM
CHUCKS
［Application］
Suitable for spotlighting in assembling/inspection work or machining by machine tools.
［Features］
●Designed exclusively for bulb type LED lamps. The lamp configuration is compact in comparison with conventional lamp
stands. The bulb protection performance has also been improved.
PROMELTA*
●The bulb type fluorescent lamp can be used in addition to the bulb type LED lamp.
●The strong magnetic force allows these stands to be mounted not only on a horizontal surface, but on an inclined surface
SYSTEM
easily. The flexible tube offers freely selectable lighting angles. (210)
＜ME-2CA-LED＞ (210) ＜ME-L2C-LED＞ 40 97
40 97
Ø135
Applicable lamps (Not included)
SINE BAR
Ø135
CHUCKS
In addition to bulb type LED lamps,
bulb type fluorescent lamps
can also be used!
LED dedicated Conventional ※The incandescent lamps cannot be used.
(689)
(567)
Ø16
shade shade
(426)
(303)
Ø16
(Compact shade designed exclusively for LED lamps.
Lamp protection performance improved.)
121
Bulb type LED lamp
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
(ME-2CA/L2C-LED-SH)
O OFF O OFF
55
55
MINI CHUCKS
g p d
ME-L2C-LED d Bk d c
AC100V,Max.20W
Í u õ ê p ME-L2C-LED AC100V,Max.20W
also available. Bulb type

LED lamp
Bulb type
fluorescent lamp
Incandescent
lamp
5
50
5 (21.2) 58.5 5
50
5 (21.2) 73
(79.7) (94.2)
150° 150°
［mm
（in）］
ME-L2C-LED Model Type Holding Power Height Cord Length Bulb Capacity Applicable Bulb Mass
ME-2CA-LED Standard type 800N（ 80kgf） 426
（16.77） 100 VAC Bulb type LED or bulb type fluorescent lamp 1.5kg/3.3 lb
1.6m（62.99）
200 W max (Base metal spec. E26)
HOLDING
ME-L2C-LED Tall type 1000N
（100kgf） 689
（27.12） 2.5kg/5.5 lb
※The bulb type LED lamps are not included ※The incandescent lamps cannot be used. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type. ※The lampshade for ME-2CA-
TOOLS
LED/L2C-LED is dedicated to the LED. It cannot be mounted on the conventional ME-2CA/L2C (lamp stand of incandescent lamp type). ※ME-2CA-LED-SH/ME-L2C-LED-
ME-2CA-LED SH come with a Toshiba bulb type LED lamp (equivalent to LDA4N-G/40W, power consumption 4.4 W). (Available individually)
Model ME-F MAGNETIC LAMP STAND FOR WIDE AREA

TOOL HOLDERS
Turning mechanism gives wider lighting area!

MEASURING
［Application］
Suitable for spotlighting in assembling/inspection work or machining by machine tools.
［Features］
●The employment of a turning mechanism and flexible tube enables a wide range of angle
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
adjustment after positioning and provides suitable lighting angles as desired.

●The strong magnetic force allows these stands to be mounted not only on a horizontal
surface, but on an inclined surface easily.
Tilting range of electric part ●The protective guard protects the bulb from breakage when the stand falls.
●Turning mechanism ●The employment of an oil-resistant power cord allows these stands to be used on various work sites. ［mm（in）］
1. 180°turnable to right and left from
MAGNETIC
the set position. Model Type Holding power Height Cord Length Bulb Capacity Applicable Bulb Mass
2. About 74°tilt from the vertical posture.
Incandescent 100 VAC,
TOOLS
ME-F2 493
（19.4） Incandescent lamp
lamp type 1.6m 100 W max.
800N
（80kgf） 1.9kg/4.18 lb
ME-F2-LED (LED type) ME-F2 (incandescent lamp type) （62.99） 100 VAC, LED lamp/Bulb type
ME-F2-LED LED type 477
（18.7）
※The bulb is not included. ※The bulb is not aincluded. 20 W max. fluorescent lamp
※The bulb is not included. ※The LED lamp alone is available. (LDA4N-G/40W or equivalent, power consumption 4.4 W)
For dimensions, see page 68. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
66
Model ME-BLW WATERPROOF LED LIGHT STAND
LED light illuminates a target place brightly!
CHUCKS
Light part waterproofed

［Application］
Recommended not only for field work but also for various situations such as precision machining, inspection,
spotlighting, DIY work and outdoor.
［Features］
●The high brightness LED is equipped with a 2-stage brightness switchover function, which allows
selection of brightness according to situations.
●The flexible tube type allows the lighting direction to be set as desired. The mechanical lock type is
compact and can be locked quickly for use in a limited space.
●The LED light can be removed from the holder and carried for DIY work and during night.
PERMANENT
138 138
(φ35)
138
(φ35)
(φ34)
(φ28)
22.4 26
(φ35)
(φ34)
(φ28)
LED light ON/OFF
21 26
(Removable) switch
LED light
(φ34)
(φ28)
ON/OFF
(Removable) switch
41
φ8
ON/OFF
(324)
(200)
100
(234)
φ10 switch
(129)
LED light
9
45.5
PERMANENT
(Removable) φ8
30 15
25
ME-BLW20F ME-BLW10F ME-BLW5M
11 47
25
φ30
φ30 ＜ME-BLW10F＞ φ51 ＜ME-BLW5M＞
＜ME-BLW20F＞［mm
（in）
］
LED Light
Model Type Holding power Height Mass
LED Illuminance Battery Battery Life
ME-BLW10F Standard type 150N（15kgf） 234
（9.21） 300g/0.661 lb
FOR MC
BLOCKS
High brightness LED Approx. 2000 lx AAA battery ×3 pcs Continuous on

ME-BLW20F Long type 100N（10kgf） 324
（12.75） 330g/0.727 lb
1 pc used ※1 ※2 Approx. 5 hours
ME-BLW5M Mechanical lock type 150N（15kgf） 129
（5.07） 300g/0.661 lb
※1 Initial value under the condition of distance 500 mm, new alkaline battery used. ※2 The battery is not included.
Model ME OUTDOOR TYPE MAGNETIC LAMP STAND

CHUCKS
VACUUM
［Application］
Most suitable for area lighting during outdoor work. Small and compact, but the strong magnetic holding power
enables this stand to be mounted not only on a horizontal surface, but on an inclined and vertical surfaces easily.
［Features］
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
●The stand can be installed in any place, removed and relocated.

●The reflective cover is of 360 °drain construction that does not allow deposition of water in any direction. (LED type)
●With the holding position remaining unchanged, only the lighting direction can be changed as desired.
ME-5RA ●The protective guard reduces a risk of breakage if the stand falls.
●The work lamp is of highly safe double insulation construction requiring no grounding. (LED type)
● （in）
［mm ］
Model Holding Power Magnet ON/OFF Height Cord Length Buld Capacity Accessory Bulb Mass
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
ME-5RA 248
（9.76） 100VAC 200W 2kg/4.4 lb
1000N
（100kgf） Not provided 5m（196.8） Provided
ME-5RA-LED 262
（103） 100VAC 20W 2.4kg/5.29 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
※
※ME-5RA comes with HATAYA Model RS-200WH (RF110V180WH) base 26.
※
■LED bulb dedicated to ME-5RA-LED

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model Bulb Capacity LED Life Luminous Flux Beam Angle Mass
ME-5RA-LED ME-5RA-LED Exclusive LED bulb 100 VAC 200 W Approx. 40,000hours 1650lm 60° 0.315kg/0.694 lb
※The LED bulb included with ME-5RA-LED is a dedicated bulb. When you require LED bulbs, please contact the nearest dealer or our sales office.
※
Model ME MAGNETIC LAMP STAND

TOOLS
HOLDING
Regular lamp stand! ME Series!

Power-
Reflective saving
Standard Simple Fluorescent Tall type plate type lamp type
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
type type lamp type

HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Holding Holding Holding Holding Holding Holding

power power power power power power
800N ME-2CA 300N ME-N2A 1000N ME-F1C 1000N ME-L2C 800N ME-2CA-R 800N ME-ELC
67
ME-BLW / ME
Model ME MAGNETIC LAMP STAND
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
The magnetic lamp stands allow the magnet to be turned on and off quickly, and thus can easily be <Names of major parts of Model ME>
installed in any place, removed and relocated. These stands are most suitable for lighting work areas
Guard

on work tables or machine tools. Shade
Small and compact, but the strong magnetic holding power enables this stand to be installed not only
on a horizontal surface, but on an inclined surface easily. The flexible tube offers freely selectable
lighting angles. ON/OFF
［Features］ switch
●While the installation position is fixed by the attractive face, the lighting direction can be changed
CHUCK
as desired. Base part
●The protective guard protects the bulb from breakage if the stand falls.
●The employment of an oil-resistant power cord allows these stands to be used on various work sites.
Flexible tube
PERMANENT
(ME-2CA-R)
●Illuminance tripled and heat generation reduced 50%. Great power saving.
●Problems associated with incandescent lamps having good color rendering※1 have been resolved. One set of
※1 Color rendering …A level of easiness of reading vernier scales and fine articles. electric parts
Comparison of illuminance when the special reflective Power
plate is used and not used （LUX） cord Washer
PERMANENT
Bulb Reflective Plate Used Reflective Plate Not Used
40W 850 300 Magnetic
60W 1300 420 holder base
100W 2100 640
BLOCKS
FOR MC
(ME-ELC) ※The bulb is not included except for
●A spiral type fluorescent lamp having high luminous intensity Dedicated fluorescent lamp Model ME-ELC. Use a bulb of base E26.
distribution efficiency is used. A lamp equivalent to 12W (100V)
is as bright as a 60W incandescent lamp.
Precautions for use
●Heat generated during operation has been reduced significantly. ●A lamp to use must be of the correct rating. The use
VACUUM
CHUCKS
When compared with temperature rise of a 60W incandescent of a lamp exceeding the rating will cause injury or
lamp, temperature is lower by about 40%. accident due to heat.
●A long life; a service life is 5 times longer than incandescent ●For replacement of the lamp included with ME-ELC,
please use a KANETEC recommended lamp for safe
lamps. Average life as long as 10,000 hours.
operation. Please contact your nearest dealer or
●A small and light weight shade is used. KANETEC sales office.
PROMELTA*
●The lamp is housed inside the shade, which protects the lamp from breakage if the stand falls.
［mm
（in）
］
SYSTEM
Model Type Holding Power Height Cord Length Bulb Capacity Mass
ME-2CA Standard type 100 VAC Upper limit 100W, optimum 60W 1.6kg/3.5 lb
800N
（ 80kgf） 440
（17.3）
ME-2CA-R Reflective plate type 100 VAC Upper limit 100W, optimum 40W 1.6kg/3.5 lb
ME-N2A Simple type 300N（ 30kgf） 460
（18.1） 1.2kg/2.6 lb
1.6m
（62.9）
SINE BAR
ME-L2C Tall type 704
（27.7） 100 VAC Upper limit 100W, optimum 60W 2.2kg/4.8 lb
CHUCKS
1000N
（100kgf）
ME-F1C Fluorescent lamp type 440（17.3） 2.0kg/4.4 lb
ME-ELC Power-saving lamp type 800N（ 80kgf） 444
（17.4） 100 VAC Upper limit 60W, optimum 60W 1.6kg/3.5 lb
※ME-ELC comes with a 12W (100 VAC used) spiral fluorescent lamp base 26. ※When using a stand with a 100W incandescent lamp for long hours, rating-related problems will not arise, but caution must be taken against
overheating when handling it. ※Depending on the dimensions of bulb type fluorescent lamps, they may be used on ME-2CA. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
〈ME-2CA-R〉〈ME-2CA〉〈ME-N2A〉〈ME-F1C〉〈ME-L2C〉
MINI CHUCKS
（200）（200）（200）（250）
（200）
50 77 50 77 50 77 50 127 50 77
φ167
φ167
φ167
φ167
φ167
HOLDING
（440）
（440）
（440）
（704）
（460）
TOOLS
（301.5）
（301.5）
（301.5）
（301.5）
（565）
φ16 φ16 φ16 φ16 φ16
TOOL HOLDERS
φ22
55
55
55
55
75
MEASURING
58.5 58.5 73 73
13
φ80 50
50 （79.7） 50 （79.7）（94.2） 50 （94.2）
〈ME-F2〉〈ME-F2-LED〉
(204)
〈ME-ELC〉 (50) (77)
(40)
(214)
(97)
〈ME-5RA〉〈ME-5RA-LED〉
MAGNETIC
（1
75）
HOLDERS
155 （
20）
(φ167)
(φ135)
0
φ11
310
218 235
45 65 108
φ16 φ16
(493)
（444）
(477)
(354)
(354)
日ＭＥ−５ＲＡ−ＬＥＤ
φ169
（188）
φ16 本
MAGNETIC
製適用電球／ＬＥＤ−１７Ｗ
φ168
定格電圧／１００Ｖ屋外用
定格消費電力／１７ＷＰＳ
定格周波数／５０／６０ＨｚＥ
株式会社畑屋製作所
（262）
Rubber
248
cord 1.6 m
TOOLS
90
39 30
5 39 30
ＯＮＯＦＦＯＮＯＦＦ
55
(23) (23)
55
55
ME-ELC
5
5 5 66
（21.2） 58.5 5 5 5 5 50.2 66 50.2
50
68
150° （79.7） 50 50
150° 150°
Model MB-P MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE
CHUCKS
MB-PB MB-PR MB-PRW

PERMANENT
Holding Holding
power Holding power
power
800N 1000N 600N
PERMANENT
FOR MC
BLOCKS
MB-PG
CHUCKS
VACUUM
MB-PL MB-PH Holding

power
Holding
Holding power 1500N
power
1250N
1300N
※If a plate is to be mounted on the top face, be sure to use a nonmagnetic
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
material (e.g. aluminum, SUS304, brass plate). If a magnetic material such

as iron is mounted on the top face, the holding power will drop significantly.
Top face
MB-PM
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Holding
power MB-PS
Rear face
Side face
Side face
Holding
600N power
300N MB-P (※MB-PH/PM/PS excluded)
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Attractive face

［Application］
Used as magnetic holders of magnetic force ON/OFF type. Available in a wide range
of sizes from minimum and medium to large.
TOOLS
HOLDING
Useful as a base for temporarily mounted legs of equipment, sensors and lasers by
mounting a jig using tapped holes or by some additional machining. ■Workable area on
magnetic holder base
［Features］ Some working such as drilling
●Compact, yet the base generates a strong magnetic force. is allowed in the area.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
●The attractive face is either of V-groove mechanism or [ ] type for attaching on a See Precautions on page 72
curved surface according to applications. The face opposite to the ON/OFF switch also.
face is also attractive. (MB-PH, MB-PM and MB-PS excluded)
●Although tapped holes are provided, some additional working is possible as shown. Detailed dimensions are shown on page 72.
［mm
（in）
］
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Dimensions Attractive Face

Model Holding Power Tapped Hole Rear Face Attraction Mass
Width Length Height Shape
MB-PB 800N
（ 80kgf） 58.5
（2.30） 1.0kg/2.2 lb
M 8（0.31）×1.25（0.04）, depth 7（0.27）
MB-PR 1000N
（100kgf） 1.3kg/2.8 lb
50
（1.96） 73
（2.87） 55
（2.16） ○
MB-PRW 600N
（ 60kgf） 2-M 8（0.31）×1.25（0.04）, depth 7（0.27） 1.2kg/2.6 lb
MB-PL 1300N
（130kgf） 117（4.60） M10（0.39）×1.25（0.04）, depth 7（0.27） 2.0kg/4.4 lb
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
MB-PH 1250N
（125kgf） 70
（2.75） 70
（2.75） 80
（3.15） M12（0.47）×1.75（0.06）, depth 11（0.43） 3.0kg/6.6 lb
MB-PM 600N
（ 60kgf） 40（1.57） 40
（1.57） 40
（1.57） M6（0.23）×, depth 6（0.23） × 0.5kg/1.1 lb
MB-PS 300N
（ 30kgf） 30（1.18） 34
（1.33） 35
（1.37） M5（0.19）×, depth 4（0.15） 0.2kg/0.4 lb
MB-PG 1500N
（150kgf） 50
（1.96） 120（4.72） 52
（2.04） M 8（0.31）×1.25（0.04）, depth 7（0.27） ○ 1.9kg/4.1 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※MB-PRW is of waterproof construction.
※MB-PB, PR and PG may be equipped with a grip (optional) of KM-B (page 71). ※If a magnetic plate is attracted on the top face, the holding power will drop significantly.
69
MB-P / MB / MB-L / MB-L-C
Model MB MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Holding
Z
power 30
M6, This base can be used widely as a magnetic force
200N
or over.
depth 6 ON/OFF type magnetic holder base. It is designed

small and is useful as a base for temporarily
mounted legs of equipment, sensors and lasers by
35
30
40
4-M3,
depth 6 mounting a jig using tapped holes or by some
additional machining.
5 5 ［Features］
（15）
●The base can be mounted and demounted easily
CHUCK
indicates the using the ON/OFF lever.
attractive face. View Z ●Compact but powerful magnetic force.
MB-0404 ●Drip-proof and oil-resistant construction. ［mm（in）］
Dimensions
PERMANENT
Model Holding Power Mounting Hole Mass
Width Height Length
MB-0404 200N (20kgf) or over 40（1.57）35
（1.37）40（1.57） M6（0.23）
, depth 6
（0.23）(center tapped hole) 4ーM3
（0.11）
, depth 6
（0.23）(pitch 30
（1.18）
) (Tapped holes on periphery) 0.4kg/0.8 lb
Model MB-L THIN PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE
PERMANENT
［Application］
Holding MB-L-125
power Suitable as a base for securing jigs and measuring equipment on an iron
surface plate or machine table and as a temporary base for laser and
800N
optical measurement. Since these bases are of switchover type permanent
BLOCKS
FOR MC
magnetic bases, they are recommended for applications that require fine
adjustment and accuracy.
［Features］
●Simple ON/OFF operation with the lever.
●Thin and powerful magnetic force.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●Dry specification. A-Mb, Center
depth c tapped hole h
d
ON
Holding MB-L-90
power
PROMELTA*
P
250N
SYSTEM
W
MB-L-65 S
Holding
P
power Holding
power
L
MB-L-45
65N indicates the
OFF
200N P P
An example of attractive face.
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
W H
usage ［mm（in）
］
Holding Dimensions Center Tapped Peripheral Tapped Hole Operating Lever

Model Mass
Power Hole
g base 65N 45 2.5 15 9 0.3kg/
Mountin ision
MB-L- 45 4
（6.5kgf）（1.77）（0.09）（0.59）（0.35） 0.66 lb
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
of prec ent
200N 65 20 4 M8（0.31）×P1.25 25 M4
（0.15） × 19 0.6kg/
MB-L- 65 6（0.23）
（20kgf）（2.55）（0.78）（0.15）（0.04）
,depth8
（0.31）（0.98） P0.7（0.02）（0.74） φ8 1.32 lb
equipm
MINI CHUCKS
250N 90 24 （0.31） 10 1.2kg/
MB-L- 90 8
（25kgf）（3.54） 6 （0.94）（0.39） 2.64 lb
800N 125 30 （0.23） M16（0.23） ×P1.0 50 M6
（0.23） × 36 3.3kg/
MB-L-125 8（0.31）
（80kgf）（4.92）（1.18）（0.03）
,depth8
（0.31）（1.96） P1.0（0.03）（1.41） 7.27 lb
※Slight additional work such as making a tapped hole on the top face is allowed. For details, please contact us.
HOLDING
Model MB-L-C THIN PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE TOOLS
M8, depth 6
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
ON
φA
P
Holding MB-L-C75
OFF
power
MAGNETIC
Holding Mounting
HOLDERS
59N power hole B

1
MB-L-C50 196N P H
［Application］ indicates the attractive face. ［mm（in）

］
Suitable as a base for securing jigs and measuring equipment on an iron surface
Dimensions Mounting Hole
plate or machine table and as a temporary base for laser and optical measurement.
MAGNETIC

Since these bases are of switchover type permanent magnetic bases, they are
TOOLS
MB-L-C50 59N
（ 6kgf） 50（1.96） 20
（0.78） 25
（0.98） M4（0.15） 0.30kg/0.6 lb
recommended for applications that require fine adjustment and accuracy.
MB-L-C75 196N
（20kgf） 75（2.95） 20 （1.37） Depth 6
（0.78） 35 （0.23） 0.68kg/1.5 lb
［Features］
●Simple ON/OFF operation with the lever.
※Slight additional work such as making a tapped hole on the top face is allowed. For details,
●Thin and powerful magnetic force. ●Dry specification. please contact us.
70
Model KM-B RULER HOLDER
［Application］
CHUCKS
Holding
power
Useful for a wide variety of operations; holding down a
1500N large ruler on a floor or wall during machining of iron
plates, etc. and moving workpieces after cutting or
attracting and removing chips.
※If used at high temperature, the holding power may drop.
※For transporting heavy workpieces, Model HL-15 (page 97)

having a reinforced grip to withstand the weight is available.
［Features］
●Attachable and detachable easily with the ON/OFF lever.
●KM-B1 has the attractive face of V-groove and KM-B2
PERMANENT
Holding has the attractive face of inverted concave shape,

power
KM-B2 KM-B1 which can be selected according to purposes of use.
800N
［mm
（in）
］
Magnetic Holder Base
Model Holding Power Mounting Tapped Hole Mass
Width Length Height
PERMANENT
KM-B1 800N
（ 80kgf） 58.5
（2.30） 55（2.16） 1.1kg/2.4 lb
50
（1.96） M 8（0.31）
×1.25
（0.04）
,Depth 7
（0.27）
KM-B2 1500N
（150kgf） 120
（4.72） 52（2.04） 1.9kg/4.2 lb
Model MB-2FPG DOUBLE-FACE HOLDING MAGNETIC HOLDER BASE
A wide range of applications such as holding workpieces

FOR MC
BLOCKS
during welding and during precision measurement!

［Application］
Since workpieces can be held on the top face and bottom face simultaneously, this holder is
CHUCKS
VACUUM
suitable for holding workpieces on an iron surface plate.

［Features］
●The faces have been finished precisely to make this holder usable for measurement purpose also.
●The attractive face has a [ ] shape designed specially for flat surface attraction such as on an
iron surface plate.
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
（in）
［mm ］
Mounting Hole
Width Length Height
MB-2FPG 1471N
（150kgf） 50（1.96） 120（4.72） 51.5
（2.02） 2.5kg/5.5 lb
※Bottom face holding power when workpiece held on whole top face: 294 N (30 kgf), Top face holding power when
workpiece held on whole bottom face: 245 N (25 kgf)
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
( Top face holding power when workpiece held on whole bottom face is based on a test piece of S15C, □50 × t25.)
Caution: Attraction on a curved face not allowed. Not waterproof construction. For use of several
MB-2FPG
bases simultaneously, they need to be finished together. Please contact us.
Model MR MAGNETIC LENS STAND MAGLENS*

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
17.5 ［Application］
Very useful for reading a scale of measuring
instruments.
［Features］
TOOLS
HOLDING
●The bright and large diameter lens protects

103
your eyes from fatigue and facilitates reading.

●The Maglens is equipped with a flexible tube
which enables the Maglens to be set at any angle
as desired. The lens is also turnable.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
481
φ15
324
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
ON OFF
55
MR-2C
MR-2C
Holding
power
58.5
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
800N 50 （79.7）
［mm
（in）
］
Model Holding Power Flexible Tube Length Lens Dia. Focus Distance Magnification Mass
MR-2C 800N（80kgf） 257（10.1） φ100（3.93） 250（9.84） ×2 1.5kg/3.3 lb
71 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
KM-B / MB-2FPG / MR
Information about additional working on magnetic holder bases
※Precautions
ELECTROMAGNETIC
1) The■areas shown in the following figures can be 3) Additional working may cause a drop in the holding power and strength. Prior
worked on additionally. to using the base after additional working, always check its performance.

2) If areas (magnet, separator, main unit structural part) 4) If a plate is to be mounted on the top face (a tapped hole provided), be sure to
other than the■areas are worked on, the ON-OFF use a nonmagnetic material (e.g. aluminum, SUS304, brass plate). If a
operation may be disabled or the main unit may be magnetic material such as iron is mounted on the top face, the holding power
damaged or disabled in the worst case. will drop significantly.
CHUCK
MB-PB MB-PR MB-PL
Common base type Common base type Common base type
MB-B／MB-BV／MB-K／MB-FX MB-RV／MB-W2V／MB-W2S／MB-MX28F／ MB-T3 (Top face tapped hole M20)
MB-MX20F／KM-B1／MR-2C MB-MX40F／MB-OX
PERMANENT
16―M6 （MB-T3:M20）
M10
8―M6
5
M8
5
5
13
1.5
13
φ35
1.5
12
（SDG2）
5
（SGD2） 13.5 30 30 30 13.5
5
5
PERMANENT
10 20
21.5 30 21.5
（9.25）（19.25）
Separator (ZDC2) Separator (ZDC2)
M8 × 1.25, depth 7
（94.2）
net)
net)
Section A ‒ A 133.7
73
(Mag
(Mag
A
117
BLOCKS
FOR MC
36.5 36.5 7.5
φ35
7.5
φ35
58.5 58.5
4.5
4.5
25
5
φ3
25
25
55
41
55
41
55
30
30
30
VACUUM
CHUCKS
A 19 12 19
（29.25）（29.25） 19 12 19
19 12 19
58.5 50 50
（79.7） 50
MB-PG MB-PH MB-PRW

Common base type Common base type
PROMELTA*
8―M6 2―M8
KM-B2/MB-2FPG (No tapped hole on top face) MB-Z(Top face tapped hole, height and
SYSTEM
16―M6 M8 (No hole on MB-2FPG) attractive face shape are different.)
13
8―M6 1.5
M12 (M20 for MB-Z)
6
30
15
2 Yoke
（SGD2）
17
SINE BAR
（SDG2）
CHUCKS
Separator (ZDC2)
6
21.5 30 21.5 Separator (ZDC2)

Yoke
15 30 30 30 15 （SGD2）
net)
（95.4）
net)
Separator (ZDC2)
(Mag
(Mag
15 40 15 73
net)
φ48
141.3 11
φ35
36.5 36.5
(Mag
7.5
（87.4）
120
4.5
70
φ35
7.5
6
60 60
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
4.5
35 35
25
※2 25
MINI CHUCKS
80
59
φ 39
41
55
※
36
※1 52
41
30
27
※ ※
44
26 18 26
19 12 19 14.5 19 12 19
(※1 MB-2FPG: 51.5 mm) 70
HOLDING
50 50
(※2 MB-2FPG: 24.5 mm) (※Height 76 mm for MB-Z) (※MB-Z has a different shape.)
MB-PS MB-PM MB-0404 TOOLS

Common base type
MB-PSL／MB-PSX Section A Separator
TOOL HOLDERS
M6, depth 6
MEASURING
6
t)
ne
ag
20
(M
5 5 20 5 5 Separator
25
30
40
φ
6.7
A
MAGNETIC
2.3
HOLDERS
t)
ne
φ30
ag
40
5 6 14 9
(M
Separator
24
30
21.5
φ
4-M3, depth 6
40
ag 0
t)
(M φ2
ne
31
40 15.5 9 15.5
35
（58） 40
MAGNETIC
19
35
TOOLS
34 11.5 7 11.5
15
8.5
（46.3） 30
M3 2
72
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
■Types of magnetic holders
Product Name Model Application
CHUCKS
Electromagnetic holder KE-B・E（D）・R・K・V・M

Used for automation of press machines and shearing robots.
Permanent electromagnetic holder KEP・KE-HA
Permanent magnetic holder KM Imbedded in molds. Holding various workpieces.
※Also see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) at the end of this Catalog.
Model KE-B ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER

Useful for automated manufacturing lines as the magnetic

force can be turned on and off or increased/decreased or
operated remotely via a rectifier (to be installed additionally).
PERMANENT
［Application］
Rectifier required additionally
These holders are suitable for a wide range of operations such as feeding
materials on automatic press machines, preventing deflection of shearing
materials, various automatic processes and hands of industrial robots.
PERMANENT
［Features］
●Special cables that have specially high durability against bending
and vibration are used. (Employed in all models except for KE-1B.)
●Electrical control can be used for turning on and off the magnetic
force and for remote operation.
●Usable continuously.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
●Finished by plating.
KE-4B A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-B-U) is also available.
KE-5B
〈KE-3B‒9B〉
CHUCKS
VACUUM
φM 2 P1 M 1 (Mounting tapped hole)

(Turn-stop hole)
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
P2
CordφC
KE-1B
KE-2B
KE-3B
Precautions for use

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
When used continuously, the holder will become very hot. Exercise caution.
■KE-2B/3B/4B/5B ■KE-5E/6E/6B/7B/8B/9B
Change in holding power by Change in holding power by Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
plate thickness clearance plate thickness clearance
（N）（N）（N）（N）
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
600 600 3000 3000

KE-5B Plate KE-9B Plate
5B
thickness 6 mm thickness 20 mm
500 500 2500 2500 9B
Holding power
Holding power
Holding power
Holding power
KE-8B 8B
400 KE-4B 400 2000 2000 7B
4B 6B
KE-7B
300 300 1500 1500
KE-6B
TOOLS
HOLDING
200 KE-3B 200 1000 KE-6E 1000

3B
KE-5E
100 100 500 500
KE-2B 2B
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 （mm）
7 0 0.5 1.0（mm） 0 10 20
（mm） 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0（mm）
Plate thickness Clearance Plate thickness Clearance
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
［mm
（in）
］
Max. Holding Mounting Hole Power Cord Working
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Applicable Rectifier Mass
Power ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Rate
KR-T101A-6/24
KE-1B φ10（0.39）×30（1.18） 8N（ 0.8kgf） M4
（0.15） ×0.7（0.02） − − 6 VDC 0.18A 15g/0.03 lb
− − RH-M303A-6/24、-C1、
-C2
Depth 6
（0.23）
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
KE-2B φ20（0.78）×40（1.57） 28N（ 2.8kgf） 7 （0.27） 0.07A 60g/0.13 lb

KR-T101A-6/24
φ3.7
KE-3B φ30（1.18）×40（1.57） 180N（ 18kgf） M6（0.23）×1.0（0.03） φ4（0.15）Depth 2（0.07）10（0.39） 8 （0.31） 24 VDC 0.19A RH-M303A-6/24、-C1、
-C2 150g/0.33 lb
（0.14）
Depth 12
（0.47） RH-M105B-24
KE-4B φ40（1.57）×40（1.57） 400N（ 40kgf） φ4（0.15）Depth 3（0.11）15（0.59） 8.5（0.33） 0.24A 100％ 300g/0.66 lb
KE-5B φ50（1.96）×50（1.96） 590N（ 60kgf） M8（0.31）×1.25（0.04） 18
（0.70） 10 （0.39） 0.12A ED 560g/1.23 lb
φ5（0.19）Depth 4
（0.15） KR-N101A RH-M210B
KE-6B φ60（2.36）×60（2.36） 1080N（110kgf） Depth 15
（0.59） 12 （0.47） 0.19A 1.0kg/2.20 lb
KR-N103A
φ6.2
KE-7B φ70（2.75）×60（2.36） 1470N（150kgf） 90 VDC 0.20A RH-M102C 1.4kg/3.08 lb
（0.78）（0.24）
20
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
（0.39）
M10 ×1.5（0.05） RH-M105B P77,P78
KE-8B φ80（3.15）×60（2.36） 1960N（200kgf） φ6（0.23）Depth 6
（0.23） 15 （0.59） 0.26A 1.7kg/3.74 lb
Depth 15
（0.59） RH-M205B
KE-9B φ90（3.54）×60（2.36） 3230N（330kgf） 0.35A 2.2kg/4.85 lb
※Cord length 0.3 m (0.25 m lead for KE-1B only) 1N≒0.1kgf
※The max. holding power of Models KE-1B to 4B is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area, and that of KE-5B to 9B, a
test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area.
73 ※For KE-3B to 9B, a drip-proof type is also available.

KE-B / KE-D E / KE-R
Model KE-D.E THIN ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Rectifier required additionally
Thin electromagnetic holders suitable for a robotic hand as they
provide vertical motion in a certain range in limited space.

［Features］
and vibration are used. (Employed in all models except for KE-2D.)
KE-4E KE-3E
KE-2D ●Usable continuously.
Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
CHUCK
plate thickness clearance
（N）（N） A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-E-U) is also available.
300 300
Plate φM 2 M 1 (Mounting tapped hole)
P1
thickness 6 mm
250 250 〈KE-3‒6E〉 (Turn-stop hole)
KE-4E 6E
Holding power
Holding power
200 200
PERMANENT
5E
150 150 3E P2
2D
100 KE-3E 100 CordφC
50 50 Precautions for use

KE-2D 4E Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it
0 1 2 3 4 （mm）
5 0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0（mm）
periodically.When used continuously, the holder will become very hot. Exercise caution.
PERMANENT
Plate thickness Clearance ［mm（in）
］
Max.Holding Mounting Hole Power Cord Working
Model Nominal Size Voltage Current Applicable Rectifier Mass
Power ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Rate
M4（0.15）×0.7（0.02）
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KE-2D φ20（0.78）×25（0.98） 18N（1.8kgf） φ2.1（0.08）Depth 2.5（0.09）7.5（0.29） − − 0.04A 30g/0.06 lb
Depth 8（0.31） KR-T101-6/24
24 VDC RH-M303A-6/24、
-C1、
-C2
KE-3E φ30（1.18）×25（0.98） 80N（ 8kgf） M6（0.23）×1.0（0.03） φ4 （0.15）Depth 2 （0.07）10（0.39） 7.5（0.29） 0.09A 100％ RH-M105B-24 100g/0.22 lb
KE-4E φ40（1.57）×25（0.98） 220N（ 22kgf） Depth12（0.47） φ4 （0.15）Depth 2.5（0.09）15（0.59） φ3.7 8 （0.31） 0.12A ED 190g/0.42 lb
KE-5E φ50（1.96）×30（1.18） 490N（ 50kgf）M8（0.31）×1.25（0.04）φ5 （0.19）Depth 3 （0.11）18（0.70）（0.14） 9.5（0.37） 0.05A KR-N101A RH-M105B 380g/0.83 lb
90 VDC KR-N103A RH-M205B
KE-6E φ60（2.36）×30（1.18） 880N（ 90kgf） Depth15（0.59） φ5 （0.19）Depth 4 （0.15）20（0.78） 11（0.43） 0.07A RH-M102C RH-M210B P77,P78 500g/1.10 lb
VACUUM
CHUCKS
※Cord length 0.3 m (0.2 m lead for KE-2D only) ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area. 1N≒0.1kgf
Model KE-R AUTO RELEASE TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER

Mounting Spring force ［Application］
Rectifier required additionally tapped hole adjust screw
Suitable as a hand of industrial robots for transportation of press
PROMELTA*
workpieces that are small and light to make them difficult to be
SYSTEM
released by their own weight only.
［Features］
and vibration are used. (Employed in all models except for KE-2R.)
●The workpiece is released quickly by the spring force of the
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KE-2R KE-3RA
Compression
coil spring
Projection
(Push pin) projection in the center of the attractive face. The spring force can
Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
be adjusted according to workpiece conditions.
（N）
plate thickness
（N）
clearance ●The workpiece can be attracted and released smoothly.
120 120
Plate
KE-4RA
thickness 4 mm ●Usable continuously.
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
100 100
※Use these holders for workpieces whose surface where the holder
Holding power
Holding power
MINI CHUCKS
80 80 4RA
comes in contact is not rough or has no holes. These holders are
not suitable either for thin sheets that may be deformed by the
60 60
pressing force.
40 KE-3RA 40 A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-RA-U) is also available.
HOLDING
3RA
20 20 Precautions for use
TOOLS
KE-2R 2R Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it
0 1 2 3 4 5
（mm） 0 0.1 0.2（mm） periodically.When used continuously, the holder will become very hot. Exercise caution.
Plate thickness Clearance
［mm（in）
］
Model Nominal Size Max. Holding Power Center Tapped Hole on Back Voltage Current Working Rate Applicable Rectifier Mass
TOOL HOLDERS
KE-2R φ20
（0.78）
×25（0.98） 5N
（0.5kgf） M5（0.19）
×0.8
（0.03）Depth 5
（0.19） 0.04A 50g/0.11 lb
MEASURING
KR-T101A-6/24
KE-3RA φ30
（1.18）
×25（0.98） 40N
（ 4kgf） M6（0.23）
×1.0
（0.03）Depth 6
（0.23） 24 VDC 0.09A 100％ ED RH-M303A-6/24、-C1、-C2 100g/0.22 lb
RH-M105B-24
KE-4RA φ40
（1.57）
×25（0.98） 100N
（10kgf） M6（0.23）
×1.0（0.03）Depth 7.5
（0.29） 0.12A P77,P78 200g/0.44 lb
※The projection is provided in the center of the attractive face; φ2 φ max. length 1mm for KE-2R and φ2.5 φ max. length 1 mm for KE-3RA and 4RA.
※Cord length 0.3 m (0.2 m lead for KE-2R only) ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
※Allowable temperature: The electromagnetic holders KE, permanent electromagnetic particular situations such as for workpieces having holes or grooves on the attractive
holders KEP and hybrid holders KE-H must be used under the conditions of ambient face to disable the utilization of the whole area or where big acceleration (G) will be
temperature 40℃ or below and temperature of workpieces to hold 50℃ or below. For applied to workpieces to be held and transported, please contact us.
higher temperature, please contact us. ※The electromagnetic holders have residual magnetism even after they are powered off.
※The holding power of KE-B, KE-E (D) and KE-RA (R) on various thickness of steel If the mass of the workpiece is greater than the residual holding power, the workpiece
plates and the holding power relative to various clearance are as shown by the will come off, but if not, it is usually necessary to use a rectifier equipped with a
MAGNETIC
graphs. reduction-of-magnetization function by reverse excitation, except for the holders

※The max. holding power is the power that can be obtained under the most favorable equipped with the automatic release function.
TOOLS
conditions including materials, shapes and finishes of workpieces to hold. Therefore, ※The electromagnetic holders are not of drip-proof construction. If drip-proof holders are
for practical use, choose a suitable model in consideration of a large drop in the required, please contact us.
holding power depending on situations. Generally, the lifting capacity drops to a half ※If you want to use an uninterruptible power supply as a rectifier for electromagnetic
or below of the holding power obtained from the graphs. If you plan to use holders in holders, please consult with us in advance.
74
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model KE-K RECTANGULAR THIN ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER
［Application］
CHUCKS
Rectifier required additionally An example of coupling

Suitable for automated processing systems where
workpieces are lifted and moved/transported by limited
strokes in a space the vertical distance of which is short.
These holders are suitable for a wide range of operations
such as feeding materials on automatic press machines,
preventing deflection of shearing materials, various

automatic processes and hands of industrial robots.
［Features］
●Usable continuously.
●As thin as 15 mm to 20 mm, yet powerful magnetic force.
KE-K510A
PERMANENT
（7.2）
（Attractive face）
KE-K515A ［mm
（in）
］
H1
Dimensions Max. Holding Working Applicable
Power Rate Rectifier B
KE-K310A 6.5 100（3.93）40（1.57） M4（0.15） 70N（ 7kgf） 0.11A KR-T101A-6/24 0.2 kg/0.44 lb
PERMANENT
30 15 8 2- d
RH-M303A-6/24、 P
KE-K315A （1.18）
（0.59）
（0.25）150（5.90）70（2.75） Depth 6
（0.23）100N（10kgf） 0.20A 100％ -C1、-C2 0.3 kg/0.66 lb
24 VDC
ED RH-M105B-24
KE-K510A 50 20 9.0 100（3.93）40（1.57） M6（0.23） 180N（18kgf） 0.17A 0.45kg/0.99 lb
H
KE-K515A （1.96）
（0.78）
（0.35）150（3.93）70（2.75） Depth 8
（0.31）260N（26kgf） 0.30A P77,P78 0.65kg/1.43 lb
L
※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of 12 mm thick steel plate. ※Cord length 0.3 m
Model KE-V V-TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER

FOR MC
BLOCKS
Rectifier required additionally ［Application］

The V-shaped attractive face makes these holders PW Cord PL N-M
suitable for automatic unloading, transferring and feeding
thin sheets, round bars, irregularly shaped workpieces
CHUCKS
VACUUM
(doughnut-shaped workpieces, etc.) and pipes.
H
Precautions for use
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding 120°
power adversely. Repair it periodically. W L
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KE-V515
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Max.Holding Power ［N(kgf)］ Applicable Working Applicable
L φ φ φ φ Flat plate Round Bar Dia. Rate Rectifier
KE-V306 60
（2.36） 30
（1.18） 150（15） 250（25） 300（30） 0.23A RH-M303A-6/24、 0.6kg/1.32 lb
M6（0.23）
30 50 φ10（0.39）
ー 24 -C1、-C2
KE-V309 90
（3.54） 50（1.96） Depth 10 170（17） 500（50） − 800（80） 0.32A 0.9kg/1.98 lb
（1.18）
（1.96） φ30
（1.18） VDC RH-M105B-24
（0.39）
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
KE-V312 120
（4.72） 70（2.75） 2 200（20） 750（75） 1300（130） 0.44A KR-T101A-6/24 1.1kg/2.42 lb
− −
KE-V510 100
（3.93） 800（80） 1200（120） 1800（180） 0.14A RH-M102C 2.2kg/4.85 lb
80（3.15） M8（0.31）
50 70 φ26（1.02）
ー 100％ RH-M105B
KE-V515 150
（5.90） Depth 10 1300（130） 2200（220） 3200（320） 0.2A 3.0kg/6.61 lb
（1.96）
（2.75） φ50
（1.96） ED RH-M205B
（0.39）
KE-V520 200
（7.87） 80（3.15）＋80（3.15） 3 1800（180） 3200（320） 4500（450） 90 0.27A RH-M210B 4.0kg/8.80 lb
−
KE-V815 150
（5.90） 4 1600（160） 2000（200） 4000（400） VDC 0.37A KR-N101A 6.5kg/14.3 lb
80（3.15） M8（0.31） KR-N103A
75 100 50 φ40（1.57）
ー
225
（8.85） Depth 12 − 3000（300） 4000（400） 7000（700） 0.66A 10kg/22.0 lb
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KE-V823
（2.95）
（3.93）（1.96） 6 φ80
（3.15）
（0.47）
KE-V830 300
（11.8） 80（3.15）＋８0（3.15） 4500（450） 6000（600）10000（1000） 0.75A P77,P78 13kg/28.6 lb
※Cord length 0.3 m. ※The max. holding power on round steel bars is based on cold finished steel bars held on the whole area.
※The max. holding power on flat steel plates is based on a test piece of SS400, 50 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.
Model KE-M ROD TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER

TOOLS
HOLDING

Mainly suitable for automatic transfer and feeding of irregular-shaped parts such as castings in the automotive industry.
［Features］
These holders have a single long pole enabling it to lift parts that are randomly placed in buckets one by one by
adjusting the voltage with the rectifier.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
〈KE-M1〉〈KE-M2,M3〉
H A B
B C D
（8）
I
KE-M2
Cord
φE
φF
φF
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Precautions for use

J
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the Cord

holding power adversely. Repair it periodically. （12）
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions Max. Holding Working Applicable
Power Rate Rectifier
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
60 40 50.8 12 SR6 30 2−M6（0.23） 15 RH-M102C

KE-M1 ̶ ̶ 20N
（ 2kgf） 0.12A RH-M105B 0.8kg/1.76 lb
（2.36）（1.57）（2.00）（0.47）（0.23）（1.18） Depth 10
（0.39）（0.59）
RH-M205B
100 55 25 30 76.3 25 SR12.5 50 2−M8 （0.31） 25 RH-M210B
KE-M2 90N
（ 9kgf） 90 VDC 0.33A 50％ ED 3.5kg/7.71 lb
（3.93）（2.16）（0.98）（1.18）（3.00）（0.98）（0.49）（1.96） Depth 12
（0.47）（0.98） KR-N101A
KR-N103A
160 80 30 50 114.3 35 SR17.5 80 2−M12（0.47） 40
KE-M3 250N
（25kgf） 0.77A 10kg/22.0 lb
（6.29）（3.15）（1.18）（1.96）（4.50）（1.37）（0.69）（3.15） Depth 20
（0.78）（1.57） P77,P78
75
※50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes). ※Cord length 0.3 m.
※The max. holding power is based on such usage that the tip is brought into contact with the flat surface of an SS400 block and pulled up vertically.
KE-K / KE-V / KE-M / KEP / KE-H
Model KEP PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Electromagnetic release Rectifier required additionally B 50 4-M5, depth 8
C
B

P. 30
50
P
（12）
φD Power cord 0.3 m
CHUCK
10
A
H
50
KEP-3C KEP-5C KEP-7C KEP-K5
φ8
Precautions for use Nameplate
〈KEP-C〉〈KEP-K5〉
PERMANENT
［Features］ Change in holding power by

plate thickness
Change in holding power
by clearance
●No fear of accidents by fallen workpieces due to power failure and no heat generated by （N）
KEP-9C
（N）
1500 1500
continuous power on. These features make these holders suitable for long-hour holding.
Plate
Workpieces are held by a permanent magnet, but its ON/OFF is controlled electrically. 1250 1250
thickness 9 mm
●The electromagnetic release type that keeps the magnetic force off when power is
Holding power
Holding power
PERMANENT
1000 KEP-7C 1000
being supplied. Normally, the magnetic force is kept ON.
●An uninterruptible power supply is not required. 750 750 KEP-9C
●The square type (KEP-K) is suitable for picking up small parts from corners of KEP-7C
KEP-5C
containers, etc. and picking up doughnut-shaped workpieces.
BLOCKS
500 500
FOR MC
KEP-5C KEP-4C
KEP-3C
KEP-4C
250 250
How to use KEP-3C
The power source is 24 VDC. When using 4 holders of the same size 0 10 20（mm） 0 0.5 1.0（mm）
and same type at the same time, connect their wires in series that Plate thickness Clearance
［mm（in）
］
are used at a distribution of the voltage 96 VDC (96 V ÷ 4 = 24 V).
Max.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
Dimensions Working Applicable
In this case, a voltage variable rectifier (RH-M) enables adjustment Model Holding Voltage Current Mass
φ Power Rate Rectifier
of the demagnetizing voltage (power on amount at OFF) to
facilitate operation. KEP-3C
30 10 150N
0.45A
0.17kg/
（1.18） 40 （0.39） 22 M6
（0.23） φ4（0.15）（ 15kgf） 0.37 lb
Released only at power on Depth 10 Depth 3
40 （1.57） 15 （0.86）（0.39）（0.11） 250N 0.31kg/
KEP-4C 0.54A
The power-on time must be 5 seconds or less. The power-off time must （1.57）（0.59）（ 25kgf） 0.68 lb
PROMELTA*
be 10 times or longer. (30 seconds or less for KEP-K.) 50 50 18 25
M8
（0.31） φ5（0.19）
340N 0.6 kg/
KEP-5C Depth 13 Depth 4 0.58A 10％ ED RH-M303A-6/24
SYSTEM
（1.96）
（1.96）
（0.70）
（0.98）（0.51）（0.15）（ 35kgf） RH-M303A-6/24-C1 1.32 lb
Residual holding power 70 880N
24 VDC
RH-M303A-6/24-C2 1.5 kg/
KEP-7C M10（0.39）φ6（0.23） 0.50A KR-T101A-6/24
As an inevitable nature of permanent electromagnetic holders, 3% （2.75） 60 20 35 （ 90kgf） 3.30 lb
Depth 16 Depth 6
to 4% of the holding power will remain as residual holding power 90 （2.36）
（0.78）
（1.37）
（0.62）（0.23） 1470N 2.4 kg/
KEP-9C 0.45A
after the workpiece has been released. If the weight of the lifted （3.54）（150kgf） 5.29 lb
P77,P78
workpiece is smaller than this holding power, it may not be released. M8
（0.31） 250N 0.75kg/
SINE BAR
KEP-K5 50
（1.96）
×50
（1.96）
×50
（1.96） Depth13 ̶ 0.43A 50％ ED
CHUCKS
In such a case, the workpiece can be released easily by attaching a （0.51）（ 25kgf） 1.65 lb
thin nonmagnetic film on the attractive face. Note, however, that the ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 20 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole area.
holding power will drop as the square of clearance. Therefore, the lifting capacity is normally a third or less of the max. holding power. ※Cord length 0.3 m.
Model KE-H HYBRID HOLDER
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
MINI CHUCKS
Controller required additionally Change in holding power by Change in holding power by
plate thickness clearance
（N）（N）
2000 2000
KE-8HA KE-2HA to -5HA onplate
1750 1750 thickness of 9 mm and
KE-6HA to -8HA on plate
1500 1500 thickness of 16 mm.
Holding power
Holding power
HOLDING
1250 1250
KE-6HA
TOOLS
1000 1000 8HA
6HA
750 KE-5HA 750 5HA
KE-2HA KE-3HA KE-4HA KE-5HA KE-6HA 4HA
3HA
500 KE-4HA 500
2HA
Precautions for use 250 KE-3HA

KE-2HA
250
TOOL HOLDERS
0 5 10 15
（mm） 0 0.5 1.0 （mm）
Plate thickness Clearance
MEASURING
［Application］［mm（in）
］
Suitable for robot hands and such systems that require high-speed Max. Center Tapped Hole Working Applicable
Model Size Holding Voltage Current Mass
operations such as repeated transfer in automated lines. Power on Back Rate Rectifier
［Features］ φ20（0.78）
× 50N M4
（0.15） ×0.7（0.02） 60g/
KE-2HA 0.07A
●Very little residual holding power allows workpieces to be released 25（0.98）（ 5kgf） Depth 6
（0.23） 0.13 lb
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
quickly. This enables high-speed operation; for example, light weight φ30（1.18）
× 200N 140g/
KE-3HA 0.11A
40（1.57）（ 20kgf） M６
（0.23） ×1.0（0.03） 0.31 lb
workpieces can be attached/detached 5 to 6 times per second.
φ40（1.57）
× 400N Depth 6
（0.23） 280g/
●Because these holders are of permanent electromagnetic type, the holders KE-4HA
40（1.57）（ 40kgf） 24
0.15A
100％ RH-H303A 0.61 lb
consume little power and generate little heat, making these holders φ50（1.96）
× 700N VDC ED RH-H303A-C2 530g/
KE-5HA 0.2 A
suitable for continuous, long-hour operation. 50（1.96）（ 70kgf） M8
（0.31） ×1.25
（0.04） 1.17 lb
●The holding power is switchable at two stages; High and Low by turning φ60（2.36）
× 1000N Depth 10
（0.39） 960g/
MAGNETIC
KE-6HA 0.22A P78

60（2.36）（100kgf） 2.11 lb
on and off the power supply. The reverse supply of power releases
φ80
（3.15）
× 1800N M10
（0.39） ×1.5（0.05） 1.6kg/
TOOLS
workpieces. This enables a wide variety of usage. (When at“Low,”the KE-8HA

60
（2.36）（180kgf） Depth 12
（0.47）
0.28A
3.52 lb
holding power is about 1/3 of that at“High.”) ※Cord length 0.3 m. (KE-2HA: 0.2 m)
●The powerful rare earth magnet offers high holding power in spite of its small size. ※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, ground surface held on the whole area. Therefore,
the lifting capacity is normally a third or less of the max. holding power.
A type of cord on the top face spec. (KE-HA-U) is also available. Test piece thickness: KE-2HA to 4HA … 10 mm, KE-5HA to 8HA … 20 mm
76
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model RH-M ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER HIGH-SPEED CONTROLLER
CHUCKS
Dedicated to electromagnetic holders
Precautions for use

●The rectifier KR Series and RH Series use electronic PC boards and small relays inside the
rectifiers and therefore, are not suitable for use, for example, on cranes where they are
subjected to vibrations constantly. For installation in places that are subjected to constant
vibrations, anti-vibration measures need to be provided. The RH Series external signal input
cables must be shielded cables and must be limited to 10 m long max.
●For failures due to use of holders made by other manufacturers, we may not be able to answer
technical questions. Such use also voids the warranty even if a failure occurs within the
PERMANENT
warranty period.
［Application］
These are breakthrough electric products that can make standard electromagnetic holders
respond to higher-speed motion of workpiece handling by robot hands, etc.
［Features］
PERMANENT
●The residual holding power, a factor to delay workpiece attaching and detaching operations,
can be eliminated quickly to speed up the lines that use standard electromagnetic holders.(The
RH-M102C demagnetizing time may become longer depending on materials of workpieces.)
●These controllers can be used to attract and transfer stacked plates one by one or to pick up
parts stored in a bucket one by one by adjusting the voltage.
Terminal wiring diagram
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Operation ［mm（in）
］
signal input Terminal
TB2 screw M4 Input Output Dimensions
COM (GND) Demag.
TB1 Model Applicable Holder Mass
Function
3
MAG (Magnetization) Power source Voltage Voltage Current Width Depth Height
4
RH- 55 160 175 6V KE-1B 0.8kg/

DEM (Demagnetization)
M303A-6/24 Single- （2.17）（6.30）（6.89） 1.76 lb
5
Grounding KE-2Bー4B
OFF (Off) phase 0ー24
RH-M303A- 70 180 205 KE-2Dー4E 1.7kg/
6
100 VAC ‒ VDC/ 3A

CHUCKS
VACUUM
AUX (Strong magnetization) 6/24-C1 （2.76）（7.09）（8.07） 24V KE-2Rー4RA 3.75 lb
Electromagnet 220 VAC, 0ー6
KE-KA
7
50/60 Hz VDC 175 100 190 2.5kg

P
RH-M303A- KE-V306ー312
6/24-C2 （6.89）（3.94）（7.48） KEP-3Cー9C,K5 /5.51 lb
Terminal
N
Interlock
screw M3 (Magnetization on signal) KE-5Bー9B
F 1
0ー90 145 KE-5E,6E 4.3kg/
1
5 A RH-M102C 2A 90V
VDC （5.70） KE-V510ー830 9.48 lb
2
Provided
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
KE-M
Single-phase KE-2Bー4B
100 VAC 260 KE-2Dー4E
RH-M105B-24 50/60Hz 0ー24 175 （10.2） 24V KE-KA
For external control by a programmable controller, connect VDC （6.88） KE-V306ー312
170 KE-2Rー4RA 4.5kg/
5A
operation signals to the terminal TB2. （6.69） 9.92 lb
0ー90
RH-M105B
Connect the dry“a”contact of a relay or switch to be VDC KE-5Bー9B
KE-5E,6E
90V
provided by the customer to between the terminals ③
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
RH-M205B Single-phase KE-V510ー830

0ー90
200 VAC 282 290 KE-M 6.0kg/
(COM) and each of the operation signal terminals ④ to ⑦. RH-M210B 50/60Hz
VDC 10A
（11.1）（11.4） 13.2 lb
For all operation signals, use a one-shot no-voltage“a”
※For ON/OFF control, external control is required. Input signals are to be provided by the customer.
contact signal, approx.100 ms (standard).
■RH-M303A-6/24 Series Terminal wiring diagram

MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
［Features］
●The employment of FET in the output circuit ensures high-speed and consistent
R
Power source
demagnetization performance. This Series also withstands frequent usage.
S
●The PWM output control provides consistent output voltages not affected by voltage
Grounding
E
fluctuation and difference of power source frequency at very weak output setting.
●A wide range of power source from 100 VAC to 220 VAC can be used.
P
TOOLS
HOLDING
Electromagnet
●The rated output voltage can be selected between 24 V and 6 V with a dip switch. (KE-
N
1B also supported.) Grounding

E
●The demagnetization function is incorporated. (Alternate attenuation and reverse

COM MAG AUX OFF
COM
excitation can be selected with a dip switch.) MAG
●A weak magnetization adjust function is incorporated. Operation (Magnetization)
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
signal input AUX

(Strong magnetization)
OFF
(Demagnetization) RH-M303A-6/24-C2
1
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
Power source
2
Grounding
3
4
Electromagnet
5
Grounding
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
COM
7
RH-M303A-6/24 RH-M303A-6/24-C1 RH-M303A-6/24-C2 MAG

8
[Type installed inside panel] [Cover type] [Type housed in case] (Magnetization)
Operation
A simple construction of A type having a dedicated The base construction is the type installed inside panel. signal input AUX
9
PWB and chassis suitable cover added to the type This is placed in a dedicated case to enable installation (Strong magnetization)
for installation inside the installed inside panel. A on the side face of a machine. This type is equipped with
OFF
10
machine power source power indicator lamp is a power indicator lamp, voltmeter, magnetic force adjust (Demagnetization)
RH-M303A-6/24,-C1
77 panel. provided on the panel. variable resistor and demagnetizing variable resistor.
RH-M / RH-H / KR
Model RH-H RECTIFIER FOR HYBRID HOLDER
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
A rectifier dedicated to hybrid holders.
●The employment of FET in the output circuit ensures high-speed and consistent demagnetization

performance. These rectifiers also withstand frequent usage.
●A wide range of power source from 100 VAC to 220 VAC can be used.
［mm（in）
］
Applicable
Model Type Input Output Dimensions Mass
Holder
Type installed 0.8kg/
RH-H303A Single-phase W55（2.16）
×D160（6.29）×H175
（6.88）
inside panel 1.76 lb
CHUCK
0VDC ‒ 24VDC
100 VAC ‒ 220 VAC, KE-2HA‒8HA
Type housed 3A 2.5kg/
RH-H303A-C2 50/60 Hz W175
（6.88）×D100（3.93）
×H190（7.48）
in case 5.51 lb
RH-H303A-C2
※For ON/OFF control, external control is required. Input signals are to be provided by the customer.
Model KR RECTIFIER FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC/PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC HOLDER
PERMANENT
Dedicated to electromagnetic/permanent electromagnetic holders
［Application］
A standard type to rectify an input from an AC power source to DC and output it to electromagnetic holders.
［Features］
PERMANENT
●This model comes in various output voltages and output currents selectable according to required capacities.
●Compact design for installation inside the control panel.
●Since a power cord is equipped as a standard accessory, it can be used simply by connecting an electromagnet.
BLOCKS
FOR MC
KR-T101A-6/24 ●Since external control terminals are provided as a standard accessory, it can be used for automatic operation also.
［mm（in）
］
Input Output Dimensions Reverse
Model Applicable Holder Mass
Voltage Fuse Voltage Current Width Depth Height Excitation Circuit
KE-1Bー4B KE-K310A
KE-2Rー4RA

ー
KR-T101A-6/24 1A 6/24 VDC 1A 155
（6.10） 140
（5.51） 95
（3.74） 3kg/6.61 lb
Single-phase KE-2Dー4E KE-K515A
VACUUM
CHUCKS
100 VAC, − KEP-3Cー9C,K5 KE-V306ー312
50/60 Hz
KR-N101A 1A 1A KE-5Bー9B KE-M
90 VDC 100
（3.93） 106
（4.17） 77
（3.03） 1kg/2.20 lb
KR-N103A 3A 3A KE-5E,6E KE-V510ー830
※Power cable (2 m) and plug included.
Electromagnetic Holders and Applicable Rectifiers and Controllable Number of Holders
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
All holders connected in parallel.
■Electromagnetic holder KE-B Series (Unit: units)

Holder KE-1B KE-2B KE-3B KE-4B KE-5B KE-6B KE-7B KE-8B KE-9B
Rectifier
SINE BAR
KR-T101A-6／24 4 11 4 3
CHUCKS
RH-M303A-6／24,-C1,-C2 15 38 14 11 − − − − −
RH-M105B-24 64 23 18
KR-N101A 6 4 4 3 2
KR-N103A 20 12 12 9 7
−
RH-M102C − − − 15 9 9 6 5
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
RH-M105B
37 23 22 17 12
MINI CHUCKS
RH-M205B
■Thin electromagnetic holder KE-D/E Series ■Auto release type

Rectifier Holder KE-2D KE-3E KE-4E KE-5E KE-6E electromagnetic holder KE-R Series
KR-T101A-6／24 20 9 6 Holder KE-2R KE-3RA KE-4RA
HOLDING
Rectifier
RH-M303A-6／24,-C1,-C2 67 30 22 − − KR-T101A-6／24 20 9 6
TOOLS
RH-M105B-24 112 52 37 RH-M303A-6／24,-C1,-C2 67 30 22
KR-N101A 18 12 RH-M105B-24 112 52 37
KR-N103A 54 36
RH-M102C − − − 40 27
■Rectangular thin
TOOL HOLDERS
RH-M105B
102 69
electromagnetic holder KE-K Series
MEASURING
RH-M205B
Holder KE-K310A KE-K315A KE-K510A KE-K515A
Rectifier
KR-T101A-6／24 7 4 4 2
RH-M303A-6／24,-C1,-C2 24 13 15 9
RH-M105B-24 40 22 26 15
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
■Permanent electromagnetic holder KEP-C Series Calculation of controllable number of units

Rectifier Holder KEP-3C KEP-4C KEP-5C KEP-7C KEP-9C KEP-K5
KR-T101A-6／24 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output current approx. 0.8
RH-M303A-6／24,-C1,-C2 6 5 4 5 6 6 Controllable of rectifier (figures below
＝ × decimal point omitted)
MAGNETIC
number of units Current of

■Hybrid holder KE-HA Series electromagnetic holder ※“×0.9” for RH-M and RH-H.
TOOLS
(Example)
Rectifier Holder KE-2HA KE-3HA KE-4HA KE-5HA KE-6HA KE-8HA
（）
KR-T101A-6/24 1 value 11.428 Number
RH-H303A In the case of ×0.8
38 24 18 13 12 9 KE-2B 0.07 …thus 11 of units = 11
RH-H303A-C2
78
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model KM PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER
［Application］
CHUCKS
List of permanent magnetic holders

Can be used to hold down drawings, rules and paper
OD “h” Peripheral Stainless Heat-Resistance patterns. The holders with a tapped hole on the back
Size Height Plating Painting
Tolerance Knurling Steel Spec. Spec.
can be used widely by installing them on jigs. Can be
× 8 KM-0005 incorporated in press dies. Can hold workpieces during
φ 5
×13 KM-0005L wire cutting.
× 8 KM-0007 ［Features］
φ 7
×13 KM-0007L ●Six types of specifications; OD tolerance, plating,
× 8 KM-0010H KM-0010J KM-0010H-SUS painting, peripheral knurling, stainless steel spec.
φ10 ×15 KM-H001 KM-001 and heat-resistance spec. are available for selection
×18 KM-T001 according to applications.
PERMANENT
●By matching the OD“h”tolerance, the holders can

×15 KM-H0015 KM-0015
φ15 be incorporated in dies.
×18 KM-T0015
●A tapped hole on the back makes the holders useful
φ18 × 8 KM-0018H KM-0018J KM-0018H-SUS in various applications.
×15 KM-H002 KM-002
φ20 Embedded in a jig (Example)
×18 KM-T002
PERMANENT
φ25 ×10 KM-0025H KM-0025J KM-0025H-SUS KM-0005 Magnetic Nonmagnetic

KM-001
×25 KM-H0025 KM-025C material material
KM-0007 KM-002
φ26
×30 KM-T0025
×25 KM-03C
φ30
×33 KM-T003
φ40 ×30
FOR MC
BLOCKS
KM-04C KM-T004T
φ50 ×40 KM-05C KM-T005T
φ70 ×40 KM-07C
φ80 ×45 KM-08C
Names of faces
26×26 ×25 KM-025S
CHUCKS
VACUUM
26×60 ×25 KM-06S

Attractive face Rear face
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
32
H1
H1
H1
H2
H2
H2
Side face
φD 2 φD 2 D1 Upper limit of working temperature

φD 1 D1 The holding power drops as body temperature rises. The following types
are available. The original holding power returns to the original level
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
when the temperature drops to normal temperature.

φD 2 φD 2
■Type A (Alnico magnet used)
26
26
Superior in terms of temperature. The holding power as high as 85% can

be maintained at 350℃ when the holding power at 20℃ is 100%. This
type can be used up to 400℃ intermittently for a short period of time.
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KM-0005 KM-05C KM-025S KM-06S ■Type B (Samarium-cobalt type rare earth magnet used)
KM-0007 KM-07C The holding power drops to about 95% at 100℃ and to about 85% at
KM-001 KM-08C 200℃ when the holding power at 20℃ is 100%. For continuous use,
KM-0015 KM-0005L the upper limit is 150℃ and for intermittent use for a short period of
KM-002 KM-0007L time, this type may be used up to 200℃.
KM-025C KM-H
TOOLS
HOLDING
KM-03C KM-T ■Type C (Neodymium rare earth magnet used)

KM-04C The holding power drops to about 85% at 50℃ and to about 70% at
※ The holding power may drop when the holder is worked on 100℃ when the holding power at 20℃ is 100%. The upper limit for
additionally. In particular, additional work in the radial area……Additionally workable. continuous use is 100℃.
direction has large influence on the holding power and
therefore, must be limited to a minimum necessary scope.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
KM-0005 KM-0007 KM-001 KM-0015 KM-002

HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
KM-0005L KM-0007L KM-0001 KM-T0015 KM-T002
79
KM
ELECTROMAGNETIC
An example of application

CHUCK
These holders can be used to hold pieces cut
KM-0018J
KM-0018H KM-0025H out by wire cutting to prevent them from
moving or falling from the securing area.
■OD“h”tolerance specification ［mm（in）
］
PERMANENT
Dimensions Holding Surface Mounting Workable Range Upper Limit
Model Tapped of Working Tapping Mass
OD × Height “h”
tolerance Height tolerance Power Treatment Hole ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Temp.
0
KM-0005 φ5（0.19）h7（0.27）× 8（0.31） −0.012 0.3N（0.03kgf） 5
（0.19） 4.5（0.17） 1.5g/0.003 lb
0
̶ ̶ Type B Not allowed.
KM-0007 φ7（0.27）h7（0.27）× 8（0.31） −0.015 0.4N（0.04kgf） 7（0.27） 6.5（0.25） 2.5g/0.005 lb
0
KM-H001 φ10（0.39）h9（0.35）×15（0.59） −0.036 8N （0.8kgf） 10
（0.39） 9.5（0.37） 11g/0.024 lb
Prepared hole up to
0 0 15 12
KM-H0015 φ15（0.59）h9（0.35）×15（0.59） −0.043 20N （2kgf） None None 15
（0.59） 14
（0.55） 3.0 deep on the rear 20g/0.044 lb
−0.1 （0.59）（0.47）
PERMANENT
0 face allowed.
KM-H002 φ20（0.78）h9（0.35）×15（0.59） −0.052 40N （4kgf） 20
（0.78） 18 Type A
（0.70） 40g/0.088 lb
Prepared hole up to
0 25 21 100g/0.222
KM-H0025 φ26（1.02）h9（0.35）×25（0.98） −0.052 100N （10kgf） 26
（1.02） 24
（0.94） 4.0 deep on the rear
（0.98）（0.82） lb
face allowed.
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※The holding power may drop when the holder is worked on additionally. In particular, additional work in the
BLOCKS
FOR MC
radial direction has large influence on the holding power and therefore, must be limited to a minimum necessary scope.
■Plating specification ［mm（in）

］
Holding Surface Mounting Workable Range Upper Limit of

Model OD × Height Tapping Mass
Power Treatment Tapped Hole ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ WorkingTemp.
VACUUM
CHUCKS
KM-0005L φ5（0.19）×13（0.51） 1.8N（0.18kgf） ̶ ̶ 2g/0.004 Ib
13
（0.51） 12
（0.47） Type A
KM-0007L φ7（0.27）×13（0.51） 4N （0.4kgf） 7
（0.27） 6.5(0.25) Not allowed. 3.8g/0.008 lb
None
KM-0010H φ10（0.39）×8（0.31） 3N （0.3kgf） ̶ ̶ ̶ ̶ Type B 5g/0.011 lb
KM-001 φ10（0.39）×15（0.59） 15
（0.59） Prepared hole up to 3.0 deep on the rear face allowed. 11g/0.024 Ib
8N （0.8kgf） 10
（0.39） 9.5(0.37)
KM-T001 φ10（0.39）×18（0.70） M5（0.19）Depth5（0.19）pitch0.8（0.03） 18
（0.70） Provided. 12g/0.026 Ib
12
（0.47） Type A
KM-0015 φ15（0.59）×15（0.59） None 15
PROMELTA*
20N （2kgf） Nickle 15
（0.59） 14(0.55)
（0.70） Provided. 23g/0.051 Ib
SYSTEM
plating
KM-0018H φ18（0.70）×8（0.31） 50N （5kgf） ̶ ̶ ̶ ̶ Type B Not allowed. 16g/0.035 Ib
None
KM-002 φ20（0.78）×15（0.59） 15
40N （4kgf） 20
（0.78） 18(0.70) 12
（0.47） Type A
（0.70） Provided. 45g/0.100 Ib
KM-0025H φ25（0.98）×10（0.39） 90N （9kgf） None ̶ ̶ ̶ ̶ Type B Not allowed. 38g/0.083 Ib
φ26（1.02）×30（1.18）100N （10kgf） M6（0.23）Depth10（0.39）pitch1.0（0.03） 26
（1.02） 24(0.94) 30
（1.18） 21
（0.82） 120g/0.266 Ib
SINE BAR
KM-T0025
CHUCKS
Type A Provided.
KM-T003 φ30（1.18）×33（1.29）150N （15kgf） M6（0.23）Depth8（0.31）pitch1.0（0.03） 30
（1.18） 27(1.06) 33
（1.29） 28
（1.10） 180g/0.400 Ib
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. ※The holding power may drop when the holder is worked on additionally. In particular, additional work in the radial
direction has large influence on the holding power and therefore, must be limited to a minimum necessary scope.
■Peripheral knurling specification ［mm

（in）
］
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Model OD × Height Holding Power Surface Treatment Mounting Tapped Hole Upper Limit of Working Temp. Feature Mass
MINI CHUCKS
KM-0010J φ10
（0.39）
×8（0.31） 3N（0.3kgf） 5g/0.011 lb
KM-0018J φ18
（0.70）
×8（0.31） 50N （5kgf） Nickle plating None Type B Peripheral knurling 16g/0.035 Ib
KM-0025J φ25
（0.98）
×10（0.39） 90N （9kgf） 38g/0.083 Ib
First in the industry! Stainless steel to resist rusting. HOLDING

indicates the attractive face. TOOLS
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
KM-0010H-SUS KM-0018H-SUS KM-0025H-SUS

Comparison in pure water (Left: Made of stainless steel)
Working up to 0.5 mm allowed on the attractive face.
■Stainless steel specification

MAGNETIC
［mm（in）
］
Model OD × Height Holding Power Surface Treatment Mounting Tapped Hole Upper Limit of Working Temp. Tapping Mass
TOOLS
KM-0010H-SUS φ10
（0.39）
×8（0.31） 3N（0.3kgf） 5g/0.011 lb
KM-0018H-SUS φ18
（0.70）
×8（0.31） 50N（5kgf） None None Type B Not allowed. 16g/0.035 Ib
KM-0025H-SUS φ25
（0.98）
×10
（0.39） 90N（9kgf） 38g/0.083 Ib
80
MAGNETIC HOLDERS
Model KM PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER
CHUCKS

KM-025C KM-04C KM-05C

KM-025S
PERMANENT
KM-06S
40
The T-bolt is available optionally.
25
40
PERMANENT
25
KM-07C
6
6
KM-08C
M6×P1.0 M8×P1.25
For KM-025C, 03C, 06S For KM-04C, 05C

■Painting specification ［mm
（in）
］
Holding Surface Mounting Workable Range Upper Limit of
Model OD × Height Tapping Mass
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Power Treatment Tapped Hole Working Temp.

KM-025C φ26（1.02）
×25
（0.98） 100N
（ 10kgf） M 6
（0.23）（0.31） 26
,depth 8 （1.02） 25
（0.98） 90g/0.19 lb
25（0.98） 17
（0.66）
KM-03C φ30（1.18）
×25
（0.98） 150N
（ 15kgf） pitch1.0
（0.03） 30
（1.18） 27
（1.06） 121g/0.26 lb
20
（0.78）
KM-04C φ40（1.57）
×30
（1.18） 300N
（ 30kgf） M 8
（0.31） ,depth 12（0.47） 40
（1.57） 36
（1.41） 30（1.18） 260g/0.57 lb
pitch1.25（0.04）
KM-05C φ50（1.96）
×40
（1.57） 500N
（ 50kgf） 50
（1.96） 46
（1.81） Provided. 545g/1.20 lb
M12
（0.47） ,depth 15（0.59） 40（1.57） 25
（0.98） Type C
CHUCKS
VACUUM
KM-07C φ70（2.75）
×40
（1.57） 700N
（ 70kgf） Painting 70
（2.75） 60
（2.36） 1000g/2.20 lb
pitch1.75（0.06） (See page 79)
M12
（0.47） ,depth 18
（0.70）
KM-08C φ80（3.14）
×45
（1.77） 1000N
（100kgf） 80
（3.14） 66
（2.59） 45（1.77） 27
（1.06） 1600g/3.52 lb
pitch1.75（0.06）
Prepared hole up to 11 deep
KM-025S 26
（1.02）
×26
（1.02）
×25（0.98） 100N
（ 10kgf） None 26
（1.02） 118g/0.26 lb
on the rear face allowed.
M6
（0.23） ,depth 10
（0.39） 25
（0.98） 25（0.98） 15
（0.59）
KM-06S 26
（1.02）
×60
（2.36）
×25（0.98） 200N
（ 20kgf） 60
（2.36） Provided 275g/0.60 lb
pitch1.0（0.03）
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Model KM-T-T HEAT-RESISTANT PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER

indicates the attractive face. A heat-resistant type introduced to
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
permanent magnetic holders!

［Application］
Most suitable as a securing fixture in workplaces where heat is generated such as
ship building and welding sites. These holders can also be used to hold down
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
drawings, rulers and small parts.

［Features］
KM-T004T ●Heat resistance up to 350℃
KM-T005T ●The tapped hole provided on the back widens a scope of use by assembling these
holders to fixtures. ［mm（in）
］
Upper Limit of
TOOLS
HOLDING
Model OD×Height Holding Power Surface Treatment Mounting Tapped Hole Tapping Mass
Working Temp.
KM-T004T φ40
（1.57）
×40（1.57） 300N(30kgf) M8
（0.31）depth10 （0.39） 0.4kg/0.88 lb
Painting Max. 350℃ Provided.
KM-T005T φ50
（1.96）
×45
（1.77） 500N(50kgf) pitch1.25
（0.04） 0.67kg/1.47 lb
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Model KM-RB HEXAGONAL PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER (WITH MALE THREAD)
Model KM-RT HEXAGONAL PERMANENT MAGNETIC HOLDER (WITH PLATE)

［Application］
Used as a jig. Used for operations of conveying light weight workpieces in lines, etc.
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
［Features］
10
14
●The tip of the permanent magnetic holder is threaded, which enables the holder to
KM-RB10 KM-RT10
be mounted in any place easily.
40 46 ●When used in combination with the included plate, the holder can be mounted in
5
2- 4.5 36 2- 4.5
30 Ｍ５Ｍ６
places where a tapped hole cannot be made. (Model KM-RT)
15
16
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
10
10
●Since this holder has been nickel plated, it can be used under various circumstances.
19
13
14
10
KM-RB10 KM-RB14
6
R5
Model Holding Power Mass Model Holding Power Mass

indicates the KM-RB10 10N（1kgf） 5g/0.011 lb KM-RT10 10N（1kgf） 10g/0.022 lb
6
5
attractive face.
11
12
40N（4kgf） 10g/0.022 lb 40N（4kgf） 18g/0.039 lb

1.2
1.2
KM-RB14 KM-RT14
6
6
81
Ｍ４Ｍ４
KM-RT10 KM-RT14 ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
KM / KM-T-T / KM-RB / KM-RT / KOK / KOC / WK
Model KOK ALL-CATCH
［Application］
ELECTROMAGNETIC
Versatile holders having four attractive faces to
meet various applications. These holders also have

threaded holes to enable fixtures to be mounted for
coupling of holders.
［mm（in）
］
Holding Dimensions Tapped

L B Model Mass
Power Hole
CHUCK
200N 17.0 150g/
KOK-1 KOK-1 M5（0.19） ×
（20kgf）（0.66） 0.33 lb
50 40 0.8（0.03）
（1.96）（1.57） Depth, 5
300N 27.6 280g/
KOK-2A （0.19）
H
（30kgf）（10.8） 0.61 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick,
PERMANENT
indicates the attractive face. KOK-2A ground surface.
Model KOC CABLE HANGER

［Application］
indicates the attractive face. Very useful for holding welding cables and for putting jigs and fixtures
PERMANENT
in order on work sites of shipbuilding, iron and steel manufacturing,
bridge building, canneries and similar operations.
［Features］
BLOCKS
FOR MC
●Strong holding power capable of destacking stacked thin iron sheets.
●With the lateral sliding resistance of 80N (8kgf), this hanger generates
sufficient holding power as a hanger.
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
VACUUM
CHUCKS
KOC-1B 300N
（30kgf） 50
（1.96） 27.6
（1.08） 40
（1.57） 400g/0.88 lb
KOC-1B ※The hook part is 87 mm high.
Model KOC MAGHANGER*
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
Powerful type Dedicated hanger
included
SINE BAR
CHUCKS
KOC-80
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
KOC-70
MINI CHUCKS
indicates the attractive face. ［mm（in）
］
［Application］ Model Holding Power Dimensions Grip Mounting Thread Mass
Powerful magnetic hanger holders most suitable for cabling and temporary wiring 130N
（13kgf） φ66（2.59）
×11
（0.43） M6
KOC-70 （0.23）（0.03） 210g/0.46 lb
×1.0
work on sites. Applicable to a wide range of uses as a hanger, since these hangers KOC-80 300N
（30kgf） φ80（3.15）
×13
（0.51） depth 5
（0.19） 330g/0.72 lb
powerfully attach to thin steel sheets, steel lockers, refrigerators, etc.
HOLDING
Model WK POWERFUL MAGNETIC HOLDER TOOLS
［Application］
TOOL HOLDERS
Thread in size of M3,

Suitable as holding tools for tentative installation depth less than 5 mm.
MEASURING
M8, depth 12
and tack welding on such work sites as (Only on dotted lines of length 50)
construction, bridge, shipbuilding and piping.

［Features］
Length 50
●There are three faces where additional

60
66
machining (such as drilling) can be done. (Refer

MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
to the dimension drawing)

●The exterior is made of aluminum to prevent
adhesion of iron powder to the top and side faces. Thread in size of M8,
19 19 Thread in size of M3,
50 depth less than 5 mm.
●Model WK-TP has a construction that is highly depth less than 12 mm.
(Only on dotted lines of length 30)
WK-P/TP (Only on dotted lines of
resistant to heat. length 50 or height 30)
MAGNETIC

Height 30
39
TOOLS
44
Model Heat Resistance Holding Power Mass

WK-P 60℃
1000N
（100kgf） 0.75kg/1.65 lb
5
WK-TP 180℃ 6 12 6
82
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface. 44
MAGNETIC TOOLS
Model HE-H HANDY HOLDER
［Application］
CHUCKS
Transportation assist tool by use of

battery-generated magnetic force These holders are used as a holding tool for moving and transporting cut-out
plates or waste materials and taking out small products, etc.
Useful for transportation of In addition, when cleaning areas around machine tools, if brushes are used,
chips may be entangled and cleaning may not go smoothly. In such a case,
cut-out plates or waste these holders can be used to attract and remove them quickly.
［Features］
materials at room temperature ●Only with a small amount of electricity supplied by two D size alkaline
and for taking out small batteries, strong holding power is achieved.
●These holders are of handy type which can be operated by one hand.
products! They also do not have cord and therefore can be used in any places.
Holding power and battery life

PERMANENT
●Since these holders are of hybrid type (complex structure of permanent

magnet and electromagnet), the held workpiece does not drop instantly
improved significantly! when the batteries become dead, thus enhancing safety.
●The batteries can be replaced easily without a tool. Also, commercially
available rechargeable batteries can be used.
PERMANENT
Not heat-resistant, not water-tight
HE-HL5A
〈HE-HS5A〉
66 141 50
FOR MC
BLOCKS
ON OFF ON
φ50
釈放吸着
145
N.P.
Magnet holder
CHUCKS
VACUUM
HE-HS5A
φ10
（212）
25
〈HE-HL5A〉 50
91 （368） 141
Model Type Max. Holding Power Power Source Working Rate Mass
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
ON OFF ON
HE-HS5A Short type D size battery × 2 1.8kg/3.96 lb

釈放吸着
600N
（60kgf） 50%ED
HE-HL5A Long type (included) 2.5kg/5.51 lb
φ50
※The max. holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 15 mm thick, ground surface, vertical puling
145
N.P. under the most favorable conditions. Therefore, the lifting capacity is normally a third or less of the max.
Magnet holder
holding power. If workpiece are tilted or a force is applied to the magnet in a separating direction, the lifting
capacity will drop. ※The mass includes the batteries. ※This holder, even when attraction off, constantly
generates holding power that is a third of the max. holding power at attraction on. However, the max.
φ10
holding power at attraction off drops to 200 N (20 kgf). Exercise caution when using the holder.
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
（606） 25
Model SL TOUCHER
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
A simple transportation ●Workpieces that are difficult to hold with hands can be carried by use of
tool by use of a magnet. the quick attach/detach mechanism.
●Useful for temporarily holding down or positioning small pieces in welding
work.
●Usable for a wide range of applications.
［mm
（in）
］
TOOLS
HOLDING
Dimensions
Model Holding Power Max.Height Mass
Width Length Height
SL-1
SL-1 500N
（50kgf） 50（1.96） 92
（3.62） 32
（1.26） 122
（4.80） 1kg/2.2 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, pulled in the vertical direction.
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
Model HMB HAND MAGNET

110 17 60 ［Application］
This product is useful in wide applications such as in machine
shops, casting factories, food and chemical factories, etc. for
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
collecting iron chips, sorting screws by materials, collecting

chips in cast sand, etc.
［Features］
●The magnetic force is turned ON/OFF easily with a handle.
170
●Compact and strong holding power.

<Specifications>
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
●Capacity: Milling chips ……… about 0.2 kg

70
M5 × 7 screws … about 0.5 kg

50 40 HMB-7 250N
（25kgf） 1.9kg/4,20 lb
HMB-7
83
HE-H / SL / HMB / HMC / HMW / HM
Model HMC MAGHAND*
Collect bolts, screws and nails scattered around on the floor!
ELECTROMAGNETIC
［Application］

ON OFF
The Maghand is suitable for collecting iron pieces
that are scattered around on the floor or mixed in
media. Since it can also be used to remove and
collect iron pieces from powder materials, it has a
wide range of applications including machining,
CHUCK
500mm
forging and food processing. The Maghand is also
HMC-10A useful in the household or as a teaching material.
［Features］
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off
simply by one-hand operation.
PERMANENT
Attracts Releases when Parts available ●The Maghand employs a powerful magnet for
powerfully. lever is pulled. individually powerful attraction and a wide attractive face.
W ●Model HMC-75A has a long arm to make it
HMC-50A suitable for collecting iron pieces in pits and
enclosures.
●Model HMC-T is cased with aluminum and
PERMANENT
case Heat-resistant therefore its strength and wear resistance have been
H
case
improved from that of Model HMC-A. (High-
Separator + buffer
temperature type up to 150℃ )
h
HMC-75A
●Model HMC-K50 has a rectangular body to make
BLOCKS
FOR MC
Separator
φD
pressing spring it best suitable for collecting chips from T grooves. It
104 30
is also useful for collecting iron powder precipitated
84 in coolant tanks as it is of simple waterproof type.
Heat-resistant 22 〈Specifications〉
129
VACUUM
CHUCKS
●Capacity: M10 plain washers … about 0.6 kg
Max. working M4 × 10 screws …… about 0.7 kg
temperature
［mm（in）
］
150℃ or below
（φ21.7）
Dimensions
（273）
Model Mass
533
le
Simp roof φ
rp
wate
PROMELTA*
HMC-10A 227（8.93） 0.9kg/1.98 lb
114 85
HMC-50A 500（19.6） 1.5kg/3.30 lb
SYSTEM
（4.48）（3.34）
131
HMC-75A 750（29.5） 104 1.9kg/4.20 lb

241（9.48）（4.09） 1.2kg/2.60 lb
HMC-T75A HMC-T10A
HMC-T50A 112 95
514（20.2） 1.8kg/3.96 lb
29
51 26 HMC-T50A
（4.40）（3.74）
100 55 HMC-T75A 764（30.0） 2.3kg/5.07 lb
SINE BAR
（51
（2.00）
×26 （1.02）×29 （1.14））×533
（20.9）
CHUCKS
HMC-T10A HMC-K50 1.6kg/3.52 lb
HMC-K50 〈HMC-K50〉 (See dimension drawing)
Ideal for removal of chips Model HMW WATERPROOF MAGHAND*

in liquid!
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Suitable for removal of chips ●The long attractive part allows collection of a
MINI CHUCKS
Releasing
e easing
in liquid in coolant tanks. It large volume of iron pieces.
can also be used to remove ●The small-dia. attractive part allows this model
iron pieces in powder. to be usable in limited space and grooves.
HOLDING
A
Attracting
Attract
ting
TOOLS
［mm（in）
］
Model Capacity Length Attractive Part Dimensions Mass
chip（dry） Approx. 200g/0.44 lb
HMW-FC90 990（38.9） φ26.5
（1.04）
×210
（8.26） 1.1kg/2.42 lb
shot blast balls Approx. 1.2kg/2.64 lb
chip（dry） Approx. 400g/0.88 lb
TOOL HOLDERS
HMW-NS90 993（39.0） □28.6

（1.12）
×230
（9.05） 1.7kg/3.74 lb
shot blast balls Approx. 1.9kg/4.18 lb
MEASURING
φ8
Model HM HAND MAGNET WITH GRIP

１０４８
φ14
Suitable for removing iron in liquid tanks ●Powerful permanent magnet.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
The magnetic
force is present at and collecting iron pieces in small areas. ●Light weight for easy operation.
the tip also, which A powerful type This is also helpful for picking up tools ●The rod can be divided to two for
makes it possible that enables
that fell in a complicated machine room easy storage.
ＨＡＮＤ
ＭＡＧＮＥＴ
to efficiently collection of a ＨＭ−６ＬＧ
ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＣＯ．，ＬＴＤ．
ＪＡＰＡＮ
collect screws
70
and metallic
larger amount.
in ships.
The rectangular
pieces scattered s h a p e h a s
〈Specifications〉
MAGNETIC
around on the floor increased a range 82 42.5

without changing of types of chips ●Capacity: M10 plain washers … about 0.5 kg
TOOLS
the posture of the that can be M4 × 10 screws …… about 0.6 kg

operator. collected.
HM-6LG 250N
（25kgf） 1.5kg/3.30 lb
84
HMW-FC90 HMW N
HMW-NS90 HM LG
HM-6LG ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
MAGNETIC TOOLS
A cleaning device to collect Model RS ROAD SWEEPER
nails, needles, iron pieces, ［Application］
CHUCKS
etc. scattered around on the This is suitable for collection of such iron pieces as nails, needles and chips
scattered around on floors in machining places, warehouses and event sites or on
floor and road. road. In addition, this device works well for collection of dust mixed with fine iron
powder. This device protects people and tires of vehicles and is also useful for
Attracting chips recycling purposes.
［Features］
●The attractive part extends up to the end to enable attraction in deep corners.
●The simple construction by use of plate magnet type to facilitate maintenance
such as changing wheels and covers.
●Self-standing and small storage space.
Releasing chips
●Easy operation; pull the hand lever to release attracted pieces.
PERMANENT
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Height
An example of Model Capacity Wheel Dia. Mass
dust collection Width Attractive part width (Self-standing)
1kg/2.20 lb
RS-P0930 （∅1 shot blast balls) 466（18.3） 308（12.1） φ100（3.93） 1090
（42.9） 7kg/15.4lb
An example of special
PERMANENT
fabrication of RS
(Road Sweeper)
Model S MAGNETIC SWEEPER
This sweeper employs a powerful permanent magnet and is capable of collecting iron
pieces even in mud. This sweeper collects harmful iron pieces such as needles and
RS-P0930
nails to protect people and tires of vehicles and is also useful for recycling purposes.
［Application］
FOR MC
BLOCKS
n Suitable for collecting iron pieces on floors in sewing factories, machine shops and
nctio
FF fu d woodworking mills.
ON/Oprovide
Useful for cleaning warehouses and truck terminals.
Useful for preparatory work of race tracks and stadiums.
（319）
（308）
NP
Suitable for cleaning floors after constructing and demounting displays in exhibition events.
φ22
375
φ10.5
［Features］
80
NP
CHUCKS
VACUUM
●Powerful permanent magnet.

（93）
（105）
●Easy operation; pull the hand lever to release attracted pieces.

（141）
920
●Self-standing and small storage space.

［mm
（in）
］
（27.5）
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
Dimensions
（68.5）
N S φ100
Model Capacity Height Mass
Width Attractive part width
（41）
（466） 653
n 3cm（1.18）nails 254 145 919 3.8kg/

nctio S-05A S-05A
FF fu d approx. 0.3 kg/0.66 lb （9.99）（5.70）（36.1） 8.39 lb
ON/Oprovide
3cm（1.18）nails 461 362 1050 4.5kg/
S-1D
approx. 0.45kg/0.99 lb （18.1）（14.2）（41.3） 9.92 lb
S-1D
CHUCKS
SINE BAR
Model K MAGNETIC HOLE CLEANER

［Application］
Useful for removing iron chips after drilling and
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
tapping and removing iron pieces from holes.

K-2025A
［Features］
●This cleaner, small diameter having a separator
incorporated, is constructed to have the
K-1015A magnetic poles concentrated on the same
TOOLS
HOLDING
K-510A attractive face.

K-5F K-N
［mm
（in）
］ An example of usage of K-5F
Capacity
Model Dimensions Length Mass
M3×6 M3 plain washer
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
φ 5（0.19）side φ 5
（0.19）×30（1.18）
K-510A 32g/0.070 lb
φ 10（0.39）side 4g/0.008 lb 3g/0.006 lb
（0.39）×18（0.70）
φ10 250
（9.84）
φ 10（0.39）side
K-1015A 45g/0.098 lb
φ 15（0.59）side 7g/0.0015 lb 4g/0.008 lb φ 15
（0.59）×18（0.70）
φ 20（0.78）side 21g/0.046 lb 19g/0.041 lb φ 20
（0.78）×18（0.70）
K-2025A 257
（10.1） 135g/0.297 lb
φ 25（0.98）side 27g/0.059 lb 22g/0.048 lb φ 25
（0.98）×25（0.98）
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
K-5F φ 5
（0.19）×30（1.18） 232
（9.13） 26g/0.573 lb
4g/0.008 lb 3g/0.006 lb
K-10F φ 10
（0.39）×15（0.59） 35g/0.077 lb
217
（8.54） K-5F/10F/15F have a flexible rod.
K-15F 7g/0.015 lb 4g/0.008 lb φ 15
（0.59）×15（0.59） 46g/0.101 lb
φ5 φ10
［mm
（in）
］
Holding
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
Model Dimensions Mass

Power
φ8 （0.31）×145 （5.70）
K-N 10N（1kgf） 26g/0.057 lb
(6-step full length 660
（25.9）
)
Attracting & Collecting fallen
removing chips parts
K-510A
85
RS / S / K / KF / KF-T / KF-S
Model KF STEEL PLATE SEPARATOR FLOATER *
‒ Common specifications of KF types ‒
ELECTROMAGNETIC

Suitable for separating stacked iron plates one by one and feeding them to ●The two rails on the magnetic polar surface automatically separate steel
machines (presses, shearing machines, etc.) and for installation as a plates without requiring mechanical separating work.
separator at the take-out side for feeding steel plates one by one in the ●Not only steel plates but also semi-finished pressed workpieces, circular
steel plate automatic feeding line. workpieces and irregularly shaped workpieces can be separated at
certain intervals by use of several units of Floater.
For an example of usage, see page 87.
●One set consists of two units. (KF-HC/KF-Q excluded)
CHUCK
■Model KF STANDARD FLOATER*
［Features］
PERMANENT
●Standard type using a high-performance ferrite magnet. Can be
mounted on machines easily and several units can be coupled
according to size, shape and weight of steel plates.
A magnetic force ON/OFF type (electrical or air cylinder),
PERMANENT
which can separate steel plates one by one more smoothly than
KF-10 the standard type is also available. Please contact us.
KF-20
BLOCKS
［mm（in）
］
FOR MC
b φd Dimensions Mounting
Model Mass
No. of holes φ
65 55.5 45.5 40 1.0kg/
KF-5B
R L （2.55） 87 （21.8）（1.79）（1.57） 2.2 lb×2
（3.42） 56 2.0kg/
KF-10
N B S 125 61.5 51.5 8 （2.20） 4.4 lb×2
VACUUM
CHUCKS
（4.92）（2.42）（2.02）（0.31） 80 2.5kg/
KF-20 4
127 （3.15） 5.5 lb×2
（5.00） 66.5 56.5 7.0kg/
H KF-30
210 （2.61）（2.22） 150 15 lb×2
（8.26） 254 71.5 59.5 11 （5.90） 12.0kg/
KF-40
（10.0）（2.81）（2.34）（0.43） 26 lb×2
PROMELTA*
SYSTEM
■Model KF-T THIN FLOATER*
［Features］
●Thinner and smaller than the standard type, 20mm
2-M5,
depth 8 thick. This type can be mounted in a wide variety
SINE BAR
N S
of locations, for example, direct mounting on a wall
CHUCKS
H
M5 screw
face or mounting with an L-shaped attachment.
●The mounting position is vertically adjustable when
mounted with the included L-shaped attachment.
B φ6×2
t 20 16 ［mm
（in）
］
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
Dimensions
Model Mass
´
MINI CHUCKS
62 25 30 10 1.0 0.7kg/
KF-T5A
（2.44） 87 （0.98）（1.18）
（0.39）
（0.03） 1.5 lb×2
（3.42） 1.1kg/
KF-T10
KF-T20 102 50 40 15 1.5 2.4 lb×2
13.5 h´
KF-T5A
h
（4.01） 127 （1.96）

（1.57）
（0.59）
（0.05） 1.6kg/
KF-T20
（5.00） 3.5 lb×2
HOLDING
TOOLS
b
■Model KF-S SLIM POWERFUL FLOATER*

Very slim and light weight! ［Features］
TOOL HOLDERS
●The employment of a powerful rare earth magnet has significantly

MEASURING
reduced the thickness to only 17 mm and the weight, but offers the
P1 ４−φｄ t
separating performance equivalent to that of the standard type.
●This type can be mounted in various places such as direct mounting on
a wall face and mounting in a very narrow place.
MAGNETIC
HOLDERS
ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣ
P2
An example of steel plate

H
ＮＳ
h
separation by KF-S10
［mm
（in）
］
MAGNETIC
Dimensions
Model Mass
TOOLS
φ
KF-S10 98
（3.86） 115（4.52） 130
（5.12） 0.56kg/1.23 lb×2
53 30 7 6 17
KF-S15 152（5.98） 170（6.69） 185
（7.28） 0.8 kg/1.76 lb×2
（2.09）（1.18）（0.28）（0.24）
（0.66）
KF-S10 KF-S20 206（8.11） 225（8.86） 240
（9.45） 1.05kg/2.31 lb×2
86
W T
MAGNETIC TOOLS KF-HC / KF-Q
Model KF-HC POWERFUL ROUND FLOATER*
CHUCKS
An example of usage φD
h (Magnetic range)
Magnetic
face
H
PW
PERMANENT
N-M
(Back)
KF-HC1218 PL
［Application］［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
Designed for separation of irregularly shaped workpieces Model Mass
PERMANENT
(steel plates) that do not have a straight part of sufficient

76.3 130.0 100 60 M 8 （0.31）, Approx. 2kg/
length. KF-HC0813
（3.00）（5.11）（3.93）
̶
（2.36）
2
Depth 10
（0.39） 4.4 lb
［Features］ 114.3 175.0 140 65 65 M 8 （0.31）, Approx. 7kg/
KF-HC1218
●The magnetic force can be adjusted by changing the （4.50）（6.89）（5.51）（2.55）（2.55） Depth 12
（0.47） 15.4 lb
4
internal magnet position. KF-HC1424
139.8 235.0 195 80 80 M10 （0.39）, Approx. 14kg/
（5.50）（9.25）（7.67）（3.15）（3.15） Depth 15
（0.59） 30.8 lb
●Small but powerful.
FOR MC
BLOCKS
Model KF-Q PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOATER*
Rectifier required additionally Permanent electromagnetic type

introduced to FLOATER Series! Patent pending
CHUCKS
VACUUM
［Application］
64
Most suitable for remote control of ON and OFF of separation of steel plates.
［Features］
4
159 ●Compared with the electromagnetic type, this type has a wider
SYSTEM
PROMELTA*
magnetic force effective width.

●Compared with the permanent magnetic cylinder changeover type that
100(Magnetic range) 22
can be controlled remotely, this type requires much less space.

●Compared with the electromagnetic type, this type consumes less electricity
144
since electricity is supplied momentarily only for ON/OFF operation.
A special size is available also.

CHUCKS
SINE BAR
KF-Q10
(An example of special fabrication) ［mm（in）
］
Source Applicable
An example of Capacity Rectifier
separation of steel plates KF-Q10 W159
（6.25）
×D64
（2.51）
×H144（5.66） 1.5kVA 2.3kg/5.07 lb ※KFQR-260A
MINI CHUCKS
BLOCKS, HOLDERS,
※When the magnetization operation or demagnetization operation is performed five times

successively per minute on the control unit, the unit will be brought into an alarm state
and will not accept further operation for safety. To reset the alarm state, turn off the
source power once and then turn it on again.
An example of usage
TOOLS
HOLDING
(1) <Delivery of large steel plates>

Stand large plates vertically against a wall, etc. This way, you can make good use of the separating force since part of the separating force required to support
the weight of plates can be reduced.
(2) <Separation of closely stuck plates> （1）（2）（3）
Large steel plates and plates that are stuck closely by oil or grease can be separated Floater Floater lifter
TOOL HOLDERS
MEASURING
effectively by using several units of the Floater coupled.

Steel
(3) <Separation of plates stacked high> plates
When steel plates are stacked high, mount the Floater on a lilfter. (The suitable height Wall or Steel
plates
of the Floater is slightly higher than the top of plates.> supporter
■Principle of the Floater ［mm

（in）
］
HOLDERS
MAGNETIC
The Floater induces the same type of magnetic poles in steel plates stacked opposing the Test Plate Thickness Thickness Thickness Thickness
Size
Model 1.0 1.6 2.0 3.2
magnetic pole face to separate the plates by the repelling force of the same poles. 150（5.90）
×
KF-5B 18
（0.70）14
（0.55）10
（0.39） 5（0.19）
■Floating distance 450（17.7）
KF-10 14
（0.55）12
（0.47） 6
（0.23） −
When a pair of Floaters are positioned on each side of stacked plates in S
KF-20 26
（1.02）17
（0.66） 9
（0.35） −
the longitudinal direction, the distance the top plate is floated from the N N
300（11.8）
×
TOOLS
MAGNETIC
KF-30 33
（1.29）26 （0.70） 7（0.27） 900（35.4）
（1.02）18
second one is as shown in the table. S
KF-40 34
（1.33）28
（1.10）20
（0.78）10
（0.39）
This distance applies when the Floater is positioned 50 mm away from
S
S
80（3.15）×
the edge of plates and the initial position of the first plate is 50 mm KF-T5A 5（0.19） 3（0.11） 2
（0.07） −
200（7.87）
S
S
below the top end of the Floater. Note, however, that if plates are KF-T10
12
（0.47）10
（0.39） 9
（0.35） 6（0.23）
160（6.29）
×
300（11.8）
warped or oil is sticking to them, the distance will become shorter. KF-T20
87
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING OPERATION MT-A / WK / KM-W
Model MT-A MAGSUPPORTER*
［Application］
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT

（１５７） Suitable for mating and keeping jointing parts of iron plates or
FOR WELDING OPERATION

55 60
members during welding work.
７）
（８７）
（１６．
Ｇ
［Features］
A powerful holding type by use of a high-performance permanent magnet.
MT-A-2
75.2
58.5
９０
６０１３５
１２５４５
４５
１２
０６
１３
●Both inside and outside welding are possible.
φ84
Ø31
MAGNET
<Note 1>
Ｇ
LIFTING
Holding
1.5
（１５７）
60
power ●Any desired holding angle can be set in a range of 45°and 135°
800N ＯＯＦＦ
(angle scale provided).
●ON/OFF function and V-groove provided.
55
MT-A-2 ＭＴ−Ａ−２
ＭＡＤＥＩＮＪＡＰＡＮ
1.5 Ｇ
Ｇ
12
Ｇ
MT-A-4
Ｇ
5 5
MAGBORE*
58.5
75.2
（１６．
７） 50
●Any desired holding angle can be set in a range of 30 °and 90 °
150°
(angle scale provided).
●Angle adjustment with a handle.
●ON-OFF function provided. ［mm（in）］
Holder Dimensions Holding
G Model Holding Power Mass
Width Length Height Angle
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
MT-A-2 800N
（ 80kgf）
×2 50（1.96） 60
（2.36）55
（2.16）45°ー135°3.5kg/7.71 lb
MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIZER AND ENVIRONMENTAL CHIP & SLUDGE

Handle MT-A-4 1500N
（150kgf）
×2 60
（2.36） 120（4.72） 52
（2.04）30°
ー 90°5 kg/11.0 lb
The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
（307）90°
（252）30°
〈Note 1〉〈Inside welding〉〈Outside welding〉

Max. 90°
Max. 30°
80
DEMAGNETIZER EQUIPMENT
Welding
Holding 12
0 part
7
power G 13
52
6 48 6 Welding
1500N 60
part
MT-A-4 Both welding types possible by

using an adequate attractive face.
Model WK CLAMPER FOR WELDING

SEPARATORS FOR CONVEYANCE

Suitable as a holding tool for welding on such work sites of
construction, bridge, ship building and piping.
66
25
［Features］
109 109 ●The magnet part has a minimum necessary free rotating angle
range for easy mounting on workpieces.
●The exterior of the magnet holder part is made of aluminum to
2.5
22
MEASURING POWERFUL MAGNETIC MAGNETIC

WK-3A prevent adhesion of iron powder on the top and side faces.
90
44
5 ●Model WK-T3A has a construction that is highly resistant to heat.

8 21
13
●These clampers have a large mechanical strength to
φ50
withstand rough handling.
SEPARATORS
Model Max. Temperature Holding Power Mass
WK-3A 60℃
1000N
（100kgf）
×2 2.3kg/5.07 lb
WK-T3A 180℃
WK-T3A
An example of usage The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Model KM-W MAGNETIC HOLDER MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS

Holding ［Application］
Power Suitable for temporary holding during drilling and assembly.
200N ［Features］
MAGNETIC MEASURING
KM-06W ●Two magnets combined for easy angle setting.

●An angle scale provided. (KM-12W)
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off by operating the lever.
(KM-12W)
●The V-groove allows the holder to be attached to certain poles and
curved surfaces in addition to the flat surface. (KM-12W) ［mm（in）］
Holder Dimensions Holding
Model Holding Power Length Mass
Width Length Height Angle
26 60 25 129
KM-06W 200N
（ 20kgf） 0.7kg/1.54 lb
（1.02）（2.36）（0.98）（5.07）
Holding Free
Power 50 117 55 273
KM-12W 1300N
（130kgf） 4.5kg/9.92 lb
（1.96）（4.60）（2.16）（10.75）
1300N
※The holding power is per holder on one side and based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm
KM-12W thick, ground surface.
Precautions for use These holders cannot be used for work where heat is applied for long hours. If the magnet is subjected to high temperature,
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution. 88
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING OPERATION
Model KM-SA HEXAGONAL MAGNETIC HOLDER
［Application］
These holders provide strong holding power for temporary holding during
welding and temporary assembly. These holders can also be used as a block.
［Features］
●The holding angle can be set to 45°, 90°and 135°.
●The small type is equipped with a pushbutton and the large type with a
rotary handle for turning on and off the magnetic force.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The V-groove provided makes this holder to generate strong holding power
on curved surface as well as flat surface of workpieces.
<Min. diameter of workpieces that can be held> KM-SA: φ6 and over, KM-S1A: φ5 and over
60 47
MAGBORE*
45 15 17 5 20 5
G
G
G
45
60
KM-S1A
KM-SA
CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
CHIP & SLUDGE
G
15
G
G
Holding Power Holding Power G G
112 132
80 32 38 94
Steel bar Steel plate Steel bar Steel plate
G
200ー300N 200ー600N 600ー900N 1200ー1400N
G
ENVIRONMENTAL MAGNETIZER AND MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT MAGNETIC
G
80
112
80
G
32
G
DEMAGNETIZER FOR CONVEYANCE
N G S
G
G ［mm
（in）
］
Holding Power
Steel bar Steel plate
600ー900N（60ー90kgf） 1200ー1400N（120ー140kgf） 6.0kg/
KM-SA 112（4.40）×112（4.40）×94（3.70）
｛150ー200N（15ー20kgf）｝
｛ 800ー1000N（ 80ー100kgf）｝ 13.2 lb
200ー300N（20ー30kgf） 200ー 600N（ 20ー 60kgf） 0.85kg/
KM-S1A 60（2.36）× 60（2.36）×42（1.65）
｛ 50ー 70N（ 5ー 7kgf）｝
｛ 100ー 350N（ 10ー 35kgf）｝ 1.87 lb
※The holding power on steel plate is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Note : The holding power in ｛｝ is for attraction on one face in the case of double-face attraction.
Model KM-S HEXAGONAL MAGNETIC HOLDER

SEPARATORS SEPARATORS
（８０）
Holding
Power
Steel plate
（４１）
１５
°
１５
°
９０°
150ー250N
°
４５
４５
°
Holding
（１４）
１０５
°
１０５
POWERFUL MAGNETIC MEASURING MEASURING
95
KM-S10 Power ＯＦＦＯＮ
Steel plate
（５４）
６０°
250ー450N １２０° １２０°
KM-S13 2.9 2.9

（４７）
（２８）（３９）
（６７）（１０４．
４）
TOOLS
＜KM-S10＞
（８０）
（５１）
１５
°
１５
°
９０°
（１４）
°
４５
４５
°
INSTRUMENTS MATERIALS
１０５
°
120
１０５
°
ＯＦＦＯＮ
（６９）
６０°
１２０° １２０°
3.2 3.2 （６０）

132.2
［Application］（３５）（３９）
MAGNETIC
Usable for temporary holding during welding and temporary assembly. These holders （７４）
＜KM-S13＞
［mm
（in）
］
hold workpieces firmly.
Holding Power
［Features］ Model Dimensions Mass
Steel Plate
●The holding angle can be set to 15°, 45°, 60°, 90°, 105°and 120°.
KM-S10 150ー250N
（15ー25kgf） 104
（4.09）
× 95
（3.74）
×67
（2.63） 0.9kg/1.98 lb
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off.
●The holding power on steel plates is about the same as when both faces of KM- KM-S13 250ー450N
（25ー45kgf） 132
（5.19）
×120
（4.72）
×73
（2.87） 1.6kg/3.52 lb
S9 and S12 are used and at angles other than 105 °, the holding power drops ※The holding power on steel plate is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick,
little when two faces are used. ground surface.
its magnetic force will drop or be lost suddenly, causing the workpiece to come off the attractive face. Exercise caution.
89
KM-SA / KM-S / KM-TH / KM-TA
Model KM-S SIMPLE HEXAGONAL HOLDER
［Application］

These holders are used for tack welding and temporary assembly during welding and

assembly work. They can be used in wide applications as they hold round pipes and
round steel bars.
［Features］
●The holding angle can be set to 45°, 90°and 135°.
●Compact and handy. Lower cost and simpler than the hexagonal holder KM-S.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The concave attractive face can hold certain round steel bars.
135°
MAGBORE*
90°
45°
KM-S12 KM-S9 ［mm

（in）
］
Holding Power Dia. of
Steel bar Steel Plate Steel Bar

Holding Power Holding Power 100‒200N
（10‒20kgf） 150‒500N
（15‒50kgf） minφ10 0.5kg/
KM-S9 90（3.54）× 90（3.54）×14（0.55）
｛ 50‒100N
（ 5‒10kgf）｝
｛100‒300N
（10‒30kgf）
｝（0.39） 1.10 lb
Steel bar Steel plate Steel bar Steel plate
250‒400N
（25‒40kgf） 250‒700N
（25‒70kgf） minφ24 1.2kg/
250ー400N 250ー700N 100ー200N 150ー500N KM-S12
｛150‒250N
（15‒25kgf）
｝｛200‒500N
（20‒50kgf）
｝
120（4.72）×120（4.72）×26（1.02）
（0.94） 2.64 lb
※The holding power on steel plate is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
Note : The holding power in ｛｝ is for attraction on one face in the case of double-face attraction.
Model KM-TH ANGLE CLAMP
L1 30 140°

5 4 5
°
45
45
40
4
°
Holding Holding L
Power Power

KM-TH16A 550N KM-TH12A 450N ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Usable for temporary holding during tack ●The all trapezoidal sides provide a KM-TH12A 450N
（45kgf） 115
（4.52） 50
（1.96） 0.8kg/1.76 lb
welding and assembly and for holding down strong magnetic force. The angles KM-TH16A 550N
（55kgf） 155
（6.10） 90
（3.54） 1.2kg/2.64 lb
gages and rulers. of 45°, 90°and 135°can be used. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground surface.
SEPARATORS
Model KM-TA ANGLE CLAMP
20 52 36
18 34 5
140°
5 ［Application］
G G This clamp can be used for temporary holding and
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS

temporary assembly during welding. It can hold
G
workpieces firmly.
［Features］
90°
●The V-groove provided on the attractive face enables

120
50
MAGNETIC MEASURING
8
this clamp to be used for workpieces having curved
surfaces such as round steel bars and pipes in
addition to flat workpieces.
G
GG
●ON-OFF function provided.
●Holding angle 90°only.
Holding ［mm（in）
］
Power Holding Dimensions
KM-TA12 Model Mass
400N Power Length Width Height
KM-TA12 400N
（40kgf） 72
（2.83） 36
（1.41） 120
（4.72）1kg/2.20 lb
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground

surface.
90
MAGNETIC TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FOR WELDING OPERATION
Model GS GUIDE SCALE
［Application］
Special guide tools for moving a torch while maintaining the

height of the nozzle during gas welding.
［Features］
●A high-performance permanent magnet holds the scale
firmly.
●Model GS-1 allows scale up-down adjustment according to
MAGNET
LIFTING
the height of the nozzle.

●Model GS-2 allows its magnetic force to be turned on and
GS-1
GS-2 off with a lever for easy mounting and demounting.
75
up-down range
50 25 58.5
MAGBORE*
［mm
（in）
］
25∼33
Scale
ＯN ＯＦＦ
Holding Scale Magnet
Model Mass
55
Power Length Width Height

25
ＧＳ−２
GS-1 200N
（20kgf） 500（19.6） 26
（1.02） 25
（0.98） 1.1kg/2.42 lb
400
up-down range
GS-2 800N
（80kgf） 400（15.7） 50
（1.96） 55（2.16） 2.3kg/5.07 lb
51
26.5∼37.5
CHIP & SLUDGE
26 25 500
※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 10 mm thick, ground
Scale
surface.
※The holding power of GS-1 is the power per magnet holder.
25
25
※The material of the scale is SS.

50 60 280 60 50
Model HL-E EARTH CLAMP

92
131
38
HL-10E
22 130 82
［Application］
Capable of connecting earth terminals on a wide variety of faces.

［Features］ Model Holding Power Current Capacity Mass
●A high-performance permanent magnet is used for easy mounting and HL-10E 1600N
（160kgf） 300A 1.5kg/3.30 lb
demounting by simple operation. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of 16 mm thick mill scale steel plate.
Model WKS WELDING JIG FOR TACK WELDING

［Application］
Electromagnetic devices that can easily adjust positioning during tack welding of steel plates.
Driving
TOOLS
wedge 260
WKS
WKS
Ho
［Features］
●Can be attracted at the meeting point by a turn of the switch.
●Correcting work can be done easily by driving a wedge.
H
●WKS-26 and 30 types are equipped with wheels for easy movement.
●WKS-16 type is handy type that is easy to carry or handle on work sites. 80 φD 80 B
MAGNETIC
●They come with a rectifier.

［mm
（in）
］
Holding Power Dimensions Power Source
Working
Model Steel plate Steel plate Mass
Voltage Current Rate
20 mm thick 50 mm thick
162 186
WKS-16BA 8kN（800kgf） 10kN（1000kgf） ̶ ̶ 0.5 A Approx. 16kg/35.2 lb
（6.37）（7.32）
258 185 435 813 Single-phase 100%
WKS-26BA 20kN（2000kgf）36kN（3600kgf） Approx. 50kg/110 lb
（10.1）（7.28）（17.1）（32.0） 200 VAC ED
1.5 A
296 220 473 828 WKS-26BA
WKS-30BA 25kN（2500kgf）50kN（5000kgf） Approx. 70kg/154 lb
（11.6）（8.66）（18.6）（32.5）
91
GS / HL-E / WKS / EMA / CEM / CEM-SR
Model EMA WELDING JIG FOR ONE FACE WELDING
［Application］

Rectifier required additionally Jigs developed for automatic welding of steel plates to hold steel plates and backing materials. These

jigs can be used to hold cut-out pieces during EPM welding operations, to straighten workpieces and
to secure stacked steel plates during fusing of stacked steel plates.
［Features］
●Holding and releasing workpieces can be controlled electrically.
●Workpieces are secured to a welding frame by a strong magnetic force and therefore warping of
MAGNET
LIFTING
steel plates due to welding heat can be prevented.
●Drip-proof construction for outdoor operations. Highly resistant to impact and heat.
EMA-□A ※The rectifier is of special specifications according to the number of magnets used.
［mm（in）
］
Holding Power Dimensions Power Source
〈A type〉〈C type〉 Working
MAGBORE*
Model Steel Plate Steel Plate Mass
d1 Mounting hole Voltage Current Rate
d1 20mm thick 50mm thick
290
EMA-25-A 3ーφ21
（0.82）
20kN 24kN 245 100 （11.4） 30kg/
1.0 A
（2000kgf）（2400kgf）（9.64）（3.93） 150 66.1 lb
EMA-25-C 3ーM16
（0.62）
（5.90）
φD b φD b 21kN 36kN 255 120 305 70 200 100% 40kg/
EMA-26-A 4ーφ26（1.02） 1.4 A
（2100kgf）（3600kgf）（10.0）（4.72）（12.0）（2.75） VDC ED 88.1 lb
340
3ーφ23（0.90）

EMA-30-A
150 （13.3）
H
H
25kN 50kN 296 65kg/

Mounting 1.75A
（2500kgf）（5000kgf）（11.6）（5.90） 200 143 lb
part Mounting EMA-30-C 3ーM20（0.78）
part （7.87）
Model CEM ELECTROMAGNET FOR CHAMFERING
Suitable for securing workpieces during light duty work such as chamfering.
［Features］
●The periphery or four faces of workpieces can be worked during
chamfering, for example, in one chucking
to improve work efficiency.
□Ｗ
Ｐ
●Damage to workpieces by mechanical

clamping can be prevented.
Ｐ４−φｄ

CEM-16 φＤ
ｈ
Ｈ
Ｔ
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions

Max. Holding Rated Rated Working
Model Mass
Power φ P φd □ Voltage Current Rate
CEM-16 1000kgf 160
（6.29） 64（2.51） 15
（0.59） 79
（3.11） 140（5.51） 14
（0.55） 170（6.69） 0.4 A 100% Approx. 14 kg/30.8 lb
90 VDC
CEM-23 2000kgf 230
（9.05） 76（2.99） 20
（0.78） 96
（3.77） 200（7.87） 22
（0.86） 250（9.84） 0.7 A ED Approx. 28 kg/61.7 lb
※Applicable rectifiers: RH-M102C/M105B/M205B/M210B.
Model CEM-SR ELECTROMAGNET WITH RECTIFIER FOR CHAMFERING
SEPARATORS
Rectifier added to electromagnetic CEM for chamfering!
Cable: 3 m ４−φ６
170 Cable: 2 m
54

□Ｗ
CEM
CEM-23SR
ＭＡＧＮＥＴＯＮＦＵＳＥ（２Ａ）
Ｐ
ＯＦＦ
ＲＥＶＥＲＳＥ
ＫＲＵ−２Ｄ
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Ｐ４−φｄ
φＤ
ｈ
Ｈ
［Application］
Ｔ
［mm（in）
］
Suitable for securing workpieces during light duty work such
Max. Holding Dimensions Power Working
as chamfering. Model
Power
Input
Consumption Rate
Mass
φ P φd □
［Features］
160 64 15 79 140 14 170 14kg/
●The built-in compact rectifier eliminates a need of a power CEM-16SR 1000kgf
（6.29）（2.51）（0.59）（3.11）（5.51）（0.55）（6.69） Single-
41W
30.8 lb
100%
phase,
source board, requiring simple wiring only. 230 76 20 96 200 22 250 100 VAC ED 28kg/
CEM-23SR 2000kgf 72W
●The magnet specifications are all the same as Model CEM. （9.05）（2.99）（0.78）（3.77）（7.87）（0.86）（9.84） 61.7 lb
92
LIFTING MAGNETS
Lifting magnets for safe and efficient transportation of heavy and large workpieces.
KANETEC offers a variety of lifting magnets to meet your diversified requirements.
An example of lifting by use of LPR-VN type An examp

example of lifting by use of LM-X type
MAGNET
LIFTING
MAGBORE*
CHIP & SLUDGE
Beams dedicated to LPR-VN/LPH that can lift long steel plates, round bars and pipes safely are available
according to your applications.
■Types and features

Permanent magnetic Lifma* Electromagnetic Lifma* Permanent electromagnetic Lifma* Battery Ace*
Type
●No power source is required. No fear ●The strength of magnetic force can ●Electricity is applied only when ●No wiring or power source is
of electrical problems such as be adjusted easily and the number of holding and releasing workpieces. required to make this type usable in
power failure. plates to lift can be controlled. Since workpieces are held by a any places.
●No power panel or rectifier is ●Larger and coupled configuration is permanent magnet, they can be ●No fear of problems due to power
Features required to make this type usable in possible. transported safely in the event of failure or cable breakage.
any places. ●Remote operation and automation of power failure. ●A battery is incorporated to enhance
●Small, but powerful magnetic force. work is possible. ●Power consumption is very low. mobility. Remote operation is also
●Remote operation and serial possible.
connection enables automation.
Model LPR-VN, LPH LMU, LM LEP LME

Maintenance of the Lifma* and Battery Ace* is also available (for a fee). When you require such maintenance, please contact us.
The lifting capacity varies largely depending on workpiece

conditions such as thickness.
■Facts to keep in mind when using the Lifma ■Change in holding power by plate thickness and
■Holding power clearance
The holding power varies largely depending on various conditions such as the
thickness of workpieces to lift, clearance between the workpiece and the
Holding power
Holding power
Holding power in the

TOOLS
magnet and material of the workpiece. See the graphs on the right side. case of thickness A
■Maximum holding power
The holding power that is obtained under the conditions that the workpiece
to hold has a sufficient thickness, the surface of the workpiece is free of dust
and projections to enable close contact, the workpiece is held on the whole
attractive face and the material of the workpiece is mild steel SS400 is the A
upper limit and this power is expressed as the max. holding power. Plate thickness Clearance
■Lifting capacity ■Difference in holding ■Difference in holding

The holding power that can be obtained under the most favorable conditions power by materials power by attractive
is called the max. holding power. A half of the max. holding power is defined face roughness
MAGNETIC
as the lifting capacity of the electromagnetic Lifma (LMU, LMU-SR, LM-EP) 0 50 100（％） 0 50 100（％）
and Battery Ace; a third for the permanent magnetic Lifma, LPR-VN, LPH
SS400 SS400 ▽▽▽ G
and permanent electromagnetic Lifma LEP-Q; and a quarter for permanent
SUS430 SS400 ▽▽
magnetic Lifma PL and permanent electromagnetic Lifma LEP. However,
S45C SS400 ▽
when workpieces to lift are thin, it is difficult to lift the weight indicated by
the lifting capacity. (When workpieces are thinner, the holding power drops.) S45C Hardened SS400 ∼
SKH2
■Determining sizes of workpieces to lift
SKH2 Hardened
Determine the size of workpieces to lift such as steel plates in consideration of
FC400
such conditions as the plate thickness, distortion, clearance caused by dust, etc.,
FC200
attractive area, material and balance of workpieces lifted and the safety factor.
93 ※Please see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) on page 170 also.
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LPH LARGE PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*
Permanent magnetic Lifma with
All types for steel plates

and round steel bars! smooth operation and enhanced
safety realized by pursuing the
optimum magnetic circuit to the limit.
MAGNET
LIFTING
［Application］
Permanent magnetic type lifting magnets used as a lifting section of cranes and
hoists for transportation of steel materials in warehouses and machining shops or
for loading and unloading workpieces to and from machine tools. These are
suitable for transporting semi-finished products having a flat surface such as
MAGBORE*
machine parts, press dies and plastic molds and for transporting mill scale steel
plates and flat steel materials.
［Features］
LPH-1000 ●All types are capable of lifting steel plates and round steel bars.
●The ON/OFF handle operating force has been reduced to a half max. of that of
CHIP & SLUDGE
the conventional models. The operability in lifting thin workpieces and pipes
that are difficult to lift with conventional models has been improved. (Patented)
●In addition to the conventional handle lock mechanism, a safety stopper is
provided as a standard accessory. These double safety measures prevent falling
of lifted objects due to unexpected returning of the handle. (Design registered)
●These are of permanent magnetic type requiring no power source. Thus, there
is no risk of falling workpieces due to power failure or failure of wiring systems.
Precautions for use

When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened materials, please
consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma.
The permanent magnetic Lifma LPH Series are not of waterproof construction. Ensure no water
will enter or adhere to them.

LPH-1500 Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
(175°
)
Optimum magnet array (Ｄ) (Ｆ)
realized by KANETEC s
original magnetism analysis
technology.
(ｈ)
(Ｉ)
Patented
ＬＰＨ− ＰＥＲＭＡＮＥＮＴＭＡＧＮＥＴＩＣＬＩＦＭＡＫＡＮＥＴＥＣ

Smooth handle 鋼板
ｋｇ吊上物の下に入るな！ＯＮＯＦＦ
Ｈ
吊上能力丸鋼
ｋｇＮｏ．
operation
for thin sheets!
Double handle lock

mechanism for ＬＷ
enhanced safety (Ｇ)
［mm（in）
］
Design registered Lifting Capacity Dimensions
Model Mass
Steel Plate Steel bar
Front & rear guards
(grips) provided. Handle fixing groove 1000kg/ 600kg/ 320 505 30 253 65 75 80kg/
when magnetic force ON LPH-1000
2205 lb 1323 lb 180 （12.5）（19.8）（1.18）（9.96）（2.55）（2.95） 30 176 lb
Protects the main unit.
Easy to move and Handle fixing stopper 1500kg/ 800kg/ （7.08） 400 585 35 268 75 85 （1.18） 100kg/
LPH-1500
position the Lifma. 3307 lb 1764 lb （15.7）（23.0）（1.37）（10.5）（2.95）（3.34） 220 lb
2000kg/ 900kg/ 205 500 685 38 281 80 97 35 130kg/
Sizes of round steel LPH-2000
4410 lb 1984 lb （8.07）（19.6）（26.9）（1.49）（11.0）（3.14）（3.81）（1.37） 286 lb
workpieces to lift expanded.
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a third (safety factor 3) of the max. holding power.
TOOLS
Lifting standards
■Steel plate lifting standard (Flat steel plates) ［mm

（in）
］
Model (LPH)
Thickness
1000 1500 2000
t6 □1450
（57.0）1500
（59.0）
×1400
（55.1）
t12 □1600
（62.9）1500
（59.0）
×1650
（64.9） □1650
（64.9）1500
（59.0）×1800
（70.8）
t25 □1550
（61.0）1500
（59.0）
×1600
（62.9） □1700
（66.9）1500（59.0）
×1900
（74.8） □1800
（70.8）
t50 □1300
（51.1）1500
（59.0）
×1200
（47.2） □1550
（61.0）1500（59.0）
×1600
（62.9） □1750
（68.8）1800
（70.8）
×1700
（66.9）
t100 □1000
（39.4）1500
（59.0）
× 650
（25.5） □1100
（43.3）1500（59.0）
× 800
（31.5） □1300
（51.1）1800
（70.8）
× 950
（37.4）
MAGNETIC
※If plates are thinner, the handle operation becomes harder. The handle operation also becomes harder when there is clearance. The return of the handle at the time of OFF operation becomes faster.
■Round steel bar lifting standard (Mill scale) ［mm

（in）
］
Model (LPH)
Steel bar
1000 1500 2000
Min. dia. φ100
（3.93）
×3000
（118.1）L φ100
（3.93）
×3000
（118.1）L φ150
（5.90）
×3000
（118.1）
L
Max. dia. φ500（19.6）

× 300
（ 11.8）
L φ500
（19.6）
× 400
（ 15.7）
L ※φ500
（19.6）
× 450
（ 17.7）
L
Pipe allowable dia.※ φ100

（3.93）
ー700
（27.5） φ100
（3.93）
ー700
（27.5） φ150
（5.90）
ー700
（27.5）
・The capacity varies depending on the wall thickness of pipes. If pipes are oval or curved, lifting them, even if they are short, is risky.In the case of pipes, the handle operation is harder than when handling steel plates.
・In the case of pipes of thin wall thickness, the handle operation becomes difficult. The return of the handle at the time of OFF operation becomes faster.
・The lifting capacity varies depending on the diameters of round steel bars. When workpieces are longer than 3 m, it is very dangerous to lift them with one unit of the Lifma since they cannot be held in balance. For long workpieces,
consider the use of several beams.
95 ※Keep in mind that the capacity drops when lifting pipes or workpieces the max. diameter of which is smaller than the attractive face or workpieces the max. diameter of which is shorter than the lifting standard length (LPH2000).
LPH / LPR-VN-WP / LPH-WP / LPR-VN+L
Model LPR-VN-WP DRIP-PROOF SMALL PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*
60°
［Application］

Drip-proof specification Ｄ（Ｆ）

Unlike the standard type
（ｈ）
(indoor use), these Lifmas are
（Ｉ）
of drip-proof construction and
can be used for outdoor work.
Ｈ
ＬＰＲ−ＶＮ３００−ＷＰ吊上能力３００ｋｇ吊上物の下に入るな！ＯＮＯＦＦ
MAGNET
LIFTING
ＬＷ
（Ｇ）
When operating the handle of LPR-VN75-WP and LPR-VN150-WP, be sure that the safety
stopper will not interfere with the lifting fixture.
［mm
（in）
］
MAGBORE*
Lifting Capacity Dimensions
Model Mass
LPR-VN600-WP 75kg/ 50kg/ 80 160
LPR-VN 75-WP 5.5kg/12.1 lb
165 lb 110 lb （3.14）（6.29） 15 15
150kg/ 100kg/ 90 130 260 （0.59） 135 40 （0.59） 45
LPR-VN150W-P 8kg/17.6 lb
330 lb 220 lb （3.54）（5.11）（10.2）（5.31）（1.57）（1.77）
Precautions for use
300kg/ 200kg/ 230 360 20 18
LPR-VN300-WP 14kg/30.8 lb
When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened 661 lb 440 lb （9.05）（14.1）（0.78）（0.70）
materials, please consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma. 600kg/ 400kg/ 119 330 500 25 184 60 25 65
35kg/77.1 lb

LPR-VN600-WP
1322 lb 881 lb （4.68）（12.9）（19.6）（0.98）（7.24）（2.36）（0.98）（2.55）
These Lifmas are not of waterproof construction. Do not use them in water or
places where they are subjected to water pressure nor leave them outdoor.
※LPR-VN75-WP is not provided with a rear guard. ※For the lifting standard, see Model LPR-VN.
Model LPH-WP DRIP-PROOF LARGE PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］
Drip-proof
175°
Unlike the standard type ＤＦ
specification (indoor use), these Lifmas
（h）
are of drip-proof construction
（I）
and can be used for outdoor
Ｈ
ＬＰＨ−＊＊＊ＷＰＰＥＲＭＡＮＥＮＴＭＡＧＮＥＴＩＣＬＩＦＭＡ
吊上能力
吊上物の下に入るな！
work.
鋼板＊＊＊ｋｇＮｏ．
丸鋼＊＊＊ｋｇ
ＯＮＯＦＦ
ＬＷ
Ｇ
［mm
（in）
］
An example of

Lifting Capacity Dimensions
special fabrication Model Mass
1000kg/ 600kg/ 320 505 30 253 65 75
LPH-1000WP 80kg/176 lb
2204 lb 1322 lb 180 （12.5）（19.8）（1.18）（9.96）（2.55）（2.95） 30
Precautions for use 1500kg/ 800kg/ （7.08） 400 585 35 268 75 85 （1.18）
LPH-1500WP 100kg/220 lb
When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened 3306 lb 1763 lb （15.7）（23.0）（1.37）（10.5）（2.95）（3.34）
materials, please consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma. 2000kg/ 900kg/ 205 500 685 38 281 80 97 35
LPH-2000WP 130kg/286 lb

4409 lb 1984 lb （8.07）（19.6）（26.9）（1.49）（11.0）（3.14）（3.81）（1.37）
These Lifmas are not of waterproof construction. Do not use them in water or
places where they are subjected to water pressure nor leave them outdoor. ※For the lifting standard, see Model LPH.
Model LPR-VN+L SECTION STEEL LIFTING PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*

An example of lifting by ［Application］
SEPARATORS
These Lifmas are the standard type permanent magnetic Lifma LPR-VN to which an adapter to
use of LPR-VN+L
lift L-shaped steel has been added and designed to facilitate transportation of L-shaped steel.
［Features］
●Without the adapter, these Lifmas can
be used as the standard model LPR-VN.
●An adapter for different section steel
materials can be installed by use of
the adapter mounting hole.
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Included Adapter Mass
MAGNETIC MEASURING
LPR-VN600+L1 LPR-VN300+L1 Lifting of steel in mountain style 25

（0.98）
19kg/ 41 lb
LPR-VN300+L2 Lifting of steel in valley style 35（1.37）
240
（9.44） 110（4.33）
Lifting of steel in mountain style 25
（0.98）
LPR-VN300+L3 24kg/ 41 lb（※）
Lifting of steel in valley style 35
（1.37）
LPR-VN600+L1 Lifting of steel in mountain style 40
（1.57）
吊上物の下に入るな！ 45kg/ 99 lb
Lifting of steel in valley style 45（1.77）
平鋼最大６００ｋｇ
ＯＮＯＦＦＯＮＯＦＦ
LPR-VN600+L2
ＬＰＲ−ＶＮ６００吊上能力丸鋼最大４００ｋｇ
350
（13.7） 133（5.23）
ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＫＡＮＥＴＥＣ Lifting of steel in mountain style 40
（1.57）
LPR-VN600+L3 55kg/121 lb（※）
Lifting of steel in valley style 45
（1.77）
ｈ
ＬＷＷ ※The adapter comes with mounting bolts and tightening tool. (*) The total mass includes two adapter types.
■LPR-L lifting standard

Precautions for use Model Applicable Workpiece Size (per unit)
When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened LPR-VN300+L1 Lifting in mountain style L40（1.57）ー150
（5.90）
×4m
（157） max.
materials, please consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma. LPR-VN300+L2 Lifting in valley style L50
（1.96）ー200
（7.87）
×2m
（78.7）max.
If an adapter is attached, the capacity will drop because of magnetic leakage. LPR-VN600+L1 Lifting in mountain style L75（2.95）ー300
（11.8）
×4m
（157） max.
Do not lift flat steel plates or round steel bars with an adapter attached. LPR-VN600+L2 Lifting in valley style L90
（3.54）ー450
（17.7）
×2m
（78.7）max.
Keep in mind that the capacity of the Lifma varies largely depending on the
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors. 96
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model HL HAND LIFMA*
［Application］
Suitable for pulling out steel materials or steel plates and carrying metal frames, raw materials,
press molds, semi-finished products, etc.
［Features］
●A new cam mechanism is employed so as not to apply friction due to holding and releasing
directly to the surface of workpieces to transport. (HL-20A)
●Workpieces are held and released quite smoothly.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The magnetic force can be turned on and off by lever operation. (HL-15)

●The T-handle is robust and held by hand comfortably for stable workpiece transportation. (HL-15)
How to use (HL-20A)
Holding Releasing
ON OFF
HL-15 HL-20A
MAGBORE*
110
80
［mm
（in）
］
CHIP & SLUDGE
Max. Holding Power Lifting Dimensions Handle

39
Model Mass
Lateral Lift Capacity Width Length Height Length
200
10
101
HL-15 350N
（35kgf） 1.5kN
（150kgf） 20kg/44.1 lb 60
（2.36）120（4.72） 52
（2.04） 49
（1.92） 3.0kg/6.6 lb
OFF
ON
OFF
500N
（50kgf） 2 kN
（200kgf） 30kg/66.1 lb 100（3.93）140（5.51） 32 （7.87） 2.5kg/5.5 lb
（1.26） 200
52
HL-20A
※The holding power is based on a test piece of 15 mm thick soft steel. The holding power and lifting capacity drop
60
140
100
depending on the thicknesses, materials of workpieces and other factors. ※Do not use this Lifma for a hoist.
16.7 120
Model PL PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*

■Holding
Place the Lifma on a workpiece d
to transport and pull the lever
upright.
H
■Releasing
Put the lever in the horizontal
position to release the Lifma
from the workpiece. B
L
［mm
（in）
］
Lifting Dimensions Shackle“d”
Model Mass
PL-40B Capacity (Lifting ring ID)
［Application］ PL-20B 200kg/440 lb 122（4.80） 255 150（5.90） BC14

（0.55）
（φ40
（1.57）
） 8.5kg/18lb
These Lifmas are suitable for transporting such raw materials as mill scale iron PL-40B 400kg/881 lb 212（8.34）（10.0） 181（7.12） BB20（0.78）
（φ58
（2.28）
） 14.0kg/31lb
plates and flat iron products and lifting and transporting semi-finished products
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a quarter of the max. holding power.

having flat surfaces such as machine parts, press dies and plastic molds. ※The dimension “H” is up to the top end of the inside diameter of the shackle.
［Features］
●These are of permanent magnetic type requiring no power source. Thus, there ■Steel plate lifting standard (Mill scale soft steel plate) ［mm（in）］
is no risk of falling workpieces due to power failure or failure of wiring systems. Thickness
PL-20B PL-40B
Model
●The employment of a cam system facilitates holding and releasing of workpieces.
□450
（17.7） 350（13.7）
×550
（21.6） □950（37.4） 650
（25.5）
×1300
（51.1）
5ー7
8ー12 □500
（19.6） 350（13.7）
×700
（27.5） □1100
（43.3） 750
（29.5）
×1500
（59.1）
Precautions for use 13ー16 □1000
（39.4） 700
（27.5）
×1400
（55.1）
When you plan to use the Lifma for special steel materials such as hardened materials, □550
（21.6） 400（15.7）
×700
（27.5）
please consult with us prior to purchasing the Lifma. 17ー25 □950（37.4） 650
（25.5）
×1300
（51.1）
The operation of the cam to hold and release workpieces exerts physical friction to the 26ー40 □450
（17.7） 350（13.7）
×550
（21.6） □750（29.5） 550
（21.6）
×1000
（39.4）
workpieces. Therefore, the surfaces finished by polishing, for example, may be scratched.
Do not use the Lifma for workpieces whose width or length is short and the cam 41ー65 □350
（13.7） 250（9.84）
×500
（19.6） □600（23.6） 450（17.7）
×700
（27.5）
TOOLS
operation does not work on them. Operate the ON/OFF select cam by a foot. 66ー100 □250
（9.84） 200（7.87）
×300
（11.8） □500（19.6） 350（13.7）
×700
（27.5）
Model LM-P UP-DOWN TYPE PERMANENT MAGNETIC LIFMA*

［Application］
Suitable for lifting and moving bent plates, floor plates, pressed workpieces having
concave or convex sections, iron doors of buildings, deck plates, guard rails, cans, etc.
W1
W
［Features］
2-3/8 4−M ●The attraction is turned on and off by moving up and down the built-in magnet
L1
L with an air cylinder, which facilitates remote operation and automated operation.
□
d
●Compared with the electromagnetic type, this model has a larger holding power
MAGNETIC
An example
ON側
on thin sheets (less than 5 mm thick) and its capacity drops less when
of usage
h
OFF側
clearance is present. Accordingly, this model is most suitable for lifting pressed
workpieces having concave or convex sections.
H
●Energy saving type as no electric power source is required.

ストローク
50
LM-P1242 ●The ON state is maintained if the air source is shut down and therefore there is
An example of special fabrication no risk of falling workpieces, thus enhancing safety. ［mm （in）］
Dimensions
Model Air Pressure Mass
LM-P1242 120（4.72） 112（4.40） 93.5（3.68） 80（3.14） 370（14.5） 98（3.85） M12,（0.47）depth 14（0.55） Approx. 17kg/ 37 lb
420（16.5） 0.49 MPa or over
LM-P2442 240（9.44） 119（4.69） 133（5.23） 150（5.90） 300（11.8） 142（5.59） M20,（0.78）depth 30（1.18） Approx. 38kg/ 83 lb
※An air source, select valve and other air control equipment must be provided by the user.
97 ※This model is not suitable for thick workpieces and workpieces stacked closely. The specifications vary according to workpieces to lift. Please contact us to select the best design.
HL / PL / LM-P / LMU / LMU-UW
Model LMU SMALL ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］

Indoor specification

Electromagnetic type lifting magnets used as a lifting section of cranes and hoists
for transportation of steel materials in warehouses and machining shops or for
Rectifier required additionally loading and unloading workpieces to and from machine tools.
［Features］
●Attracting and releasing workpieces can be controlled electrically by remote operation.
●Small but strong electromagnetic power.
MAGNET
lifting
ring
ID of
Height of lifting part
LIFTING
●A wide range of applications; transporting small workpieces with a single unit to
transporting large steel plates with multiple units attached to beams controlled together.
●When an uninterruptible power supply is used, safety can be ensured in the
Height of
body
event of unexpected power failure.
●The applicable rectifier is KR or RH-MW.
MAGBORE*
LMU-20D
Diameter of body
■Maximum allowable number of small electromagnetic Lifmas LMU and
waterproof electromagnetic Lifmas LMU-UW for Rectifier KR・RH
Working rate 50% ED Small electromagnetic LMU-15D LMU-20D LMU-25D
Lifma LMU-10D LMU-30D
(Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes) Rectifier LMU-UW15 LMU-UW20 LMU-UW25
KR-P203
6 4 3 2 1
KR-A203

KR-P208
16 10 8 5 4
Precaution for use KR-A208
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power RH-MW205B 11 7 5 3 2
adversely. Repair it periodically. RH-MW210B 22 15 11 7 5
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Lifting Capacity Eyebolt ID Rated Voltage Rated Current Mass
Main Unit Lifting part height
LMU-10D 250kg/ 551 lb φ105（4.13）
×60
（2.36） 108
（4.25） M16
（0.62）
（φ35
（1.37）
） 0.3A 4kg/ 8.8 lb
LMU-15D 600kg/1323 lb φ156（6.14）
×70
（2.75） 125
（4.92） M20
（0.78）
（φ40
（1.57）
） 0.6A 11kg/ 24.2 lb
LMU-20D 1200kg/2646 lb φ206（8.11）
×88
（3.46） 173
（6.81） M30
（1.18）
（φ60
（2.36）
） 180 VDC 0.8A 23kg/ 50.7 lb
LMU-25D 1800kg/3968 lb φ256（10.0）
×93
（3.66） 193
（7.59） M36
（1.41）
（φ70
（2.75）
） 1.2A 40kg/ 88.1 lb
LMU-30D 2500kg/5512 lb φ306（12.0）
×95
（3.74） 210
（8.26） M42（1.65）
（φ80
（3.15）
） 1.6A 60kg/132.2 lb
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power.
※For continuous operation, use the Lifma at 110 VDC or below. Note that when the thickness of steel plates to lift is 20 mm, the listed lifting capacity drops by approx. 20%.
※The height of lifting part is up to the top end of the inside diameter of the eyebolt.
※Cable 2 m is included. ※For workpieces having poor attractive conditions such as scraps and waste materials, use LM-EC2.

Model LMU-UW WATERPROOF ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
Waterproof specification Full waterproof type joins small
Rectifier required additionally electromagnetic Lifma Series!

［Application］
LMU-UW15 Electromagnetic type lifting magnets used as a lifting section of cranes and hoists for
transportation of steel materials in underwater work environment as well as outdoor work sites.
［Features］
lifting
ring
ID of
●These Lifmas can be used underwater up to 3 atm (equivalent to 30 m max. water depth).
●Attracting and releasing workpieces can be controlled electrically by remote operation.
SEPARATORS
●A rectifier is required additionally.
Height of
●When an uninterruptible power supply is used, safety can be ensured in the event of unexpected power
body
failure.(To study specifications, see the holding power graphs and lifting reference of Model LMU.)
Working rate 50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
Diameter of body
（in）
［mm ］

Dimensions Rated Rated
Model Lifting Capacity Eyebolt ID Mass Applicable Rectifier
Main Unit Lifting Part Height Voltage Current
LMU-UW15 600kg/1322 lb φ156（6.14）
×75
（2.95） 130
（5.11） M20
（0.78）
（φ40
（1.57）
） 0.6A 13kg/28.6 lb KR-P203/P208
LMU-UW20 1200kg/2645 lb φ206（8.11）
×90
（3.54） 175
（6.88） M30
（1.18）
（φ60
（2.36）
） 180 VDC 0.9A 25kg/55.1 lb KR-A203/A208
45kg/99.2 lb RH-MW205B/MW210B
MAGNETIC MEASURING
LMU-UW25 1800kg/3968 lb φ256（10.0）

×96
（3.77） 196
（7.71） M36
（1.41）
（φ70
（2.75）
） 1.2A
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power. ※For workpieces having poor attractive conditions such as scraps and waste materials, use LM-EC2.
※For continuous operation, use the Lifma at 110 VDC or below. Note that when the thickness of steel plates to lift is 20 mm, the listed lifting capacity drops by approx. 20%.
※The height of lifting part is up to the top end of the inside diameter of the eyebolt. ※Cable 2 m is included.
■Lifting reference for use of single unit ≪Mill scale soft steel plate≫ ■Lifma selection standard for steel plate size
［mm （in）］［mm
（in）
］
Model LMU-10D LMU-15D LMU-20D LMU-25D LMU-30D Width 914（35.9） 914（35.9） 1219（47.9） 1219（47.9） 1524（60.0） 1524（60.0）ー1826（71.8）
Steel Plate
Thickness LMU-10SRD LMU-15SRD LMU-20SRD LMU-25SRD LMU-30SRD Length 1829（72.0） 3658（144） 2438（95.9） 4877（192） 3048（120） 6096
（240）
5 600（23.6）×600（23.6） 700（27.5）×700（27.5） 800（31.5）×800（31.5） 900（35.4）×900（35.4） 1000（39.4）×1000（39.4） Size 3×6 3×12 4×8 4×16 5×10 5ー6×20
9 850（33.4）×850（33.4） 1000（39.4）×1000（39.4） 4.5（0.17）ー12（0.47）mm thick LMU-15D LMU-20D
1200（47.2）×1200（47.2） 1300（51.1）×1300（51.1）
12 700（27.5）×700（27.5） 1100（43.3）×1100（43.3）
12（0.47）ー32（1.25）mm thick LMU-20D LMU-25D
16 1000（39.4）×1000（39.3 1600（62.9）×1600（62.9）
Lifma
1300（51.1）×1300（51.1） 1500（59.0）×1500（59.0） Number of unit in parallel 2

25 550（21.6）×550（21.6） 1700（66.9）×1700（66.9）
Number of units in series 2 3 4
50 400（15.7）×400（15.7） 700（27.5）×700（27.5） 1000（39.4）×1000（39.4） 1250（49.2）×1250（49.2） 1500（59.0）×1500（59.0）
Total number of units 4 6 8
100 300（11.8）×300（11.8） 500（19.6）×500（19.6） 700（27.5）×700（27.5） 800（31.5）×800（31.5） 1000（39.4）×1000（39.4）
※For distorted steel plates and out-of-balance load, a larger safety factor needs to be used. ※When you plant to use two or more Lifmas by suspending them from one beam, please
In such a case, please consult with us. consult with us.
98
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LMU-SR SMALL ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］
Rectifier built-in type
Suitable for use as a single unit with an electrical part built in for loading and unloading workpieces
to and from the work table of machine tools, moving small steel materials and steel plates.
［Features］
Electrical part
lifting
ID of
●These Lifmas incorporate a rectifier and do not require a rectifier to be installed additionally.
ring
(Rectifier)
●A reverse excitation switch is provided to release lifted workpieces easily.

Rectifying unit
●The holding power is the same as LMU. (To study specifications, see the holding power
graphs and lifting reference of Model LMU.)
MAGNET
LIFTING
Height of body
Precaution for use
MAGBORE*
Diameter of body
LMU-25SRD
［mm（in）
］
Lifting Dimensions Input Power
Model Eyenut ID Mass
Capacity Main Unit Lifting part height Voltage Consumption
LMU-10SRD 250kg/551 lb φ105（4.13）
×130
（5.11） 189.5（7.46） M16
（0.62）
（φ35
（1.37）
） 60W 5kg/ 11.0 lb
LMU-15SRD 600kg/1323 lb φ156（6.14）
×142
（5.59） 212 （8.34） M20
（0.78）
（φ40（1.57）） Single- 110W 13kg/ 28.6 lb
CHIP & SLUDGE
LMU-20SRD 1200kg/2646 lb φ206（8.11）

×160
（6.29） 270 （10.6） M30
（1.18）
（φ60（2.36）） phase 145W 25kg/ 55.1 lb
LMU-10SRD and
LMU-25SRD 1800kg/3968 lb φ256（10.0）
×165
（6.49） 295 （11.6） M36
（1.41）
（φ70 ） 200 VAC
（2.75） 210W 43kg/ 94.8 lb
15SRD have an
LMU-30SRD 2500kg/5512 lb φ306（12.0）
×170
（6.69） 319 （12.5） M42
（1.65）
（φ80
（3.15）
） 290W 63kg/138.9 lb electrical part that
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power. ※For workpieces having poor attractive conditions such as scraps is larger than the
and waste materials, use LM-EC2. ※For continuous operation, use the Lifma at input voltage 100 VAC. However, the capacity drops by approx. 30％ magnet main unit.
for 20 mm thick steel plate. ※Cable 2 m is included. ※The height of lifting part is up to the top end of the inside diameter of the eyenut.
Model LM SMALL RECTANGULAR ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*

Suitable for feeding and transporting a fixed amount of small parts and workpieces and for moving and
transporting steel materials, steel plates, castings and forgings.
［Features］
●Small but very large lifting capacity.
●Workpieces can be held and released by remote control. Depending on applications, an uninterruptible
power supply may be used together to enhance safe operations in the event of power failure.
LM-1040 ●Flexible usage; feeding small materials with a single unit to transporting large workpieces with several
units combined.
Cable: VCT 1.25 mm2, 2-core 2 m
●Select a rectifier according to your applications.
t φd P
■Maximum allowable number of rectangular electromagnetic Lifmas LM for Rectifier KR・RH

h
Rectangular electromagnetic
Lifma LM-0815 LM-0820 LM-0825 LM-1020 LM-1030

LM-1040
LM-1540 LM-1550
LM-1530
H
Rectifier
KR-P203
8 4 4 3 2 1 1 1
W L KR-A203
KR-P208
Precaution for use KR-A208
21 12 10 8 5 4 3 3
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect RH-MW205B 15 9 7 5 3 3 2 2

the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically. RH-MW210B 30 18 15 11 7 6 4 4
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
Applicable Rated Rated
Model Lifting Capacity Main Unit Lifting part Mass
Shackle Voltage Current
φ
TOOLS
LM-0815 200kg/ 440 lb 150（5.90） 0.3A 5kg/11.0 lb

20
（0.78） 12
（0.47） 12
（0.47） BC 8
（0.31）
LM-0820 300kg/ 661 lb 80
（3.15） 200（7.87） 70
（2.75） 0.5A 7kg/15.0 lb
LM-0825 400kg/ 881 lb 250（9.84） − 0.6A 9kg/19.8 lb
LM-1020 400kg/ 881 lb 200（7.87） 25（0.98） 19
（0.74） 16
（0.62） BC12
（0.47） 0.8A 11kg/24.2 lb
LM-1030 600kg/1323 lb 100（3.93） 300（11.8） 90
（3.54） 180 VDC 1.2A 16kg/35.2 lb
LM-1040 800kg/1764 lb 400（15.7） 200（7.87） 1.3A 22kg/48.5 lb
35（1.37） 22
（0.86） 20
（0.78） BC16
（0.62）
LM-1530 900kg/1984 lb 300（11.8） − 1.4A 27kg/59.5 lb
LM-1540 1200kg/2646 lb 150（5.90） 400（15.7） 100
（3.93） 200（7.87） 1.9A 36kg/79.3 lb
50（1.96） 28
（1.10） 25
（0.98） BC20
（0.78）
LM-1550 1500kg/3307 lb 500（19.6） 250（9.84） 2.0A 45kg/99.0 lb
※The lifting partφd refers to the inside diameter of the hinge lifting hole. The models whose “p” dimension is not indicated have a hinge in one place in the center. ※Cable 2 m is included.
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power. The max. holding power is based on a test piece of 30 mm or thicker steel plate with no clearance. It varies
according to not only the thickness of steel plates, but sizes of clearance and warping of steel plates.
MAGNETIC
■Change in holding power by plate thickness ■Change in holding power by clearance

（kN）（kN）（kN）（kN）（kN）（kN）
10 20 40 10 20 40
LM-0825 LM-1040 LM-1040
LM-1550 LM-0825 LM-1550
30 LM-1030 30
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
Holding Power
LM-0820 LM-1030 LM-0820 LM-1540

LM-1540
LM-1530 LM-0815 LM-1020 LM-1530

5 LM-0815 10 LM-1020 20 5 10 20
10 10
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 2
Plate Thickness （mm） Plate Thickness （mm） Plate Thickness （mm） Clearance （mm） Clearance （mm） Clearance （mm）
99
LMU-SR / LM / LM-X / KR-A・P / RH-MW / LBB
Model LM-X CROSS TYPE ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
Lifma specially designed for doughnut-shaped workpieces!

(φ19)(φ102)
［Application］
Designed for moving and transporting workpieces that have a doughnut shape or
4-string
lifting wire
concave part in the center
［Features］
Cable: 3 m
●The employment of a cross-type magnet enables one unit of the Lifma to
(720)
MAGNET
2 mm2, 2-core
LIFTING
move and transport workpieces that have a doughnut shape or concave part
in the center that used to require several units of the Lifma.
95
●Capable of transporting flat steel plates and specified-length steel plates also.
90
(Holding range) A special size is also available.
300 200 300
MAGBORE*
(Holding range) (Holding range)
820 Working rate 50% ED (Repeating cycle of power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
110
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Power Applicable
Width Depth Height Consumption Rectifier
820 820 95 180 70kg/
LM-X800 4.4A 0.79Kw RH-MW210B
LM-X800 （32.2）（32.2）（3.74） VDC 154 lb
[Sizes of workpieces that can be lifted]

Precaution for use ・Workpieces having a doughnut shape or concave part in the center (mill scale): Max. φ800 × φ270 × t145 mm
・Flat steel plates (holding direction specified): ① 16 ‒ 50 φ ×1300 (φ1300) and ②16 ‒ 22 □2000 (φ2000) mm
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect
・Specified-length steel plates (holding direction specified) : Nominal 3 × 6 plate: thickness 6 ‒ 50 × 914W ×1829L
the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically. Nominal 4 × 6 plate: thickness 6 ‒ 28 ×1219W × 2438L
Model KR-A.P / RH-MW RECTIFIER FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］
These units rectify an input from an AC power source to DC and output it to the
RH-MW205B
electromagnetic Lifma. All electromagnetic Lifmas require the use of a rectifier.
Three models are available; KR-P, A, RH-MW. Select a suitable model according to
your purpose of usage.
■RH-MW <Rectifier with demagnetization circuit>

When workpieces with a flat attractive face or made of material which tends to retain
residual magnetism such as FC are lifted, it is difficult to release them only by turning

off the power. In such a case, they need to be demagnetized to cancel the residual
magnetism.
［Features］
●The voltage can be varied in a range of 0 to 180V.
●External control input terminals are provided.

●An overcurrent protection function is incorporated.
KR-P203
〈RH-MW205B〉〈RH-MW210B〉
5 (62) 6
Precaution for use
●The rectifier KR Series and RH Series use electronic PC boards and small relays inside
the rectifiers and therefore, are not suitable for use, for example, on cranes where they are
ＭＡＧＮＥＴＣＯＮＴＲＯＬＬＥＲ
ＭＡＧＮＥＴＣＯＮＴＲＯＬＬＥＲ
ＰＯＷＥＲＡＬＡＲＭ
Cooling fin
subjected to vibrations constantly. For installation in places that are subjected to constant
ＰＯＷＥＲＡＬＡＲＭ４５６ＭＡＧＤＥＭ
３７
２８
１
４５６
９
vibrations, anti-vibration measures need to be provided. The external signal input cables
ＭＡＧＤＥＭ
150
０
150
１０
３７
SEPARATORS
ＶＯＬＴＡＤＪ．
Fan
２８４５６
１９３７
250
270
290
must be shielded cables and must be limited to 10 m long max.
０２８
１０
ＶＯＬＴＡＤＪ．１９
230
250
260
０１０
４５６ＤＥＭＡＤＪ．
３７
●For failures due to use of lifting magnets made by other manufacturers, we may not be
，
２８
１９
０１０
ＤＥＭＡＤＪ．
able to answer technical questions. Such use also voids the warranty even if a failure
ＣＡＵＴ
ＩＯＮ；注意
，
−−−−−−
(73)
−−−−−
occurs within the warranty period.

ＣＡＵＴ
ＩＯＮ；注意 −−−−
(73)
−−−−−−
−−−−−
−−−−
［mm（in）
］
140

Output Dimensions Remote Demag.
Model Input Ammeter Mass 80 190
Voltage Current Capacity Width Depth Height Switch Function 110 220
KR-P203 3A 540W 140
○ × × Blank cap Blank cap
KR-P208 8A 1440W 200 90 250 3 kg/
180 VDC
Single- 3A 540W （7.87）（3.54）（9.84） 6.6 lb
(17)
(18)
KR-A203
○ ×
MAGNETIC MEASURING
KR-A208 phase 8A 1440W

200 VAC,
140 260 × 4.5kg/
RH-MW205B 50/60 Hz 5A 900W
138
175
0ー180 （5.51） 175 （10.2） ○ 9.9 lb

138
×
175
VDC 282 （6.89） 290 (Demag.) 6 kg/

RH-MW210B 10A 1800W
（11.1）（11.4） 13.2 lb
※External operation is necessary for ON/OFF. Input signals must be provided by the customer.
※For the terminal wiring diagram of RH-M, see page 77.
Model LBB UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY

In some cases, the installation of an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) is ■Connection diagram
requested for use of the electromagnetic Lifma as a safety measure in the event
of power failure. This UPS needs to be fabricated according to types of rectifiers Power source UPS Rectifier Lifma
and required output capacity. Please consult with us in advance.
Power source UPS LMU-SRD
※The cooler is of fluorocarbon-free type. For more information, please contact us.
thickness and material of workpieces, clearance and other factors.
100
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LEP PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］
t
Cable These are permanent electromagnetic type lifting and transporting magnets that enable
the magnetization and demagnetization of the built-in permanent magnet to be controlled
electrically. Suitable for transportation of steel plates and iron products that have a flat
attractive face and can be held on the whole area.
［Features］
●Since a permanent magnet is used, the holding power is maintained in the event of
MAGNET
LIFTING
power failure to enhance safety.

●Since holding and releasing workpieces is controlled electrically, the magnet can be
φd
operated remotely by use of pushbuttons.
h1 ●A system to demagnetize the permanent magnet to release the lifted workpiece. Thus,
the magnet is not attracted by iron products in other operations, thus enhancing safety.
H
MAGBORE*
●Use the dedicated control unit LEPH.

φD
Precaution for use

LEP-25 Power on rating 10% ED Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
［mm
（in）
］
CHIP & SLUDGE
Lifting Dimensions Applicable Power Applicable

Model Rated Voltage Mass
Capacity Shackle Consumption Control Unit
LEP-15 100kg/ 220l b 156
（6.14） 105
（4.13） 138
（5.43） 16
（0.62） 16
（0.62） BC12
（0.47） 0.38kW 12kg/ 26.4 lb
LEP-20 150kg/ 330 lb 206
（8.10） 115
（4.52） 154
（6.06） 19
（0.74） BC14
（0.55） 0.47kW 22kg/ 48.5 lb
20
（0.78）
LEP-25 350kg/ 771 lb 246
（9.68） 125
（4.92） 170
（6.69） 22
（0.86） BC16
（0.62） 160VDC 0.45kW 37kg/ 81.5 lb LEPH-MW210A
LEP-30 500kg/1102 lb 296
（11.6） 135
（5.31） 198
（7.79） 25
（0.98） 28
（1.10） BB20（0.78） 0.57kW 60kg/132.0 lb
LEP-35 700kg/1543 lb 354

（13.9） 150
（5.90） 224
（8.81） 27
（1.06） 32
（1.26） BB22（0.86） 0.73kW 85kg/187.4 lb
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a quarter of the max. holding power.
※Use the Lifma in such a way that workpieces are fully held on the whole attractive face. ※Cable 3 m is included.
Model LEP-Q PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*

Operability of the electromagnet and safety of

the permanent magnet realized simultaneously
［Application］
These are permanent electromagnetic type lifting and transporting magnets that
enable the magnetization and demagnetization of the built-in permanent magnet to
be controlled electrically. Suitable for transportation of steel plates and iron products
An example of usage that have a flat attractive face and can be held on the whole area.
［Features］
●Electricity is applied momentarily, only 0.2 second; power saving.
Eyebolt ●Electricity is used only when holding and releasing workpieces. The holding
φd
power is maintained in the event of power failure to enhance safety.
●Use the dedicated control unit LEPR-P. ［mm（in）］
Litting Dimensions Electrical Applicable
LEP-Q752 Model Eyebolt Mass
H
Cable
Capacity φ Capacity Control Unit
100 122 40 M20 1.48kVA 8kg/17.6 lb
h
LEP-Q502 200kg/441 lb
（3.93） 160 67 （4.80）（1.57）（0.78）
160 （6.29）（2.63） 152

LEP-Q504 400kg/882 lb
（6.29）（5.98） 60
2.96kVA 13kg/28.6 lb
L W M30 LEPR-P290
135 205 （2.36）（1.18）
LEP-Q752 500kg/1102 lb 4.03kVA 27kg/59.5 lb
Precaution for use （5.31） 220 120 （8.07）
220 （8.66）（4.72） 235 80 M42 8.06kVA 45kg/99.2 lb
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding LEP-Q754 1000kg/2205 lb
（8.66）（9.25）（3.14）（1.65）
power adversely. Repair it periodically. ※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a third (safety factor 3) of the max. holding power.
TOOLS
Model LEP-QV V-TYPE PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*

Control unit required additionally An example of usage Designed to lift round
steel bars and pipes!
［Application］
This is a permanent electromagnetic type lifting and transporting
magnet that enables the magnetization and demagnetization of the
Eyebolt built-in permanent magnet to be controlled electrically. As the
φd
attractive face is V shape, this is suitable to transport round steel
MAGNETIC
bars and pipes.

［Features］
●Electricity is applied momentarily, only 0.2 second; power saving.
●Electricity is used only when holding and releasing workpieces.
H
The holding power is maintained in the event of power failure to

h
enhance safety.
LEP-QV752 W ●Use the dedicated control unit LEPR-P. ［mm（in）］
An example of special fabrication L
Dimensions Electrical Applicable
Model Eyebolt Max. Dia. to Lift Mass
Precaution for use φ Capacity Control Unit
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding 220 220 140 255 80 M42 Round bar/pipe: 50kg/ LEPR-
LEP-QV754 8.06kVA
power adversely. Repair it periodically. （8.66）
（8.66）
（5.51）
（10.0）（1.65）φ50（1.96）ーφ400（15.7）
（3.14） 110 lb P290
101
LEP / LEP-Q / LEP-QV / LEPH / LEPR-P
Model LEPH POWER UNIT FOR PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］

This control unit rectifies an input from an AC power source to DCV and
instantaneously outputs current for magnetization and demagnetization to the
permanent electromagnetic Lifma.
［Features］
●Compared with conventional models, the size has been reduced significantly.
(70% reduction in volume)
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Maintenance free due to the non-contact type.
［mm（in）
］
Output Dimensions
Model Input Mass Accessory
Voltage Current Width Depth Height
Single-phase 220 175 290 6kg/ Operation switch
LEPH-MW210A 160VDC 10A
MAGBORE*
200 VAC （8.66）（6.88）（11.4） 13.2 lb (with cable 3 m)
■Maximum allowable number of permanent

electromagnetic Lifma LEP for Control Unit LEPH
Permanent electromagnetic
Lifma LEP-15 LEP-20 LEP-25 LEP-30 LEP-35
LEPH-MW210A Control unit
LEPH-MW210A 3 3 3 2 1

Model LEPR-P POWER UNIT FOR PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］
This unit rectifies an input from an AC power source to DCV and instantaneously
outputs current for magnetization and demagnetization to the permanent
electromagnetic Lifma.
［Features］
●This is equipped with a protection function※ to prevent overheating of the Lifma
by continuous and repeated supply of electricity.
●A pendant type push button switch is included as a standard accessory.
［mm（in）
］
Output Dimensions
Model Input Mass Accessory
Voltage Current Width Depth Height
Single-phase Max. 460 220 505 20kg/ Operation switch
LEPR-P290 90VDC
200 VAC 90A （18.1）（8.66）（19.8） 44.1 lb (with cable 3 m)

※When the magnetization operation or demagnetization operation is performed five times
successively per minute on the control unit, the unit will be brought into an alarm state and will not
accept further operation for safety. To reset the alarm state, turn off the source power once and
then turn it on again.
■Maximum allowable number of permanent

electromagnetic Lifma LEP-Q/QV for Control Unit LEPR

LEPR-P290
Permanent electromagnetic LEP-Q754
Lifma LEP-Q502 LEP-Q504 LEP-Q752
Control unit LEP-QV754
LEPR-P290 5 2 2 1
■LEP/LEP-Q Steel plate lifting standard (Soft steel plate)［mm（in）］ ■LEP-QV Lifting standard (Round steel bar)
Diameter
SEPARATORS
Model φ50 φ100 φ200 φ300 φ400
Plate LEP-15 LEP-20 LEP-25 LEP-30 LEP-35 LEP-Q502 LEP-Q504 LEP-Q752 LEP-Q754 Model
thickness
t5 □900（35.4） □1000（39.4） □1100（43.3） □1100（43.3） □850（33.4） □1220（48.0） □930（36.6） □1300（51.1） LEP-QV754 3m
（118） 3m（118） 1m（39.4） 0.5m
（19.6） 0.3m（11.8）
t9 □800（31.5） □1000（39.4） □1400（55.1）
□950（37.4） □1500（59.0） □900（35.4） □1260（49.6） ※The capacity varies depending on the diameter of round steel bars. When a
t12 □1200（47.2） □1400（55.1） □1030（40.5） □1450（57.0） workpiece is longer than 3 m, it is dangerous to lift it with one unit only. In
t16 □730（28.7） □880（34.6） □850（33.4） □1220（48.0） the case of steel pipes, the capacity varies depending on the wall
□1600（62.9） □1070（42.1） □1500（59.0） thickness. Check it prior to lifting workpieces.
t25 □600（23.6） □750（29.5） □1100（43.3） □1300（51.1） □760（29.9） □1070（42.1）

t50 □450（17.7） □550（21.6） □ 840（33.0） □1000（39.4） □1100（43.3） □550（21.6） □ 780（30.7） □ 870（34.2） □1230（48.4）
■L EP Chang e in h olding ■LEP-Q Change in holding ■LEP-Q Change in holding

power by plate thickness power by plate thickness power by clearance
MAGNETIC MEASURING
（kN）（kN）（kN）

30
LEP-35 30 LEP-Q754 30
Holding power
Holding power
Holding power
20 LEP-30
20 20 LEP-Q754
LEP-25 LEP-Q752 LEP-Q752

LEP-Q504
10 10 LEP-Q504 10
LEP-20 LEP-Q502
LEP-Q502
LEP-15
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 1 2 3 4 5
Plate thickness（mm） Plate thickness（mm） Clearance（mm）
102
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LME Model LME / BATTERY ACE*
The Battery Ace is designed to lift and transport workpieces using a function equivalent to the
electromagnetic type with a built-in battery on indoor work sites where no power supply is available.
This is useful as a lifting section of cranes and hoists for keeping steel plates and steel materials in
order or distributing materials and loading and unloading workpieces to and from machine tools.
■Common specifications of the Battery Ace (standard type, automatic holding and releasing type): LME-F/FJ
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The rigid body and guard acting as a grip also ensure high impact resistance and ●The battery operating time has been increased by 40% max. per day (when
durability in severe work conditions. compared with the old model).
●Since no power cord is needed, the Battery Ace can be used on various work sites. ●When two or more workpieces are held, workpieces that are held in an unstable
There is no fear of accidental release of workpieces in the event of power failure or state can be released by turning the cam switch from“ON”to“OFF”in the case
MAGBORE*
feeder cable breakage. of LME-F or by pressing the [SEPARATE] button in the case of LME-FJ so that
●When the battery power becomes low, the warning buzzer will sound. the remaining workpieces can be transported safely.
●The electrical unit of all models is of non-contact type to reduce the rate of ●All models employ a construction to allow the battery to be removed from the back.
occurrence of failures due to wear of the relay. ●A removable rechargeable spare battery is included with all models as a standard
Working rate 50% ED (Power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes) accessory. The Battery Ace can be used simply by connecting the connector.
CHIP & SLUDGE
Size reduced 30
30% max.! Gap performance improved significantly by optimum design!
Features of LME-F
All
Battery removable
models from back!
Standard ●A cam switch is used for easy ON/OFF operation.
Easy change & quick start!
type
LME-30F
●A remote operation function is also available. (Optional)
Two types selectable by functions
Features of LME-FJ
●The auto/manual operation can be selected with the operation
switch. In the auto mode, an operation to repeat holding and
Lifted object releasing workpieces can be automated to enable the work to be
automatic conducted without remote input. (Holding and releasing repeated
holding/releasing each time the Battery Ace touches down on the floor.)
■Cycle-service long-life battery Model
type ●A proximity sensor mounted in the auto operation detecting section

EB25 is available optionally. Change to
prevents malfunction in poor environment due to contamination,
powder, etc. to ensure safe and reliable transportation.
the cycle-service battery is possible
●The pushbutton switch on the operation panel enables manual without voltage adjustment. This is
LME-30FJ operation of lifted objects. recommendable for users who use the
Battery Ace very often.
A type equipped with an automatic function to control the ※The battery for LME-10F/10FJ is the
number of sheets (Model LME-EMJ) is also available. motorcycle battery.

●For the purchase of batteries, please
〈LME-F〉〈LME-FJ〉 contact us.
L0
φd t
H2
L0
t
H2
φd
TOOLS
Precaution for use

●If an alarm is issued repeatedly,
the life of the battery becomes
shorter. Replace it with a charged
battery at an early stage.
H
H
●Rust and scratches on the

attractive face affect the holding

power adversely. Repair it
periodically.
H1
H1
W L W L
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Battery Working Hours Battery
Model Lifting Capacity Mass Accessories
MAGNETIC
Capacity （50%ED） Charger

220 440 24 40 25
LME-10F 1000kg/2205 lb 300
（11.8） 404
（15.9） 90
（3.54） 12V 12Ah Approx. 60kg/ 132.3 lb Input
（8.66）（17.3）（0.94）（1.57）（0.98） Max. 8 hours 100 VAC Charger:1set
LME-17F 1700kg/3748 lb 263 380
（14.9） 520 469
（18.4） 95
（3.74） 25 60 40 Approx. 130kg/ 286.6 lb Output Spare battery:1set
12V 28Ah
LME-30F 3000kg/6614 lb （10.3） 490
（19.2）（20.4） 514
（20.2）140（5.51）（0.98）（2.36）（1.57） Max. 7 hours Approx. 180kg/1028.9 lb 12 VDC
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Battery Working Hours Battery
Model Lifting Capacity Mass Accessories
Capacity （50%ED） Charger
220 440 16 40 25
LME-10FJ 1000kg/2205 lb 300（11.8） 445
（17.5）ー 456（17.9） 90
（3.54） 12V 12Ah Approx. 65kg/ 143.3 lb Input
（8.66）（17.3）（0.62）
（1.57）
（0.98） Max. 8 hours 100 VAC Charger:1set
LME-17FJ 1700kg/3748 lb 263 380（14.9） 490 516 （20.3）ー 527（20.7） 95
（3.74） 25 60 40 Approx. 140kg/ 308.7 lb Output Spare battery:1set
12V 28Ah
LME-30FJ 3000kg/6614 lb （10.3） 490（19.2）（19.2）561
（22.0）（0.98）
ー 572（22.5）140（5.51）（2.36）
（1.57） Max. 7 hours Approx. 190kg/ 418.9 lb 12 VDC
103
LME
［Features］

Lifted object ●Model LME-60EWJ is recommended for wide and relatively
automatic When two or more workpieces are thick steel plates up to 6 tons.
holding/releasing held, workpieces that are held in an ●Model LME-60ELJ is most suitable for steel plates that tend
type unstable state can be released by
to warp as well as long steel plates and section steels.
pressing the [SEPARATE] button so
that the remaining workpieces can ●Auto/Manual can be selected with the operation switch. In
be transported safely. the auto mode, an operation to repeat holding and releasing
MAGNET
LIFTING
workpieces can be automated to enable the work to be
conducted without remote input. (Holding and releasing
repeated each time the Battery Ace touches down on the
floor.)
●The pushbutton switch on the operation panel enables
MAGBORE*
manual operation of lifted objects.
●The battery remaining capacity is clearly indicated on the
7-rank level meter. When the remaining capacity approaches
L0
φd the end, it is warned by the buzzer.
46
t
●The ammeter allows you to check the supply of electricity to
LME-60ELJ the electromagnet.
●For the purchase of batteries, please contact us.

H
Precaution for use

●If an alarm is issued repeatedly, the life of the battery
becomes shorter. Replace it with a charged battery at
H1
an early stage.
W L ●Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the
holding power adversely. Repair it periodically.
Working rate 50% ED (Power on 5 minutes and pause 5 minutes)
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Lifting Battery Working Hours Battery Charging
Model Mass Accessories
Capacity Capacity （50%ED） Charger Time
(Touch down on floor‒lifting)
270 900 1100 Input
LME-60ELJ
（10.6）（35.4）（43.3） 12V, 28Ah
6000kg/ 159 118 60 Max. 8 Approx. 300kg/ 100 VAC Charger: 1 set
707（27.8）
ー 717
（28.3） 2 units in 6-10h
13230lb 450 540 740 （6.25）（4.64）（2.36） hours 661.5 lb Output Spare battery: 1 set
LME-60EWJ series
（17.7）（21.2）（29.1） 24 VDC

■Steel plate lifting standard (Mill scale soft steel plate) ［mm（in）
］
Model LME-10F, 10FJ LME-17F, 17FJ LME-30F, 30FJ

Plate LME-60ELJ, 60EWJ
thickness Square ×500 ×1000 square ×1000 ×2000 square ×1000 ×2000
6 □550
（21.6） 600
（23.6） 300
（11.8） □1400
（55.1） 1800
（70.8） 900（35.4） □1700
（66.9）1000（39.4）×2500（98.4） 2000（78.7）×1300（51.1）
□1300
（51.1） 1600
（62.9） 800
（31.5）
9 □1650
（64.9） 2500
（98.4） 1200
（47.2） □2000
（78.7） 1000（39.4）×3200（125） 2000（78.7）×2000（78.7）
□650
（25.5） 800
（31.5） 400
（15.7）
12 □1500
（59.0） 2200
（86.6） 1100
（43.3） □1750
（68.8） 2700
（106） 1300
（51.1） □2200
（86.6） 1000（39.4）×4500（177） 2000（78.7）×2500（98.4）
16 □800
（31.5） 1100
（43.3） 600
（23.6）
□1800
（70.8） 3000
（118） 1600
（62.9）
20 □900
（35.4） 1400
（55.1） 850
（33.4） □1700
（66.9） 2800
（110） 1400
（55.1）
SEPARATORS
25 □1100（43.3） 2000
（78.7） 1200
（47.2）
□1850
（72.8） 3300
（129） 1700
（66.9） □2400
（94.4） 1000（39.4）×5500（216） 2000（78.7）×3000（118）
30 □1000（39.4） 1800
（70.8） 1000
（39.4） □1600
（62.9） 2500
（98.4） 1300
（51.1）
40 □950
（37.4） 1600
（62.9） 900
（35.4） □1500
（59.0） 2300
（90.5） 1200
（47.2） □1750
（68.8） 3000
（118） 1500
（59.0）
50 □800
（31.5） 1200
（47.2） 600
（23.6） □1300
（51.1） 1700
（66.9） 800
（31.5） □1700
（66.9） 2700
（106） 1400
（55.1）
100 □550
（21.6） 600
（23.6） 300
（11.8） □900
（35.4） 850（33.4） 450
（17.7） □1200
（47.2） 1500
（59.0） 700（27.5） □1700
（66.9） 1000（39.4）×2700（106） 2000（78.7）×1500（59.0）
■Difference in holding MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS

■Section steel lifting standard ［mm（in）
］
Steel type
power by materials
Angle Steel I or H-shaped Steel Channel Steel
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Model Size Length Size Length Size Length

75（2.95）× 75（2.95）×t 9（0.35） 100（3.93）× 75（2.95） 100（3.93）× 50（1.96） 0 50 100
（％）
100（3.93）×100（3.93）×t 10（0.39） 150（5.90）× 75（2.95） 150（5.90）× 75（2.95） SS400

2000 2500 2000
LME-10F, 10FJ
150（5.90）×150（5.90）×t 15（0.59）（78.7） 200（7.87）×150（5.90）（98.4） 200（7.87）× 80（6.14）（78.7） SUS430
200（7.87）×200（7.87）×t 20（0.78） 300（11.8）×150（5.90） 300（11.8）× 90（3.54） S45C
75（2.95）× 75（2.95）×t 9（0.35） 100（3.93）× 75（2.95） 100（3.93）× 50（1.96） S45C Hardened

100（3.93）×100（3.93）×t 10（0.39） 3000 150（5.90）× 75（2.95） 4000 150（5.90）× 75（2.95） 3000 SKH2
LME-17F, 17FJ
150（5.90）×150（5.90）×t 15（0.59）（118） 200（7.87）×150（5.90）（157） 200（7.87）× 80（6.14）（118） SKH2 Hardened
200（7.87）×200（7.87）×t 20（0.78） 300（11.8）×150（5.90） 300（11.8）× 90（3.54） FC400
75（2.95）× 75（2.95）×t 9（0.35） 100（3.93）× 75（2.95） 100（3.93）× 50（1.96） FC200
100（3.93）×100（3.93）×t 10（0.39） 5000 150（5.90）× 75（2.95） 6000 150（5.90）× 75（2.95） 5000
LME-30F, 30FJ
150（5.90）×150（5.90）×t 15（0.59）（196） 200（7.87）×150（5.90）（236） 200（7.87）× 80（6.14）（196）
200（7.87）×200（7.87）×t 20（0.78） 300（11.8）×150（5.90） 300（11.8）× 90（3.54）
104
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LME-V BATTERY ACE*
［Application］
W1
Round steel bar/section steel A special type Battery Ace that can be specialized for lifting round steel
bars and pipes or for lifting section steel by changing attachments.
BATTERY ACE
Any attachment can be used to lift steel plates and flat steel, but works
most effectively in lifting long steel plates that warp.
（H）
MAGNET
LIFTING
■Attachments
No. 25-130
No.□□-130 Steel bar/pipe φ80 ‒ 400 mm
W2 Steel plate: Lifting capacity 2500 kg
Open angle 130゜
MAGBORE*
L1 (Plate thickness 35 mm, mill scale)

φd
No.25-90
Steel bar/pipe φ80 ‒ 150 mm
No.□□-90 Section steel: Length of one side 100 ‒ 250mm
Open angle 90゜ Steel plate: Lifting capacity 2500 kg
(Plate thickness 35 mm, mill scale)
CHIP & SLUDGE
Precaution for use

Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power
adversely. Repair it periodically.
LME-25EV
L2
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Working
Lifting Charging
Model Lifting Capacity Battery Hours Mass Attachment Charger Accessories
Ring“d” Time
（50%ED）
600kg/ 1323 lb
184 320 366 230 625 φ 58 No.6-130
LME- 6EV Plate thickness 35 mm （7.24） 12V, 12Ah Max. 9 hours 90kg/198 lb
（12.5）
（14.4）
（9.05）
（24.6）（2.28） No.6-90
min., mill scale steel plate
1000kg/ 2205 lb 10‒15h

250 390 450 350 715 No.10-130 Input 100 VAC
LME-10EV Plate thickness 35 mm （9.84） Max. 16 hours 250kg/551 lb
（15.3）
（17.7）
（13.7）
（28.1） No.10-90 Output 12 VDC
min., mill scale steel plate φ 75 Spare battery: 1 set
12V, 28Ah
2500kg/ 5512 lb （2.95） Charger: 1 set
250 390 450 450 715 No.25-130
LME-25EV Plate thickness 35 mm （9.84） 300kg/661 lb
（15.3）
（17.7）
（17.7）
（28.1） No.25-90
Max. 9 hours
5000kg/ 11025 lb
330 390 1000 900 857 φ118 12V, 28Ah No.50-130 Input 100 VAC
LME-50EV Plate thickness 35 mm （12.9） 450kg/992 lb 6‒10h
（15.3）
（39.4）
（35.4）
（33.7）（4.64） 2 units in series No.50-90 Output 24 VDC
※Two types of attachments are included, which can be interchanged according to applications.
■Maximum dimensions of angle steel to lift (L steel)

LME- 6EV 75
（2.95）
‒200
（7.87） Up to 1.7 m
（66.9）
LME-10EV 100（3.93）
‒250
（9.84） Up to 2.5 m
（98.4）
Length of one side Then, the length is
LME-25EV 100（3.93）
‒250
（9.84） Up to 6.0 m（236.2）
LME-50EV 100（3.93）
‒250
（9.84） Up to 10.0 m
（393.7）
(When Attachment No. □□-90 used)
■Maximum size of steel plates to lift (when Attachment No. □□-130 used) ［mm
（in）
］
Model LME- 6EV LME- 10EV LME- 25EV LME- 50EV
Thickness Square Rectangular Square Rectangular Square Rectangular Square Rectangular

350
（13.7） 500（19.6） 600（23.6） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 900
（35.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1400 （55.1） 1000 （39.4） 2000 （78.7）
5‒ 7
×350
（13.7） × 300（11.8） × 600（23.6） × 650（25.5） × 400 （15.7） × 900
（35.4） ×1300 （51.2） × 800 （31.5） ×1400
（55.1） ×1800 （70.9） × 800
（31.5）
TOOLS
450
（17.7） 500（19.6） 700（27.5） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1000 （39.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1700 （66.9） 1000 （39.4） 2000 （78.7）
8 ‒ 12
×450
（17.7） × 400（15.7） × 700（27.5） × 800（31.5） × 450 （17.7） ×1000
（39.4） ×1600 （62.9） × 900 （35.4） ×1700
（66.9） ×2500 （98.4） ×1400
（55.1）
550
（21.6） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 750（29.5） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1100 （43.3） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1800（70.9） 1000 （39.4） 2000（78.7）
13 ‒ 16
×550
（21.6） × 600（23.6） ×300
（11.8） × 750（29.5） ×1200（47.2） × 600 （23.6） ×1100
（43.3） ×2000 （78.7） ×1100（43.3） ×1800
（70.9） ×3500
（137.8） ×1800
（70.9）
700
（27.5） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 900（35.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1300 （51.2） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1900（74.8） 1000 （39.4） 2000（78.7）
17 ‒ 40
×700
（27.5） ×1000（39.4） ×500
（19.6） × 900（35.4） ×1250（49.2） × 750 （29.5） ×1300
（51.2） ×2500 （98.4） ×1700（66.9） ×1900
（74.8） ×3800
（149.6） ×1900
（74.8）
600
（23.6） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1000
（39.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1500（59.0） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 2000（78.7） 1000 （39.4） 2000（78.7）
45 ‒ 50
×600
（23.6） × 900（35.4） ×450
（17.7） ×1000（39.4） ×1750（68.9） ×1000（39.4） ×1500
（59.0） ×3500
（137.8） ×2000（78.7） ×2000
（78.7） ×4000
（157.5） ×2000
（78.7）
550
（21.6） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 900（35.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1200 （47.2） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1500（59.0） 1000 （39.4） 2000（78.7）
75
×550
（21.6） × 600（23.6） ×300
（11.8） × 900
（35.4） ×1250（49.2） × 750 （29.5） ×1200
（47.2） ×2500 （98.4） ×1500（59.0） ×1500
（59.0） ×2600
（102.4） ×1150
（45.2）
450
（17.7） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 700（27.5） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 900
（35.4） 500（19.6） 1000
（39.4） 1400 （55.1） 1000 （39.4） 2000 （78.7）
100
×450
（17.7） × 400（15.7） ×200
（7.87） × 700
（27.5） ×1000（39.4） × 600 （23.6） × 900
（35.4） ×2000 （78.7） × 850 （33.5） ×1400
（55.1） ×2000 （78.7） ×1000
（39.4）
MAGNETIC
■Maximum size of round steel bars and steel pipes to lift (when Attachment No. □□-130 used) ［mm（in）］
Model LME- 6EV LME- 10EV LME- 25EV LME- 50EV
Length Length Length Length
Diameter
Steel bar Steel Pipe Steel bar Steel Pipe Steel bar Steel Pipe Steel bar Steel Pipe
80 1000
（39.4） 1500
（59.0） 2000
（78.7） 3000
（118.0） 4000
（157.5） 6000
（236.2） 7000
（275.6） 11000
（433.1）
100 900
（35.4） 1400
（55.1） 1900
（74.8） 2500 （98.4） 3500
（137.8） 5800
（228.3） 6000
（236.2） 10000
（393.7）
150 600
（23.6） 1250
（49.2） 1100
（43.3） 2100 （82.7） 2000 （78.7） 5000
（196.9） 3500
（137.8） 8000
（315.0）
200 350
（13.7） 1000
（39.4） 700（27.5） 1750 （68.9） 1400 （55.1） 4100
（161.4） 2500 （98.4） 7000
（275.6）
250 300
（11.8） 850（33.5） 600（23.6） 1500 （59.0） 1250 （49.2） 3500
（137.8） 2200 （86.6） 6000
（236.2）
300 250
（9.84） 750
（29.5） 500（19.6） 1350 （53.2） 1100 （43.3） 3000
（118.1） 1900 （74.8） 5000
（196.9）
350 350（13.7） 1250 （49.2） 950 （37.4） 2750
（108.3） 1700 （66.9） 4200
（165.4）
400 800 （31.5） 2500 （98.4） 1300 （51.2） 4000
（157.5）
105
LME-V / LME-M / LME-T
Model LME-M BATTERY ACE*

［Application］
Controlled number

This Battery Ace allows the magnetic force to be adjusted. Suitable
of plates to lift for lifting one plate from stacked plates.
［Features］
●”ON”(forward) (weak),“OFF”and“REV”(reverse) can be selected
easily with a switch.
MAGNET
●The magnetic force can be adjusted steplessly by while holding
LIFTING
the WEAK pushbutton switch pressed, turning the magnetic force
adjust knob.
●When the pushbutton switch is released after adjusting the number
of plates, the strong excitation is automatically activated.
MAGBORE*
●All operations can also be performed remotely.
Precaution for use
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power

LME-60ELM adversely. Repair it periodically.
［mm
（in）
］
Lifting Dimensions Working Hours Battery Charging

Model Capacity Battery Mass Accessories
Attractive face Height Lifting ring ID (50%ED) Charger Time
LME-15FM 1500kg/ 3307 lb 280（11.0）
×350
（13.7） 464（18.2） 100kg/220 lb Input 100 VAC
φ60
（2.36） 12V, 28Ah 10‒15h Remote operation switch
LME-30FM 3000kg/ 6614 lb 280（11.0）
×450
（17.7） 521（20.5） 160kg/352 lb Output 12 VDC (cable 3 m included)
Max. 8 hours
Spare battery: 1 set
12V, 28Ah Input 100 VAC Charger: 1 set
LME-60ELM 6000kg/13227 lb 270（10.6）
×900
（35.4） 755（29.7） φ118
（4.64） 300kg/661 lb 6‒10h
2 units in series Output 24 VDC
Model LME-T BATTERY ACE*

［Application］
2-point lifting This Battery Ace, equipped with two swivel type magnets mounted on a beam at a

1000 mm interval, can lift long steel plates. This Battery Ace can follow warping of
steel plates to transport them safely. Especially, it works well on thin steel sheets.
［Features］
●Suitable for transporting thin steel sheets.
●Capable of lifting steel sheets that are 30% to 100% longer than sheets lifted by
the standard type Battery Ace.

LME-20ETJ
SEPARATORS
590
40
60
φ
［mm（in）
］
Plate
Square Rectangular Specified Length

Thickness
（676）
2000
（78.7）
× 1000
（39.4）× 1500
（59.0）×
5‒ 9
2000
（78.7） 3500
（137.8） 2700
（106.3）
2400
（94.5）
× 1500
（59.0）×
10
2400
（94.5） 3500
（137.8）
MAGNETIC MEASURING
160
2500
（98.4）
× 1500
（59.0）×
12 1219
（47.9） × 1524 （60.0） ×
2500
（98.4） 1000
（39.4）× 4000
（157.5）
155 914（35.9）× 2438
（95.9） 3048（12.0）
1000 435 2400 × 4000
（94.5）（157.5） 1500
（59.0）×
1200 544 14 1829（72.0） (Nominal 4 × 8) (Nominal 5 ×10)
2400
（94.5） 3500
（137.8）
(Nominal 3 × 6)
2200
（86.6）
× 1500
（59.0）×
16 ‒ 22
（86.6）
2200 （118.0）
3000
2000
（78.7）
× 1000
（39.4）× 1500
（59.0）
×
Precaution for use 25 ‒ 32
2000
（78.7） 3500
（137.8） 2500
（98.4）
Rust and scratches on the attractive face affect the holding power 1500
（59.0）
× 1000
（39.4）
× 1500
（59.0）
×
adversely. Repair it periodically. 36 ‒ 50
1500
（59.0） 2500
（98.4） 1500
（59.0）
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Working Hours Charging
Model Lifting Capacity Battery Mass Battery Charger Accessories
Attractive face Height Lifting ring ID （50%ED） Time
155（6.10）×435 （17.1） 701 φ75 Input 100 VAC Spare battery: 1 set
LME-20ETJ 2000kg/ 4409 lb 12V28Ah Max. 8 hours 290kg/639 lb 10 ‒15h
2 units （27.6）（2.95） Output 12 VDC Charger: 1 set
※The lifting capacity is indicated by a value that is a half of the max. holding power. ※The number-of-workpiece control type, special specifications, is also available.
106
LIFTING MAGNETS
Model LM-EC LARGE ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*
［Application］

Suitable for transporting mainly iron wastes and iron lumps such as scraps, slabs and ingots.
(Quoted when requested)
［Features］
●Designed with the electromagnetic coil in H-grade insulation for maximum magnetic effect
and minimum power consumption.
●Robust and tough, designed to withstand severe operations.
MAGNET
LIFTING
LM-90EC2 ※LM-40EC2 has no chain. (Eyebolt included)

※An output voltage variable unit and uninterruptible power supply are available according to applications.
MAGBORE*
An example of usage
b
CHIP & SLUDGE
H
φd
φD
［mm
（in）
］
Max. Lifting Mass Dimensions Applicable

Power Working
Model Steel cut Voltage Current Mass Control
Ingot Pig iron Chips ℓ Consumption Rate
wastes Unit
LM- 40EC2 1000kg/ 2205 lb 60kg/ 132 lb 20kg/ 44 lb 10kg/ 22 lb 400（15.7） − − − −※1 2.5A 0.55kW 130kg/ 286 lb LBR-04E
LM- 50EC2 1800kg/ 3968 lb 120kg/ 264 lb 90kg/ 198 lb 25kg/ 55 lb 500（19.6） 600（23.6） 70（2.75） 140（5.51） 4.3A 1.0kW 290kg/ 639 lb LBR-05E 50%ED
18（0.70）
LM- 60EC2 3000kg/ 6614 lb 250kg/ 551 lb 120kg/ 264 lb 40kg/ 88 lb 600（23.6） 740（29.1） 90（3.54） 160（6.29） 5.8A 1.28kW LBR-06E
400kg/ 880 lb
LM- 70EC2 5000kg/11020 lb 350kg/ 771 lb 200kg/ 441 lb 100kg/ 220 lb 700（27.5） 820（32.2）110（4.33） 180（7.08） 22（0.86） 18A 4.0kW LBR-07E
Repeating
220 cycle of
LM- 90EC2 9000kg/19840 lb 500kg/1102 lb 300kg/ 661 lb 200kg/ 441 lb 900（35.4）1060（41.7）150（5.90） 220（8.66） 28（1.10） 28A 6.2kW 600kg/1323 lb LBR-09E
VDC power on 5
LM- 110EC2 14000kg/30860 lb 900kg/1984 lb 500kg/1102 lb 300kg/ 661 lb 1100（43.3）1140（44.8）175（6.88） 250（9.84） 32（1.25） 42A 9.2kW 1400kg/3086 lb LBR-11E min. and
LM- 130EC2 19000kg/41890 lb 1400kg/3086 lb 800kg/1764 lb 500kg/1102 lb 1300（51.1）1250（49.2）190（7.48） 290（11.4） 38（1.49） 63A 13.9kW 1900kg/4189 lb LBR-13E pause
LM- 150EC2 24000kg/52910 lb 1900kg/4189 lb 1100kg/2425 lb 800kg/1764 lb 1500（59.0）1480（58.2）210（8.26） 350（13.7） 44（1.73） 74A 16.3kW 2900kg/6393 lb LBR-15E 5 min.
LM- 180EC2 31000kg/68340 lb 2700kg/5952 lb 1600kg/3527 lb 1100kg/2205 lb 1800（70.8）1620（63.7）230（9.05） 370（14.5） 54（2.12） 110A 24.0kW 4200kg/9259 lb LBR-18E
※1: M42 eyebolt ※The control unit carries an operation pushbutton switch, instrument box, cable connector and cable reel.
Model LM-R RECTIFIER BUILT-IN LARGE ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*

An example of special type ［Application］

Suitable for lifting steel plates and scraps.
［Features］
●These Lifmas incorporate a rectifier and
therefore require no control unit to be
TOOLS
installed separately.
●When the rectifier is removed, remote
operation becomes possible. (The remote
Power cable 10m operation cable, however, is optional.)
●A drop-proof construction for use
（254）
outdoors.
50
※If the rectifier is secured on a wall, the

construction is no more drip-proofed.
●The built-in reverse excitation circuit
（244） facilitates releasing lifted workpieces.
φ70
MAGNETIC
（122）
LM-R60-S
h
H
φD
（in）
［mm ］
Max. Lifting Mass Holding Power Dimensions Input Power Working
Model Mass
Ingot Pig Iron Steel cut wastes Chips (Max.) Voltage Consumption Rate
450 170 395
LM-R45 1200kg/2646 lb 40/88ー 70kg/154 lb 20/44ー 40kg/ 88 lb 15kg/33 lb 56kN（ 5600kgf） 1φ Approx.420W 220kg/485 lb
（17.7）（6.69）（15.5） 200 50％
600 205 430 VAC ED
LM-R60 2000kg/4409 lb 100/220ー150kg/330 lb 60/132ー100kg/220 lb 20kg/44 lb 100kN
（10000kgf） 1φ Approx.750W 400kg/880 lb
107
（23.6）（8.07）（16.9）
LM-EC / LM-R / LM-EP / LEP-QL
Model LM-EP RECTANGULAR ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA* FOR STEEL PLATE
［Application］

Control unit required additionally Mounted on a beam for such operations as transporting, sorting, dewatering

(Quoted when requested) and shipping of steel plates.
［Features］
●The number of pieces to lift can be controlled accurately by the control unit.
●Easy-to-operate and trouble-free mechanism.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The employment of an uninterruptible power supply prevents lifted
LM-40150EP3 workpieces from falling in the event of power failure.
MAGBORE*
(The photo shows an
example of special order)
φd
H

L B
［mm（in）
］
Dimensions Power
Model Max. Holding Power Voltage Current Mass Working Rate Remarks
Consumption
LM-20120EP3 100kN
（10000kgf） 1200（47.2） 24
（0.94） 5.1A 1.07kW 180kg/ 396 lb The control unit is
200
（7.87） 190（7.48）
LM-20200EP3 170kN
（17000kgf） 2000
（78.7） 32
（1.25） 8.3A 1.74kW 340kg/ 749 lb 50%ED optimally designed
according to the
LM-30100EP3 150kN
（15000kgf） 1000（39.4） 180（7.08） 26
（1.02） 6.0A 1.26kW 250kg/ 551 lb
210 VDC Repeating cycle of number of pieces
LM-30120EP3 180kN
（18000kgf） 300（11.8） 1200
（47.2） 200（7.87） 7.1A 1.50kW 300kg/ 561 lb to control. The
32
（1.25） power on 5 min. and
LM-30180EP3 260kN
（26000kgf） 1800
（70.9） 190（7.48） 9.1A 1.90kW 450kg/ 992 lb lifting chain, etc.
pause 5 min.
are optional.
LM-40150EP3 300kN
（30000kgf） 400（15.7） 1500（59.0） 220（8.66） 35
（1.37） 11.9A 2.50kW 550kg/1389 lb
Model LEP-QL LARGE PERMANENT ELECTROMAGNETIC LIFMA*

Long beam type designed for large workpieces

Control unit required additionally (Quoted when requested) ［Application］
Permanent electromagnetic Lifmas that allow electrical control of magnetizing and
demagnetizing the built-in permanent magnet. Suitable for transporting steel plates
LEP-QL30140 and iron products that have a flat attractive face and can be held on the whole face.
fabrication ［Features］

●A power-saving type requiring only momentary supply of electricity (power on).
［mm
（in）
］
Max.Holding Dimensions Electrical

Model Mass Remarks
Power Capacity
W
φd 120kN 740 24 180kg
LEP-QL3074 11.5kVA
（12000kgf）（29.1）（0.94） /396 lb The control unit
is quoted when
180kN 300 1070 110 30 250kg requested. The
17.2kVA
SEPARATORS
LEP-QL30107
（18000kgf）（11.8）（42.1）（4.33）（1.18） /551 lb lifting chain is
H
optional.
240kN 1400 35 330kg
LEP-QL30140 22.9kVA
L （24000kgf）（55.1）（1.37） /727 lb
Lifma with beam
〈Lifting steel plates〉

MAGNETIC MEASURING
〈Lifting bundled pipes〉
Other types are available according to your requirements and specifications.

108
MAGBORE*
Model KCD-M MINI TYPE MAGBORE*
［Features］
Compact magnetic force hold type drill stand ●Mini size weighing only 7 kg. Can be handled easily by
female workers.
●Holds plates as thin as 5 mm and ensures highly
precise drilling.
●The electric drill can be changed to a tapper by
changing the mounting fixtures.
MAGNET
LIFTING
Handle
KCD-MN2 Rack Parts available
(Electric drill is not included.) Razor
Slide bed
individually
MAGBORE*
Toggle switch
Electric drill mounting fixture
Hex. socket head screw

To secure mounting fixture
Cord Electric drill pressing fixture
To secure pressing metal
Fuse holder
CHIP & SLUDGE
Socket
Magnet
Electric drill
Hex. socket head screw mounting fixture
KCD-MDN2 To push electric drill Hex. socket head screw
(Electric drill is included) To assemble mounting fixture
［mm
（in）
］
Allowable Dimensions Max.

Model Applicable Drill Drill Dia. Power Source Holding Power Mass Remarks
Drilling Force Magnet Height Stroke
Single-phase 5.5kg/12 lb Electric drill not included
KCD-MN2 240 100

6.5
（0.25） 1.5
（0.05）
‒6.5（0.25） 100 VAC/110 VAC, 1kN
（100kgf） 3.5kN（350kgf） φ105
（4.13）
×60
（2.36）
KCD-MDN2 （9.44）（3.93） 7kg/15 lb Electric drill included
50/60 Hz
※Power cable 2 m is included. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, mill scale surface. KCD-MDN2 comes with an electric drill as a standard accessory.
Model KCD-N MAGBORE*

A round magnet is turnable up to 320°. You can
Portable magnetic force hold type drilling machine drill thin steel sheets by placing backing.
Parts available ［Features］

individually ●A portable version of the bench drilling
machine.
Slide bed
Razor (left)
Rack Handle shaft
Razor (right) Handle
Dovetail clamp
Electric drill socket Mounting fixture stay

Power cord Electric drill mounting fixture

To secure mounting fixture

Adjust bolt To secure pressing fixture
Shackle
Electric drill pressing fixture
TOOLS
Fuse holder
Toggle switch
Rotary flange Hex. socket head screw

To assemble mounting fixture
Magnet
KCD-1NB Electric drill fixing fixture

Lock lever

To secure electric drill
To secure fixing fixture
（in）
［mm ］
Power Source Allowable Holding Dimensions Max. Turning Fine Back-Forth
Model Applicable Drill Drill Dia. Mass
Voltage Power Drilling Force Power Magnet Height Stroke Angle Move
Single-phase 8kN 355 140 30

KCD-1NB 13
（0.51） 1.5（0.05）
‒13（0.51） 34W 4kN（400kgf） φ142（5.59）
×70
（2.75） 320° 15.0kg/33 lb
100 VAC （800kgf）（13.9）（5.51）（1.18）
MAGNETIC
※Power cable 5 m is included. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, mill scale surface.
■List of applicable electric drills Replacement of electric drills of

by models of Magbore old type KCD-MN/MN1/1NA
Magbore Hitachi When you are using an old type and want to replace
the electric drill with the latest type, please purchase
KCD-MN2 DG-6 a set of electric drill mounting fixtures of the latest
model.
・Old KCD-MN/MN1 ⇒ Fixtures for latest KCD-MN2
KCD-1NB D-13SB
・Old KCD-1NA ⇒ Fixtures for latest KCD-1NB
109
KCD-M / KCD-N / MTP
Model MTP MAGTAP*
［Application］
small to

Fully covering

A tool designed to facilitate tapping of prepared holes in iron and
tapping
large diameter steel plates, secured with a powerful magnet. Available in two
types: permanent magnet and electromagnet. Tapping can be done
either by manual tapping or using an electric tapper.
［Features］
●The Magtap uses its strong holding power to secure a stable
MAGNET
LIFTING
mounting position and posture for easy tapping.
MTP-25A
■MTP-13B《Manual tapping type》

●Small and light weight for easy carrying around.
●The tap guide holder to facilitate accurate tapping in horizontal
MAGBORE*
MTP-13B
and vertical faces.
●Wear and damage of taps can be prevented.
●The magnet used is a powerful permanent magnet.
■MTP-25A《Ratchet type》
●Tapping can be done only by repeating back-forth movement with
the ratchet lever.

Iron plate ●The magnet used is a powerful electromagnet.
■MTP-MT8《Electric type》
●The revolution can be varied steplessly according to tap sizes.
●Small and light weight for easy carrying around.
●The tapper can be changed to an electric drill by changing the
mounting fixtures.
■MTP-MT16《Electric type》
MTP-MT16 ●Speedy tapping can be achieved by the impact method.
●The back-forth and right-left adjusting mechanism is incorporated.
in cluded ●The tapper can be changed to an electric drill by changing the
Tapper mounting fixtures. (The main unit is the same as KANETEC
Magbore KCD-1NB, but the lock handle faces an opposite
direction.)

270
cluded

in
Tapper
（360）
（210）
Power cord
MTP-MT8 Tap
Magnet 5m
chuck bolt °
90
Tap Tap
chuck cap nut chuck
55
Select lever
50 50 58.5
SEPARATORS
φ116 59
〈MTP-13B〉〈MTP-25A〉［mm（in）

］
Power Consumption Dimensions Fine
Tap Tapper Max. Holding Holding Power Turning
Model Tapping Capacity Back-Forth Mass
Feeding Type Stroke Method Power Source Electromagnet Tapper Magnet Height Angle
Move
Permanent 0.8kN 50
（1.96） ×58.5（2.30） 2.5kg/
MTP-13B M 3 （0.11） ‒M12（0.47） 60 （2.36） − − 210（8.26）
magnet （ 80kgf） ×55（2.16） 5.51 lb

Manual − −
6kN 14kg/
MTP-25A M10 （0.39） ‒M24（0.94） 85 （3.34） 30W φ116 （4.56）×75 （2.95） 360 （14.1） − −
（600kgf） 30.8 lb
Single-
Electro 3.5kN （440）（17.3） 9kg/
MTP-MT8 UT- 8V M 3 （0.11） ‒M 8 （0.31） 100（3.93） phase 285W φ105 （4.13）×60 （2.36）
Magnet （350kgf） 240（9.44） 19.8 lb
Electric 100 VAC 34W
8kN （390）（15.3） 18kg/
MTP-MT16 UT-14V M 8 （0.31） ‒M16（0.62） 140（5.51） 360W φ142 （5.59）×70 （2.75） 320° 30
（1.18）
MAGNETIC MEASURING
（800kgf） 355（13.9） 39.6 lb

※The power cable included is 5 m long for MTP-25A and MTP-MT16 and 2 m long for MTP-MT18. ※For MTP-MT, use a taper tap or plug tap.
※MTP-MT16 requires tap holders suitable for tap sizes, which are optionally available. (See the figures below.)
※The figures in ( ) in Height are the height with the electric tapper installed. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 25 mm thick, mill scale surface.
Information about commercially available tap holders for tapper UT-14Y

… Tap holder sets/major dimensions and applicable taps (Use commercially available holders according to tap sizes.)
［mm（in）
］
Code Applicable Tap Size Tap Mounting Dimensions External Dimensions
K Square part Name Shape
No. Metric Unified
M8 Tap holder set 995308 M 8
（0.31） − 6.2
（0.24） 5 （0.19）
A 49
（1.92）
M10 3/8 Tap holder set 995280 M10
（0.39） 3/8 7 （0.27） 5.5（0.21） 36
（1.41）
〈A〉〈B〉〈C〉
d M12 Tap holder set 995283 M12
（0.47） − 8.5
（0.33） 6.5
（0.25）
B 50
（1.96）
Shank dia. ＊1/2 Tap holder set 995281 − 1/2 9 （0.35） 7 （0.27） 12.7
（0.50）
D
M14 Tap holder set 995300 M14

（0.55） − 10.5（0.41） 8 （0.31） 52
（2.04）
42
（1.65）
L L L 5/8 Tap holder set 995282 C − 5/8 12 （0.47） 9 （0.35）
56
（2.20）
M16 Tap holder set 996341 M16
（0.62） − 12.5（0.49） 10 （0.39）
S The 1/2 tap holder set marked by * is a standard accessory. The M12 tap can be used by replacing the tap drive only with the one for M12.
The holders other than the one marked by * are all commercially available. Please purchase them.
110
CHIP & SLUDGE CONVEYANCE EQUIPMENT
Model MS-F.FH.FHP MAGCLEAN*
［Application］
Magnetic coolant separator This unit is incorporated in the grinding fluid purification and circulation system for grinders
to remove iron powder, a major part of purification.
When this is used together with a tank in which particles other than iron powder such as
abrasive grains are separated by floating and precipitation, repurified and regenerated
grinding fluid can be supplied to grinders again.
［Features］
●The construction of a stationary magnet and a rotary outer drum shell has no magnet in
MAGNET
LIFTING
the area of the rake plate to allow smooth discharge of sludge. (The life of the rake
plate is also prolonged.)
●The magnetic drum rotation drive construction has been modified to improve durability
significantly.
●The squeezing roller tensioning mechanism has been designed anew to improve the
MAGBORE*
A type having squeezing performance.

a motor on the ●The squeezing roller and inlet areas are covered to enhance safety as well as to prevent
right side (MS- grinding fluid from splashing/scattering.
MS-4Fa ●The outlet can be located on the right, left or bottom to allow flexible change of the
F-R) is also
available. circulation system layout.
Maintenance parts available ●The high magnetic force type (MS-FaH: drum surface max. flux density 0.3T (3000G))/
CHIP & SLUDGE
super high magnetic force type (MS-FHP: 0.5T (5000G)) are most suitable for collection
of weak magnetic and minute sludge.
●A type having a motor on the right side (MS-F-R) is also available.
Precaution for use

This is dedicated to grinding fluid (water soluble) only. If you plan to use the Magclean under the
following conditions or if you cannot decide a suitable model, please fill the Magclean inquiry sheet
at the end of this catalog and consult with us in advance.
・Grinding fluid is oil based.
・Liquid other than grinding fluid is used (such as fresh water and chemical liquid).
・The squeezing roller forced drive type is used.
・KANETEC MS-D type is to be updated. ・Liquid to use is not at normal temperature.
※Please see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) on page 171 also.
■Applications of Magclean
MS-4FHP
Paper Filter Magclean after
(Ref.)
Machine Tools and Iron Powder (Sludge) Chip after Separation and
Magclean Chip
Equipment and Chips Magclean Treatment by Collection by
Drum surface max. flux density 0.5T!
Conveyor
Magclean Chip Conveyor
Precision grinding machine Sludge ※1
△ × △ − ×
Honing machine Fine iron powder
To machine
Principle of grinding Cylindrical grinding machine Flocculent fine iron ※3
○ △
※1
○ − ×
fluid circulation Pump Centerless grinding machine powder ※3
Surface grinding machine ※1

Rotary grinding machine Fine iron powder ○ △ ○ − ×
From machine
Crushed chips ※2
× ○ × ○ ○
Machining center End milling
Milling machine Spiral helical shape ※2
Lathe × × × ○ ○
60 mm or less
Gear cutting machine ※2
Broaching machine Cylindrical helical shape
× × × ○ ○
Drilling machine 60 mm or less
Special machine Tangled chips ※2
× × × ○ ○
60 mm or less
Fine iron powder about ※1
Washing machine ○ △ ○ − ×
100 μm
Fine iron particles of various ※1

Hardening equipment △ △ △ × ×
shapes
○: Effectively functions and high collection rate. ※1: Nonmagnetic fine particles such as abrasives can be collected.
Tank △: Functions but collection rate and processing amount ※2: Two steps of chip collection and fine iron powder collection are
(Gravity separation) expected to drop. possible.
×: Not suitable. ※3: May not be collected by the standard type. Please contact us.
［mm
（in）
］
B Dimensions
Model
TOOLS
Inlet d 1 MS-2F* 193（7.59） 148（5.82） 82

（3.22）
ODφD 1 MS-4F*
Outlet d 2 267（10.5） 165（6.49） 95
（3.74）
ODφD 2
MS-6F*
（H）
φD
<For MS-2/4/6F*> ［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions
H1
Model
H2
H3
MS-8F* 308（12.1） 170（6.69）

H4
MS-12F* 410（16.1）
P P1
L3
b1
All models come 210
（8.26）
L4 4−φ11 with a sludge box. MS-18F* 460（18.1） 230（9.05）
e L1 L2 P2
L b2 MS-24F* 510（20.0）
<For MS-8/12/18/24F*> ［mm
（in）
］
Model Dimensions
Dimen
MAGNETIC
Processing Power
High mag. Super high Capacity Source Motor Mass
Standard
force mag. force
375 278 15 120 91 141 57 PS-1・ 15kg/
MS- 2Fa MS- 2FaH MS- 2FHP 20L/min
（14.7）
（10.9）（0.59）（4.72）
（3.58）
（5.55）（2.24） 1/2 33 lb
328 271 330 50 55 200 170 141 191 200 135 84 70 18kg/
MS- 4Fa MS- 4FaH MS- 4FHP 40L/min 25W PS-2
380 （12.9）（10.6）
（12.9）（1.96）
（2.16）（7.87）（6.69）
（5.55）
（7.52）（7.87）
（5.31）（3.30） 60 （2.75） 39 lb
（14.9） 378 20 220 191 241 （2.36） 70 21kg/
MS- 6Fa MS- 6FaH MS- 6FHP 60L/min PS-2
3-phase （14.8）（0.78）（8.66）
（7.52）
（9.48）（2.75） 46 lb
200 VAC/ 510 505 30 65 65 20 320 291 341 142 114 85 PS-2・ 32kg/
MS- 8Fa MS- 8FaH MS- 8FHP 80L/min
220 VAC, （20.0）
（19.8） 286 460 （1.18）（2.55）
（2.55）（0.78） 270 （12.6）
（11.4）
（13.4） 215 （5.59） 60 （4.48）（3.34）1/2 70 lb
50/60 Hz 515 605 （11.2）（18.1） 86 86 （10.6） 420 391 441 （8.46） 151 （2.36） 67 85 PS-2・ 102 38kg/
MS-12Fa MS-12FaH MS-12FHP 120L/min PS-3
（20.2）
（23.8）（3.38）
（3.38）（16.5）
（15.3）
（17.3）（5.94）（2.63）（3.34） 1/2 （4.01） 83 lb
40W
655 25 470 441 491 45kg/
MS-18Fa MS-18FaH MS-18FHP 180L/min
655 （25.7） 321 600 80 95 （0.98） 400 （18.5）
（17.3）
（19.3） 250 165 95 77 102 99 lb
PS-3 ̶ PS-4
（25.7） 705 （12.6）
（23.6）（3.14）
（3.74）（15.7） 520 491 541 （9.84）（6.49）（3.74）
（3.03）（4.01） 50kg/
MS-24Fa MS-24FaH MS-24FHP 240L/min
111
（27.7）（20.4）
（19.3）
（21.3） 110 lb
MS-F / MS-FH / MS-FHP / MS / MS-BS / CMS
Model MS MAGCLEAN* HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE LEGS/INFLOW BOX (Optional)
Inflow box (Facilitates alignment of inlet) ［Application］

An optional unit to enable the Magclean to be mounted on a machine easily.
［mm（in）
］
Model Dimensions
Ｈ
Standard High mag. force Super high mag. force
MS- 2Fa MS- 2FaH MS- 2FHP 110
（4.33）
ＬＬ
（4.13） 130
（5.11） 105（4.13）
MAGNET
150
（5.90）
LIFTING
MS- 6Fa MS- 6FaH MS- 6FHP
（6.69）
155
（6.10） 115（4.52）
Height adjustable leg (Facilitates adjustment of height of inlet)
h±5
MS-12Fa MS-12FaH MS-12FHP 190

（7.48）
※For MS-18Fa/FaH/FHP and MS-24Fa/FaH/FHP, please contact us.
Model MS-BS MAGCLEAN*
MAGBORE*
Inlet d 1
ODφD 1
［Application］
Inlet d 1
ODφD 1 L4
Suitable for removal of iron powder from grinding fluid.
φD
If you plan to use this model for washing purpose (fresh water and other
liquids), please contact us.
（H）
H1
H2
■Model designation of MS-BS

H3
When ordering MS-BS Series, be sure to specify the direction of the inlet and
L3
liquid discharge port in the model designation as follows:
P1 P
L1 L2
e L MS-24BS-B L
B1 Direction of liquid discharge port
L: Left when viewed from the sludge discharge
Liquid direction. (Liquid discharge port ③ in the following
discharge Liquid figure)
discharge
por d 2
port d 2 R: Right when viewed from the sludge discharge
ODφD 2
ODφD 2 direction. (Discharge port ④ in the following figure)
Mounting Direction of the inlet
H4
hole 4-φM
B: Backside (Inlet ① in the following figure)
b3 b1 R: Right when viewed from the sludge discharge
direction. (Inlet ② in the following figure)
MS-24BS-BR P2
b2
B
［mm（in）
］
Inlet Liquid Processing Power Dimensions

Model Discharge Motor Mass
Direction Direction Capacity Source

MS-24BS-BL ③ 25
① ̶
MS-24BS-BR ④ （0.98）
240L/ 670 645 534 620 90 25 570 572 495 515 615 80 386 268 189 77 17 214 102 127 115kg/
90W PS-3 PS-4
MS-24BS-RL ③ min （26.3）
（25.3）
（21.0）
（24.4）（3.54）（0.98）
（22.4）
（22.5）
（19.8）
（20.2）
（24.2）
（31.5）
（15.2）
（10.5）
（7.44）
（3.03）
（0.66）
（8.42）
（4.01）（5.00） 253 lb
70
② ̶
MS-24BS-RR ④ （2.75）
MS-36BS-BL ③ 3-phase 35
① ̶
200 （1.37）

MS-36BS-BR ④ 360L/ 839 50 105 730 630 668 790 345 100 127 154 292kg/
VAC, PS-4 PS-5
MS-36BS-RL ③ min （33.0）（1.96）
（41.3）（28.7）
（24.8）
（26.3）
（31.1）（13.5）（3.93）（5.00）（6.06） 643 lb
50/60 80
② ̶
MS-36BS-RR ④ Hz （3.15）
830 670 780 30 720 110 500 264 22 317
100W
MS-50BS-BL ③ （32.6）（26.3）
（30.7）（1.18）
（28.4）（4.33）（19.6）（10.4）（0.86）
（12.4）
35
① ̶
MS-50BS-BR ④ （1.37） 375kg/
500L/ 1139 120 1030 930 968 1090 358 115 154 182
PS-5 PS-6 826 lb
MS-50BS-RL ③ min （44.8）（3.54）（40.5）（36.6）（38.1）
（42.9）（14.0）（4.52）（6.06）（7.16）
90
② ̶
MS-50BS-RR ④ （3.54）
SEPARATORS
※The numbers in Inlet Direction and Liquid Discharge Direction correspond to No. ① to ④ in the figures above. Be sure to check the directions.
Model CMS CHIP MAGCLEAN*

B
Inlet D 1 Outlet D 2 145 B1
Right/left/

bottom,
3 places
（280）
220
158
Motor
（100）
MAGNETIC MEASURING
70
25 ℓ B3
20 300 140 P
CMS-12A E 460 （30） B2
［Application］（ L）
This Chip Magclean is designed to remove/collect chips in coolant that is discharged from cutting operations by machine tools.
［Features］
●The employment of a magnetic drum with special magnetic pole array ensures a high rate of collection.
●The newly designed scrapper improves performance to separate and remove chips from the magnetic drum.
●The expanded discharge space helps stable discharge. The higher side wall helps prevent overflowing.
●The overall height has been reduced by 80 mm by changing the motor mounting position, enabling the Chip Magclean to be mounted in places where it
could not be mounted. ［mm（in）］
Processing Power Dimensions
Model Motor Mass
Capacity Source ℓ
CMS-4A 40L/min 3-phase 380
（14.9） 234（9.21） 200（7.87） 152（5.98） 180（7.08） PS-2 22kg/ 48 lb
200 VAC/ （19.8）
505 20
（0.78） 70
（2.75） PS-2
CMS-8A 80L/min 25W 430
（16.9） 284（11.1） 250（9.84） 202（7.95） 230（9.05） PS-2・1／2 27kg/ 59 lb
220 VAC,
CMS-12A 120L/min 50/60 Hz 515
（20.2） 580
（22.8） 25
（0.98） 60
（2.36） 434（17.0） 400（15.7） 352（13.8） 380（14.9） PS-2・1／2 PS-3 41kg/ 90 lb
112
Model FMS SUPER MAGCLEAN*
［Application］
Suitable for removing iron from waste water

in ironworks and cooling water for steel
rolling. This model is also used to remove/
collect iron from washing water from blast
furnaces, sintering furnaces, dust collectors
and other industrial waste water.
MAGNET
LIFTING
［Features］
●A large capacity ranging from 60 t/h to
360 t/h and a wide variety of types.
Highly economical.
●A high rate of collection of iron from waste
MAGBORE*
FMS-240
water for economical operations. A
Scraper Inlet collection rate of 94.5% from waste water
B1
Raw
water of 5% concentration (mixture ratio) of
L
rolled scales of 0.02 to 2 mm in grain size.
B Magnetic
1
●The simple mechanism is likely to cause
CHIP & SLUDGE
drum
less trouble. The magnetic effect is
φd 1
Iron Casing
unchanging and lasts long.
●Smooth inflow and outflow of raw water.
H
Outlet
h1
As a secondary effect, part of oily

h2
φD
substances is also removed.
［mm
（in）
］
Processing Power Dimensions

Model Motor Drum Revolution Mass
Capacity Source ℓ
4.1/4.8rpm
FMS- 60 60t/h 0.4 kW 650 （25.5）1130 （44.4） 2020 （79.5） 280
（11.0）1450
（57.1） 2100kg/ 4630 lb
（50/60Hz）
1700
FMS- 120 120t/h 1300 （51.2）1780 （70.0） 305
（12.0） 3500kg/ 7716 lb
4.2/5.0rpm （66.9）
0.75kW 2300 （90.5） 1530
（60.2）
（50/60Hz）
FMS- 180 180t/h 3-phase 1950 （76.7）2470 （97.2） 5300kg/11685 lb

200 VAC/ 800 900 1150
330（12.9）
220 VAC, （31.5）（35.4）（45.2）
FMS- 240 240t/h 50/60 Hz 2600
（102.4）3140
（123.6） 2600
（102.4） 7350kg/16204 lb
4.3/5.2rpm
1.5 kW
（50/60Hz） 1800
FMS- 300 300t/h 3250
（128.0）3820
（150.4） 2800
（110.2） 1591
（62.6） 9450kg/20834 lb
（70.9）
350（13.7）
3.9/4.7rpm
FMS- 360 360t/h 2.2 kW 3900
（153.5）4490
（176.8） 2900
（114.2） 11300kg/24912 lb
（50/60Hz）
■Examples of data
Iron Scale Amount of Raw Water Processing Water
Liquid to Process Super Magclean Collection Rate
Grain Size (mm) Processing Water Concentration Concentration
Rolling cooling water 0.04 ‒5 FMS-240（4000L/min） 3000L/min 20000P.P.M. 909P.P.M. 95.5%

Continuous casting cooling water 0.04 ‒0.3 FMS-180（3000L/min） 1500L/min 14800P.P.M. 784P.P.M. 94.7%
Sand filter backwash water 0.005‒0.04 FMS-120（2000L/min） 200L/min 41600P.P.M. 1780P.P.M. 95.7%
※The collection rate varies according to the concentration of raw water and grain size distribution.
Model KSC SPIRAL MAGNETIC CONVEYOR

TOOLS
KSC-0380 KSC-0715
KSC-0510
KSC-1115
■A guide for selection of models

Broaching Grinding
Machine Tool Drilling machine Lathe Milling machine Gear cutting machine Special machine
machine machine
MAGNETIC
Long Short
Ribbon Flat and Skew and Spiral and
Tangled cylindrical and cylindrical and Spiral Curled Crushed
shaped helical helical helical Fine iron
Shape of Chips helical helical
powder
Magnetic Chip Conveyorr

MCO・MCOL
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Spiral Magnetic Conveyor

KSC・KSCT
○ ○ ○ ○
Magclean
MS–F・MS–BR
○
Chip Magclean
CMS
○ ○ ○ ○ ○
113
※Applicable range: Chips longer than 60 mm cannot be handled regardless of their shapes.
FMS / KSC
［Application］ Unit：mm
Widely used as a means to transfer chips produced from machining by <Super Small Size Series>
machine tools to a point of collection. If oil is sticking to chips, they can
φ25

be degreased by letting oil drop naturally when chips are being transferred.
φ33
60

In particular, this model is suitable for transferring chips from gear cutting 13 （50）
（122） 35
machines, end milling machines and milling machines. L1
L2 （25） 60
This model can also be used for continuous transfer of granular parts.
［Features］ <Small Size Series>
■Superb durability and safety Gutter
L1
Simple construction and practically no maintenance required.
MAGNET
LIFTING
φ50
105
Since the mechanically moving (rotating) parts are housed in the enclosed
123
cylinder, there is no fear of accidents due to collision.
■Economical functions 2-7drill
High processing capacity and high transfer efficiency. 10 2-7drill 87.5 47 127 80
As chips are carried by the spiral slide movement, their movement causes
MAGBORE*
L2 85
sticking oil to drop off effectively. <Medium Size Series>
There is no place where oil stays and therefore oil natural drop is ideal to L1 Gutter
improve the efficiency of collection of liquid.
■Low running cost
φ76.3
132
Only a slight amount of power is required to drive the rotation. Most of the
work is handled by the permanent magnets.
※For other special lengths, please contact us. The length can be

2-11drill 15
increased in units of 100 mm. 15
200 L3 165
L2 178
Precaution for use <Large Size Series>
If you want to use the main unit immersed in liquid, please consult with us. L1 Gutter
φ114.3
An example of discharging chips
157
2-11drill 15
200 L3 200
16
L2 220
〈Construction〉
The spiral magnetic conveyor motor slowly rotates the internal shaft with spirally arranged
magnets inside the nonmagnetic stainless steel cylinder. Magnetic chips/pieces attracted on the
outside of the cylinder are transferred in a sliding motion.

■Super Small Size Series ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions Processing
Model Nominal Size
Capacity
Power Source Motor Revolution Mass
KSC -0340 φ25

（1.96）
× 400（15.7） 400（15.7） 547
（21.5） Approx. 3.0kg/ 6.61 lb
100 VAC 10/12rpm
KSC -0360 φ25
（1.96）
× 600
（23.6） 600（23.6） 747
（29.4） 2kg/h 6W Approx. 3.5kg/ 7.71 lb
（50/60Hz）（50/60Hz）

KSC -0380 φ25
（1.96）
× 800
（31.5） 800（31.5） 947
（37.2） Approx. 4.0kg/ 8.82 lb
■Small Size Series ［mm（in）

］
Model Type Nominal Size
Capacity
KSC -0505 Standard Approx. 5.0kg/ 11.0 lb

φ50
（1.96）
× 500（19.6） 538
（21.1） 722
（28.4）
KSCT -0505 Gutter included Approx. 6.0kg/ 13.2 lb
KSC -0510 Standard 3-phase 30/36rpm Approx. 9.0kg/ 19.8 lb
φ50
（1.96）
×1000
（39.4） 1028
（40.4） 1212
（47.7） 60kg/h 25W
SEPARATORS
KSCT -0510 Gutter included 200/220 VAC （50/60Hz） Approx.10.0kg/ 22.0 lb
KSC -0515 Standard Approx.13.0kg/ 28.6 lb
φ50
（1.96）
×1500
（59.0） 1518
（59.7） 1702
（67.0）
KSCT -0515 Gutter included Approx.15.0kg/ 33.0 lb
■Medium Size Series ［mm（in）

］
Capacity

KSC -0705 Standard 499 656 Approx. 6.5kg/ 14.3 lb
φ75
（2.95）
× 500（19.6）
KSCT -0705 Gutter included （19.6）（25.8） 127 Approx. 8.5kg/ 18.7 lb
25W
KSC -0710 Standard 999 1156 （5.0） Approx.12.5kg/ 27.5 lb
φ75
（2.95）
×1000
（39.4）
KSCT -0710 Gutter included （39.3）（45.5） 3-phase 30/36rpm Approx.17.5kg/ 38.5 lb
90kg/h
Standard 200/220 VAC （50/60Hz） Approx.19.0kg/ 41.8 lb
MAGNETIC MEASURING
KSC -0715 1499 1694

φ75
（2.95）
×1500
（59.0）
KSCT -0715 Gutter included （59.0）（66.6） 165 Approx.27.0kg/ 59.4 lb
40W
KSC -0720 Standard 1999 2194 （6.49） Approx.25.0kg/ 55.0 lb
φ75
（2.95）
×2000
（78.7）
KSCT -0720 Gutter included （78.7）（86.3） Approx.36.0kg/ 79.2 lb
■Large Size Series ［mm（in）

］
Capacity
KSC -1115 Standard 1500 1696 Approx.38.0kg/ 83.6 lb

φ115（4.52）
×1500（59.0）
KSCT -1115 Gutter included （59.0）（66.7） 165 Approx.46.0kg/101.2 lb
40W
KSC -1120 Standard 1995 2191 （6.49） Approx.48.0kg/105.6 lb
φ115（4.52）
×2000（78.7）
KSCT -1120 Gutter included （78.5）（86.2） 3-phase 30/36rpm
250kg/h Approx.59.0kg/129.8 lb
KSC -1125 Standard 2490 2708 200/220 VAC （50/60Hz）
φ115（4.52）
×2500（98.4）
KSCT -1125 Gutter included （98.0）（106.6） 187 Approx.73.0kg/160.6 lb
60W
KSC -1130 Standard 2985 3203 （7.36） Approx.70.0kg/154.0 lb
φ115
（4.52）×3000
（118.1）
KSCT -1130 Gutter included （117.5）（126.1） Approx.87.0kg/191.4 lb
※The processing capacity is a value measured in conveying SS400 chips from a gear cutting machine in a horizontal posture.
※The drive posture is allowed up to an inclination of 60 degrees with the motor on top. (However, the capacity drops as the inclination angle increases.)
※Model KSCT is equipped with a gutter to receive oil that drops from chips during conveyance.
※For other special lengths, please contact us. The length can be increased in units of 100 mm.
114
Model KSCL NONLINEAR SPIRAL MAGNETIC CONVEYOR
Flexible chip transfer! Lean layout to keep work environment

neat! Shapes that fit installation space!

［Application］
This model is suitable for places where the linear type KSC is difficult
Allowable range
Pipe diameter: 76.3 mm
to install.
MAGNET
LIFTING
Pipe length: 3 m ［Features］

Min. bending radius: 500 mm ●The bending shape has been realized by a special construction.
●This model can be installed in a very small space such as inside a
machine.
●The layout where two linear type units are used to circumvent the
MAGBORE*
existing facilities can be replaced by one unit.

■KSCL-0712 specifications
Precaution for use Applicable pipe diameter : 76.3 mm, Min. bending radius: 500 mm
If you want to use the main unit immersed Max. pipe length : 3 m
KSCL-0712
in liquid, please consult with us.
Power source : 3-phase 200 VAC/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 40 W
CHIP & SLUDGE
Model MCO MAGNETIC CHIP CONVEYOR

［Application］ b2
This model is designed to effectively attract, convey and remove chips produced from machine
tools by a magnetic force while letting oil sticking to chips drop naturally. (This model is suitable
100
for chips shorter than 60 mm.)
［Features］
●As chips are held by magnets, they can be conveyed on a sharp inclination. This feature enables B
h1
L1
it to shorten the line and reduce the floor area, thus contributing to effective three-dimensional
H
utilization of factory space.

●Fine chips can be attracted and oil can be removed efficiently.
h2
●The optimum design by use of high-performance permanent magnets and little attenuation of the
60
゜
magnetic force. Simplified mechanism for trouble-free operation. B1 1
100 ［mm
（in）
］
Power Dimensions
Model Conveying Speed Motor Mass
Source ℓ
MCO-1515A 1500 （59.0） 1270 （50.0） 925
（36.4） 1620 （63.7） 140kg/308 lb
150 284 375
MCO-1520A 2000 （78.7） 1700 （66.9） 1180
（46.4） 2060 （81.0） 155kg/341 lb
（5.90）（11.1）（14.7）
MCO-1530A 3000
（118.1） 2570
（101.2） 1675
（65.9） 2905
（114.4） 190kg/418 lb
MCO-2015A 1500 （59.0） 1270 （50.0） 925
（36.4） 1620 （63.7） 150kg/330 lb
Approx. 8/9.5 m/min 3-phase 200 334 425 350
MCO-2020A 400W 2000 （78.7） 1700 （66.9） 1180
（46.4） 2060 （81.0） 175kg/385 lb
（50/60Hz） 200 VAC （7.87）（13.1）（16.7）（13.7）
MCO-2030A 3000
（118.1） 2570
（101.2） 1675
（65.9） 2905
（114.4） 210kg/463 lb
MCO-2515A 1500 （59.0） 1270 （50.0） 925

（36.4） 1620 （63.7） 160kg/352 lb
260 394 475
MCO-2520A 2000 （78.7） 1700 （66.9） 1180
（46.4） 2060 （81.0） 190kg/418 lb
（10.2）（15.5）（18.7）
MCO-2530A 3000
（118.1） 2570
（101.2） 1675
（65.9） 2905
（114.4） 230kg/507 lb
Model MCOL MAGNETIC CHIP CONVEYOR

［Application］
Powerful type is added to This model is installed in front of a tank to which cutting fluid flows from a machine tool
the series. For special to attract (pick up) chips by a magnetic force in cutting fluid to remove and convey
sizes, please contact us. them. (This model is suitable for chips shorter than 60 mm.)
［Features］
TOOLS
●A model that plays two roles of horizontal conveyor and inclined conveyor by one unit.
●Can be installed directly on an oil tank or machine tool.
b2
B
h1
H
MCOL-2515A
h2
60
゜
MAGNETIC
B1 L
1
［mm
（in）
］
Power Dimensions
Model Conveying Speed Motor Mass
Source ℓ
MCOL-1510A 150 1000 （39.7） 284 375 1600
（62.9） 160kg/352 lb
MCOL-1515A （5.90） 1500 （59.0）（11.1）（14.7） 2100
（82.6） 190kg/418 lb
MCOL-2010A Approx. 8/9.5m/minn 200 1000 （39.7） 334 425 1600
（62.9） 1390 275 175kg/385 lb
1000 （39.7）
MCOL-2015A （50/60Hz） 3-phase （7.87） 1500 （59.0）（13.1）（16.7） 2100
（82.6）（54.7）（10.8） 220kg/485 lb
400W
MCOL-2510A 200 VAC 260 1000 （39.7） 394 475 1600
（62.9） 200kg/440 lb
MCOL-2515A （10.2） 1500 （59.0）（15.5）（18.7） 2100
（82.6） 250kg/551 lb
MCOL-H2010A Approx. 10/12 m/min 200 1000 （39.7） 348 473 1664
（65.5） 1565 283 180kg/396 lb
1050 （41.3）
（50/60Hz）（7.87） 1500 （59.0）（13.7）（18.6） 2164
（85.1）（61.6）（11.1） 225kg/496 lb
115
MCOL-H2015A
KSCL / MCO / MCOL / CS / HSR-PU / HS
Model CS FILTRATION SYSTEM WITH CYCLONE SEPARATOR
Increased rate of removing impurities

in coolant by magnet & cyclone!
CS-MS-4T
［Application］
Suitable for efficiently collecting valuable sludge of weak magnetic and nonmagnetic materials.
MAGNET
［Features］
LIFTING
●The cyclone separator enables it collect nonmagnetic materials.
●Collected materials can be dehydrated by the dehydration function.
●A filter collection type dehydration container that is easy to handle is employed.
●The twin-tub type tank construction reduces the amount of impurities that enter the clean tank.
MAGBORE*
［mm（in）
］
Processing Dimensions Tank Output
Model Power Source Remarks
Capacity width Depth Height Capacity Cyclone pump Supply pump Magclean
CS-MS-4T 1200 800 1300 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 200/220VAC 3-phase 200 VAC 3-phase 200 VAC 50/60Hz 25W Magclean included
40L/min 180L
CS-4T （47.2）（31.5）（51.1） 3-phase 220 VAC, 60 Hz 0.75Kw 50/60Hz 100W ー Magclean not included.

Model HSR-PU MAGNETIC PREFILTER WITH PUMP
Extended Life!
Revolution in Filtering for Wire Electric Discharge Machines!
［Application］
400 382 This prefilter collects fine ir o n p o w d e r i n
machining fluid during fluid circulation inside the
machining liquid tank of wire electric discharge
2-hose nipple
（φ15）
machines to prolong the service life of filters.
This can also be used for honing machines and
hydraulic circuits (under no pressure).
Power cord 130 ［Features］
680
entrance
●This prefilter has a pump and therefore can be

started simply by connecting hoses (two hoses)
100
to a machining liquid tank. This can be

installed in any place and handled easily.
200
●The powerful magnetic force of a rare earth

80
magnet improves the sludge collecting rate.

HSR-PU12 Drain valve ●The safe construction with the powerful magnet
section secured firmly facilitates cleaning.
■Model： HSR-PU12 ■Processing amount: Approx. 1.5 liters/min. ●The built-in integrating timer tells when to
■Pump rating: 3-phase, 200/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 200W ■Weight: Approx. 60 kg
clean.
Caution: For use of the prefilter for kerosene machining fluids, please contact us.
Model HS MAGNETIC PREFILTER
SEPARATORS
Magnet unit with sludge adhering
pulled out of the tank.
Magnet
Magnet cover
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Outlet
Liquid
Tank
Inlet
HS-17
This prefilter removes fine iron powder from machining liquid discharged from a ●By roughly removing fine iron powder from machining fluid with the
wire electric discharge machine (WEDM). This can also be used for honing powerful magnet as a pretreatment, the service life of the paper
machines and hydraulic circuits (under no pressure). filter, for example, becomes two times longer.
Install this prefilter at a point between a wire electric discharge machine and a ●The prefilter collects impurities as well as fine iron powder.
pump unit. ［mm（in）］ Consequently, the paper filter to use may be of coarser type than
Model Dimensions Hose Connection Mass that of the straight inflow.
HS-17 175（6.88）
D×200（7.87） W×230
（9.05）
H 12kg/26 lb ●The duplex construction facilitates removal of fine iron powder.
116
※Hose nipple 1-1/2 (telescopic, OD φ38) is optional.
ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT OC / KBS
Model OC OIL ELIMINATOR
A powerful tool to assist purification of coolant.

This model is designed to separate and collect oil films

floating on the surface of liquid in waste liquid tanks of
105 190 grinding fluid (coolant) and washing liquid by a special
100
5 15 endless belt to assist purification and recycling of liquid.
MAGNET
LIFTING
20 Pulley
Setscrew ［Application］
●Collection of floating oil in machined parts washing
155
tanks and degreasing processes.
●Collection of oil in water soluble grinding coolant.
40
●Collection of oil floating in plant waste water.
MAGBORE*
Mounting holeφ5×4 ［Features］

Suspension
85
length 200
175
●This oil eliminator eliminates oil films efficiently and
140 50 Hose
25 φ22×600 automatically discharges them as waste oil.
●Simple casing, light weight and compact for installation
in limited space.
CHIP & SLUDGE
●Compared with the filter system, the endless belt has a

longer service life and the running cost is very low.
An example of usage ●The belt is highly resistant to heat and chemicals and
can be used with acid, alkali and chemical products.
(However, when liquid is hot, its viscosity drops to affect
the collection efficiency.)

●The eliminator can be run continuously or controlled by a
timer or programs. The 24-hour timer can be set to any
OC-2 intervals in increments of 10 minutes for intermittent
operation.
●In addition to the standard belt (suspension length: from
bottom of main unit to center of weight 200 mm/belt

width 40 mm), special types such as L=250, L=300 and
heat resistance (100℃ ) specifications are also available.
Model Capacity Power Source Motor Mass Remarks

OC-2 4L/h Single-phase 200 VAC 3.5W 4.2kg/9.2 lb Changeable to 100 VAC
※The power source can be changed to a single-phase, 100V only by changing internal wiring.
※Accessories 1. Standard belt (suspension length: from bottom of main unit to center of weight 200 mm/belt width 40 mm)×1
2. Discharge hose (overall length 600 mm/OD φ22 mm） ×1
Model KBS BARREL TYPE SEPARATOR

An example of fabrication ［Application］
This model is designed to automatically separate media
and iron products after barrel polishing. It can also be
applied to such operation as to automatically separate

iron chips from nonferrous chips and products from
polishing media.
［Features］
●The powerful permanent magnetic drum ensures
efficient separation.
TOOLS
●Since a demagnetizer is provided under the transfer

belt as a standard feature, workpieces can be
demagnetized as needed.
●Casters facilitate relocation and installation.
L
MAGNETIC
KBS-15B
H
［mm
（in）
］
Processing Demagnetizer Capacity Dimensions

Model Power Source Motor Hopper Volume Mass
Capacity Current Capacity
KBS-15B 20L/min Single-phase 100 VAC 100W 9A 0.9kVA 20L 460（18.1） 100kg/220 lb
955
（37.6） 795
（31.3）
KBS-30B 30L/min 3-phase 200 VAC 200W 10A 2kVA 30L 590（23.2） 145kg/319 lb
117
MAGNETIZER MFG
Model MFG MAGNETIC FIELD GENERATOR

910
MAGNET
<Controller>
LIFTING
MFG-300
2340
30215
MAGBORE*
240∼0
φ300
21560
625
φ720
150
4-φ20 30 30
700 50 640

800 700
Magnetic flux density

Shaft Coil 2.0T（20kG）
1.5T（15kG）
50
φ300 H
Magnetic 1.0T（10kG）
field
0.5T（5kG） H：Height of
magnetic field
0 50 100 150 200 LMT-230
［Application］
Produces a powerful magnetic field for magnetization of magnetic materials and seed magnetic field treatment in agriculture and gardening.
［Features］
●A simple configuration for installation within a floor area less than 1㎡ .

■Main unit
Model Rating Magnetic Flux Density Mass
MFG-300 260 VDC・21A Max.2T
（20kG） 2800kg/6173 lb

■Controller ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Power Source Output Mass
Width Depth Height
LMT-230 3-phase 200 VAC 260 VDC-Max.30A 800（31.5） 400
（15.7） 1800
（70.8） 250kg/551 lb
SEPARATORS
Measuring and controlling magnetic flux density
g)
30 k
3T ( ported
sup
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Tesla meter Magnetic polarity checker

Reference magnetic field
(Magnetic flux density meter)
TM-801 for Tesla meter PC
TM-SMF
For details, see page 163. For details, see page 164. For details, see page 164.
118
DEMAGNETIZERS
■How to Demagnetize and Precautions for Use Caution: High temperature
●Be sure to observe the working rate. ●The strong magnetic field produced by the demagnetizer may cause the CRT of
●Move a workpiece over the demagnetizing surface slowly in the direction of A-B. computer and NC units to flicker. It will not adversely affect the operation of
Note that the workpiece must be moved more than 20 cm away from the end of these equipment, but if it causes a recognition problem, such measures must be
the demagnetizer to be demagnetized effectively. (Table type) taken as keeping the CRT away from the demagnetizer or installing a magnetic
●When the tunnel type demagnetizer is used, pass the workpiece through the tunnel. shield on the CRT side.
●The recommended time for passing the workpiece is about 5 seconds. ●The demagnetizers have large inductance and low power factor. Take influence
(Recommended speed: 3 to 5 m/min) on the power source into consideration.
●Some demagnetizers may be heated to very high temperature due to ●The standard models cannot be used on 220 VAC, 50 Hz. For such application,
electromagnetic induction action. Exercise caution when handling them. please contact us.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●If there is any other metal near the demagnetizer, it may also be heated. Keep ●The demagnetization effect varies largely depending the conditions of
such metal at least 5 cm away from the demagnetizing surface, and approx. 30 workpieces. In particular, some materials are very difficult to demagnetize
cm or more away when the tunnel type demagnetizer is used. However, if such depending on the condition of heat treatment.
separation is not possible, use plastics or nonmagnetic materials such as ●If you send samples of workpieces, we will check the demagnetization effect for you.
SUS304 for peripheral machinery.
※ Also see the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data) on page 172.
MAGBORE*
Model KMD TABLE TYPE DEMAGNETIZER

Compact but improved demagnetizing performance!
For demagnetization, be sure to
movethe workpiece without stopping
CHIP & SLUDGE
B over the demagnetizer.
L
B
A B
〈Demagnetizing
direction〉
KMD-2A A
H
KMD-2A 〈Demagnetizing direction〉

［Application］ KMD-15C to 50C
These demagnetizers produce an alternating magnetic field on the surface by use of an AC power source, through which workpieces are passed to remove
the magnetism remaining on their surface.
［Features］
●Thick workpieces can be demagnetized effectively by moving both the face and the back over the demagnetizer.
●These demagnetizers have good heat radiation and can withstand continuous power-on condition.
●These demagnetizers are very powerful and can demagnetize steel materials that have properties similar to magnetic steel and have large magnetism
holding power such as high-speed steel, bearing steel, nickel-chrome steel, spring steel, die steel, etc. that are usually difficult to demagnetize. (KMD-2A,
KMD-30C to 50C)
■If you plan to install the demagnetizer in the vertical direction or opposite direction, please contact us.［mm（in）］
Power Capacity Dimensions
Model Power Source Working Rate Effective Demag. Width Mass
(Current)
KMD-2A 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 2kVA（5.8A） 160
（6.29） 453（17.8） 245
（9.64） 140
（5.51） 30kg/66 lb
KMD-15C 140VA
（1.4A） 80
（3.15） 150（5.90） 5kg/11 lb
Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 120（4.72） 80
（3.15）
KMD-20C 300VA
（3.0A） 130
（5.11） 200（7.87） 7kg/15 lb
100%ED
KMD-30C 0.74kVA
（3.7A） 180
（7.08） 300（11.8） 19kg/41 lb
Single-phase 200 VAC, 50/60Hz
KMD-40C 1.04kVA
（5.2A） 280 （11.0） 400（15.7） 200（7.87） 120
（4.72） 29kg/63 lb
Single-phase 220 VAC, 60Hz
KMD-50C 1.28kVA
（6.4A） 380 （14.9） 500（19.6） 37kg/81 lb
※Cable, 2 m, included. ※KMD-15C/20C come with a ground plug. ※A different-voltage type (special type) is also available.
Model KMDM WHEELED MOBILE DEMAGNETIZER

Mobile demagnetizer to easily demagnetize large steel plates!

［Application］
注意
ＯＮ
Suitable for demagnetizing large steel plates that are difficult to move.
［Features］
TOOLS
ＯＦＦ
ＶＯＬＴ．１φＡＣ１００ＶＣＵＲＲ．３／２．５Ａ
強磁界発生，ＣＲＴや精密
ＤＥＭＡＧＮＥＴＩＺＥＲ
（L）
●This is a demagnetizer that is moved instead of moving a workpiece.

機器を近づけないこと。
ＭＯＤＥＬＫＭＤＭ−２０
ＬＴＤ．ＪＡＰＡＮ
ＦＲＥＱ．５０／６０Ｈｚ
注意
ＫＡＮＥＴＥＣＣＯ．，
KMDM-20 高温になるため，
素手で触れないこと。 Therefore, the entire steel plate can be demagnetized.
●This demagnetizer is equipped with wheels and grip to ensure smooth
movement over steel plate.
［mm
（in）
］
Working Effective
Model Power Source Power Capacity Dimensions Mass
Rate Demag. Width

（H）
Single-phase 300/250VA(3A/2.5A) B200

（7.87）×L199（7.83）
KMDM-20 100%ED 130
（5.11） 7kg/15.4 lb
100 VAC, 50/60 Hz (50/60Hz) ×H116（4.56）
An example of usage
(2)
on large steel plate

B
※Power cord, 2 m, included. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
Model KMD-K POWERFUL TABLE TYPE DEMAGNETIZER

MAGNETIC
［Application］
This demagnetizer produces an alternating magnetic field on the surface by use of an AC power source, through
which workpieces are passed to remove the magnetism remaining on their surface.
［Features］
●The large demagnetizing core produces a strong magnetic field, which makes this model work well on workpieces
having properties and shapes that are difficult to demagnetize with the conventional table type.
［mm
（in）
］
280 (Effective
KMD-K1 demagnetizing width) Demagnetizing
direction Effective Dimensions
Model Power Source Power Capacity Working Rate Mass
Demag. Width
38
Single-phase 4.8/4.0KVA(24A/20A) 100% ED 420 400 205 80kg/

205
KMD-K1 280
（11.0）
200 VAC, 50/60 Hz (50/60Hz) (when fan running) （16.5）（15.7）（8.07） 176 lb
119 ※Cable 2 m included. ※This demagnetizer is not equipped with an ON/OFF switch.
420 400
KMD / KMDM / KMD-K / KMDY / KMDS / KMD-F
Model KMDY POWERFUL TABLE TYPE 3-PHASE AC DEMAGNETIZER

Strong magnetic field to enhance demagnetization effect!

［Application］
B
Designed to remove or reduce residual magnetism by passing magnetized
L B
workpieces over the demagnetizing face.
［Features］
A ●The use of a 3-phase AC power source produces a more powerful
MAGNET
LIFTING
magnetic field to effectively demagnetize workpieces having properties
H
and shapes that are difficult to demagnetize with the conventional type.
●This demagnetizer especially exhibits its high-performance on ring-
shaped workpieces such as bearing-assembled products and gears.
KMDY-1
MAGBORE*
<Demagnetizing direction> ●The high heat dissipation design permits continuous operation. ［mm（in）］
Dimensions
Model Power Source Power Capacity Working Rate Effective Demag. Width Mass
KMDY-1 3-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 0.43/0.36kVA(2.15A/1.8A) (50/60Hz) 100%ED 140（5.51） 200（7.87） 200（7.87） 150（5.90） 14kg/30.8 lb
※Cable 2 m included.
Model KMDS DRIP-PROOF DEMAGNETIZER

［Application］
L These demagnetizers produce a strong magnetic filed on the surface by use of an AC
power source to demagnetize workpieces on a belt which runs over close to the surface.
［Features］
H
30 ●The demagnetizers are of drip-proof construction. They will not fail if wetted by
60 grinding fluid or cooling water.
B1
L2
B
L1 ●These can be incorporated in belt type grinders or other automatic and continuous
N-φd
grinders.
A ●The very strong demagnetizing force generated provides some margin for the
B
clearance on the surface to allow a belt conveyor to run over the work face.
Precaution for use

KMDS-2A Cool these demagnetizers by splashing water at normal temperature. 50% rated
<Demagnetizing direction> when used dry. (20 minutes power on and 20 minutes pause)
KMDS

［mm（in）
］
Power Capacity Dimensions

Model Power Source Working Rate Mass
(Current) φ
KMDS-1A 200VA（1A） 50% ED 150（5.90） 9.0kg/19 lb
Single-phase Continuous operation 206（8.10） 100（3.93） − 2 8.5 260（10.2） 235（9.25）
KMDS-2A 400VA（2A） 200（7.87） 13.5kg/30 lb
200 VAC, 50/60 Hz allowed when cooled （0.33）
KMDS-3A 800VA（4A） by water. 400（15.7） 350（13.7） 120
（4.72） 120
（4.72） 4 410（16.1） 380（14.9） 41.0kg/90 lb

※Cable 2 m included. ※No switch is incorporated. ※A different-voltage type (special type) is also available.
Model KMD-F INVERTER CONTROLLED DEMAGNETIZER

［Application］
Less electric power and enhanced These demagnetizers produce an alternating magnetic field on the
surface by use of an AC power source, through which workpieces are
demagnetizing performance!
SEPARATORS
passed to remove the magnetism remaining on their surface.
Stronger magnetic field produced ［Features］
●Demagnetization is carried out by varying (sweeping) a frequency
than standard table type! lower than commercial frequencies from a lower point to a higher
point. This design has improved the demagnetizing performance

without increasing the amount of electricity to use.
●The demagnetizing section is of the same dimensions as the
conventional table type demagnetizer (KMD-C). With the same output
current (AC effective value) as the conventional model, the residual
MAGNETIC MEASURING
magnetism in workpieces (SKH material) can be reduced to one third.

●Workpieces are demagnetized by passing them over the demagnetizing
surface at a constant speed, as with the conventional model.
●Continuous power on specification, but heat generated in the
demagnetizing part is less than the conventional model.
●A demagnetizing output variable resistor is provided on the electrical
unit that can vary the output current (AC effective value) in a range of
100% and 70%. This feature achieves demagnetization of low-carbon
steel like S45C by less power (70%) than the conventional model.
KMD-F20 ［mm（in）
］
Power Working Effective Demag. Dimensions

Model Power Source Output Mass
Capacity Rate Width Width Length Height
Demagnetizing section KMD-F20 Single-phase 100 VAC, ±20V 130
（5.11） 200（7.87） 120（4.72） 80
（3.15） 6.5kg/ 14 lb
200VA（2.7A） 100％ ED
Electrical unit EHD-20A 50/60 Hz MAX5A ̶ 140（5.51） 175（6.89） 260（10.2） 4.5kg/9.9 lb
Demagnetizing section KMD-F30 Single-phase 200 VAC, ±30V 180

（7.08） 300（11.8） 200（7.87） 120（4.72） 21.0kg/ 46 lb
400VA（3.4A） 100％ ED
Electrical unit EHD-30A 50/60 Hz MAX7.5A ̶ 220（8.66） 175（6.89） 290（11.4） 5.8kg/ 13 lb
The main unit is provided with a 2 m cable.
120
DEMAGNETIZERS
Model KMDE STATIONARY DEMAGNETIZER
［Application］

Used to eliminate residual magnetism in magnetized workpieces
and tools. Pressing the demagnetizing button can complete
demagnetization within a certain time without moving
workpieces.
［Features］
●A magnetomotive force greater than the AC demagnetizer has
MAGNET
LIFTING
been set, which works well on hard workpieces such as

bearing steel and cutter steel that are difficult to demagnetize
with conventional demagnetizers.
●Since workpieces are demagnetized while they are kept
stationary on the demagnetizer, it is not necessary to move
MAGBORE*
workpieces, press die materials, SK materials, etc. as when

using an AC demagnetizer. Thus, this model is suitable for
demagnetization of large workpieces (e.g. molds) that are
EHD-W205B
KMDE-1212 difficult to move.
〈 dimensions
EHD
〉 ●Since demagnetization is carried out according to the
CHIP & SLUDGE
attenuation pattern programmed in the control unit, electricity
〈KMDE-1212 dimensions〉
〈 KMDE-2525/4040
dimensions 〉 needs to be applied only during demagnetization, thus saving
Le
Le Power cord 3 m
POWER ALARM
electricity.
Power cord 2 m
DBM
●The demagnetizer itself and the control unit are installed
separately. Thus, they can be installed in an easy-to-operate
h
5 6
H
4
3 7 OFF
2 8
1 9
place.
0 10
DEM ADJ.
B2
B1
B2
B1
L1
L2
W
H
L1
L2 L1
A larger special demagnetizer is also available.
■Main unit ［mm

（in）
］ ■Applicable control unit (KMDE-1212/2525) ［mm（in）］
Dimensions Demagnetizing Withstand Electrical Working Dimensions
Model Mass Model Power Output Mass
e Area Load Rating Rate
230 280 120 120 210 85 120（4.72）× 20kg/ 180 VDC/ 15kg/ 110 140 175 260 230 Single-phase 180 VDC/ 4.7kg/
KMDE-1212 EHD-W205B
（9.05）
（11.0）
（4.72）
（4.72）
（8.26）
（3.34） 120
（4.72） 44 lb 2.1A 33 lb （4.33）（5.51）（6.89）（10.2）（9.05） 200 VAC 5A 10 lb
25%
ED
400 250 250 380 150 250（9.84） × 80kg/ 180 VDC/ 75kg/
KMDE-2525 ̶
（15.7）（9.84）
（9.84）
（14.9）
（5.90） 250（9.84）
176 lb 4.8A 165 lb
※The withstand load is based on a uniform load in the work area.
■Main unit ［mm（in）

］ ■Applicable control unit（KMDE-4040）［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Demagnetizing Withstand Electrical Working Dimensions
Model Mass
Area Load Rating Rate Model Power Output Mass

e
640 400 400 640 220 400 （15.7）
× 300kg/ 180 VDC/ 25% 350kg/ 190 220 175 290 250 Single-phase 180 VDC/ 6kg/
KMDE-4040 EHD-W210B
（25.2）
（15.7）
（15.7）
（25.2）
（8.66） 400
（15.7）
661 lb 9A ED 771 lb （7.48）（8.66）（6.89）（11.4）（9.84） 200 VAC 10A 13 lb
※The withstand load refers to uniform load in the work area.
Model KMDE-MP SINGLE POLE STATIONARY DEMAGNETIZER

TOOLS
［Application］ L

Le
Recommended for demagnetization of thick workpieces and
demagnetization of large workpieces partially.
Pressing the demagnetizing button can complete demagnetization
within a certain time without moving workpieces. φ30
［Features］
Be
B
●A strong magnetic field is produced in a wide area to make this

model suitable for demagnetization of thick workpieces and Power
demagnetization of large workpieces partially.

cord
MAGNETIC
●Since demagnetization is carried out according to the attenuation

pattern programmed in the control unit, electricity needs to be
5
applied only during demagnetization, thus saving electricity.

H
●The demagnetizer itself and the control unit are installed

separately. Thus, they can be installed in an easy-to-operate place.
［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Demagnetizing Area Electrical Working Applicable
Model Mass
× Rating Rate Control Unit
KMDE-MP1013 240（9.44）210
（8.26）110（4.33）100（3.93）
×130
（5.11） 180 VDC/2.1A 20kg/ 44 lb
25% EHD-W205B
KMDE-MP1625 390（15.3）300
（11.8）150（5.90）160（6.29）
×250
（9.84） 180 VDC/4.7A 75kg/165 lb
ED
KMDE-MP1013 KMDE-MP2040 580（22.8）380
（14.9）185（7.28）200（7.87）
×400
（15.7） 180 VDC/7.8A 170kg/375 lb EHD-W210B
121 ※KMDE-MP1013 comes with a 2 m power cord and other models with a 3 m cord.
KMDE / KMDE-MP / KMDE-V / KMDV / KMDU
Model KMDE-V STATIONARY DEMAGNETIZER FOR RING WORKPIECE
Workpieces need not be turned ［Application］

Suitable for demagnetization of ring-shaped workpieces.

over; work efficiency enhanced! ［Features］
●One step of operation completes the demagnetizing work. Workpieces need
not be turned over, thus eliminating a fear of damaging the workpieces.
●The protective plates provided on the demagnetizing V-faces prevent
damage to workpieces. Workpieces of various shapes can be demagnetized
MAGNET
LIFTING
properly by changing the protective plates.
●The demagnetizer itself and the control unit are installed separately. Thus,
they can be installed in an easy-to-operate place.
※A drip-proof type is available optionally. Please contact us.
MAGBORE*
<Main unit> 〈EHD-W230B〉
Le Power cord
ＤＥＭＡＧＣＯＮＴＲＯＬＩＥＲ
ＰＯＷＥＲＳＯＵＲＣＥ
B
Be
KMDE-V2525
h
110°
An example of demagnetization

of special ring-shaped workpiece
H
Control unit required additionally L
L1
L2 W
w
■Main unit ［mm

（in）
］ ■Applicable control unit ［mm
（in）
］
Dimensions Demagnetizing Area Applicable Ring Size Electrical Working Dimensions
Applicable
Model Mass Model Power Output Mass
× Diameter Width Rating Rate Control Unit
380 400 250 250 （9.84） × φ150ー 220 180 VDC 90kg/ EHD- 190 220 175 290 250 Single-phase 180 VDC 6kg/
KMDE-V2525 EHD-W210B ̶
（14.9）
（15.7）
（9.84） 250（9.84） φ350 （8.66） /9A 10% 198 lb W210B （7.48）（8.66）（6.88）（11.4）（9.84） 200 VAC /10A 13.2 lb
640 640 390 400 （15.7） × φ250ー 350 180 VDC ED 450kg/ EHD- 500 550 400 325 850 750 3-phase 180 VDC 48kg/
KMDE-V4040 EHD-W230B
（25.1）
（25.1）
（15.3） 400（15.7） φ600 （13.7） /26A 992 lb W230B （19.6）（21.6）（19.6）（12.7）（33.4）（29.5） 200 VAC /30A 105 lb
※KMDE-V2525 comes with a 3 m power cord and KMDE-V4040 with a 5 m cord. ※EHD-W230B comes with a dedicated controller.
※For the dimensions of EHD-W210B, see EHD dimensions on page 121.
Model KMDV V-TYPE DEMAGNETIZER

Demagnetization of ring-shaped workpieces and hardened materials!

L1 B
Water receiver
Le
Demagnetizing Be ［Application］
area
Used to remove residual magnetism in magnetized ring-
Demagnetizing
10
area
Hose nipple Drip-proof

shaped workpieces.
215
With 2 m hose cover Control

unit
［Features］
●The V-shaped core design ensures effective

demagnetization of ring-shaped workpieces.
電源運転
●The strong magnetic field produced enables it to

H
440
demagnetize hardened materials that are difficult to

360
demagnetize with conventional demagnetizers.
●A water receiver provided in the demagnetizing area
An example ofspecial φ20
enables it to demagnetize wet workpieces also.
70
fabrication of KMDV 200 310

L ［mm（in）
］
SEPARATORS
Demagnetizing Area Dimensions
Model Power Source Source Capacity Working Rate Mass
×
KMDV-15 Single-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 6kVA（30A） 30% ED, 30 minutes max. 150（5.90）
×216
（8.50） 450
（17.7） 440
（17.3） 310（12.2） 735（28.9） 170kg/374 lb
Demagnetization is turned on with a foot switch and turned off automatically by the timer. (Timer setting 60 seconds max.)
Model KMDU U-TYPE DEMAGNETIZER

［Application］
Suitable for demagnetizing bobs and die sets.
MAGNETIC MEASURING
L
Since its magnetic flux alternates vertically, this
B0
B
model is also recommended where long and
irregularly shaped workpieces need to be
demagnetized uniformly. Further, this model
H3
can easily be incorporated in a conveyance

B1 system.
H1
H
［Features］
●Easy to incorporate in a conveyance system
H2
and easy to remove and relocate.

d
KMDU-25A
［mm（in）
］
Source Capacity Working Dimensions

(Current) Rate
KMDU-25A Single-phase 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz 14kVA（ 70A） 30% ED, 630 （24.8）500
（19.6）250（9.84）480（18.9）200（7.87）150
（5.90）130（5.11）350（13.7） 180kg/ 397 lb
270（10.6）
KMDU-50A Single-phase 220 VAC, 60 Hz 30kVA（150A） 30 minutes max. 940
（37.0）770
（30.3）500（19.6）715（28.2）300（11.8）215
（8.46）200（7.87）420（16.5） 600kg/1323 lb
※A different-voltage type (special type) is also available.
122
KMDT / KMDTR / KMDTC / KMDP / KMDH / KMDH-P / KMDC
Model KMDP PEN TYPE DEMAGNETIZER
［Application］

C
Environmentally
Ca nd D Recommended where magnetism on the surface of metallic workpieces in general needs to be

friendly oth A
For b reduced in a limited area or locally.
This is useful to completely eliminate weak magnetism that remains locally in jigs and workpieces
after they have been demagnetized by a large demagnetizer. It is also useful for demagnetizing
cutters of machines and punches and guide pins of press dies while they are mounted.
［Features］
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Compact and powerful as a rare earth magnet having strong magnetic force is used at the end
of the rotary magnetic field.
KMDP-16A ●A re-chargeable battery is used as a power source of the motor. No need to replace the battery.
Power can also be supplied with the included AC adapter if the battery has reached its life.
●Simple construction and simple appearance.
MAGBORE*
●An environment friendly nickel hydrogen battery is used.
ON/OFF switch φ
φ30
35
.5
NP. Model Battery Rating Mass
KMDP-16A 2.4V2000mAh 0.3kg/0.6lb
φ15.5
DC jack
26(Demagnetizing area) ※The AC adapter (input 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz, output 2.7 VDC, 0.5 A,
264 cord length 1.9 m) is included as a standard accessory.

Model KMDH HANDY TYPE DEMAGNETIZER
［Application］ How to use
Suitable for demagnetizing tools such as
●The demagnetizer is turned on while the
drills, cutting tools, cutters and magnetized pushbutton switch is held pressed and
slide calipers. These can also be used for turned off when you release it.
demagnetizing large steel plates partially. ●The button must be held pressed while
［Features］ demagnetizing is going on.
KMDH-5A ●Compact and handy. ●Turn off the demagnetizer after it has been
moved more than 100 mm away from the
Working rate 70% ED (Power on 7 minutes and pause 3 minutes) demagnetized workpiece.
［mm（in）
］
Effective Demag. Dimensions
Model Power Source Source Capacity Mass
Width Width Length Height
KMDH-5A Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 70VA 50（1.96） 86
（3.38） 102（4.01） 119（4.68） 2.3kg/5.1 lb
※The height is up to the grip. ※2 m cord is included. The plug is provided with a ground pin. ※A different-voltage type (special type) is also available. ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.

Model KMDH-P PINPOINT TYPE DEMAGNETIZER
［Application］
KMDH-P21 An alternating field is produced at the tip and bottom by an AC power source, which is brought into
contact with a workpiece and then moved away. Then the magnetic flux density on the surface is reduced

locally. This demagnetizer works effectively in demagnetizing molds and large materials partially.
［Features］
●Since this demagnetizer produces a strong magnetic field at the tip, it can effectively demagnetize
Numeric thermo label places that are difficult to demagnetize with a conventional table type or handy type demagnetizer.
●The magnetizing effect is powerful, but the attracting force is not strong. Thus, the tip part can be
150
30 Power cord: 2 m brought into contact with a small area for easy handling.
SEPARATORS
VCTF (1.25 ㎟, 3-core) ●A thermo label is attached to the tip part, which warns a temperature rise due to frequent, repeated
Plug with ground pin
use. When the thermo label appears, stop using the demagnetizer until it goes out.
38
88
□21
50
50
(Demagnetizing Caution
Spec. plate Model Power Source Source Capacity Working Rate Mass
area) plate
79 161 KMDH-P21 Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 450VA 20% ED, 10 seconds max. 3kg/6 lb
240

Model KMDC TOOL DEMAGNETIZER
Demagnetization of magnetized tools such as drills,
MAGNETIC MEASURING
reamers and cutters and measuring instruments!

How to use ［Application］
Overheat Easy demagnetization of a wide variety of magnetized
alarm seal ●Power is applied only while the pushbutton switch is
attached held pressed for demagnetization. objects including tools such as drills, milling cutters,
●Turn off the demagnetizer after moving it away more than reamers and cutters, round workpieces and measuring
100 mm from the demagnetized object. instruments such as slide calipers.
●If the demagnetizer is turned on ［Features］
frequently, the body temperature ●Light weight, compact and easy operation.
rises. If the temperature rises too ●Fine chips sticking by attraction to drills, reamers, etc.
high, it is indicated by an overheat can be removed while they remain mounted on
alarm seal. Stop using it for a while.
machines. ［mm （in）］
Model Power Source Source Capacity Working Rate Remote Operation Demag. Hole Dia. Mass
20% ED, Momentary input by
KMDC-40 Single-phase 100 VAC, 50/60 Hz 75VA φ40（1.57） 0.9kg/2 lb
1 minute max. use of pushbutton
KMDC-40
※Cord length 2.5 m (with curled cord). ※The power plug is of tracking resistance type.
124
MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT FOR CONVEYANCE
Model KPR-A SMALL PERMANENT MAGNETIC ROLLER
The magnetic rollers that are frequently used for conveyance (including conveyance
stopping) of steel pipes and steel plates have been standardized and kept in stock.
Precaution for use

These products are assembled by bonding. For high temperature services and rubber
lining, structural restrictions must be taken into consideration. Please contact us for
MAGNET
LIFTING
more information.
Permanent （N）
（IN≒0.1kgf）
magnetic rollers 1000
S
KPR-1206A B b1
MAGBORE*
Holding Power
800
600
Pipe KPR-1005A
Pipe guide
400
φd 1
φd 2
φD
CHIP & SLUDGE
Permanent
magnetic rollers KPR-0704A
200
KPR-0504A
0 2 4 6 8 10（mm）
→ Plate Thickness
Limit switch ［mm

（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Mass
₁ ₁ ₂
50 35 12 10 M5 22
KPR-0504A 0.45kg/0.99 lb
（1.96）（1.37）（0.47）（0.39）（0.19）（0.86）
70 40 20 35
KPR-0704A 1.0 kg/2.20 lb
（2.75）（1.57）（0.78）（1.37）
12 M6
（0.47）（0.23）
100 50 30 45
KPR-1005A 2.4 kg/5.29 lb
（3.93）（1.96）（1.18）（1.77）
120 60 40 16 M8 60
KPR-1206A 3.8 kg/8.39 lb
（4.72）（2.36）（1.57）（0.62）（0.31）（2.36）
Model KER ELECTROMAGNETIC ROLLER

［Application］
This model employs a powerful electromagnet and its optimum design helps
increase the efficiency of conveyance of steel pipes and steel plates.
［Features］
●The electromagnetic rollers can easily be turned on and off or adjusted in
magnetic force for easy handling of iron products.
〈Specification〉
●For the standard type dimensions, refer to the electromagnetic pulley KER.
Model KPR PERMANENT MAGNETIC ROLLER FOR THIN STEEL SHEET

TOOLS
［Application］
Most suitable for holding thin steel sheets of 0.2 to 0.4 mm thick such as printing
rollers.
〈Manufacturing range〉
Diameter: φ100‒200mm
Length: 300‒1000mm
For a length longer than 800 mm, the diameter needs to be φ180 mm or larger.
MAGNETIC
〈Revolution〉
Air cylinder 750 rpm max.
Lifting
magnet Magnetic roller
Remarks) In case balance adjustment is required, please

contact us.
Floater
※Please see the Facsimile Communication Form
(Selection Data) on page 173 also.
Iron plates
125
KPR-A / KER / KPR / KRA
Model KRA MAGNETIC RAIL
The magnetic rails are tools that are installed on the backside of belts

to convey various items such as products and press scraps to assist
such conveyance. These rails are used to improve the work efficiency.
［Application］
MAGNET
LIFTING
Recommended for such operations as vertical and inclined conveyance of filled cans and
KRA-A
empty cans, conveyance of press scraps and chips, leak inspection of aerosol cans and
belt conveyance in manufacturing processes.
［Features］ Vertical conveyance Inclined
●Two types, permanent magnetic rails conveyance
MAGBORE*
and electromagnetic rails are available
according to operations. KRA-B
Magnetic
Magnetic
rail
●Easy handling of products and goods.
No fixtures are necessary and
rail
products and goods to convey are not
damaged.

An example of handling thin steel sheets
Magnetic
Gate conveyor Reverser inspection line Magnetic
Permanent Permanent sheet piler KRA-D
Permanent magnetic rail magnetic rail Electromagnetic rail
magnetic rail Magnetic pulley
Mirror (Roller side)
Electromagnetic rail Lifter
■Reject gate conveyor ■Backing conveyor ■Sheet piler

Sorter Reverser Steel sheet piler
［Application］ ●Can be used in lines to accept ［Application］ ●Can be used in such operations as ［Application］ ●Sheets can be piled smoothly
and reject inspected sheets. turning sheets or reversing the sheet by use of a magnetic conveyor.
●The flow of sheets can be flowing directions to inspect the
branched to two directions. backside of thin steel sheets and to
Permanent

Permanent magnetic rail Electromagnet
shorten the drying line in painting Electromagnetic rail
magnetic plate
Reject gate conveyor shops and for alignment machines. Stopper
Permanent Permanent magnetic rail
Electromagnetic rail
magnetic Proximity switch
OK sheets Inspection line roller
ets
she
NG Sheet piler
Proximity
Permanent switch
SEPARATORS
magnetic rail Permanent magnetic rail
■Permanent magnetic rail ■Electromagnetic rail

KRA-A permanent A magnetic plate is mounted inside a KRA-C type Used for magnetic conveyors that receive
stainless steel case. Can be easily steel sheets that have been conveyed in
magnetic rail electromagnetic rail
connected to the poles of a permanent the inverted posture by a piler.
Mounting tap M10, depth 12
magnetic pulley. Used for elevator
4-M12, depth 15
Rating: 180 VDC, continuous
type magnetic conveyors. 60 L1
60 L1 L2 ［mm（in）
］［mm
（in）
］
Model ₁ ₂ Mass Model Current ₁ Mass
45.5
80
MAGNETIC MEASURING
N S 500 300 80 9.5kg/ 500 300 25kg/

KRA-A 500 KRA-C 500 0.52A
100 L （19.6）
（11.8）
（3.15） 21 lb 120 L （19.6）（11.8） 55 lb
1000 600 200 19.0kg/ 1000 270 50kg/

KRA-A1000 KRA-C1000 1.01A
（39.4）
（23.6）
（7.87） 41 lb （39.4）（10.6）
×3 110 lb
KRA-B permanent Poles of a magnet are projecting to the KRA-D electromagnetic An electromagnetic rail having rollers.
inside of a stainless steel case. The Used to prevent drooping of steel sheets
magnetic rail rail with rollers
holding power via a belt is strong. Used after shearing machines.
for magnetic conveyors that convey thin 2-M12, depth 15 ■Rectifier RH-MW type
Mounting tap M10, depth 12
steel sheets in the inverted posture. Input 200 VAC, single-phase output 0‒180 VDC,
［mm（in）
］
L1 5 A/10 A ［mm（in）］
60 L1
Model ₁ No. of Taps Mass Model ₁ No. of Taps Mass
42.5
500 300 13kg/ L 550 350 180 VDC, 10kg/

N S KRA- 1050B 4 64 KRA-D50
（19.6）（11.8） 29 lb 12.5 （21.6）（13.7） 90W 22 lb
100 L
φ2.5
84
1000 270（10.6） 27kg/ Length 2 m 800 500 180 VDC, 15kg/

KRA-10100B 8 KRA-D75
（39.4） ×3 60 lb （31.5）（19.6） 148W 33 lb
Roller movement 2 mm
※Sizes not listed above are also available upon request.

126
MAGNETIC EQUIPMENT FOR CONVEYANCE PME
Model PME MAGNETIC CONVEYOR MAGCON
The Magcon is a magnetic conveyor having permanent magnets arranged under ●High-performance permanent magnets and optimum design.
the belt and is mainly used to convey iron parts and press scraps upward or Practically no diminishing of the magnetic force during its life.
downward. (Magnetic force diminishes less than 2% over 10-year period)
●Simplified mechanism for trouble-free operations.
●The portable type and inclining type are employed simultaneously to
An example of Magcon fabrication 1 meet a wide variety of operations.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Requiring less space, the Magcon can be utilized efficiently in small

A (Belt width) space in factories.
●Can be used to connect other up-down conveyor lines when used
as an intermediate conveyor link.
●The time to transfer products between processes can be shortened.
MAGBORE*
An example of Magcon fabrication 2

Max. 2100
Min. 1450
1800
75
°
CHIP & SLUDGE
60°
B C 1300
D 1500
■Belt speed: 20 m/min ※ Various types of the Magcon for various

■Belt: Oil-resistant conveyor belt operations including vertical conveyance are
■Power source: 3-phase, 220 VAC (for motor) designed and fabricated according to your
■Magnet: Sintered magnet having high holding power needs.
Notes: ※A feeder hopper will be installed upon request.
※The head pulley can be a magnetic pulley upon request.
(It picks up magnetic substances on the floor.)
［mm
（in）
］
Model Motor
PME-20 200（7.87） 280（11.0） 210

（8.26） 480
（18.9）
PME-30 300（11.8） 330（12.9） 280
（11.0） 580
（22.8） 0.75kW
PME-45 450（17.7） 405（15.9） 335
（13.1） 740
（29.1）
PME-60 600（23.6） 480（18.9） 410
（16.1） 840
（33.1） 1.5 kW
■Examples of special fabrication of magnetic equipment for conveyance

COIL OPENER MCO-P SHEET FEEDER AFR
An opener of strip coil is used for labor saving and safety of workers. This Suitable for feeding silicon steel for iron core into a baking furnace in
opener is used to automatically set the leading edge of coil in the pinch factories such as electric appliance manufacturing or feeding thin steel
rollers in various factories such as steel mills. sheets to a press machine, or for transferring cut-out or punched plates.
This opener is used in strip coil leveler lines, slitter lines, plaiting lines, ［Features］
surface treatment lines, forming lines, etc. to contribute to labor saving. ●Powerful permanent magnets are employed. The magnetic force
diminishes little and no power source for excitation is required.
Applicable strip coil: ●A simplified mechanism with roller rotating motion and cylinder reciprocating
●Material: Ordinary steel plate, silicon steel, colored steel plate, plated steel, surface coated steel, etc. motion combined, which is less likely to become a cause of failure.
●Width: 10 ‒ 2,000 mm
●Each time a plate is fed out, the cylinder moves up and down. This
TOOLS
●Thickness of plate: 0.2 ‒ 3.0 mm

●Threading speed: Normally 30 m/min feature makes this feeder suitable for operations where a relatively small
number of sheets is handled.
●Light weight and compact for easy installation and handling.
MAGNETIC
127
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS

MAGNET
LIFTING
MAGBORE*
Nonferrous metal
separatorr
Combustible
wastes
Aluminum cans and
nonferrous pieces
(aluminum and copper)
Compliance with the Energy Conservation Act in Japan

In compliance with the Revised Energy Conservation Act in Japan, all of the motors
■Types of magnetic separators of 0.75 kW or over employed in KANETEC products are IE3 premium motors.

Type Product Name Model Features
Eccentric pole Nonferrous metal separator BMR Assists recycling by separating and collecting shredded dust.
Aluminum separation Conveyor type aluminum separator MES Assists recycling by separating crushed wastes and hand-sorted wastes.

Suspended electromagnetic eparator BST Natural discharge type and continuous operation.
Suspended permanent magnetic separator SPM Energy saving and auto discharge type for shallow conveyors.
Round electromagnet for iron removal HEM-C Natural air cooling and enclosed type for less mixture of iron pieces.
Suspension
Suspended electromagnet for iron removal HEM-BS Oil cooled. Suitable for a small amount of mixed iron pieces.
KPMD Larger attractive force than KPMF.
SEPARATORS
Suspended plate magnet
KPMJ Powerful type having larger attractive force than KPMD.
KPMF Chute-mounted type with stainless steel surface.
Plate Plate magnet
KPMT Chute-mounted type. Attracted iron pieces held firmly.
Tubular Tubular separator CPM Removal of iron pieces during transfer of bulk materials in a pipe.
Magnetic bar KGM Round, Capable of being incorporated in any place. MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
rectangular
Small
Grid type magnet KGM/KGM-C Collection of small iron pieces mixed in small amount. Installed at hopper outlet or in duct.
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Electromagnetic pulley KER Usable as a conveyor head pulley. For large diameter pulleys, an electromagnetic type is more effective.
Pulley
Permanent magnetic pulley KPR Usable as a conveyor head pulley. High iron removal rate.
Barrel separator KBS Barrel polishing.
Drum separator KDS Casing provided for easy installation.
Drum
Large permanent magnetic drum KPDL Works well for large iron pieces and a large amount of iron pieces to collect.
Permanent magnetic drum KPD Most suitable for removing iron from granular materials and can be incorporated in equipment.
Induction type high magnetic force separator KID-R Removal of weak magnetic granular materials. 2.6 T (26 kg) max.
High magnetic Cross belt type high magnetic force separator KID-B For small capacity. Less mixture of raw materials in removed iron.
force
electromagnetic Induction type separator KID Suitable for removing iron from casting sand.
Electromagnetic filter KIF Suitable for removing iron from fine materials (powder).
High-speed drum High-speed drum separator KHDS High grade sorting and collection of magnetic substances.
128
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
■Examples of application of magnetic
separators in various fields
Removal of iron from various kinds of raw materials and semi-finished products
and collection of iron powder are called magnetic separation. KANETEC offers
a wide variety of magnetic separators for use with lump materials, granular
materials, clay-like materials and liquids.
Examples of usage in various fields

MAGNET
LIFTING
Steel making and mining Separation of steel materials and collection of iron in residues.
Machine, press, plant Processing of scraps and collection of flux.
Food, candy, can making Removal of iron from raw materials and foreign matter in manufacturing processes.
Pulp, paper, stone crushing Removal of iron from raw materials and protection of crushers.
Chemicals Removal of iron from raw materials and waste liquid.
Casting and nonferrous Removal of iron from casting sand and chips.
MAGBORE*
Sand and cement

Feed and fertilizer Removal of iron from raw materials and mixed machined parts.
Textile and fabric
Sugar, salt and cigarettes Removal of iron from raw materials.
CHIP & SLUDGE
Selection of magnetic separators and notes for inquiry

A magnetic separator to select must be suitable for the purpose of use and
have a sufficient capacity. To select such a most suitable separator, when
inquiring about separators, conditions such as the purpose of use and
properties of materials need to be informed, as detailed below: Tests of separating samples available.
●Purpose (improving the grade, collecting useful magnetic substances, etc.)
Please contact your nearest KANETEC sales office. Then we

●Kind, composition and components of raw materials
will do separation tests and model selection for you.
●Grain size of raw materials (□□ mm ‒ □□ mm, □□ mesh ‒ □□ mesh)
●Water content, raw material temperature
●Apparent specific gravity (bulk density)
●Kind, shape and grain size of mixed magnetic substances ※ Please use the Facsimile Communication Form
●Amount of raw materials to process per hour (kg/h, m3/h)

(Selection Data) on page 174 and page 175 to
●Amount and ratio of mixed magnetic substances
select the best separator.
●Other special conditions
Separation on conveyor (dry) Separation by magnetic drum (dry) Separation by suspended separator (dry)
●A magnetic pulley is used. ●A magnetic drum is installed at the bottom of the hopper chute. To automatically remove iron pieces, bolts and nuts on a conveyor,
●A magnet is suspended over the conveyor. ●A magnetic drum is installed at the exit of a vibrator feeder. a suspended magnetic separator is installed to attract and remove
●A plate magnet is installed on the discharge side of a conveyor. ●A magnetic drum is installed on the discharge side of a iron pieces.
●A grid type magnet is installed on the discharge side of a conveyor. For fully automatic removal and discharge:
conveyor. ●A magnetic drum is installed at the raw material exit. BST, SPM, etc.
●A comb type magnet is installed on the conveyor. For automatic removal and manual discharge:
Magnet HEM-BS, HEM-C, KPMJ, KPMD, etc.
Drum
Magnetic pulley Magnet
Magnetic
substances
Conveyor
Magnetic plate
Nonmagnetic Nonmagnetic
pulley substances
Listed on pages 135, 136, 138 & 143. Listed on pages 137 & 139. Listed on pages 133 & 134.
TOOLS
Separation in fluid (wet) High magnetic force separator (dry) Nonferrous metal separator
A coolant separator (removal of iron particles in grinding fluid, A magnetic separator generating a high magnetic force of 2.6 T (26000 G). Aluminum items can be sorted and separated from noncombustible
waste oil, cooling oil), drum separator (collection of iron ores and Used for weak magnetic substances that cannot be removed sufficiently by wastes and large crushed wastes efficiently.
iron sand materials) or plate magnet (removal of iron particles a standard separator. A permanent magnet is used as a source of magnetic field for
deposited in oil tanks) is used. sorting, which is rotated at high speed to cause eddy current to
sort materials.
Oil
Magnetic drum
squeezing roller
Sludge
(iron particles)
Inlet
Aluminum,
etc.
MAGNETIC
Combustible
wastes Nonferrous metals
such as copper
Outlet
Listed on pages 111, 112, 113, 142 & 143. Listed on pages 139, 140 & 141. Listed on pages 131 & 132.
All data in this catalog is based on the Measurement Act in Japan and KANETEC
has standardized the indication of the magnetic flux density in the units of mT and T: 0.1 mT = 1 G 1 mT = 10 G 1 T = 10000 G
129
Construction Scrap Materials Recycling System

Raw stone

hopper Water
spraying Water
spraying
Secondary
crusher
MAGNET
LIFTING
Primary
Concrete blocks are first crushed to crusher
certain sizes (50 ‒ 60 cm square)
MAGBORE*
on the construction site and then
transported to a recycling facility.
Suspended
magnetic separator
Concrete blocks are crushed by a Vibration
Vibration
crusher. Then foreign matters like conveyor
iron are removed by a magnet. screening
machine

Crushed concrete pieces are
screened by sizes. Concrete blocks
that could not be crushed by the
primary crusher are crushed by the
secondary crusher. To prevent dust
Water
and dirt produced in these spraying
processes and to prevent noise, the
machines and surrounding areas are
covered and water is sprayed. Dust
is collected by a dust collector.
Water Suspended
Materials screened to various sizes spraying magnetic
separator

become products as recycled
crushed stone and recycled sand.
These materials are used for road
construction and sewage Recycled Reinforcing
Recycled bars
construction. sand crushed stone Iron Water
pieces spraying

machine
Product stockyard
Non-Industrial Large Recyclable Wastes Processing System
SEPARATORS
Suspended

magnetic
separator
Crusher
Combustibles and
non-combustibles
MAGNETIC MEASURING
sorting machine
Non-combustibles
Magnetic pulley
Combustibles
Incinerating
facility
Nonferrous
metal separator
Collected magnetic
substances
Collected Nonferrous
aluminum metals
Combustibles
130
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model BMR Model MES-J NONFERROUS METAL SEPARATORS
Limited natural resources to the future…

Supporting recycling operations.
MAGNET
LIFTING
Removing iron in wood- The eccentric magnet structure and consistent

MAGBORE*
Environmentally
processing plants for
high-speed rotation separates and collects
friendly
biomass power
generation also!
copper and brass as well as aluminum efficiently!
CHIP & SLUDGE
▲Combustible wastes
○Nonferrous metal (aluminum, etc.)
■Eccentric magnetic pole system that has a high separating

capacity and prevents crushed pieces from getting caught
Separation of nonferrous metals is achieved when a high velocity AC frequency of the
magnetic field produces a strong“eddy current”in nonferrous metals, which in turn produces a
magnetic field having repulsive action against the external magnetic field. This system
employs an eccentric pole system to completely separate nonferrous metals from other
materials. This system can prevent finely shredded or crushed nonferrous metal pieces from
BMR-C50A getting caught by the belt or drum shell and if they get caught in a gap between the belt and
the shell, they are forced to move to a place where no magnetic field exists and thus can be
removed easily. (See the figures on the left side.)
There is no fear of trouble from the system point of view. No cases of failures have been
Caught iron pieces reported when the system has been used for car shredding, which is considered to be one of
Removed iron pieces
the severest conditions of use.
■All models employ the IE3 motors!

Concentric type Eccentric magnetic pole system The top runner motors in compliance with the Energy Conversation Act in Japan are used.
OD φ350 mm type introduced for possible

replacement of the rotating unit in existing machines!
［Features］［Application］
●Highly efficient separation and collection! Suitable for separation of nonferrous metals from small pieces shredded
The consistent high-speed rotation of 2500 rpm and the surface magnetic by car shredders, electronic equipment wastes, waste slugs, waste glass
flux density over 380 mT max. ensures collection of nonferrous metals (cullet), batteries, etc.
such as copper and brass as well as aluminum. <Other applications>
TOOLS
●Eccentric magnetic structure employed! ●Molding sand for aluminum casting and nonferrous metal casting.
This structure prevents iron pieces and other foreign matter from getting ●Refrigerators, washing machines and other scrapped appliances.
caught, which helps prolong the service life of the ●Screening of aluminum from bulky refuses and recyclable wastes.
drum shells and belts. ●Separation of aluminum from plastics such as plastic bottles and screw tops.
●Maintainability improved! ●Screening of aluminum from sludge discharged from fluidized beds.
KANETEC’s original construction has improved the ※This system is installed not only in wastes processing plants, materials
maintainability around the bearing. The feeders and materials discharge machines with adjust splitter, but also
maintenance time such as periodic inspection can as part of plants such as nonferrous metal separators.
be shortened and the line stop time can be reduced.
Maintainability can be improved further by using Automatic
the“automatic greasing unit”(optional) together. greasing unit
MAGNETIC
W3
L W2 (Effective width)
W1 (Trough width)
φD
<External view of BMR-C with casing> BMR-C50-S Special specification

131
BMR / MES-J
■BMR with casing ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Rotation Motor Conveyor Motor Feeder Motor Mass
φ

450
（17.7） 500（19.6） 1420
（55.9） 4120
（162） 2000kg/4409 lb

BMR-C350A
（55.1） φ350
1400 （13.7）
BMR-C375A 700
（27.5） 750（29.5） 1670
（65.7） 4270
（168） 2.2kW 1.5kW 2350kg/5180 lb
BMR-C3100A 950
（37.4） 1000
（39.4） 1920
（75.5） 4440
（174） 2850kg/6283 lb
0.5kW×2
BMR-C50A 450
（17.7） 500（19.6） 1485
（58.4） 4375
（172） 2400kg/5292 lb
BMR-C75A 700
（27.5） 750（29.5） 1735
（68.3） 4525
（178） 3.7kW 2800kg/6174 lb
（69.2） φ494（19.4）
1760
MAGNET
BMR-C100A 950
（37.4） 1000
（39.4） 1000
（39.4） 5445
（214） 2.2kW 3400kg/7497 lb
LIFTING
BMR-C125A 1200
（47.2） 1250
（49.2） 1250
（49.2） 5410
（212） 4100kg/9040 lb
5.5kW 1.96kW×2
BMR-C150A 1450
（57.0） 1500
（59.0） 1500
（59.0） 5435
（213） 4300kg/9481 lb
Magnetic rotating units are available individually!
MAGBORE*
Magnets in existing lines may be replaced for upgrading!
D
B C
A

φD
25
F
BMR-5050A
<BMR rotating unit>
■BMR rotating unit only ［mm（in）

］
Dimensions Standard
Model Drive Motor Mass
φ Accessory
BMR-3550A 500
（19.6） 482
（18.9） 805
（31.6） 1287
（50.6） 770（30.3） 842
（33.1） Approx. 220kg/ 485 lb
BMR-3575A 2.2kW 750（29.5） 607
（23.8） 930
（36.6） 1537
（60.5） 1020
（40.1） 1092
（42.9） φ350
（13.7） Approx. 260kg/ 573 lb
BMR-35100A 1000
（39.4） 732
（28.8） 1055
（41.5） 1787
（70.3） 1270
（50.0） 1342
（52.8） Approx. 300kg/ 661 lb
BMR-5050A 500（19.6） 453
（17.8） 823
（32.4） 1276
（50.2） 795
（31.2） 867
（34.1） Approx. 500kg/1102 lb ・Motor

・Coupling
BMR-5075A 3.7kW 750（29.5） 578
（22.7） 974
（38.3） 1552
（61.1） 1045
（41.1） 1117
（43.9） Approx. 650kg/1433 lb ・Mounting bracket
BMR-50100A 1000
（39.4） 703
（27.6） 1099
（43.2） 1802
（70.9） 1295
（50.9） 1367
（53.8） φ494
（19.4） Approx. 800kg/1763 lb
BMR-50125A 1250
（49.2） 828
（32.5） 1253
（49.3） 2081
（81.9） 1545
（60.8） 1617
（63.6） Approx. 970kg/2138 lb
5.5kW
BMR-50150A 1500
（59.0） 953
（37.5） 1374
（54.0） 2326
（91.5） 1795
（70.6） 1867
（73.5） Approx. 1120kg/2469 lb

A type (concentric type) dedicated to
collection of aluminum cans available also!
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS SEPARATORS

MES-J345-S Special specification
Most suitable for
collect cylindrical cans.
MAGNETIC MEASURING
W1
15
φ3
MES-J
L W2
<External view of aluminum separator>

■Types dedicated to collection of aluminum cans ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions
Model Rotation Motor Conveyor Motor Mass
MES-J345A 450（17.7） 1510（59.4） 1300kg/2866 lb

3.7kW 1.5kW
MES-J360A 600（23.6） 1660（65.3） 2650（104） 1375（54.1） 1450kg/3197 lb
MES-J390A 900（35.4） 2010（79.1） 5.5kW 2.2kW 1700kg/3748 lb
132
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model BST SUSPENDED ELECTROMAGNETIC SEPARATOR
“Air-cooled type” that uses no cooling oil Removing iron in wood-
Environmentally
processing plants for
to reduce environmental burden added to
friendly
biomass power
“BST Series”! generation also!
［Application］
Fully automatic discharge A suspended magnetic separator is suspended above a belt conveyor to continuously separate such
MAGNET
LIFTING
magnetic substances as iron pieces and lumps mixed in materials being transported on the conveyor.
This separator is most suitable for removal and collection of iron from such raw materials as slug, ore
and coal and from casting sand, bulky wastes, industrial wastes and ash after waste incineration.
［Features］
■Ideal magnet configuration realized!
MAGBORE*
Our valuable data based on experience and our pursuit to develop an optimum magnet based on
magnetic field analysis have realized a magnet configuration that exhibits the best separation and
collection performance.
To lengthen the iron piece discharge length, a general practice is to use permanent magnets together,
Oil-cooled but our original pole construction has eliminated a need of such magnets.
BST-90B-1
Selection of the oil-cooed type or the air-cooled type
CHIP & SLUDGE
●For the full-cover specification and for operations where ambient temperature is high or for long-
hour operation, select the oil-cooled type.
●For operation in an explosion-proof area or for relatively short-time operation, select the air-
cooled type. There are other conditions to consider for selection. Please fill the Selection Data
form at the end of the catalog and send it to our sales office.
■All models employ the IE3 motors!

The top runner motors in compliance with the Energy Conversation Act in Japan are used.
■A wide variety of models available!
Air-cooled BST-N90B-1 A wide variety of models are available to meet any belt width of belt conveyors. You can find the
optimum model for your specifications. Cross suspension as well as overhead pulley suspension
(parallel suspension) is available. (The corresponding conveyor belt width is the same.)
■Can be installed in any environment!
Compared with KANETEC’s previous model designs, the overall length and magnet height have been
minimized. BST type: The mass reduced by 30% to 40% and cooling oil amount by 10% to 50%, BST-N:
Since this type does not use cooling oil, the mass and size have been further reduced from those of BST
H
type. Thus, this model can be installed in any environment and under any conditions of installation.
B
L1
L2
B1
B2
■Easy maintenance for significant reduction in work time and running cost!
As the iron piece discharge belt drive system is directly coupled, such maintenance as chain tension
<BST type>
adjustment and lubrication, which need to be performed periodically with existing products, are no
longer necessary. BST-N type that requires no cooling oil offers running cost reduction and further
reduces the power consumption by the electromagnet by about 20% from that of the oil-cooled type.
■Trouble-free, robust magnetic separator!
This highly rated system can be used continuously, day and night. The temperature rise of the
H
electromagnet is little and its influence on the performance drop is minimal. Also our original pole
construction is designed to reduce belt wear to ensure a long service life.
L1 B
L2 B1 ■A wide range of applications!
<BST-N type> B2 The robust construction allows this separator to be used outdoors under any conditions of use. It can
be used in a wide range of applications.
■Different shapes of Model: BST-**B-1/BST-N**B-1

Shape: Angle scraper
Model: BST-**B-2/BST-N**B-2
Shape: Scraper with folded SUS plate
Model: BST-**B-3/BST-N**B-3
Shape: Angle scraper with
scrapers according L-shaped rubber crosspiece
to models. Scraper Scraper Scraper
Rubber
crosspiece
TOOLS
Belt running direction Belt running direction Belt running direction
3 sizes added for selection of more suitable types! ［mm

（in）
］
Conveyor Belt Width Conveyor Belt Width Overall Dimensions Electromagnet Power Consumption Applicable
Model Mass
Cross Parallel Installation ₂ Dimensions Electromagnet* Drive Control
Length ₂ Unit
Standard (BST) Air-cooled (BST-N) suspension suspension Standard Air-cooled Standard Air-cooled ₁ ₁ Standard Air-cooled motor Standard Air-cooled
450
（17.7）‒ 300（11.8）‒ 150
（5.90）
‒ 450 1640 1170 1095 610 650 650 680kg/ 625kg/
BST-65B-1.2.3 BST-N65B-1.2.3 1.5kW 1.29kW BSTR-65I
650
（25.5） 450（17.7） 200
（7.87）（17.7）（64.5）（46.0）（43.1）（24.0） 620 （25.5）（25.5） 1499 lb 1377 lb
1.5kW
600
（23.6）‒ 450（17.7）‒ 150
（5.90）
‒ 600 1790 1320 1245 585 （24.4） 800 800 970kg/ 930kg/
800
（31.5） 600（23.6） 250
（9.84）（23.6）（70.4）（51.9）（49.0）（23.0）（31.5）（31.5） 2138 lb 2050 lb
700
（27.5）‒ 600（23.6）‒ 200
（7.87）
‒ 750 1900 1500 1400 645 675 900 900 1370kg/ 1310kg/
MAGNETIC
900
（35.4） 750（29.5） 300
（11.8）（29.5）（74.8）（59.0）（55.1）（25.3）（26.5）（35.4）（35.4） 3020 lb 2888 lb
800
（31.5）‒ 750（29.5）‒ 250
（9.84）
‒ 2250 1000 1000 2070kg/ 1930kg/
1000
（39.4） 900（35.4） 350
（13.7） 900 （88.5） 1720 1565 825 （39.4）（39.4） 4564 lb 4254 lb
950
（37.4）‒ 750（29.5）‒ 250
（9.84）
‒ （35.4） 2300 （67.7）（61.6）（32.4） 1050 1050 2600kg/ 2500kg/
BST-105B-1.2.3 BST-N105B-1.2.3 4.66kW 3.73kW 2.2kW BSTR-105I
1050
（41.3） 950（37.4）（13.7）
350 （90.5） 710 （41.3）（41.3） 5732 lb 5711 lb
（37.4）
950 ‒ 850（33.4）‒ 300
（11.8）
‒ 2400 820 （27.9） 1150 1150 3100kg/ 3080kg/
1150
（45.2） 1050（41.3）（13.7）
350 1050 （94.4） 1865 1715 （32.2）（45.2）（45.2） 6834 lb 6790 lb
（41.3）
1050 ‒ 950（37.4）‒ 300
（11.8）
‒ （41.3） 2450 （73.4）（67.5） 875 1200 1200 3400kg/ 3360kg/
1200
（47.2） 1050（41.3）（13.7）
350 （96.4）（34.4）（47.2）（47.2） 7495 lb 7407 lb
（43.3）
1100 ‒ 1000（39.4）‒ 300
（11.8）
‒ 1200 2800 2150 1965 910 840 1300 1300 4500kg/ 4400kg/
1300
（51.1） 1200（47.2）（15.7）
400 （47.2）（110）（84.6）（77.3）（35.8）（33.0）（51.1）（51.1） 9921 lb 9700 lb
（51.1）
1300 ‒ 1100（43.3）‒ 300
（11.8）
‒ 2900 835 1400 1400 5200kg/ 5200kg/
1400
（55.1） 1300（51.1）（15.7）
400 1400 （114） 2350 2165 （32.8） 845 （55.1）（55.1） 11464 lb 11464 lb
（51.1）
1300 ‒ 1200（47.2）‒ 300
（11.8）
‒ （55.1） 3000 （92.5）（85.2） 805 （33.2） 1500 1500 5500kg/ 5390kg/
1500
（59.0） 1400（55.1）（17.7）
450 （118）（31.6）（59.0）（59.0） 12125 lb 11882 lb
1500
（59.0）
‒ 1400（55.1）
‒ 400
（15.7）
‒ 1600 3200 2570 2385 865 907 1700 1700 7500kg/ 7350kg/
（66.9）
1700 1600（62.9）（21.6）
550 （62.9）（126）（101.2）（93.8）（34.0）（35.7）（66.9）（66.9） 16535 lb 16203 lb
※A type that uses permanent magnets together is also available. ※A type with a dustproof cover is also available.
133 ※For overhead pulley suspension (parallel suspension), suspension fixtures need to be changed partially.※The electromagnet power consumption is based on 200 VAC (50 Hz).
※The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
BST / BST-N / BSTR / SPM
Model BSTR CONTROL UNIT
A new compact type; one third of the volume of the

Indoor type

conventional unit! Space saving and wall mountable!
［mm
（in）
］
700 Power Electromagnet Drive Motor Dimensions
Model Construction Mass
660 Source Output Output
MAGNET
600 300 6 BSTR-65I
LIFTING
90 VDC 1.5kW
200VAC1.5kW
BSTR-80I 90 VDC 2.4kW
100

200VAC2.2kW
MAGBORE*
※1 1000 800 Approx. 70 kg/154 lb
※2 Indoor,
200 VAC 180 VDC 5.2kW （39.4）（31.5）
H
A
BSTR-115I 50/60Hz dustproof,
3φ wall mounttype

4-φ14 200VAC3.7kW
100
Wiring 1200 1000
port BSTR-170I 180 VDC 10.4kW 200VAC5.5kW （47.2） Approx. 90kg/198 lb
150
50 200 （39.4）

※1: A power source of 220 VAC, 60 Hz, 3φ can also be used.
BSTR-90I ※2 The outdoor type has partially different specifications.
50
■Exchanging of electromagnet cooling oil Types of cooling oil

(JIS C2320 Electrical Insulating Oils Type 1, No. 2, No. 4)
Models and required amount of oil
※The values are JIS Standard values.
Model Amount
（L） Model Amount
（L） Model Amount
（L）
Property Total Acid Number Flashing Point Specific Gravity Breakdown
BST- 65B 80 BST-105B 225 BST-140B 345 Manufacture (Brand) (mgKOH/g) (PM) ℃ 15/4℃ Voltage (KV)
Idemitsu Kosan
BST- 80B 100 BST-115B 265 BST- 150B 450 (Transformer Oil G)
Showa Shell Sekiyu
BST- 90B 120 BST- 120B 345 BST- 170B 570 0.02 max. 130 min. 0.91 max. 30 min.
(Shell Transformer Oil A)
JX Nippon Oil & Energy Corp.
BST-100B 235 BST- 130B 415
(High Voltage Insulating Oil K)
※Exchange oil once every five years. (The frequency varies slightly depending on ※Cooling oil used by KANETEC; Idemitsu Kosan Transformer Oil G
models and run hours.) ※By using a cooling oil having a high flashing point, it is possible to offer a product that is excluded from the
As for special models, the amount depends on sizes of electromagnets. (Increased) dangerous goods stipulated in the Fire Services Act in Japan.

Model SPM SUSPENDED PERMANENT MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
The suspended permanent magnetic separator employs a fully automatic discharge
Fully automatic discharge type system by using a powerful permanent magnet. The operating method is similar to
Removing iron in wood- that of the suspended electromagnetic separator. This model is suitable for

Environmentally removing iron from relatively thin layer of materials on a belt conveyor.
friendly processing plants for biomass
［Application］
power generation also!
Suitable for removing iron from raw materials used in the food industry, chemical
■All models employ the IE3 motors! industry and various other industries, and can also be installed in wastes sorting
The top runner motors in compliance with the Energy Conversation systems to remove iron. This model is also suitable for removing iron in operations
Act in Japan are used. (Power consumption 0.75 KW or over) of industrial wastes sorting systems.
［Features］
SEPARATORS
●Permanent magnet type, requiring no DC power source.
●Simple but robust construction for easy maintenance.
L2 ●The weather resistant construction allows this separator to be easily installed on
existing outdoor conveyors.
Turnbuckle
●The permanent magnet system requires minimal maintenance cost.

SPM-60FA ●Usable for wide-belt conveyors and special designs of interface of discharge
chutes. (Long type SPM-65120A ‒ 65160A)
B3
●A powerful type is also available.
●An overhead pulley suspension (parallel suspension) type is also available.
H
MAGNETIC MEASURING
(Special fabrication)
L1
B2 ●An optional intrusion preventing plate is also available.
B
●The motor breaker is optionally available for simple motor ON/OFF operation and
L B1
prevention of burn due to motor overloading. (The breaker is available individually.)
※The shape of the suspending bracket is different amongSPM-100FA, 120FA, 65120A ‒ 65160A.
［mm
（in）
］
Conveyor Belt Width（※1） Conveyor Belt Width Overall Dimensions Magnet Size Power Consumption
Model Mass
Cross suspension Parallel suspension（※2） Installation Length ₁ ₂ ₃ ₁ ₂ Drive motor
SPM-30F ‒ 400（15.7） ‒ 90（3.54）‒130（5.11） 300（11.8）1000（39.4） 677（36.6） 440（17.3） 470（18.5） 400（15.7） 250（9.84） 170kg/ 374lb
248（9.76） 0.4 kW
SPM-40F 300（11.8）‒ 500（19.6） ‒ 350（13.7） 100（3.93）‒150（5.90） 400（15.7）1100（43.3） 777（30.6） 540（21.2） 570（22.4） 500（19.6） 350（13.7） 270kg/ 595lb
SPM-60FA 500（19.6）‒ 650（25.5） 300（11.8）‒ 450（17.7） 150（5.90）‒200（7.87） 600（23.6）1270（50.0）1015（39.9） 700（27.5） 770（30.3） 650（25.5） 490（19.2） 390kg/ 859lb
242（9.52）
SPM-80FA 650（25.5）‒ 800（31.5） 500（19.6）‒ 650（25.5） 700（27.5）1470（57.8）1115（43.9） 900（35.4） 870（34.2） 800（31.5） 650（25.5） 0.75kW 610kg/1344lb
SPM-100FA 800（31.5）‒1000（39.4） 650（25.5）‒ 800（31.5） 900（35.4）1900（74.8）1435（56.5） 1100（43.3）1170（46.0）1000（39.4） 800（31.5） 1150kg/2535lb
312（12.2）
SPM-120FA 1100（43.3）‒1300（51.1） 800（31.5）‒ 950（37.4） 1050（41.3）2200（86.6）1605（63.1） 1400（55.1）1320（51.9）1300（51.1） 950（37.4） 1.5 kW 1600kg/3527lb
200（7.87）‒250（9.84）
SPM-65120A ‒1050（41.3） ‒ 1870（73.6） 1000（39.4） 1200（47.2） 880kg/1940lb
SPM-65140A ‒1200（47.2） ‒ 700（27.5）2070（81.5）1147（45.1） 258（10.1） 1200（47.2） 890（35.0）1400（55.1） 650（25.5） 0.75kW 990kg/2182lb
SPM-65160A ‒1400（55.1） ‒ 2270（89.3） 1400（55.1） 1600（62.9） 1100kg/2425lb
※The outdoor specification is the standard.
(※1) The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
(※2) The parallel suspension specification is optional.
134
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model HEM-C ROUND ELECTROMAGNET FOR IRON REMOVAL
［Application］
Air-cooled The standard suspended electromagnet designed for removing iron from
substances on conveyors. This model is suitable for removing iron from ores
and various materials (glass, ceramics, sugar, paper, chemicals, etc.) as well as
from crushed stone in crushing plants and from casting sand in casting plants.
［Features］
●Light weight and compact for easy handling.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Minimum maintenance and weather resistant.

MAGBORE*
HEM-70C
CHIP & SLUDGE
Connection diagram
Controller
Electromagnet
for removal of iron AC 200VAC
Cabtyre cable 5 m included
［mm
（in）
］
Suspension hinge ３−φｄ Dimensions
Conveyor Conveyor Power Applicable
Model Mass
Belt Width Installation Length φ Consumption Rectifier
HEM-40C 350
（13.7）120
（4.72）‒150
（5.90） 400
（15.7）240
（9.44） 16
（0.62） 0.51kW 170kg/ 375 lb
KR-A208
HEM-50C 400
（15.7）130
（5.11）‒180
（7.08） 500
（19.6）300
（11.8） 0.82kW 310kg/ 683 lb
HEM-65CN 500
（19.6）150
（5.90）‒200
（7.87） 650
（25.5）320
（12.5） 22
（0.86） 1.5/1.8kW 340kg/ 749 lb HEMR-65CNI
HEM-75CN 600
（23.6）150
（5.90）‒250
（9.84） 750
（29.5）330
（12.9） 2.0/2.4kW 460kg/1014 lb HEMR-75CNI
Ｈ
HEM-90CN 750
（29.5）200
（7.87）‒300
（11.8） 900
（35.4）400
（15.7） 26
（1.02） 2.6/3.1kW 830kg/1829 lb HEMR-90CNI
HEM-110CN 900
（35.4）250
（9.84）‒350
（13.7）1100
（43.3）465
（18.3） 32
（1.25） 3.9/4.7kW 1350kg/2976 lb HEMR-110CNI
HEM-130CN 1050（41.3）300（11.8）‒450（17.7）1300（51.1）535（21.0） 36（1.41） 6.1/7.4kW 2300kg/4850 lb HEMR-130CNI
HEM-150CN 1200（47.2）400（15.7）‒550（21.6）1500（59.0）585（23.0） 42（1.65） 7.3/8.8kW 3350kg/7385 lb HEMR-150CNI
※The power consumption is based on 200 VAC, 50/60 Hz. (HEM-40C/50C consume the same amount of electricity on both 50 Hz and 60 Hz.)
φＤ ※The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and
volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
Model HEM-BS SUSPENDED ELECTROMAGNET FOR IRON REMOVAL

Oil-cooled This model utilizes the electromagnet design taken from the ●There are no moving parts and the
suspended electromagnetic separator and is recommended construction is simple for trouble-
for use where there is a relatively small amount of mixed free operation.
iron pieces on conveyors. This model is for use on large ●The oil-cooled system can keep
conveyors as with Model BST, but is most suitable for temperature rise and heating
operations where the amount of mixed iron pieces is small below a certain level when in
and attracted iron pieces can be removed periodically. continuous operation. (For cooling
oil used, see page 134.)
TOOLS
L1 B1
●The separating capacity is about
the same as Model BST.
●The magnetic separation efficiency
is high because an effective
magnetic field is produced all over
the attractive face.

●The applicable belt width has
H1
been widened.
H
HEM-BS65 L B
［mm
（in）
］
MAGNETIC
Conveyor Conveyor Installation Dimensions Power Applicable

Model Mass
Belt Width Length Consumption Rectifier
HEM-BS65 450
（17.7） 150
（5.90）
‒200
（7.87） 650（25.5） 650
（25.5） 347（13.6） 755
（29.7） 1025
（40.3） 605（23.8） 1.5Kw 590kg/ 1300 lb HEMR-BS 65
HEM-BS80 600
（23.6） 150
（5.90）
‒250
（9.84） 800（31.5） 800
（31.5） 328（12.9） 905
（35.6） 1175
（46.2） 570（22.4） 2.4Kw 870kg/ 1918 lb HEMＲ-BS 80
HEM-BS90 750
（29.5） 200
（7.87）
‒300
（11.8） 900（35.4） 900
（35.4） 349（13.7） 1005
（39.5） 1360
（53.5） 600（23.6） 3.1Kw 1200kg/ 2646 lb HEMＲ-BS 90
HEM-BS100 900
（35.4） 250
（9.84）
‒350
（13.7） 1000
（39.4） 1000
（39.4） 485（19.0） 1115
（43.8） 1583
（62.3） 790（31.1） 4.0Kw 1820kg/ 4013 lb HEMＲ-BS100
HEM-BS115 1050
（41.3） 300
（11.8）
‒350
（13.7） 1150
（45.2） 1150
（45.2） 496（19.5） 1265
（49.8） 1733
（68.2） 785（30.9） 5.2Kw 2800kg/ 6174 lb HEMＲ-BS115
HEM-BS130 1200
（47.2） 300
（11.8）
‒400
（15.7） 1300
（51.1） 1300
（51.1） 593（23.3） 1431
（56.3） 1926
（75.8） 890（35.0） 6.6Kw 4100kg/ 9040 lb HEMＲ-BS130
HEM-BS150 1400（55.1） 300
（11.8）
‒450
（17.7） 1500
（59.0） 1500
（59.0） 498（19.6） 1643
（64.6） 2126
（83.7） 775
（30.5） 8.7Kw 4900kg/10804 lb HEMＲ-BS150
HEM-BS170 1600（62.9） 400
（15.7）
‒550
（21.6） 1700
（66.9） 1700
（66.9） 575（22.6） 1843
（72.5） 2326
（91.5） 840
（33.0） 10.4Kw 6500kg/14332 lb HEMＲ-BS170
※The power consumption is based on 200 VAC (50 Hz).
135 ※The belt conveyor width for each model is for reference only. As the model to be selected can be different depending on the flow width and volume of objects to process, please consult with us.
HEM-C / HEM-BS / KPD / KPDL
Model KPD PERMANENT MAGNETIC DRUM
KPD-4040B−60110B

L
KPD-3030B−3060B 1 2 3 4
L B
1 2 3 4 B1
B
B1
MAGNET
LIFTING
φD
φd
350
φD
φd
50 50
50 50
KPD-4080B 5 5
MAGBORE*
Used for sorting wastes and removing iron from granular materials in ●A powerful permanent magnet is used, requiring no power source.
mining, ceramic, chemical and food industries. ●The outer nonmagnetic drum is rotated to automatically discharge iron.
●The drum shell is made of nonmagnetic stainless steel.
●KPD-HA 180 mT (1800 G), HB 250 mT (2500 G), HC 300 mT (3000
G) and HE 500 mT (5000 G) Series are also available.
●In addition to the permanent magnet type, an electromagnet type (KED)

is also available. ［mm（in）］
Processing Dimensions Surface Magnetic Recommended Recommended

Model Mass
Capacity ℓ₂ ℓ₃ ℓ₅ ℓ₄ ℓ₁ φ Flux Density Revolution Motor
KPD- 3030B 025㎥ /h 268
（10.5） 300
（11.8）200
（7.87） 225
（8.85） 690
（27.1） 580
（22.8） 60kg/ 132 lb
035㎥ /h 300 368 （14.4） 400
（15.7）250
（9.84） 275
（10.8） 790
（31.1） 680
（26.7） 120 80kg/ 176 lb
KPD- 3040B 145 45
30‒45rpm
KPD- 3050B 045㎥ /h （11.8） 468
（18.4） 500
（19.6）300
（11.8） 325
（12.8） 890
（35.0） 780 （4.72）
（30.7）（5.70）
（1.77） 100kg/ 220 lb
KPD- 3060B 055㎥ /h 568
（22.3） 600
（23.6）350
（13.7） 375
（14.7） 990
（38.9） 880
（34.6）
120kg/ 264 lb
KPD- 4040B 045㎥ /h 330
（12.9） 430
（16.9）260
（10.2） 292
（11.5） 830
（32.6） 710
（27.9）
0.4kW
KPD- 4050B 060㎥ /h 400 430
（16.9） 530
（20.8）310
（12.2） 342
（13.4） 930
（36.6） 810
（31.8） 55 150kg/ 330 lb
25‒40rpm
KPD- 4065B 075㎥ /h （15.7） 580
（22.8） 680
（26.7）385
（15.2） 417
（16.4）1080
（42.5） 960
（37.8）（2.16） 200kg/ 440 lb
KPD- 4080B 090㎥ /h 730
（28.7） 830
（32.6）460
（18.1） 492
（19.3）1230
（48.4）1110
（43.7） 100mT 250kg/ 551 lb
KPD- 5050B 080㎥ /h 430
（16.9） 530
（20.8）310
（12.2） 342
（13.4） 930
（36.6） 810
（31.8）（1000G） 215kg/ 474 lb
KPD- 5065B 105㎥ /h 500 580 （22.8） 680
（26.7）385
（15.2） 417
（16.4）1080
（42.5） 960
（37.8） 123 155 60 280kg/ 617 lb
20‒35rpm
KPD- 5080B 125㎥ /h （19.6） 730
（28.7） 830
（32.6）460
（18.1） 492
（19.3）1230
（48.4）1110 （4.84）
（43.7）（6.10）
（2.36） 345kg/ 760 lb
KPD- 5095B 880
（34.6） 980
（38.5）535
（21.0） 567
（22.3）1380
（54.3）1260
（49.6） 410kg/ 903 lb

150㎥ /h
KPD- 6065B 580
（22.8） 680
（26.7）385
（15.2） 417
（16.4）1080
（42.5） 950
（37.4） 0.75kW 335kg/ 738 lb
KPD- 6080B 190㎥ /h 600 730 （28.7） 830
（32.6）460
（18.1） 492
（19.3）1230
（48.4）1100
（43.3） 65 410kg/ 903 lb
15‒30rpm
KPD- 6095B 220㎥ /h （23.6） 880
（34.6） 980
（38.5）535
（21.0） 567
（22.3）1380
（54.3）1250
（49.2）（2.55） 490kg/1080 lb
KPD-60110B 240㎥ /h 1030
（40.5）1130
（44.4）610
（24.0） 642
（25.2）1530
（60.2）1400
（55.1） 1.5kW 570kg/1257 lb

Model KPDL LARGE PERMANENT MAGNETIC DRUM
［Application］
L This model is recommended for removal of large
B
B1 iron pieces and iron lumps from various raw
materials as well as from bulky wastes.
SEPARATORS
［Features］
●The super powerful, large magnet generates a
φD
φd
uniform and strong magnetic force.

●The robust construction can withstand impacts
H
L1
by large iron pieces when they are collected.
●Scrapers for complete removal and collection
KPDL-3048A are provided.
［mm（in）
］
●The magnet position adjusting turnbuckle is
Processing Surface Recommended
Dimensions installed to enable adjustment of the collection
Capacity, Magnetic Revolution Recommended
Model Mass position as desired.
（）
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Magnetized Flux Over Under Motor

substance × 75% φ Density Feed Feed ●In addition to the permanent magnet type, an
KPDL-3026A 12‒17t/h
460 660 1140 1420 700kg/ electromagnet type (KEDL) is also available.
（18.1）
（25.9）
（44.8）
（55.9） 1543 lb
KPDL-3048A 20‒32t/h
1020 1220 1700 1980 760 100 1190
（40.1）
（48.0）
（66.9）
（77.9）
（29.9）
（3.93）
（46.8）
25‒30
rpm
1000kg/
2205 lb
■Measurements of magnet attractive force
1320 1520 2000 2280 1200kg/ (attraction distance) ［mm（in）
］
KPDL-3060A 28‒40t/h 1.5kW
（51.9）
（59.8）
（78.7）
（89.7） 2646 lb
No. Test Piece to Attract Weight (g) Attraction Distance (mm)
660 930 1430 1730 1000kg/
KPDL-3636A 16‒24t/h 1 12-cm nail 10g/0.02 lb 400
（15.7）
（25.9）
（36.6）
（56.3）
（68.1） 2205 lb
2 Hex bolt M10 × 70 40g/0.09 lb 325（12.8）
950 1220 1720 2020 100mT 26‒35 1350kg/
KPDL-3648A 25‒36t/h
（37.4）
（48.0）
（67.7）
（79.5） 930 （1000G） rpm 2976 lb 3 Hex bolt M16 × 100 60g/0.13 lb 300（11.8）
1250 1520 2020 2320 （36.6） 1700kg/ 4 Hex bolt M20 × 100 280g/0.61 lb 275（10.8）
KPDL-3660A 35‒50t/h
（49.2）
（59.8）
（79.5）
（91.3） 120 1260 20‒25 3748 lb
2.2kW 5 Hex nut M20 30g/0.06 lb 150（5.90）
1550 1820 2320 2620 （4.72）
（49.6） rpm 2000kg/
KPDL-3672A 42‒60t/h 6 Round bar φ20 × 200 480g/1.06 lb 350（13.7）
（61.0）
（71.6）
（91.3）
（103.1） 4409 lb
7 Steel plate 25 × 30 × 65 350g/0.87 lb 200（7.87）
1250 1520 2180 2520 2500kg/
KPDL-4260A 40‒56t/h
（49.2）
（59.8）
（85.8）
（99.2） 1080 5512 lb 8 Steel plate 6 × 55 × 280 720g/1.59 lb 400（15.7）
3.7kW
1550 1820 2480 2820 （42.5） 3000kg/ 9 Angle 40 × 40 × 350 930g/2.05 lb 400（15.7）
KPDL-4272A 40‒65t/h
（61.0）
（71.6）
（97.6）
（111.0） 6614 lb
※Values by KPDL-3660A.
136
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KDS DRUM TYPE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
［Application］
A motor-driven magnetic separating system incorporating a permanent magnetic drum in a casing

automatically removes and collects iron pieces, bolts, etc. from raw materials loaded from a hopper.
［Features］
●Very easy to handle.
●Compact and light weight for easy relocation and installation.
●The powerful magnetic force type having a large processing capacity.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●KDS-HA-C 180 mT (1800 G), HC-C 300 mT (3000 G), HE-C 500 mT (5000 G) Series are also
available.
Loading port
Adjust plate
MAGBORE*
Rotary
drum Magnet
CHIP & SLUDGE
Magnetic substances Nonmagnetic

KDS-300C substances discharge port
discharge port (Iron pieces)
［mm
（in）
］
Processing Dimensions Drum Surface Magnetic Drive
Model Mass
Capacity φ ₁ Flux Density Motor
KDS- 250C 15㎥/h 540（21.2） 700
（27.5） 725
（28.5） 250
（9.84） 250
（9.84） 90mT
（ 900G） 0.2kW 125kg/ 275 lb
KDS- 300C 25㎥/h 800
（31.5） 300
（11.8） 150kg/ 330 lb
KDS- 500C 40㎥/h 590
（23.2） 950
（37.4） 800
（29.5） 300
（11.8） 450
（17.7） 230kg/ 507 lb
KDS- 600C 50㎥/h 1100
（43.3） 600
（23.6） 0.4kW 350kg/ 771 lb
KDS- 800B 75㎥/h 1000
（39.4） 680
（26.7） 100mT
（1000G） 450kg/ 992 lb
（36.6）
930 850
（33.4） 400
（15.7）
KDS- 900B 90㎥/h 1150

（45.2） 830
（32.6） 550kg/1213 lb
KDS-1100BA 105㎥/h 1000
（39.4） 680
（26.7） 600kg/1323 lb
1150
（45.2） 1100
（43.3） 500
（19.6） 0.75kW
KDS-1200BA 125㎥/h 1150
（45.2） 830
（32.6） 740kg/1631 lb
※Pre-test is available. ※The Processing Capacity is presented as a guide. The listed values may drop depending on substances to process.
※KDS-1100BA/1200BA use the IE3 motor.
（L）（B）
L B
B1
φD
H
H
φ
D
B1
〈KDS-B〉〈KDS-C〉
An example of fabrication of KDS-300B-2-S 2-stage drum type magnetic separator

TOOLS
（760）
（1084）
450 （66）
300 290
300
1370
MAGNETIC
1870
250
720
650
1315 730
137
KDS / KER / KPR
Model KER ELECTROMAGNETIC PULLEY
［Application］［mm（in）
］

These pulleys have been widely used in wastes Dimensions

Belt Power Applicable
Model Mass
Width φ φ ₁ φ ₂ Keyway Consumption Rectifier
processing systems and also used to remove iron ₁ ₂
300（11.8） 350（13.7） 880 （34.6） 300W 140kg/ 308 lb
from granular materials in chemical, steel making, KER- 3030C
KER- 3035C 350（13.7） 400（15.7） 930 （36.6） 360W 155kg/ 341 lb KR-A203
coal, food and mining industries. 300 50（1.96） 45（1.77） 130（5.11） 60（2.36）
KER- 3040C 400（15.7） 450（17.7） 980 （38.5） 400W 175kg/ 385 lb
The electromagnetic pulley is equipped with a （11.8）
KER- 3045C 450（17.7） 500（19.6） 1030 （40.5） 14（0.55）×5.5（0.21） 450W 195kg/ 429 lb
rectifier having an ammeter. The power source is
MAGNET
KER- 3050C 500（19.6） 550（21.6） 1110 （43.7） 140（5.51） 490W 210kg/ 463 lb
LIFTING
single-phase 200 VAC and the output is 180 VDC. KER- 4040C 400（15.7） 450（17.7） 1030 （40.5） 55（2.16） 50（1.96） 70（2.75） 550W 380kg/ 837 lb
KER- 4045C 450（17.7） 500（19.6） 1080 （42.5） 620W 430kg/ 948 lb
400 150（5.90）
KER- 4050C 500（19.6） 550（21.6） 1140 （44.8） 680W 475kg/ 1047 lb KR-A208
（15.7） 60（2.36） 55（2.16） 16（0.62）×6（0.23）
KER- 4060C 600（23.6） 650（25.5） 1240 （48.8） 800W 560kg/ 1235 lb
80（3.15）
KER- 4075C 750（29.5） 820（32.2） 1430 （56.3） 1000W 700kg/ 1543 lb
65（2.55） 60（2.36）
MAGBORE*
KER- 5050C 500（19.6） 550（21.6） 1169 （46.0） 950W 730kg/ 1609 lb
160（6.29） 18（0.70）×7（0.27）
KER- 5060C 600（23.6） 500 650（25.5） 1279 （50.3） 1000W 900kg/ 1984 lb
70（2.75） 65（2.55）
KER- 5075C 750（29.5）（19.6） 820（32.2） 1449 （57.0） 1300W 1130kg/ 2491 lb
90（3.54）
KER- 5090C 900（35.4） 1000（39.4） 1649 （64.9） 1500W 1300kg/ 2866 lb
KER-4060C
KER- 6060C 600（23.6） 650（25.5） 1299 （51.1） 75（2.95） 70（2.75） 170（6.69） 1200W 1320kg/ 2910 lb KR-A215
600 20（0.78）×7.5（0.29）
KER- 6075C 750（29.5） 820（32.2） 1479 （58.2） 1500W 1580kg/ 3483 lb
（23.6） 100（3.93）
KER- 6090C 900（35.4） 1679 （66.1） 80（3.15） 75（2.95） 180（7.08） 1800W 1900kg/ 4189 lb
1000（39.4）
KER- 7590C 900（35.4） 1810 （71.2） 230（9.05） 180（7.08） 2800W 1800kg/ 3968 lb
100（3.93） 90（3.54）
KER- 75100C 1000（39.4） 750 1100（43.3） 2020 （79.5） 3400W 2200kg/ 4850 lb

250（9.84） 200（7.87） 25（0.98）×9（0.35）
KER- 75120C 1200（47.2）（29.5） 1300（51.1） 2170 （85.4） 3800W 2600kg/ 5732 lb KR-A230
110（4.33） 95（3.74）
KER- 75150C 1500（59.0） 1600（62.9） 2570（101.2） 280（11.0） 250（9.84） 4200W 3100kg/ 6834 lb
KER- 90100C 1000（39.4） 1100（43.3） 2050 （80.7） 250（9.84） 230（9.05） 4300W 3000kg/ 6614 lb
L 900
KER- 90120C 1200（47.2） 1300（51.1） 2280 （89.7） 125（4.92）100（3.93） 280（11.0） 250（9.84） 4700W 3500kg/ 7716 lb
（35.4）
L1 B L1 L 2 KER- 90150C 1500（59.0） 1600（62.9） 2670（105.1） 300（11.8） 300（11.8） 28（1.10）×10（0.39） 5200W 4400kg/ 9700 lb
KER-100120C 1200（47.2） 1000 1300（51.1） 2490 （98.0） 330（12.9） 5500W 4200kg/ 9259 lb LMT-A240
135（5.31）110（4.33）
KER-100150C 1500（59.0）（39.4） 1600（62.9） 2900（114.2）
φd 2
360（14.1） 6500W 5000kg/11023 lb

360（14.1）
φd 1
φd 1
KER-120120C 1200（47.2） 1200 1300（51.1） 2490 （98.0） 330（12.9） 6500W 5400kg/11905 lb

140（5.51）120（4.72） 32（1.26）×11（0.43）
φD
KER-120150C 1500（59.0）（47.2） 1600（62.9） 2900（114.2） 360（14.1） 7600W 6500kg/14330 lb LMT-A250

Keyway Note: The slip ring SRB-100 is used for 3030C ‒ 4060C and SR-20 for 4075C and over.
Model KPR PERMANENT MAGNETIC PULLEY

Environmentally
Removing iron in ［Application］
friendly wood-processing These pulleys are utilized to remove iron as with electromagnetic pulleys.

plants for biomass ［Features］
●Powerful magnetic force. Its effect lasts almost perpetually.
power generation
●No power source is required to generate the magnetic force.
also! ●Robust construction and easy handling and installation.
●A high magnetic force type exceeding the surface max. magnetic flux density 1.3 T (13000 G) is

also available. (KPR-H16 Series) This pulley can also be used to sort and collect weak magnetic
substances such as stainless steel from raw materials.
［mm（in）
］
Belt Dimensions Surface Max.
Model Magnetic Mass
Width φ ₁ ₂ ₁ ₂ Keyway Flux Density
KPR- H1635 350（13.7） 440（17.3） 670（26.3） 1.3T 80kg/ 176 lb
160
KPR- H1640 400（15.7） 500（19.6） 730（28.7） 60（2.36） ̶ 100（3.93） ̶ 20（0.78）×10（0.39）（13000G） 90kg/ 198 lb
（6.29）
min.
SEPARATORS
KPR- H1645 450（17.7） 550（21.6） 780（30.7） 95kg/ 209 lb
KPR-H1635
KPR- 2230 300（11.8） 350（13.7） 660（25.9） 45kg/ 99 lb
214
KPR- 2235 350（13.7） 400（15.7） 710（27.9） 40（1.50） 35（1.37） 10（0.39）× 5（0.19） 52kg/ 114 lb
（8.42）
KPR- 2240 400（15.7） 450（17.7） 760（29.9） 68kg/ 149 lb
130（5.11） 50（1.96）
KPR- 2735 350（13.7） 400（15.7） 710（27.9） 77kg/ 169 lb
265 80mT
KPR- 2740 400（15.7） 450（17.7） 760（29.9） 45（1.77） 40（1.50） 12（0.47）× 5（0.19） 86kg/ 189 lb
（10.4）（800G）
KPR- 2745 450（17.7） 500（19.6） 810（31.8） min. 100kg/ 220 lb

KPR- 3240 400（15.7） 450（17.7） 780（30.7） 14（0.55）×5.5（0.21） 110kg/ 242 lb
50（1.96） 45（1.77）
KPR- 3245 450（17.7） 315 500（19.6） 830（32.6） 122kg/ 368 lb
135（5.31）
KPR- 3250 500（19.6）（13.7） 550（21.6） 880（34.6） 60（2.36） 135kg/ 297 lb
60（2.36） 55（2.16）
KPR- 3260 600（23.6） 650（25.5） 980（38.5） 140kg/ 308 lb
KPR- 3540C 400（15.7） 450（17.7） 790（31.1） 190kg/ 418 lb
MAGNETIC MEASURING
KPR- 3545C 450（17.7） 350 500（19.6） 850（33.4） 210kg/ 462 lb

KPR-3560C 55（2.16） 50（1.96） 140（5.51）
KPR- 3550C 500（19.6）（13.7） 550（21.6） 900（35.4） 16（0.62）× 6（0.23） 230kg/ 507 lb
70（2.75）
KPR- 3560C 600（23.6） 650（25.5） 1000（39.4） 260kg/ 573 lb
KPR- 4045C 450（17.7） 500（19.6） 860（33.8） 270kg/ 595 lb
KPR- 4050C 500（19.6） 400 550（21.6） 920（36.2） 145（5.70） 300kg/ 661 lb
60（2.36） 55（2.16）
KPR- 4060C 600（23.6）（15.7） 650（25.5） 1020（40.1） 80（3.14） 355kg/ 782 lb
KPR-2235
KPR- 4075C 750（29.5） 820（32.2） 1200（47.2） 450kg/ 992 lb
KPR- 5060C 600（23.6） 650（25.5） 1040（40.9） 300mT 480kg/1058 lb
500 150（5.90） 90（3.54）
KPR- 5075C 750（29.5） 820（32.2） 1210（47.6） 70（2.75） 65（2.55） 18（0.70）× 7（0.27）（3000G） 630kg/1388 lb
（19.6）
KPR- 5090C 900（35.4） 1000（39.4） 1400（55.1） min. 750kg/1653 lb
φD
φd 2 100（3.93）
KPR- 6075C 750（29.5） 820（32.2） 1300（51.1） 75（2.95） 70（2.75） 900kg/1984 lb
φd 1 φd 1 190（7.48） 20（0.78）×7.5（0.29）
KPR- 6090C 900（35.4） 600 1000（39.4） 1500（59.0） 80（3.14） 75（2.95） 1070kg/2358 lb
KPR-60105C 1050（41.3）（23.6） 1150（45.2） 1670（65.7） 120（4.72） 1230kg/2711 lb
Keyway KPR-60120C 1200（47.2） 1300（51.1） 1820（71.6）
90（3.54）
85（3.34） 1450kg/3196 lb
200（7.87）
KPR- 7575C 750（29.5） 820（32.2） 1370（53.9） 95（3.74） 25（0.98）× 9（0.35） 1200kg/2645 lb
150（5.90）
L1 B L1 L2 KPR-75105C 1050（41.3） 750 1150（45.2） 1700（66.9） 100（3.93） 90（3.54） 1650kg/3637 lb
KPR-75120C 1200（47.2）（29.5） 1300（51.1） 1950（76.7） 110（4.33） 95（3.74） 1900kg/4188 lb
L 250（9.84） 200（7.87）
KPR-75140C 1400（55.1） 1500（59.0） 2150（84.6） 120（4.72） 100（3.93） 28（1.10）×10（0.39） 2150kg/4739 lb
138
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KHDS HIGH-SPEED DRUM TYPE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
These are high-performance magnetic separators designed
An example of KHDS fabrication to easily separate and collect magnetized fine powder and
fine particles that are difficult to separate with other dry
type magnetic separators.
The effect of the magnetic force created by a unique pole
layout together with adjustment of the centrifugal force by
varying the rotation enables collection and separation of
MAGNET
LIFTING
magnetized substances without taking in impurities.

［Application］
Suitable for separation of mine smalls, sorting of weak
magnetic ores and separation of iron from aluminum,
copper and brass chips. In addition, these separators are
MAGBORE*
also useful for separation of dust, waste sand, casting

Gasification melting furnaces
KHDS-30 sand and shots.
and slug processing
［Features］
Bayer cyclo variable speed changer ●The unique pole construction enables separation
3-phase 200 V
without taking in impurities.
CHIP & SLUDGE
●The drum speed can be varied according to substances

D to separate, which enables these separators to be used
under various conditions of separation.
●A type for slug is also available.
H
Feed port
L 4×4‒18 drill B1
Inspection window
Magnetic
Nonmagnetic substances discharge port Outer case
substances
rotary drum Magnet

discharge port Intermediates discharge port
■Relation between amount to process and

substances to process
In general, the processing amount varies depending on the specific
Magnetic Intermediates Nonmagnetic
gravity of substances to process and such processing conditions as substances discharge substances
the grain size, magnetized state, water content, etc. discharge port port discharge port
［mm
（in）
］
Processing Dimensions Drum
■Amount to process by KHDS-30 <Example> Model
Capacity ₁ φ
Mass
Grain Size, etc. Processing Amount KHDS-15 2.2‒12.0t/h 900

（35.4） 150（5.90） 1800kg/3968 lb
KHDS-30 4.5‒24.0t/h 1000（39.4） 300
（11.8） 2200kg/4850 lb
Grain size 15 – 6 mm 15‒7（t/h）
KHDS-45 6.7‒36.0t/h 1150（45.2） 1470 1500 930 450
（17.7） 2600kg/5732 lb
Grain size 6 – 2 mm 7‒5（t/h） KHDS-60 9.0‒48.0t/h （51.1）（57.8）（59.0）（36.6）
1300 600
（23.6） 3300kg/7275 lb
Grain size less than 2 mm 5‒1（t/h） KHDS-75 11.0‒60.0t/h 1500

（59.0） 750
（29.5） 3600kg/7937 lb
KHDS-90 13.0‒72.0t/h 1700（66.9） 900
（35.4） 4000kg/8818 lb
Separation of iron wastes from nonferrous metallic chips 1‒2（t/h）

※The power source is 3-phase, 200 VAC.
Model KIF ELECTROMAGNETIC FILTER

［Application］
TOOLS
These filters work well in removing fine iron powder from pigments, glass materials, foods,
chemicals and other various kinds of powder materials.
L 220 B
Open/close plate Mixed materials

Operation/control panel
Electromagnet Screen
H
MAGNETIC
Changeover plate
Cylinder
Magnetic Nonmagnetic Vibrator
Magnetic Nonmagnetic
substances substances substances
discharge port discharge port substances
discharge port discharge port
［mm
（in）
］
Processing Dimensions
Model Electromagnet Mass
Capacity
KIF-16 1.0m³/h 800
（31.5） 800
（31.5） 1300
（51.1） 0.8kW 540kg/1190 lb
KIF-20 1.5m³/h 1100
（43.3） 1000
（39.4） 1550
（61.0） 1.0kW 1000kg/2205 lb
KIF-30 KIF-30 3.5m³/h 1200

（47.2） 1100
（43.3） 1850
（72.8） 1.5kW 1500kg/3307 lb
139 ※Accessory: DC control unit (Input 3-phase 200 VAC)

KHDS / KIF / KID-R / KID
■The high magnetic force separators are designed to generate a magnetic force as large as 2.6 T
(26000 G) for separation of weak magnetic substances. In addition to the“induction roll type

KID-R”and“cross belt type KID-B”that have a large processing capacity, a relatively smaller

capacity“induction type KID”and“electromagnetic filter KIF”are also available.
Model KID-R INDUCTION TYPE POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
MAGNET
LIFTING
［Application］
These separators are suitable for separation of weak magnetic substances that exist in powder and
granular materials of quartz sand (glass material), high grade casting sand and chromite sand. In addition,
these separators are used to remove iron ores from such nonferrous minerals as tungsten, manganese ore,
titanium ore, monazite, garnet and ilmenite, to remove weak magnetic oxides from casting sand (quartz
MAGBORE*
sand) and to separate weak magnetic substances from other powder and granular materials.
［Features］
●The induction roller generates 2.6 T (Tesla) max. at a sharp gradient and high magnetic flux density.
●The magnetic force can easily be adjusted according to magnetic substances in raw materials.
●The roller revolution can be varied steplessly. According to properties of raw materials, the influence of the
centrifugal force by the roller can be adjusted for optimum separation. (Optional)
●When the 2-stage or 3-stage type is used, highly efficient separation is possible.

●These separators are of dry type that does not need auxiliary equipment for pre- and post-treatment.
●These separators are designed to contain dust to prevent pollution by dust.
Processing conditions
Optimum substances to process are materials that are dry and flow freely and their grain size is 8 to 150 mesh.
Capacity
The amount to process is about 200 kg/h to 1000 kg/h per induction roller width 100 mm, though it varies according to
KID-R90-3 kinds and grain sizes of substances to separate and required level of separation.
One-stage or 2-stage according to applications

Because a high magnetic force is required, the magnetomotive force is induced by the roller by use of a yoke so that
①
weak magnetic substances can be separated from flowing raw materials. The figure shows the 3-stage type. One-
stage, 2-stage and 3-stage are determined by the number of induction rollers.
②
［mm
（in）
］
③
Induction Processing Dimensions Power Consumption

Model Mass
Roller Capacity Length Width Height Electromagnet Drive motor Feeder motor
KID-R35-1 1-stage
④ 1650 1000 2300 2.5‒3.0 ton
KID-R35-2 2-stage 2.4m³/h 1.5kW 3.7kW 250VA
（64.9）（39.4）（90.5） 5512‒6614 lb
KID-R35-3 3-stage
<3-stage> ⑦
KID-R60-1 1-stage
① Hopper ⑥ 2300 7.0‒7.5 ton
KID-R60-2 2-stage 4.0m³/h 5.5kW 7.5kW

② Magnetic pole for （90.5） 15430‒16530 lb
⑤ 3-stage
rough separation KID-R60-3 1700 2500
750VA
③ Branch plate KID-R90-1 1-stage （66.9）（98.4）
④ High magnetic force pole ④ KID-R90-2 2-stage 6.0m³/h
2600
10.0kW 11.0kW
9.0‒10.0ton
⑤ Coil （102.4） 19840‒22050 lb
KID-R90-3 3-stage
⑥ Yoke
⑦ Induction magnetic roller ※These are magnetic separators designed specially for weak magnetic substances. If strong magnetic substances are mixed, they need to
be removed at the preceding stage.
SEPARATORS
Model KID INDUCTION TYPE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
Hopper Motor
Suitable for removing weak magnetic
substances from glass raw materials, Induction roll

ceramic raw materials and chemical Coil
products. In particular, these separators
work best with fine particles smaller than
1 mm. Weak magnetic substances in
MAGNETIC MEASURING
granular materials are separated by a

strong magnetic force.
Magnetic substances Magnetic substances

Nonmagnetic
substances
［mm
（in）
］
Model Motor Electromagnet Mass Substance to Separate
Capacity Width Depth Height
Sand & powder smaller
KID-250 0.15m³/h 665
（26.1） 350
（13.7） 750（29.5） 0.2 kW 0.2kW 300kg/ 661 lb
than 1mm（0.03）
Sand & powder smaller

KID-1TM 1.0 m³/h 650
（25.5） 1300
（51.1） 0.4 kW 0.6kW 900kg/1984 lb
than 3mm（0.11）
（31.8）
810
KID-1TM Sand & powder smaller
KID-3TM 3.0 m³/h 850
（33.4） 1500
（59.0） 0.75kW 1.2kW 1700kg/3748 lb
than 3mm（0.11）
140
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KID-B CROSS BELT TYPE POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
［Application］
Suitable for separating weak magnetic substances from powder and granular
materials such as glass raw materials, casting sand and ceramic raw materials at a
high collection rate.
This model works well with dry materials of grain size 3 mm or less and the optimum
grain size is about 20 mesh.
［Features］
MAGNET
LIFTING
●High magnetic force and sharp gradient for effective separation of weak magnetic
KID-B
substances from granular materials.
●The conveyor belt speed can be varied steplessly for efficient separation at an
optimum speed.
●The mechanism that attracts magnetic substances in raw materials by a magnetic
MAGBORE*
pole above the conveyor and then discharges them ensures a high collection rate.
In particular, high-grade collection of useful magnetic substance is possible.
●By increasing the number of magnetic poles above the conveyor belt to make a
multistage construction, separation can be carried out according to the magnetic
properties of magnetic substances.
CHIP & SLUDGE
●Can be installed easily in existing lines.
① ④
■Examples of separation
② Removal of iron oxide from lime stone (desiccating agent)
③
Feeding
Removal rate 99.5%
① Coil Magnet
② Upper magnetic pole
Collection of biotite (weak magnetic substance) from feldspar
substan
③ Conveyor belt
④ Discharge belt Collection rate 95% or over
Nonmagnetic substances
Examples of fabrication of various recycling magnetic separators
An example of fabrication of drum

type magnetic separator
Nonferrous metal separator

An example of fabrication of suspended

permanent magnetic separator
TOOLS
An example of fabrication of
large electromagnetic drum
An example of fabrication of high-

An example of fabrication of high-magnetic speed drum type magnetic separator
force drum type magnetic separator
An example of fabrication of drum
type magnetic separator
MAGNETIC
An example of fabrication of 2-stage

drum type magnetic separator
141
KID-B / KPM
Model KPM PLATE MAGNET
［Application］

ion
unct

Ff These magnets are installed on chutes and hoppers
N/OF
No O to attract and separate magnetic substances such as
iron powder from raw materials in chemical, drug and
other fine particle industries.
［Features］
●Strong attractive force. Compact and robust.
MAGNET
LIFTING
ion ●Easy installation in any place as no power source
unct
N/O FF f is required.
No O ※Magnets with a grip and hinge are available
KPMF-1540A optionally upon request.
MAGBORE*
TO machine
From machine KPMT-1530 Model KPMF
Oil 20 20 ●The whole surface is made of
Precautions for use L H
12 stainless steel (SUS304).
To use these magnets in liquids (e.g. h
●Large attractive force over a long
20

water) other than oil, please specify
distance.
“enclosed type.”
●The flange area can be worked on.
B
※A type having a flange in a
20
different position is also available.
Plate magnet
Model KPMT
Separated fine iron particlesstopped ●An iron magnetic plate mounted
20 20
against the flow of materials. Plate magnet L H on the attractive face of Model
h KPMF.
20
●The holding power is applied to
An example of
the attracted iron pieces by the
iron-removing magne
B
Plate magnet magnetic plate so that they will
fine particle chute lin
not be pushed forward by
20
Plate magnet materials that follow.
Standard models

■Flat type ［mm
（in）
］ ■With magnetic plate ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions Attraction Capacity (Distance) Dimensions Attraction Capacity (Distance)
Model 15-cm M10 M10×25 Mass Model 15-cm M10 M10×25 Mass
nail nut bolt nail nut bolt
KPMF-1515A 150
（5.90） 6kg/ 13.2 lb KPMT-1515 150
（5.90） 7kg/ 15.0 lb

KPMF-1530A 300
（11.8） 11kg/ 24.2 lb KPMT-1530 300
（11.8） 12kg/ 26.4 lb
150 43.5 3.2 80‒100 40‒ 60 60‒ 80
KPMF-1535A 350
（13.7） 13kg/ 28.6 lb KPMT-1540 400
（15.7） 16kg/ 35.2 lb
（5.90）（1.71）（0.12）（3.15‒3.93）（1.57‒2.36）（2.36‒3.15）
150 42.2 3.2 80‒100 40‒ 60 60‒ 80
KPMF-1540A 400
（15.7） 15kg/ 33.0 lb KPMT-1550 500
（19.6） 20kg/ 44.0 lb
（5.90）（1.66）（0.12）（3.15‒3.93）（1.57‒2.36）（2.36‒3.15）
KPMF-1545A 450
（17.7） 17kg/ 37.4 lb KPMT-1560 600
（23.6） 24kg/ 52.9 lb
KPMF-1550A 500
（19.6） 18kg/ 39.6 lb KPMT-2020 200
（7.87） 14kg/ 30.8 lb
KPMF-1560A 600
（23.6） 22kg/ 48.5 lb KPMT-2030 300
（11.8） 21kg/ 46.3 lb
200 100‒130 60‒ 80 80‒100
200
（7.87） 13kg/ 28.6 lb 400
（15.7） 29kg/ 63.9 lb
SEPARATORS
KPMF-2020A KPMT-2040
（7.87）（3.93‒5.11）（2.36‒3.15）（3.15‒3.93）
KPMF-2030A 300
（11.8） 20kg/ 44.0 lb KPMT-2050 500
（19.6） 35kg/ 77.1 lb
KPMF-2040A 200 400 （15.7） 100‒130 60‒ 80 80‒100 27kg/ 59.5 lb KPMT-2060 600
（23.6） 56.5 3.5 42kg/ 92.5 lb
KPMF-2050A （7.87） 500（19.6）（3.93‒5.11）（2.36‒3.15）（3.15‒3.93） 33kg/ 72.7 lb KPMT-3030 （11.8）（2.22）（0.13）
300 32kg/ 70.5 lb
KPMF-2060A 600
（23.6） 40kg/ 88.1 lb KPMT-3040 400
（15.7） 42kg/ 92.5 lb
55.5 3.5 300 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120
KPMF-2080A 800
（31.5） 54kg/119.0 lb KPMT-3050 500
（19.6） 53kg/116.8 lb
（2.18）（0.13）（11.8）（4.72‒6.29）（2.75‒3.93）（3.93‒4.72）

KPMF-3030A 300
（11.8） 29kg/ 63.9 lb KPMT-3060 600
（23.6） 63kg/138.9 lb
KPMF-3040A 400
（15.7） 39kg/ 85.9 lb KPMT-3080 800
（31.5） 84kg/185.2 lb
300 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120
KPMF-3050A 500
（19.6） 49kg/108.0 lb ※Surface magnetic flux density 250 mT (2500 G) max.
（11.8）（4.72‒6.29）（2.75‒3.93）（3.93‒4.72）
KPMF-3060A 600
（23.6） 59kg/130.1 lb
KPMF-3080A 800
（31.5） 79kg/174.2 lb
MAGNETIC MEASURING
※Surface magnetic flux density 130 mT (1300 G) max.
Powerful models Powerful plate magnets using rare earth magnet

■Flat type ［mm
（in）
］ ■With magnetic plate ［mm（in）
］
Dimensions Attraction Capacity (Distance) Dimensions Attraction Capacity (Distance)
Model 15-cm M10 M10×25 Mass Model 15-cm M10 M10×25 Mass
nail nut bolt nail nut bolt
KPMF-H1510 100
（3.93） 3.0kg/6.61 lb KPMT-H1510 100
（3.93） 4.0kg/8.80 lb
KPMF-H1515 150 150（5.90） 100‒130 60‒ 80 80‒100 4.5kg/9.92 lb KPMT-H1515 150 150（5.90） 100‒130 60‒ 80 80‒100 6.0kg/13.2 lb
KPMF-H1520 （5.90） 200（7.87）（3.93‒5.11）（2.36‒3.15）（3.15‒3.93） 5.5kg/12.1 lb KPMT-H1520 （5.90） 200（7.87）（3.93‒5.11）（2.36‒3.15）（3.15‒3.93） 8.0kg/17.6 lb
KPMF-H1530 300
（11.8） 25 3.2 8.5kg/18.0 lb KPMT-H1530 300
（11.8） 25 3.2 12.0kg/26.4 lb
KPMF-H2020 （7.87）（0.98）（0.12）
200 8.0kg/17.6 lb KPMT-H2020 （7.87）（0.98）（0.12）
200 10.0kg/22.0 lb
KPMF-H2025 200 250（9.84） 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120 10.0kg/22.0 lb KPMT-H2025 200 250（9.84） 120‒160 70‒100 100‒120 12.5kg/27.5 lb
KPMF-H2030 （7.87） 300（11.8）（4.72‒6.29）（2.75‒3.93）（3.93‒4.72）11.5kg/25.0 lb KPMT-H2030 （7.87） 300（11.8）（4.72‒6.29）（2.75‒3.93）（3.93‒4.72） 15.0kg/33.0 lb
KPMF-H2040 400
（15.7） 15.5kg/34.1 lb KPMT-H2040 400
（15.7） 20.0kg/44.0 lb
142
※Surface magnetic flux density 300 mT (3000 G) max. ※Surface magnetic flux density 500 mT (5000 G) max.
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KPMF-C PLATE MAGNET WITH IRON POWDER REMOVAL COVER
［Application］
tion These magnets are installed on chutes and hoppers to

n func
irectio
F
N/OF attract/collect magnetic substances.
Slide d No O
［Features］
●Attracted magnetic substances can be released and
cleaned off very easily by pulling out the iron-removal
cover.
MAGNET
LIFTING
KPMF-C1530
L2
L1 4−φ9 5.2
L
［mm
（in）
］
MAGBORE*
Dimensions
Model Mass N
150
176
200
173
220
KPMF-C1530 300（11.8） 310
（12.2） 330（12.9） 303（11.9） Approx. 12.5kg/27.5 lb
S
KPMF-C1535 350（13.7） 360
（14.1） 380（14.9） 353（13.9） Approx. 14.5kg/31.9 lb
KPMF-C1540 400（15.7） 410
（16.1） 430（16.9） 403（15.8） Approx. 16.5kg/36.3 lb
CHIP & SLUDGE
KPMF-C1545 450（17.7） 460

（18.1） 480（18.9） 453（17.8） Approx. 19 kg/41.8 lb 40 L3 （44.2）
25
KPMF-C1550 500（19.6） 510
（20.0） 530（20.8） 503（19.8） Approx. 21 kg/46.3 lb
※Surface max. magnetic flux density … Magnet surface: 130 mT (1300 G) Cover surface: 100 mT (1000 G) （71）
Model KPM SUSPENDED PLATE MAGNET

ion ［Application］
unct
N/O FF f These permanent magnets are suspended above a chute or
No O conveyor belt to attract and separate magnetic substances such
as small iron pieces and particles from raw materials in
chemical, drug and other fine particle industries.
［Features］
n ●Powerful attractive force. Compact and robust.
nctio ●As a permanent magnet is used, no power source is required
/OF F fu
No ON and these magnets can be used in any place.
●Very easy installation.
KPMD-2550
Precautions for use
To use these magnets in liquids (e.g. water) other than oil,
please specify“enclosed type.”
Model KPMD
KPMJ-4040 L（Allowable
belt width） H
Removing iron in
Environmentally
friendly wood-processing
Attractive
plants for biomass face
B
b
power generation
also!
■Model KPMD ［mm（in）

］
<Suspended permanent magnet>
TOOLS
●Suspended above a chute of a conveyor

Dimensions Attraction Capacity (Distance) belt to attract and remove iron pieces.
Model 15-cm M10 M10×25 Mass ●Larger attraction distance than KPMF.
nail nut bolt ●Stainless steel (SUS304) surface.
KPMD-2525 250
（9.84） 170
（6.69） 22kg/ 48.5 lb ●Eyebolts in four places. (M8 eyebolts on
KPMD-2530 300
（11.8） 220
（8.66） 27kg/ 59.5 lb KPMD-25** and M10 eyebolts on KPMD-35**)
250 170 64 130‒170 60‒ 90 100‒130

KPMD-2540 400
（15.7） 320
（12.6） 35kg/ 77.1 lb
（9.84）（6.69）（2.52）（5.11‒6.69）（2.36‒3.54）（3.93‒5.11）
KPMD-2550 500
（19.6） 420
（16.5） 44kg/ 97.0 lb Model KPMJ
KPMD-2560 600
（23.6） 520
（20.4） 54kg/119.0 lb
L（Allowable
KPMD-3530 300
（11.8） 220
（8.66） 49kg/108.0 lb belt width） H
KPMD-3540 350 400
（15.7） 270 320
（12.6） 82 160‒200 80‒120 110‒140 64kg/141.1 lb
KPMD-3550 （13.7） 500
（19.6）（10.6）（16.5）（3.22）（6.29‒7.87）（3.15‒4.72）（4.33‒5.51）
420 80kg/176.4 lb
MAGNETIC
KPMD-3560 600
（23.6） 520
（20.4） 100kg/220.5 lb Attractive
face
■Model KPMJ
b
KPMJ-3030 300
（11.8） 200
（7.87） 82kg/180.7 lb
180‒250 120‒160
KPMJ-3040 （11.8） 400
300 （15.7） 200（7.87） 260
（10.2） 159（6.25） 112kg/246.9 lb <Suspended permanent magnet>
（7.08‒9.84）（4.72‒6.29）
KPMJ-3050 500
（19.6） 360
（14.1） 100‒130 150kg/330.6 lb ●Suspended above a chute of a conveyor
400
（15.7） 250
（9.84）（3.93‒5.11） 90kg/198.4 lb
KPMJ-4040A belt to attract and remove iron pieces.
300‒400 150‒200
KPMJ-4060A 400
（15.7） 600
（23.6） 250（9.84） 380
（14.9） 124（4.87）
（11.8‒15.7）（5.90‒7.87）
140kg/308.7 lb ●More powerful than KPMD.
KPMJ-4080A 800
（31.5） 500
（19.6） 185kg/407.9 lb ●Stainless steel (SUS304) surface.
KPMJ-5065A 490
（19.2） 650
（25.5） 300（11.8） 400
（15.7） 129（5.07） 400‒450 130‒140 200‒240 230kg/507.0 lb ●Suspension hinges in four places.
KPMJ-6580A 650
（25.5） 800 （23.6） 159（6.25）（15.7‒17.7）（5.11‒5.51）（7.87‒9.44） 400kg/881.8 lb
（31.5） 400（15.7） 600 (Diameter = φ20)
143 ※Larger sizes are available. Please contact us.

KPMF-C / KPM / KPM-BW/ KPM / PF
Model KPM-BW PLATE MAGNET FOR TANK CLEANING
［Application］

Efficient
Design registered

Most suitable for collecting sludge in a circulating liquid tank.
［Features］
collection of ●This model is provided with a hinge to allow installation in various
sludge!
places such as a corner in a tank or overflow area of the partition plate.
●By attaching a wire or chain through a hook hole of the hinge, it
becomes easy to take out the magnet from inside a tank.
MAGNET
LIFTING
An example of collecting sludge ●Not only deposited sludge but also floating sludge can be collected.
KPM-BW24 L
2-φ3
（S）
Hook hole
35 （23） 35
KPM-BW18
（N）
MAGBORE*
（93）
ion
unct
60
N/O FF f
No O
（S）（N）
KPM-BW12
Can be 100
9
（4.5）
installed in any ［mm（in）
］
place.
Dimensions (when opened) Surface Max.
Model Face Mass Remarks
Depth Height Magnetic Flux Density

KPM-BW12 120
（4.72） 0.75kg/1.65 lb
Working temperature: 60℃ or below.
150 mT (1500 G)
KPM-BW18 180（7.08） 93
（3.66） 23
（0.90） SUS304 1.1 kg/2.42 lb Usable in liquid. (Except for chemicals
or over
other than neutral medical products)
KPM-BW24 240（9.44） 1.5 kg/3.30 lb
※If the hinge is removed, the warranty will become void. A string or chain to be passed through the hook hole must be nonmagnetic.
Model KPM SMALL PLATE MAGNET
Simple type 130
15
tion
120 4-φ4.5
F func
/OF
N o ON
36
52
Holding
power
60N

KPM-1005
［Application］ Model Type Holding Power Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Mass
This model can be used to catch and collect iron pieces as a small KPM-1005 Standard 60N（ 6kgf） Approx. 100mT
（1000G）
Approx. 350g/0.77 lb
plate magnet or can also be used as a large magnetic holder. A KPM-H1005 Powerful 150N
（15kgf） Approx. 200mT
（2000G）
powerful type using a rare earth magnet is also available. ※The holding power is based on a test piece of SS400, 6 mm thick, ground surface held on the whole face.

Model PF MAGFIN*
［Application］
nctio
n Can work with highly
/OF F fu viscous solutions. Suitable for removing iron from liquids (cooling liquid, electric
No ON discharge machining liquid, etc.) in tanks and passages and
as an attracting plate for removing iron in granular materials.
SEPARATORS
This can be used both dry and wet.
［Features］
●A magnet block of a construction to cause a strong
magnetic force to be concentrated on the magnetic pole.
Pump Inlet 100

84 206
6 190
S N S
30.5
PF-1A
85.5
MAGNETIC MEASURING
tion
55
func
N/OFF
No O ［mm（in）
］
Model Dimensions Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Mass
PF-1A 206（8.11）
×100
（3.93）
×86
（3.38） 120mT
（1200G） 5.7kg/12.6 lb
<Model PF-F1>
Not allowed in liquid
［Application］
Useful as a small magnet plate to catch and collect iron pieces.
PF-F1
A powerful type using a rare earth magnet is also available.
Conveyor
［mm（in）
］
Model Dimensions Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Mass
PF-F1 120（4.72）
×90
（3.54）
×30
（1.18） 120mT
（1200G） 1.5kg/ 3.3 lb
PF-HF1 122（4.80）
×90
（3.54）
×26
（1.02） 1.4kg/ 3.1 lb
250mT
（2500G）
Carrying handle PF-HF2 122（4.80）
×45
（1.77）
×26
（1.02） 0.7kg/ 1.5 lb
144
MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
Model KGM / KGM-VM MAGNETIC BAR (STANDARD/POWERFUL)
A magnetic bar used in a grid type magnet. This
bar is available individually also. A round bar

type having a tapped hole on each end for
mounting. Casing is made of stainless steel.
KGM-25 These bars come in various lengths for use in a
wide range of applications.
MAGNET
LIFTING
Caution:
To use these magnetic bars in liquids
An example of usage in passage
(e.g. water) other than oil, please specify
Standard type “enclosed type.” Powerful type Usable in liquid ［mm
（in）
］
［mm（in）
］
Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp. Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Length Diameter Mass Model Length Diameter Mass
Flux Density Upper Limit Flux Density Upper Limit
MAGBORE*
KGM-20 194
（7.63） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb KGM-VM10 95（3.74） 0.7kg/1.54 lb
KGM-25 244
（9.60） 0.55kg/1.21 lb KGM-VM15 145（5.70） 0.9kg/1.98 lb
KGM-30 295
（11.6） 0.65kg/1.43 lb KGM-VM20 194（7.63） 1.1kg/2.42 lb
KGM-35 343
（13.5） 0.8 kg/1.76 lb KGM-VM25 244（9.60） 1.2kg/2.64 lb
φ25 Approx. 60℃ φ25 Approx. 80℃
KGM-40 393
（15.4） 130mT
（1300G） 0.9 kg/1.98 lb KGM-VM30 295（11.6） 500mT
（5000G） 1.4kg/3.08 lb
（0.98）（140°F）（0.98）（176°F）
CHIP & SLUDGE
KGM-45 442
（17.4） 1.0 kg/2.20 lb KGM-VM35 343（13.5） 1.6kg/3.52 lb
KGM-50 493
（19.4） 1.1 kg/2.42 lb KGM-VM40 393（15.4） 1.7kg/3.74 lb
KGM-55 543
（21.3） 1.24kg/2.73 lb KGM-VM50 493（19.4） 1.9kg/4.18 lb
KGM-60 592
（23.3） 1.34kg/2.95 lb KGM-VM60 592（23.3） 2.1kg/4.62 lb
※The tapped holes are 2-M5, depth 6. ※Casing material: SUS304 ※The tapped holes are 2-M6, depth 7. ※Casing material: SUS304
Model KGM-H POWERFUL SQUARE MAGNETIC BAR

How to use
Set a square magnetic bar with its corner in the
flow direction of materials as shown.
Not allowed in liquid

※The corner marked by“UP”
must be up.
KGM-H20
［mm
（in）
］
Side Length Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Length Mass
□ Flux Density Upper Limit
KGM-H20 195
（7.67） 0.6 kg/1.32 lb
KGM-H25 245
（9.64） 0.75kg/1.65 lb
22 Approx. 60℃
KGM-H30 295
（11.6） 320mT
（3200G） 0.9 kg/1.98 lb
A magnetic bar used in a powerful grid type （0.86）（140°F）
KGM-H35 345
（13.5） 1.1 kg/2.42 lb
magnet. This bar is available individually
KGM-H40 395
（15.5） 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
also. Casing is made of stainless steel.
※The tapped holes are 2-M5, depth 6. ※Casing material: SUS304
Model KGM-T HEAT-RESISTANT MAGNETIC BAR

［mm
（in）
］
These magnetic bars are heat
resistant and capable of maintaining Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Length Diameter Mass
Flux Density Upper Limit
the magnetic force and functioning at
KGM-T20 194（7.63） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
certain high temperature. φ25 Approx. 150℃
KGM-T25 244（9.60） 130mT
（1300G） 0.55kg/1.21 lb
TOOLS
（0.98）（302°F）
KGM-T30 295（11.6） 0.65kg/1.43 lb
※The tapped holes are 2-M5, depth 6. ※Casing material: SUS304
Note: To use these magnetic bars in liquids (e.g. water) other than oil, please specify enclosed type.
Model KGM-S MAGNETIC BAR WITH STAND

［Application］
This magnetic bar is equipped with a Electric
stand which permits it to be placed in discharge
MAGNETIC
a tank to remove iron in liquid. We machine

recommend that the bar be packed in a
polyethylene or vinyl bag beforehand
for convenience of removal of iron
sticking to the bar. Liquid tank
KGM-S20
［mm（in）
］
Magnetic Bar Stand
Model Mass
Length Dia. Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Height Depth Width
KGM-S20 194
（7.63） φ25
（0.98） 130mT
（1300G） 54
（2.12） 60
（2.36） 170
（6.69）約0.6kg/1.32 lb
145 ※outer material：SUS304

KGM / KGM-VM / KGM-H / KGM-T / KGM-S / KGM / KGM-H / KGM-C / KGM-HC
Model KGM RECTANGULAR GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
［Application］

A unit consisting of powerful permanent magnets. These units are indispensable for
removal of iron from granular materials in the fine particle and chemical industries to
enhance the work efficiency.
［Features］
●The grid layout ensures the very high iron removal performance.
●Easy installation for a wide range of applications.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●The two-stage model having a higher iron removal capacity is also available. ［mm（in）］
Surface Max. Processing No. of Dimensions
Model Type Mass
Magnetic Flux Density Capacity Magnets
KGM-2020 1-stage 4 3.5kg/ 7.7 lb
6m³/h 200
（7.87）
MAGBORE*
KGM-2020W 2-stage 7 200 6.0kg/13.2 lb
KGM-2025 KGM-2025 1-stage 4 （7.87） 4.2kg/ 9.2 lb
8m³/h 250
（9.84）
KGM-2025W 2-stage 7 6.5kg/14.3 lb
KGM-2525 1-stage 5 5.0kg/11.0 lb
Separating 10m³/h 250
（9.84）
50
KGM-2525W 2-stage 9 250 8.4kg/18.5 lb
grids
B KGM-2530 1-stage 5 （9.84） 5.6kg/12.3 lb
25 50 12m³/h 300
（11.8）
KGM-2530W 2-stage 130 mT 9 9.5kg/21.0 lb
1-stage (1300 G)
KGM-3030 1-stage 6 6.7kg/14.7 lb
14m³/h 300
（11.8）

KGM-3030W 2-stage 11 300 11.2kg/24.6 lb
1-stage 6 （11.8） 9.0kg/19.8 lb
L KGM-3040
18m³/h 400
（15.7）
100
KGM-3040W 2-stage 11 15.7kg/34.6 lb

Magnet
Iron attraction KGM-4040 1-stage 8 11.0kg/24.2 lb
24m³/h 400
（15.7）
KGM-4040W 2-stage 15 400 19.8kg/43.6 lb
2-stage
（15.7）
KGM-4050 1-stage 8 13.1kg/28.8 lb
30m³/h 500
（19.6）
KGM-4050W 2-stage 15 23.6kg/52.0 lb
A powerful type of 500 mT (5000 G) is also available.
※Casing material: SUS304
Model KGM-H POWERFUL RECTANGULAR GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT

Separating B ［Application］
grids Suitable for removing iron from granular materials by a
strong magnetic force. The two-stage model having a higher
iron-removal capacity is also available.
L

100
Iron attraction
50
Magnet 1-stage
25 50 2-stage ［mm（in）
］
Surface Max. Magnetic Processing No. of Dimensions
Model Type Mass

Flux Density Capacity Magnets
KGM-H2020 1-stage 4 200 3.5kg/ 7.72 lb
4.5m³/h
KGM-H2020W 2-stage 7 （7.87） 6.5kg/14.33 lb
200
320 mT (3200 G)
1-stage 4 （7.87）
KGM-H2025 250 4.5kg/ 9.92 lb
6.0m³/h
KGM-H2025W 2-stage 7 （9.84） 8.0kg/17.67 lb
KGM-H2025
※Casing material: SUS304
SEPARATORS
Model KGM-C ROUND GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
［Application］
A round type that can easily be installed at the feeding port of machines and hoppers or
chutes as a gate for iron removal.
［mm（in）
］

Model Type Mass
Flux Density Capacity Magnets Frame dia. Height
KGM-C20 Without outer frame （φ200 55
（2.16）2.1kg/4.63 lb
4.5m³/h 4
KGM-CF20 With outer frame （7.87）
） 60（2.36）2.3kg/5.07 lb
130 mT
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Without outer frame (1300 G)

KGM-C25 （φ250 55（2.16）3.3kg/7.27 lb
KGM-CF25（With outer frame） KGM-C25（Without outer frame） 7.0m³/h 5
（9.84）
） 60（2.36）3.6kg/7.90 lb
KGM-CF25 With outer frame
A powerful type of 500 mT (5000 G) is also available. ※Casing material: SUS304
Model KGM-HC POWERFUL ROUND GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT

A round type combined with powerful magnetic bars that can easily be set on hoppers and
chutes.
［mm（in）
］
Model Type Mass
Flux Density Capacity Magnets Frame dia. Height
KGM-HC20 Without outer frame （φ200 1.6kg/3.52 lb
4.5m³/h 3
KGM-HCF20 With outer frame （7.87）
） 2.0kg/4.41 lb
320 mT 60
KGM-HC25 Without outer frame (3200 G) （2.36） 2.0kg/4.41 lb
（φ250
7.0m³/h 4
KGM-HCF25 With outer frame （9.84）
） 2.4kg/5.29 lb
KGM-HCF20（With outer frame） KGM-HC20（Without outer frame） ※Casing material: SUS304
146
POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATORS
For foods and chemicals. Supporting high purity of liquids

and granular materials.
In recent years, a need to remove foreign matter, to improve purity and to increase the safety level has become an essential
requirement in foods making and processing. KANETEC has been offering an assistance and contribution in the fields of separating
and eliminating magnetic foreign matter by utilizing its superb magnetic technology. KANETEC also makes full use of its application
technology of rare earth magnets of strong magnetic force to enable collection of weak magnetic substances. The lineup of
MAGNET
LIFTING
separators has been expanded to meet various requirements and operations including shapes of passing foods in liquid or viscous
liquid, joint specifications, forced feed and high temperature to back up the food processing system.
For powder and Model Examples of Application

granular materials Candy raw materials, coffee beans, herb medicines
MAGBORE*
Pickled vegetables, tablets, plastic pellets PCMB-20
Soybeans, peppers, powder soap

Frying flour, powder milk, titanium powder
Food Dry granules

CHIP & SLUDGE
Adzuki beans, flavored rice sprinklers, chemicals PCMB2-J20

Chemical Spices, buck wheat flour, sesame
Starch, soap, plastic pellets
Medicine
Baked salt
Cosmetics Boiled beans, dry salty-simmered bamboo shoots (menma), sugar materials on conveyor
Feed and Konjak flour, grape sugar powder, fertilizer

fertilizer
Wheat flour, potato starch, feed
Glass Wheat flour
Spice materials, gunpowder, chemicals PCMG-2530
Ceramics
Curry powder, powder wasabi, flavor
Polished rice, barley & wheat, beans, coffee beans

Ita Nori (sheet laver)
Wheat flour
Dry granules PCMG-C25
PCMG-C20A
For viscous Model Examples of Application

materials and liquids Honey, chili oil, fermented soybean tare
Dairy products, ketchup, sausage
TOOLS
Mayonnaise, steak sauce, paste

Noodle soup, sauce, syrup
Food Curry roux, jam, doubanjiang (chili garlic sauce)
PCML-10-S
Soup, fluid egg, liquid spice
Chemical
Juice containing flesh fruit, miso, minced meat
Juice, miso, minced meat

Pulp liquid
Chocolate, cream
MAGNETIC
PCML-15
PCMS-T15
147
PCMP-150W-S
MAGNET
LIFTING
MAGBORE*
PCMR-50-S PCMP-UD200W-S PCMP-300 PCMG-A2323
PCMG-T2020W PCMG-A1212-S
PCMG-U2525M-S
PCMG-AC15
PCMG-A1611W-S
PCMP-65W
PCMP-AR
CPM

PCMN-TF1225-S

PCMP-AR1222
PCMG-A7530-S PCMH2-UD30-S
MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS SEPARATORS

PCMY PCMH-T15
PCMF
MAGNETIC MEASURING
PCMH-25 PCMH-A100-S PCMH-T20 PCMH-T15
※Please see the Facsimile Communication

Form (Selection Data) on page 176 also.
Other models are also available upon request.

148
■Model PCMB Comparison of sanitary magnetic bars
Type Surface Max.

Model Magnetic Working Temp. Remarks
Flux Density Upper Limit
Powerful PCMB 0.8 Tesla Standard type.

Pole area increased by 1.5 times. Catch amount and
Fine pitch PCMB-AM
1.0 Tesla 80℃
（176°F） collection rate increased.
PCMB-A
Super powerful
MAGNET
LIFTING
PCMB-UA 1.2 Tesla

Semi heat-resistant PCMB-QT 150℃
（302°F） Low cost type.
0.8 Tesla
PCMB-T
Heat-resistant powerful 240℃
（464°F） Highest working temperature upper limit in this Series.
PCMB-AT 1.0 Tesla
MAGBORE*
Wear resistant PCMB-J 1.3 Tesla Highly resistant to wear and corrosion and longer life.
（176°F）
80℃
Double-pipe PCMBD-A 0.8 Tesla Double-pipe for easy cleaning of attracted iron powder.
※Note that if the separators are used in environment exceeding the working temperature upper limit, the attraction and holding power may drop due to reduction of magnetism.
Model PCMB SANITARY MAGNETIC BAR

CHIP & SLUDGE
［Application］
Suitable for installation as an iron-removing gate in powder materials transfer ducts or
liquid passages and tanks. Can be incorporated flexibly to expand a range of
applications.
［Features］
PCMB2-20
●High grade finish of sanitary specification.
●Various lengths are available for a desired combination.
An example of PCMB2 special fabrication ●High power magnetic bars: a powerful rare earth magnet having a property value of
1.2 T (12,000 G) or 1.35 T (13,500 G) or over is incorporated and the surface
maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8 T (8,000 G) or 1 T (10,000 G) or over.
●Since a permanent magnet that maintains a strong magnetic force almost

perpetually is used, the running cost can be reduced significantly.
●These are of waterproof construction to allow installation in liquid.
●To increase the rate of removal of metallic powder of very weak magnetism,
PCMB-U type that has a surface magnetic flux density of 1.2 T (12,000 G) is also
available.
■Powerful magnetic bar ●Special sizes are also available.
［mm
（in）
］
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-10 PCMB2-10 95
（3.74） 0.35kg/0.77 lb
PCMB-15 PCMB2-15 145（5.70） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb

PCMB-20 PCMB2-20 194（7.63） 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
Nd rare earth type
PCMB-25 PCMB2-25 244（9.60） 0.85kg/1.87 lb
φ25※1 #400 0.8T 80℃
PCMB-30 PCMB2-30 295（11.6） SUS304 1.05kg/2.31 lb
（0.98） buffed Property value （8000G）（176°F）
PCMB-35 PCMB2-35 343（13.5） 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
1.2T
（12,000G）
PCMB-40 PCMB2-40 393（15.4） 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
PCMB-50 PCMB2-50 493（19.4） 1.75kg/3.85 lb

PCMB-60 PCMB2-60 592（23.3） 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. ※1 A casing pipe of φ19 is also available. ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be decreased. If it is
※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 and 7 mm deep, located decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken. Therefore, for the safety reason,
in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be manufactured.
■Super powerful magnetic bar

TOOLS
［mm
（in）
］
Mass
PCMB-A15 PCMB2-A15 145（5.70） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-A20 PCMB2-A20 194（7.63） 0.7 kg/1.54 lb
PCMB-A25 PCMB2-A25 244（9.60） Nd rare earth type 0.9 kg/1.98 lb
PCMB-A30 PCMB2-A30 295（11.6） φ25 1T 1.1 kg/2.42 lb

SUS304
PCMB-A35 PCMB2-A35 343（13.5）（0.98） Property value （10000G） 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
PCMB-A40 PCMB2-A40 393（15.4） 1.35T
（13,500G） 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
PCMB-A50 PCMB2-A50 493（19.4） 1.8 kg/3.96 lb
PCMB-A60 PCMB2-A60 592（23.3） 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
#400 80℃
PCMB-U10A PCMB2-U10A 95
（3.74） 0.3 kg/0.66 lb
MAGNETIC
buffed （176°F）
PCMB-U15A PCMB2-U15A 145（5.70） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
Nd rare earth type
φ25.1 1.2T
PCMB-U30A PCMB2-U30A 295（11.6） SUS316L 1.1 kg/2.42 lb
（0.99） Property value （12000G）
1.38T
（13,800G）
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. (Models PCMB-A) ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be
※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 and 7 mm deep, located decreased. If it is decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken.
in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. Therefore, for the safety reason, pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be
149 manufactured.
PCMB / PCMB-J
■Fine pitch powerful magnetic bar ［mm（in）
］
Mass

PCMB-AM10 PCMB2-AM10 95
（3.74） 0.3kg/0.66 lb

（5.70） 0.5kg/1.10 lb
（7.63） Nd rare earth type 0.7kg/1.50 lb
（9.60） 0.9kg/1.98 lb
φ25.1 #400 1T 80℃
（11.6） SUS316L Property value 1.1kg/2.42 lb
（0.99） buffed （10000G）（176°F）
（13.5） 1.35T 1.2kg/2.64 lb
（15.4）（13,500G） 1.4kg/3.08 lb
MAGNET
LIFTING
（19.4） 1.8kg/3.96 lb
（23.3） 2.1kg/4.63 lb
※A casing pipe of SUS316 is also available. ※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 ※In order to increase the surface magnetic flux density, the wall thickness of the pipe needs to be decreased.
and 7 mm deep, located in the center on each end face. A model of M5, M8, M10 or M12 is also available. If it is decreased, however, the strength may drop or the pipe may be deformed or broken. Therefore, for the
safety reason, pipes of thickness thinner than the current thickness will not be manufactured.
■Semi heat-resistant powerful magnetic bar
MAGBORE*
［mm（in）
］
Mass
PCMB-QT10 PCMB2-QT10 95
（3.74） 0.35kg/0.77 lb
（5.70） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
（7.63） Nd rare earth type 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
（9.60） 0.85kg/1.87 lb
φ25 ＃400 0.8T 150℃
（11.6） SUS304 Property value 1.05kg/2.31 lb
（0.98） buffed （8000G）（302°F）
343
（13.5） 1.2 kg/2.64 lb

PCMB-QT35 PCMB2-QT35 1.1T
（15.4）（11,000G） 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
（19.4） 1.75kg/3.85 lb
（23.3） 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
■Heat-resistant powerful magnetic bar ［mm（in）
］
Mass
PCMB-T10 PCMB2-T10 95
（3.74） 0.35kg/0.77 lb
（5.70） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
（7.63） Sm rare earth type 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
（9.60） 0.85kg/1.87 lb
φ25 ＃400 0.8T 240℃
（11.6） SUS304 Property value 1.05kg/2.31 lb
（0.98） buffed （8000G）（464°F）
（13.5） 1.1T 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
（15.4）（11,000G） 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
（19.4） 1.75kg/3.85 lb

（23.3） 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
■Heat-resistant super powerful magnetic bar ［mm（in）

］

Mass
PCMB-AT10 PCMB2-AT10 95
（3.74） 0.35kg/0.77 lb
（5.70） 0.5 kg/1.10 lb
（7.63） Sm rare earth type 0.7 kg/1.50 lb
（9.60） 0.85kg/1.87 lb
φ25.1 ＃400 1T 240℃
（11.6） SUS316L Property value 1.05kg/2.31 lb
（0.99） buffed （10000G）（464°F）
（13.5） 1.2T 1.2 kg/2.64 lb
SEPARATORS
（15.4）（12,000G） 1.4 kg/3.08 lb
（19.4） 1.75kg/3.85 lb
（23.3） 2.1 kg/4.63 lb
Model PCMB-J WEAR-RESISTANT SANITARY MAGNETIC BAR MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
Magnetic force exceeding 1.3 Tesla!

MAGNETIC MEASURING
［Features］
PCMB2-J20A ●The stainless steel surface has been treated by KANETEC’s original
technology to provide high resistance to wear and corrosion.
●The surface is hardly susceptible to scratches and thus remains
An example of incorporation of PCMB-J polished and glossy, requiring less frequent replacement for
economical operations.
［mm（in）
］
Model Casing Pipe Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Working Temp.
Mass
Without tapped hole With tapped hole Length Diameter Material Surface finish Magnet Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-J10A PCMB2-J10A 95（3.74） 0.3kg/0.66 lb
PCMB-J15A PCMB2-J15A 145（5.70）＃400 Nd rare earth type 0.5kg/1.10 lb
PCMB-J20A PCMB2-J20A 194（7.63） buffed 0.7kg/1.50 lb
φ24.8 1.3T 80℃
PCMB-J25A PCMB2-J25A 244（9.60） SUS316L ＋ Property value 0.9kg/1.98 lb
（0.97）（13000G）（176°F）
PCMB-J30A PCMB2-J30A 295（11.6） Titanium 1.4T 1.1kg/2.42 lb
PCMB-J35A PCMB2-J35A 343（13.5） coating （14,000G） 1.2kg/2.64 lb
PCMB-J40A PCMB2-J40A 393（15.4） 1.4kg/3.08 lb
※For the models with tapped holes, the tapped hole is M6-P1.0 and 7 mm deep, located in the center on each end face.
150
POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATORS PCMBD-A / PCMB-S / PCMB-K
Model PCMBD-A SUPER POWERFUL MAGNETIC BAR (DOUBLE-PIPE)
［Application］
Most suitable for cleaning places where a relatively large amount of

iron powder, etc. is mixed.
［Features］
●Since these bars are of double-pipe type, attracted iron powder
smoothly drops when the magnetic bar is pulled out.
●The outer pipe and the magnetic bar have a flange. When the
MAGNET
LIFTING
magnetic bar is housed, the two flanges become one piece to

PCMBD-A20 prevent intrusion of foreign matter to the inside of the magnetic bar
and to prevent the magnetic bar from coming out.
●The magnetic bar has an easy-to-hold plastic grip.
［mm（in）
］
MAGBORE*
Surface Surface Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp. Dimensions

Model Mass L
Material Finish Flux Density Upper Limit ℓ 8 G
216 125 0.8kg/ Pulled out for
PCMBD-A13 φ26.5×0.5t：Outer pipe cleaning
（8.50）
（4.92） 83 24 1.7 lb
285 194 （3.26）（0.94）1.1kg/ φ25：Magnetic bar
φ65
PCMBD-A20
SUS #400 0.8 T （11.2）
（7.63） 2.4 lb
φ42
CHIP & SLUDGE
80℃
（176°
F）
304 buffed (8000 G) min.
φ26.5
352 244 1.3kg/
PCMBD-A25
φD
（13.8）
（9.60） 100 28 2.8 lb
403 295 （3.93）（1.10）1.5kg/
Grip
PCMBD-A30
（15.8）
（11.6） 3.3 lb (6 Nylon : black)
※A type having a surface maximum magnetic flux density of 0.95 T (9500 G) is also available. (Optional)
Model PCMB-S SANITARY MAGNETIC BAR WITH STAND

170 ［Features］
PCMB-S20 φ3 134 φ3 The sanitary magnetic bar
R8
25 (PCMB) is provided with a
φ4
4-
stand. Can be installed in a
8
liquid tank for collection and
60
B
removal of iron particles.
Stand Magnetic bar 33

A 54
■Powerful type ［mm

（in）
］
Dimensions Surface Finish Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Working Temp.
Model Material Mass
Magnetic bar Stand Magnet Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMB-S20 194（7.63） 0.6kg/1.32 lb
Nd rare earth type
φ25 Electrolytic 0.8T 80℃
PCMB-S25 244（9.60） SUS304 #400 buffed Property value 0.65kg/1.43 lb
（0.98） polishing （8000G）（176°F）

1.2 T (12,000 G)
PCMB-S30 295（11.6） 0.7kg/1.50 lb
■Heat-resistant powerful type ［mm

（in）
］
Model Material Mass
PCMB-TS20 194（7.63） Sm rare earth type 0.6kg/1.32 lb

φ25 Electrolytic 0.8T 240℃
PCMB-TS25 244（9.60） SUS304 #400 buffed Property value 0.65kg/1.43 lb
（0.98） polishing （8000G）（464°F）
PCMB-TS30 295（11.6） 1.1 T (11,000 G) 0.7kg/1.50 lb
■Super powerful type ［mm

（in）
］
Model Material Mass
TOOLS

PCMB-AS20 194（7.63） Nd rare earth type 0.6kg/1.32 lb
φ25 Electrolytic 1T 80℃
PCMB-AS25 244（9.60） SUS304 #400 buffed Property value 0.65kg/1.43 lb
（0.98） polishing （10000G）（176°F）
PCMB-AS30 295（11.6） 1.35 T (13,500 G) 0.7kg/1.50 lb
Model PCMB-K CLEANER TO REMOVE IRON POWDER ON MAGNETIC BAR

12
9
MAGNETIC
φ50
φ44
φ25
PCMB-K25
［Application］［mm
（in）
］
A cleaner to remove iron powder on a sanitary magnetic bar. Model

Casing
Applicable Magnetic Bar Dia.
(Material)
［Features］
●A groove is provided to receive iron powder so that it does not scatter. PCMB-K25 Teflon φ25
（0.98）
●When this is installed on each end of a sanitary magnetic bar, they serve as a stand also.
151

An example of flow of removing magnetized foreign matter
MAGNET
LIFTING
See the examples of fabrication Magnetic pipe
on pages 147 and 148 also. Model PCMP
P157
MAGBORE*
Rectangular grid type magnetic bar unit
Model PCMG
Seasoning powder Red pepper,
P153 powder wasabi, flavored rice sprinkles

Medicine/Cosmetics/Plastic pellets
Magnetic filter
Beverages Juice, coffee, P155‒156 Model PCMH2
dairy products, tea
Seasoning powder
Red pepper, powder wasabi,
flavored rice sprinkles
Seasoning liquid Miso,
soy source, soup Beverages Juice, coffee,
Candy raw materials/Medicine/ dairy products, tea

Chemicals/Glass Seasoning liquid
Miso, soy source, soup
Round grid type magnetic bar unit
Model PCMG-C
P154

SEPARATORS
L-type magnetic filter
Model PCML
P158 Straight type magnetic filter
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Model PCMS
Beverages Juice, coffee, dairy products, tea

Seasoning liquid Miso, soy source, soup P159
Beverages Juice, coffee, dairy products, tea
Seasoning liquid Miso, soy source, soup
152
Model PCMG POWERFUL RECTANGULAR GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
［Application］
A unit consisting of powerful magnetic bars arranged in a grid. It is

used to remove iron from various granular materials when they fall in
rectangular ducts. It can also be placed or suspended in a liquid tank
to remove iron.
［Features］
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Various sizes are available to meet various duct sizes.

●High power magnetic bars: a powerful rare earth magnet having a
property value of 1.2 T (12,000 G) or 1.35 T (13,500 G) or over is
incorporated and the surface maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8
T (8,000 G) or 1 T (10,000 G) or over.
MAGBORE*
●Since permanent magnets that maintain a strong magnetic force

almost perpetually are used, the running cost can be reduced
significantly.
CHIP & SLUDGE
PCMG-2530
Magnets in action
H
behind delicious
bread and sense
B
of security.
■Powerful rectangular grid type magnetic bar unit ［mm

（in）
］
Processing Dimensions Applicable Magnetic Bar Casing Surface Max. Working Temp.
Model Mass Remarks
Capacity Dia. Magnet used Qty Material Finish Magnetic Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMG-2020 6m³/h 194（7.63） 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
194（7.63） 4
PCMG-2025 8m³/h 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
244
（9.60） Nd rare earth type
PCMG-2525 10m³/h 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
244
（9.60） 5 SUS316
65 φ25 #400 0.8T 80℃
PCMG-2530 12m³/h Property value SUS304 5.4kg/11.9 lb version also
（11.6）（2.55）（0.98）

295 1.2 T
buffed （8000G）（176°F）
available.
PCMG-3030 14m³/h 6.5kg/14.3 lb
295（11.6） (12,000 G) 6
PCMG-3040 18m³/h 8.2kg/18.1 lb
393
（15.4）
PCMG-4040 24m³/h 393（15.4） 8 12 kg/26.4 lb
※A 2-stage type or a type with frame is also available upon request.
■Heat-resistant powerful rectangular grid type magnetic bar unit

TOOLS
［mm
（in）
］
Model Mass Remarks
PCMG-T2020 6m³/h 194（7.63） 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
194（7.63） 4
PCMG-T2025 8m³/h 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
244
（9.60） Sm rare earth type
PCMG-T2525 10m³/h 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
244
（9.60） 5 SUS316
65 φ25 #400 0.8T 240℃
PCMG-T2530 12m³/h Property value SUS304 5.4kg/11.9 lb version also
（11.6）（2.55）（0.98）
295 1.1 T
buffed （8000G）（464°F）
available.
PCMG-T3030 14m³/h 6.5kg/14.3 lb
295（11.6） (11,000 G) 6
PCMG-T3040 18m³/h 8.2kg/18.1 lb
393
（15.4）
PCMG-T4040 24m³/h 393（15.4） 8 12 kg/26.4 lb

MAGNETIC
■Super powerful rectangular grid type magnetic bar unit ［mm

（in）
］
Model Mass Remarks
PCMG-A2020 6m³/h 194（7.63） 3 kg/ 6.6 lb
194（7.63） 4
PCMG-A2025 8m³/h 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
244
（9.60） Nd rare earth type
PCMG-A2525 10m³/h 4.5kg/ 9.9 lb
244
（9.60） 5 SUS316
65 φ25 #400 1T 80℃
PCMG-A2530 12m³/h Property value SUS304 5.4kg/11.9 lb version also
（11.6）（2.55）（0.98）
295 1.35 T
buffed （10000G）（176°F）
available.
PCMG-A3030 14m³/h 6.5kg/14.3 lb
295（11.6） (13,500 G) 6
PCMG-A3040 18m³/h 8.2kg/18.1 lb
393
（15.4）
PCMG-A4040 24m³/h 393（15.4） 8 12 kg/26.4 lb
153 ※A 2-stage type or a type with frame is also available upon request.
PCMG / PCMG-C
Model PCMG-C POWERFUL ROUND GRID TYPE MAGNETIC BAR UNIT
［Application］

A unit consisting of powerful magnetic bars arranged in a grid. It is used to
remove iron from various granular materials when they fall in round ducts or
pipes. It can also be placed or suspended in a liquid tank to remove iron.
［Features］
●Various sizes are available to meet various duct sizes and pipe diameters.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●High power magnetic bars: a powerful rare earth magnet having a property
value of 1.2 T (12,000 G) or 1.35 T (13,500 G) or over is incorporated and
the surface maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8 T (8,000 G) or 1 T (10,000
G) or over.
MAGBORE*
PCMG-C20 ●Since permanent magnets that maintain a strong magnetic force almost
perpetually are used, the running cost can be reduced significantly.
Magnets contributing to

H the glitter of pure white
D
crystal sugar.
■An example of equipment
utilizing magnetic bars
This equipment can turn its magnetic force on and
off to remove attracted iron. When the lever is pulled,
the magnetic bars in the pipes move to the box and
ON
the pipes lose the magnetic force. When the lever is OFF
pushed in, the pipes regain the magnetic force.

※This equipment is made to order and will be manufactured
after determination of sizes, etc. with the customer.
■Powerful round grid type magnetic bar unit ［mm

（in）
］

Processing Dimensions Applicable Magnetic Bar Casing Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
Model Mass Remarks
Capacity Dia. Magnet used Qty Material Finish Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMG-C20 4.5m³/h φ196（7.71） 4 2.2kg/ 4.8 lb
Nd rare earth type
PCMG-C25 7 m³/h φ246（9.68） 5 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
SUS316
65 φ25 #400 0.8T 80℃
PCMG-C30 10 m³/h φ296
（11.6） Property value 6 SUS304 5 kg/11.0 lb version also
（2.55）（0.98） buffed （8000G）（176°F）
1.2 T available.
PCMG-C35 13 m³/h φ346
（13.6） 7 6.5kg/14.3 lb
(12,000 G)
SEPARATORS
PCMG-C40 17 m³/h φ396
（15.5） 8 7.8kg/17.2 lb
■Heat-resistant powerful round grid type magnetic bar unit ［mm

（in）
］

Model Mass Remarks
PCMG-TC20 4.5m³/h φ196（7.71） 4 2.2kg/ 4.8 lb
Sm rare earth type
PCMG-TC25 7 m³/h φ246（9.68） 5 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
SUS316
65 φ25 #400 0.8T 240℃
MAGNETIC MEASURING
PCMG-TC30 10 m³/h φ296

（2.55）（0.98） buffed （8000G）（464°F）
1.1 T available.
（13.6） 7 6.5kg/14.3 lb
(11,000 G)
（15.5） 8 7.8kg/17.2 lb
■Super powerful round grid type magnetic bar unit ［mm（in）

］
Model Mass Remarks
PCMG-AC20 4.5m³/h φ196
（7.71） 4 2.2kg/ 4.8 lb
Nd rare earth type
PCMG-AC25 7 m³/h φ246
（9.68） 5 3.6kg/ 7.9 lb
SUS316
65 φ25 #400 1T 80℃
（2.55）（0.98） buffed （10000G）（176°F）
1.35 T available.
（13.6） 7 6.5kg/14.3 lb
(13,500 G)
（15.5） 8 7.8kg/17.2 lb

154
Model PCMH MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS LIQUID
［Application］
This filter is recommended for installation between manufacturing processes in plants

of viscous foods like pasty juice and chemical products like viscous cosmetic liquids
to separate and catch harmful magnetic fine particles.
［Features］
●Can withstand high pressure and high viscosity.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Various sizes are available to meet various pipe diameters.

●Since permanent magnets that maintain a strong magnetic force almost perpetually
are used, the running cost can be reduced significantly.
●Powerful magnetic bars having a surface magnetic flux density of 0.8 T or 1 T or over
are built in, that shows superb performance in collecting iron from flowing fluids.
MAGBORE*
PCMH-25 ●A heat-resistant powerful version that can maintain its strong magnetic force without
significant deterioration when used continuously in fluids up to 150℃ is also available.
Case <PCMH Series>
φC
Magnetic bar
Ferrule B
CHIP & SLUDGE
Ferrule A
φd
φD
Clamp ring
L
■Powerful type / Heat-resistant powerful type ［mm（in）

］
Model Pressure Viscosity Upper Magnetic Bar Dimensions Working
Heat-resistant Material Finish Resistance Limit ofApplicable Surface max. Temp. Mass
Powerful Material Qty Upper Limit
powerful Limit Fluid (Ref) magnetic flux density
PCMH -15 PCMH -T15 1 ¹/₂S 35.7

（1.41） 130 114.3 330 240 10.2kg/22.5 lb
5 4 ¹/₂S
PCMH -20 PCMH -T20 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（5.11）（4.50）（12.9）（9.44） 11.5kg/25.0 lb
1,000kPa 1×10⁵mPa・s
PCMH -25 PCMH -T25 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
（2.34） Powerful type 14.5kg/31.9 lb
（10kgf/cm²）（1×10⁵cP） 155 139.8 420 260
PCMH -30 PCMH -T30 7 3 S 72.3（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 80℃ 15.8kg/34.8 lb
（6.10）（5.50）（16.5）（10.2）
PCMH -35 PCMH -T35 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）（176°F） 17.2kg/37.9 lb
SUS #400 SUS 0.8T
Heat-resistant
PCMH2-15 PCMH2-T15 304 buffed 304 （8000G） 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 130 114.3 330 177 powerful type
5 4 ¹/₂S 6.5kg/14.3 lb
PCMH2-20 PCMH2-T20 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（5.11）（4.50）（12.9）（6.96） 150℃
500kPa 1.5×10⁴mPa・s （302°F）
PCMH2-25 PCMH2-T25 2 ¹/₂S 59.5（2.34）
（5kgf/cm²）（1.5×10⁴cP） 155 139.8 420 203
PCMH2-30 PCMH2-T30 7 3 S 72.3（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 11.0kg/24.2 lb
（6.10）（5.50）（16.5）（7.99）
PCMH2-35 PCMH2-T35 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）
※A SUS316 version is also available upon request. The standard connection method is by use of ferrules, but a screw type or flange type is also available.
■Super powerful type / Heat-resistant super powerful type

［mm（in）
］
Model Pressure Viscosity Upper Magnetic Bar Dimensions Working
Heat-resistant Material Finish Resistance Limit ofApplicable Surface max. Temp. Mass
Powerful Material Qty Upper Limit
powerful Limit Fluid (Ref) magnetic flux density
PCMH -A15 PCMH -AT15 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 130 114.3 330 240 10.2kg/22.5 lb
5 4 ¹/₂S
PCMH -A20 PCMH -AT20 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（5.11）（4.50）（12.9）（9.44） 11.5kg/25.0 lb
1,000kPa 1×10⁵mPa・s Super powerful
PCMH -A25 PCMH -AT25 2 ¹/₂S 59.5

（2.34） type 14.5kg/31.9 lb
（10kgf/cm²）（1×10⁵cP） 155 139.8 420 260
PCMH -A30 PCMH -AT30 7 3 S 72.3（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 80℃ 15.8kg/34.8 lb
（6.10）（5.50）（16.5）（10.2）
PCMH -A35 PCMH -AT35 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）（176°F） 17.2kg/37.9 lb
SUS ＃400 SUS 1T
Heat-resistant
PCMH2-A15 PCMH2-AT15 304 buffed 304 （10000G） 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 130 114.3 330 177
5 4 ¹/₂S super powerful 6.5kg/14.3 lb
PCMH2-A20 PCMH2-AT20 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（5.11）（4.50）（12.9）（6.96） type
500kPa 1.5×10⁴mPa・s 150℃
PCMH2-A25 PCMH2-AT25 2 ¹/₂S 59.5（2.34）
（5kgf/cm²）（1.5×10⁴cP） 155 139.8 420 203 （302° F）
PCMH2-A30 PCMH2-AT30 7 3 S 72.3（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 11.0kg/24.2 lb
（6.10）（5.50）（16.5）（7.99）
TOOLS
PCMH2-A35 PCMH2-AT35 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）

Model PCMH2-E MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS LIQUID

［Application］
Since these filters have been made by welding all

φC Ferrule around, they are suitable for food processing
clamp
Ferrule B
operations; in particular, most suitable for operations
φD
Ferrule A
where the growth of bacteria is never allowed.
H
［Features］
φ25：
φd
Magnetic bar ●The magnetic bar imbedded part has been

MAGNETIC
L
welded all around and buffed for clean operations.
PCMH2-E20 ●A super powerful type and heat-resistant type are
also available. ［mm （in）］
Pressure Viscosity Upper Magnetic Bar Dimensions

Working Temp.
Model Material Finish Resistance Limit of Applicable Surface max. magnetic Mass
Material Qty Upper Limi
Limit Fluid (Ref) flux density
PCMH2-E15 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 130 114.3 330 177
4 4 ¹/₂S 6.5kg/14.3 lb
PCMH2-E20 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（5.11）（4.50）（12.9）（6.96）
SUS ＃400 500kPa 1.5×10⁴mPa・s SUS 0.8T 80℃
PCMH2-E25 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
（2.34）
304 buffed （5kgf/cm²）（1.5×10⁴cP） 304 （8000G） 155 139.8 420 203 （176°F）
PCMH2-E30 5 3 S 72.3（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 11kg/24.2 lb
（6.10）（5.50）（16.5）（7.99）
PCMH2-E35 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）
155 ※A SUS316 version is also available upon request. The standard connection method is by use of ferrules, but a screw type or flange type is also available.
PCMH / PCMH2-E / PCMH2-D-A.TD-A / PCMH2-D-B / PCMH4
Model PCMH2-D-A/TD-A MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS AND HEAT-RESISTANT LIQUID
［Application］

S (When cleaning)
Since these filters have been made by welding all around, they are suitable for food

V processing operations; in particular, most suitable for operations where the growth of bacteria
Knob
View：V is never allowed. The filter can be locked with the magnets turned off and therefore these
filters are suitable for lines where they are to be cleaned without removing the magnet part.
［Features］
φD ●Manual ON/OFF switching is possible. (Inserting and removing each magnetic bar makes
MAGNET
Ferrule
LIFTING
Ferrule B clamp the ON/OFF operation lighter.)
H
h
●The fixing part of the outer pipe that comes in contact with liquid has been welded all around
Ferrule A
and buffed smoothly, which prevents accumulation of liquid to ensure clean operation.
●A special version having 6 magnetic bars is also available.
φd
L ●The working temperature up to 150℃ is allowed. (TD-A type)
MAGBORE*
●A super powerful magnetic filter is also available. ［mm（in）］

Working Temp.
Model Material Finish Resistance Limit of Applicable Surface max. Mass
Material Qty Upper Limit
Limit Fluid (Ref) magnetic flux density
PCMH2-D15A 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 114 330 336 153 299
4 4 ¹/₂S 13kg/28.6 lb
PCMH2-D20A 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（4.48）（12.9）（13.2）（6.02）（11.7）
80℃
PCMH2-D25A 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
（2.34）
140 420 484 179 347 （176°F）

PCMH2-D30A 5 3 S 72.3
（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 15kg/33.0 lb
（5.51）（16.5）（19.0）（7.04）（13.6）
PCMH2-D35A SUS #400 500kPa 1.5×10⁴mPa・s SUS 0.8T 3 ¹/₂S 85.1
（3.35）
PCMH2-TD15A 304 buffed （5kgf/cm²）（1.5×10⁴cP） 304 （8000G） 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 114 330 336 153 299
4 4 ¹/₂S 13kg/28.6 lb
PCMH2-TD20A 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（4.48）（12.9）（13.2）（6.02）（11.7）
150℃
PCMH2-TD25A 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
（2.34）
140 420 484 179 347 （302°F）
PCMH2-TD30A 5 3 S 72.3（2.84） 5 ¹/₂S 15kg/33.0 lb
（5.51）（16.5）（19.0）（7.04）（13.6）
PCMH2-TD35A 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）
※A type having a surface maximum magnetic flux density of 0.95 T (9500 G) is also available. (Optional)
Model PCMH2-D-B MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS LIQUID

Safe and easy cleaning to enhance the work efficiency!
［Application］
This filter is recommended for installation in a passage
between manufacturing processes in plants of pasty
viscous foods like juice and chemical products to separate

φＤ
and catch magnetic fine particles.

cleaning
When
［Features］
●The outer pipe that comes in contact with liquid and the
（H）
FerruleＢ
Ferrule A
magnetic bar unit can be pulled out together, which
h
improves the workability and facilitates cleaning.

●The filter is of simple construction to facilitate
φｄ
L replacement of parts and checking of magnetic bars.

PCMH2-D20B Magnetic bar
●An exclusive magnetic bar housing box is available optionally.
［mm（in）
］
Working Temp.
Model Material Finish Resistance Limit of Applicable Surface max. Mass
Material Qty Upper Limit
Limit Fluid (Ref) magnetic flux density
SEPARATORS
PCMH2-D15B 1 ¹/₂S 35.7
（1.41） 116 330 223 147
5 4 ¹/₂S 8kg/17.6 lb
PCMH2-D20B 2 S 47.8
（1.88）（4.56）（12.9）（8.77）（5.78）
SUS #400 500kPa 1.5×10⁴mPa・s SUS 0.8T 80℃
PCMH2-D25B 2 ¹/₂S 59.5
（2.34）
304 buffed （5kgf/cm²）（1.5×10⁴cP） 304 （8000G） 140 420 261 178 （176°F）
PCMH2-D30B 6 3 （2.84） 5 ¹/₂S
S 72.3 14kg/30.8 lb
（5.51）（16.5）（10.2）（7.00）
PCMH2-D35B 3 ¹/₂S 85.1（3.35）
Model PCMH4 MAGNETIC FILTER FOR VISCOUS LIQUID MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
［Application］
Most suitable for collecting magnetic substances and weak
MAGNETIC MEASURING
magnetic substances in manufacturing lines of viscous

OUT IN
Lines of
Magnetic
liquid foods and chemical products containing solids.
magnetic
force substance ［Features］
Plate ●These filters have been so constructed as to ensure
magnet smooth flow of materials to process and cause the
magnetic force to act up to the top of the casing,
ensuring efficient collection of magnetic substances.
φ155
●Easy overhaul and reliable cleaning.
PCMH4-25 Ferrule Ferrule 5.5S
A ●No liquid remains, ensuring clean operations. ［mm（in）］
Surface Max. Pressure Dimensions
Model Magnetic Flux Resistance Mass
φD
Density Limit φ
H
PCMH4-15 360 1.5S 35.7

（1.41）12.8kg/28.2 lb
PCMH4-20 （14.1） 2 S 47.8
（1.88）13.8kg/30.4 lb
Magnet 0.35T 500kPa 304
PCMH4-25 2.5S 59.5
（2.34）15 kg/33.0 lb
unit （3500G）（5kgf/cm²） 420 （11.9）
PCMH4-30 3 S 72.3
（2.84）16.3kg/35.9 lb
（16.5）
L PCMH4-35 3.5S 85.1
（3.35）17.7kg/39.0 lb
156
Model PCMP POWERFUL MAGNETIC PIPE
［Application］
These pipes are installed on the falling side of pneumatic feed lines and pipe
passages having a relatively large diameter to remove iron from flowing
PCMP-300W powder and granular materials of food raw materials and chemical powder.
［Features］
●Models of various sizes are available to meet various diameters of pipes on
which they are installed and required processing capacity.
MAGNET
LIFTING
●Powerful magnetic bars having a surface magnetic flux density of 0.8 T

(8,000 G) or 1 T (10,000 G) or over are built in, that enables efficient
collection of iron from flowing granular materials.
●A heat-resistant powerful version that can maintain its strong magnetic
force without significant deterioration when used continuously in fluid up to
MAGBORE*
An example of fabrication of various types 240℃ is also available.

●Since permanent magnets that maintain a strong magnetic force almost
perpetually are used, the running cost can be reduced significantly.
■An example of usage : Spice raw materials, gunpowder, chemicals
CHIP & SLUDGE
An example of PCMP
automatic discharge type
F
E G
A
H
A
D C
Gentle removal of iron from

powder, fine and coarse
particles without damaging
or denaturing them.
■Powerful type ［mm
（in）
］
Magnetic Bar Dimensions

Surface max. Processing Working
Model Material Mass
Stage Qty magnetic flux Capacity Temperature
density
PCMP-200W 9 6m3/h φ220
（8.66）360（14.1） 269（10.5） 296
（11.6） 280（11.0） 320
（12.6） φ18（0.70）
× 8（0.31） 24kg/ 52 lb
PCMP-250W 11 10m3/h φ270（10.6）380（14.9） 319（12.5） 346
（13.6） 345（13.5） 385
（15.2） 30kg/ 66 lb
SUS 0.8T 8 Upper limit
PCMP-300W 2 13 14m /h
3
φ320（12.6）410（16.1） 369（14.5） 396
（15.5） 390（15.3） 430
（16.9） φ18
（0.70）
×12
（0.47） 35kg/ 77 lb
TOOLS
304 （8000G）（0.31） 80℃（176°F）

PCMP-350W 15 18m3/h φ370（14.5）450（17.7） 419（16.5） 446
（17.5） 435（17.1） 480
（18.9） 41kg/ 90 lb
PCMP-400W 17 24m3/h φ420（16.5）470（18.5） 469（18.4） 496 （19.5） 495（19.4） 540 （21.2） φ18 （0.70） ×16 （0.62） 47kg/103 lb
※Flanges of special dimensions are also available according to the specifications of connection. ※A type having the magnet part made of SUS316 and a type having one-stage magnet rack are also available.
■Heat-resistant powerful type ［mm

（in）
］

Model Material Mass
density
PCMP-T200W 9 6m3/h φ220
（8.66）360（14.1） 269（10.5） 296
（11.6） 280（11.0） 320
（12.6） φ18（0.70）
× 8（0.31） 24kg/ 52 lb
PCMP-T250W 11 10m3/h φ270（10.6）380（14.9） 319（12.5） 346
（13.6） 345（13.5） 385
（15.2） 30kg/ 66 lb
SUS 0.8T 8 Upper limit
PCMP-T300W 2 13 14m /h
3
φ320（12.6）410（16.1） 369（14.5） 396 （16.9） φ18
（15.5） 390（15.3） 430 （0.70）
×12
（0.47） 35kg/ 77 lb
304 （8000G）（0.31） 240℃（464°F）
PCMP-T350W 15 18m3/h φ370（14.5）450（17.7） 419（16.5） 446
（17.5） 435（17.1） 480
（18.9） 41kg/ 90 lb
MAGNETIC
PCMP-T400W 17 24m3/h φ420（16.5）470（18.5） 469（18.4） 496

（19.5） 495（19.4） 540
（21.2） φ18
（0.70）
×16
（0.62） 47kg/103 lb
※Flanges of special dimensions are also available according to the specifications of connection. ※A type having the magnet part made of SUS316 and a type having one-stage magnet rack are also available.
■Super powerful type ［mm

（in）
］
Model Material Mass
density
PCMP-A200W 9 6m3/h φ220
（8.66）360（14.1） 269（10.5） 296
（11.6） 280（11.0） 320
（12.6） φ18（0.70）
× 8（0.31） 24kg/ 52 lb
PCMP-A250W 11 10m3/h φ270（10.6）380（14.9） 319（12.5） 346
（13.6） 345（13.5） 385
（15.2） 30kg/ 66 lb
SUS 1T 8 Upper limit
PCMP-A300W 2 13 14m3/h φ320（12.6）410（16.1） 369（14.5） 396 （16.9） φ18
（15.5） 390（15.3） 430 （0.70）
×12
（0.47） 35kg/ 77 lb
304 （10000G）（0.31） 80℃（176°F）
PCMP-A350W 15 18m3/h φ370（14.5）450（17.7） 419（16.5） 446
（17.5） 435（17.1） 480
（18.9） 41kg/ 90 lb
PCMP-A400W 17 24m3/h φ420（16.5）470（18.5） 469（18.4） 496 （19.5） 495（19.4） 540 （21.2） φ18 （0.70） ×16 （0.62） 47kg/103 lb
157 ※Flanges of special dimensions are also available according to the specifications of connection. ※A type having the magnet part made of SUS316 and a type having one-stage magnet rack are also available.
PCMP / PCML / PCML-S
Model PCML L-TYPE MAGNETIC FILTER FOR LIQUID
［Features］

A

B 2 B1 2 61 ●Suitable for a small amount
Ferrule clamp (flow rate) to process.
D 1（ID）
Ferrule C Ferrule C 1 ●Simple construction for easy
overhaul and cleaning.
●Compact and light weight,
requiring little installation
MAGNET
LIFTING
space.
D
Ferrule gasket ■An example of usage: Dairy
F
(Silicone rubber) G
products, ketchup, sausage,
φ25：Magnetic bar
honey, chili oil, fermented
MAGBORE*
D Ferrule C
soybean tare
PCML-15 E
■Powerful type ［mm（in）

］
Surface Max. Dimensions
Surface Surface Working Pressure
Model Magnetic Mass
Material Finish Temperature Resistance ₁ ₁ ₁
Flux Density
PCML-10 0.8T Upper limit 1S 23 （0.90） 72.5（2.85）

#400 500kPa 259 （10.2） 55
（2.16） 139
（5.47） 2S 47.8
（1.88） 139
（5.47） 152（5.98） Approx. 2.0kg/4.4 lb
PCML-15 SUS304 （8000G） 80℃ 1.5S 35.7（1.41） 85.5（3.36）
buffed （5kgf/cm2）
PCML-20 or over （176°F） 343
（13.5）110（4.33）168
（6.61） 2S 2.5S 47.8（1.88） 59.5
（2.34） 217
（8.54） 103.5（4.07） 192（7.55） Approx. 3.0kg/6.6 lb
■Heat-resistant powerful type ［mm（in）

］
Model Magnetic Mass
Flux Density
PCML-T10 0.8T Upper limit 1S 23 （0.90） 72.5（2.85）
#400 500kPa 259 （10.2） 55
（2.16） 139
（5.47） 2S 47.8
（1.88） 139
（5.47） 152（5.98） Approx. 2.0kg/4.4 lb
PCML-T15 SUS304 （8000G） 150℃ 1.5S 35.7（1.41） 85.5（3.36）
PCML-T20 or over （302°F） 343
（13.5）110（4.33）168
（6.61） 2S 2.5S 47.8（1.88） 59.5
（2.34） 217
（8.54） 103.5（4.07） 192（7.55） Approx. 3.0kg/6.6 lb
■Super powerful type ［mm（in）

］
Model Magnetic Mass
Flux Density
PCML-A10 1T Upper limit 1S 23 （0.90） 72.5（2.85）
#400 500kPa 259 （10.2） 55
（2.16） 139
（5.47） 2S 47.8
（1.88） 139
（5.47） 152（5.98） Approx. 2.0kg/4.4 lb

PCML-A15 SUS304 （10000G） 80℃ 1.5S 35.7（1.41） 85.5（3.36）
PCML-A20 or over （176°F） 343
（13.5）110（4.33）168
（6.61） 2S 2.5S 47.8（1.88） 59.5
（2.34） 217
（8.54） 103.5（4.07） 192（7.55） Approx. 3.0kg/6.6 lb
Model PCML-S POWERFUL MAGNETIC FILTER FOR RESIN MOLDING

［Application］
Attracts and removes iron mixed in resin (powder, particles) by a strong
permanent magnet.
［Features］
●Simple construction for easy overhaul and cleaning.
●Compact and light weight, requiring little installation space.
SEPARATORS
●A powerful magnet having a property value of 1.2 T (12,000 G) or over
is incorporated and the surface maximum magnetic flux density is 0.8
PCML-15-S
T (8,000 G) or over attracts and removes iron mixed in resin.
●Since a permanent magnet that maintains a strong magnetic force
almost perpetually is used, the running cost can be reduced
significantly.
An example of PCML special fabrication MAGNETIC MEASURING
（438）
253 （86）
Casing Magnetic bar φ25

φ38.1
Ferrule 2S
90
φ38.1
300
Ferrule
Surface Surface Finish Surface Max. Magnetic Working

Model Mass
Material Magnetic bar Casing Flux Density Temperature
Inside: #200 buffed Upper limit Approx.

PCML-15-S SUS304 #200 buffed 0.8 T (8000 G) or over
Outside: Pickled 80℃（176° F） 2kg/4.4 lb
Magnetic bar
158
Model PCMS STRAIGHT TYPE MAGNETIC FILTER FOR LIQUID
［Features］
●Recommended for operations where the amount (flow rate) of

materials to process is small.
●Simple construction for easy overhaul and cleaning.
●Compact and light weight, requiring little space.
■An example of usage: Mayonnaise, steak sauce, paste
A
MAGNET
LIFTING
B 2 226 2 B
D1（ID）
Teflon ring
PCMS-15
D
MAGBORE*
Ferrule gasket Magnetic bar Ferrule

(Silicone rubber) φ25 clamp Ferrule C1 Ferrule C
■Powerful type / Heat-resistant powerful type / Super powerful type ［mm（in）

］
Model Working Temperature
Surface Surface Pressure Dimensions
Heat-resistant Super Surface Max. Magnetic Flux Density Mass
CHIP & SLUDGE
Powerful Material Finish Resistance

powerful powerful Powerful Heat-resistant powerful Super powerful
PCMS-10 PCMS-T10 PCMS-A10 1S φ23 （0.90） Upper limit Upper limit Upper limit
#400 500kPa 340（13.3） 55 （2.16） 2S φ47.8（1.88） 80℃（176°F） 150℃（302°F） 80℃（176°F） Approx. 2.5kg/5.51 lb
PCMS-15 PCMS-T15 PCMS-A15 SUS304 1.5S φ35.7
（1.41）
buffed （5kgf/cm2） 0.8T
（8000G） 0.8T
（8000G） 1T
（10000G）
PCMS-20 PCMS-T20 PCMS-A20 450
（17.7） 110（4.33） 2S 2.5S φ47.8
（1.88）φ59.5（2.34） or over or over or over Approx. 3.0kg/6.61 lb
Model PCMY MAGNETIC FILTER FOR LIQUID

Ferrule 3S ［Features］
φ91
●A Y-type filter that can be used for straight piping. The magnetic bar
45
can be cleaned easily.

■An example of usage: Noodle soup, sauce, syrup
φ25：
Magnetic bar
116
2.
7
Surface Max.
Model Magnetic Flux Mass
Material Finish Temperature Resistance
Density
Ferrule 1.5S 190
Upper limit
PCMY-15
SUS304 ＃400 0.8 T (8000 G) 80℃（176°F） 1.000kPa Approx.
60 SCS13 buffed or over Upper limit （10kgf/cm²） 4kg/8.8 lb
φ
35
PCMY-T15
150℃
（302°F）
.7
Model CPM TUBULAR MAGNETIC SEPARATOR

［Application］
A tubular separator incorporating a powerful columnar
permanent magnet. When this separator is installed in a
system to flow such nonmagnetic substances as powder and
granular materials, mixed iron pieces, etc. can be removed.

This separator has a construction suitable for vertical falling
flow operations.
［Features］
●Eight types are available by cylinder sizes to meet various
mounting shapes.
TOOLS
CPM-10 ●The magnet is housed in a robust steel tube for protection

φD 1
φD against impacts by powder and granular materials.
●The opening hatch facilitates removal of iron pieces.
t
CPM sanitary
h2
●While the iron-removal rate is very high, the installation cost

specification
is low and almost no running cost is required.
●The transfer lines and processing equipment are protected

h1
H
G
against damage by iron pieces.
●Possible spark formation of powder and granular materials
can be prevented.
h3
φD n-d ●The quality and purity can be increased and reliability can
t
D3
D2 be enhanced.
MAGNETIC
［mm
（in）
］
Model Mass
Capacity φ φ φ -
CPM- 5 1 m³/h 61（2.40） 145
（5.70） 310（12.2） 195（7.67） 50
（1.96） 65
（2.55） 130
（5.11） 105（4.13） 200
（7.87） 6kg/13 lb
CPM-10 2.5m³/h 102（4.01） 220
（8.66） 570（22.4） 370（14.5） 70
（2.75） 130（5.11） 190
（7.48） 155（6.10） 6ーφ10
（0.39） 300
（11.8） 12.5kg/28 lb
CPM-15 6 m³/h 165（6.49） 275
（10.8） 680（26.7） 430（16.9） 150（5.90） 265
（10.4） 230（9.05） 310
（12.2） 22kg/48 lb
CPM-20 10 m³/h 216（8.50） 345
（13.5） 790（31.1） 520（20.4） 170（6.69） 320
（12.6） 280（11.0） 8ーφ10
（0.39） 390
（15.3） 30kg/66 lb
8（0.31）
CPM-25 15 m³/h 267（10.5） 435
（17.1） 950（37.4） 580（22.8） 270（10.6） 385
（15.2） 345（13.5） 12ーφ10
（0.39） 485
（19.1） 45kg/99 lb
100
（3.93）
CPM-30 20 m³/h 319（12.5） 485
（19.1） 1000
（39.4） 600（23.6） 430
（16.9） 390（15.3） 560
（22.0） 58kg/127 lb
300（11.8）
CPM-40 35 m³/h 406（15.9） 620
（24.4） 1100
（43.3） 700（27.5） 540
（21.2） 495（19.4） 12ーφ14
（0.55） 715
（28.2） 85kg/187 lb
CPM-50 55 m³/h 508（20.0） 780
（30.7） 1200
（47.2） 780（30.7） 320（12.6） 655
（25.7） 605（23.8） 885
（34.8） 110kg/242 lb
159 ※A sanitary version is also available upon request.

PCMS / PCMY / CPM / PCMN / PCMN-HU / PCMN-TF
Model PCMN SANITARY PLATE MAGNET
［Application］

Flat type Type with template

This type is installed in critical places This type is installed on chutes and
of nonmagnetic ducts to catch iron in hoppers to separate/collect iron in granular
flowing raw materials. When the magnet materials such as foods and chemicals.
is removed after raw materials have The template holds caught iron against the
passed, the magnetic force is canceled pressure of flowing raw materials and keeps
MAGNET
LIFTING
and only iron can be collected. accumulating such iron.
PCMN-Z1220
［Features］
●These magnets are completely enclosed and therefore can be installed in liquid.
●Powerful as a rare earth magnet having a property value of 1.2 T is built in.
MAGBORE*
●The employment of a magnet layout having a wide attractive area produces a
PCMN-T1210 magnetic flux density that is 20% greater than that of the flat type. (PCMN-Z)
■Powerful plate magnet Flat type Type with template ［mm（in）

］ 4-6.5drill
6
Surface Max. Magnetic
Model Dimensions Material Built-in Working Mass
Surface Flux Density
6
Permanent Temp.
Main Template Finish N
Flat Template Magnet Flat Template Upper Limit Flat Template
unit (PCMN-T)

118
148
PCMN-1205 PCMN-T1205 85（3.34） 55（2.16） 0.4T 0.8T 1.8kg/3.96 lb 2.0kg/4.40 lb
Nd rare earth S
PCMN-1210 PCMN-T1210 135（5.31）105（4.13） 3.1kg/6.83 lb 3.4kg/7.49 lb
type
PCMN-1215 PCMN-T1215 185（7.28）156（6.14） SUS SUS #400 80℃ 5.0kg/11.0 lb 5.5kg/12.1 lb
304 430 buffed Property value 0.45T 0.9T （176°F） 6.0kg/13.2 lb 6.6kg/14.5 lb
PCMN-1220 PCMN-T1220 235（9.25）207（8.15） B
（4500G）（9000G） 3.2
1.2 T A 31
(12,000 G)
<PCMN>
※These magnets can be used in liquids that do not cause chemical reaction with the material of the magnets.
6 4-6.5drill 6 4-6.5drill
9
Type of magnet staggered arrangement ［mm（in）
］
6
N
Dimensions Built-in Surface Max. Working N
Surface
Model Material Permanent Magnetic Temp. Mass
Finish
118
148
118
148
Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMN-Z1212 150（5.90）120（4.72） 3.5kg/7.71 lb S S
Nd rare earth
PCMN-Z1220 230（9.05）200（7.87） SUS ＃400 Type 0.5T 80℃ 5.5kg/12.1 lb
PCMN-Z1225 280（11.0）250（9.84） 304 buffed Property value （5000G）（176°F） 6.5kg/14.3 lb B B
3.2 3.2
PCMN-Z1230 334（13.1）304（11.9） 1.2 T(12,000 G) 8.0kg/17.6 lb A 31 A 31
※These magnets can be used in liquids that do not cause chemical reaction with the material of the magnets. <PCMN-Z> <PCMN-T>

Model PCMN-HU SUSPENDED POWERFUL PLATE MAGNET
These magnets are suspended above a conveyor to attract ●These magnets are a suspension version of the conventional powerful plate
and remove iron pieces, etc. from foods being conveyed. magnet and can easily be used in liquid.

●Four eyebolts are included
■Powerful plate magnet Suspension type ［mm
（in）
］ 20
A
20
32
28 4
B
Dimensions Surface Built-in Permanent Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.
20
Model Material Mass

Finish Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
PCMN-HU1205 97
（3.81） 57
（2.24） 0.4T 2.3kg/5.07 lb
N
PCMN-HU1210 148（5.82） 108（4.25） 3.8kg/8.39 lb
Nd rare earth
160
120
SEPARATORS
PCMN-HU1215 199（7.83） 159（6.26）＃400 type 80℃ 6.0kg/13.2 lb
SUS304 0.45T
PCMN-HU1220 249（9.80） 209（8.22） buffed Property value （176°F） 7.1kg/15.6 lb S
1.2 T (12,000 G) （4500G）
PCMN-HU1225 300（11.8） 260（10.2） 8.2kg/18.1 lb
8
PCMN-HU1230 351（13.8） 311（12.2） 9.9kg/21.8 lb

20
8
4-6.5drill
※These magnets can be used in liquids that do not cause chemical reaction with the material of the magnets.
Model PCMN-TF PLATE MAGNET WITH WEAR-RESISTANT COATING MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
Miracle 1.4 Tesla (14,000 Gauss) realized

MAGNETIC MEASURING
［Features］ ●The employment of a sharp gradient

●A uniform magnetic field is produced over construction enables it to continuously catch
the entire pole having a certain width. fine iron powder that cannot be caught by
●A magnetic flux density of 1.4 Tesla (14,000 conventional iron-removing magnets.
Gauss) far exceeding conventional powerful ●These magnets have been treated by
magnets has been realized! KANETEC’s original surface treatment
●Compared with the N-S-N-S structure of technology to make them highly resistant to
magnetic bars, the effective magnetic pole is wear and corrosion.
B
100% to provide a reliable separation effect. ［mm（in）
］
A (Template) 4 50
6
Dimensions Surface Built-in Surface Max. Magnetic Working Temp.

Model Material Mass
Finish Permanent Magnet Flux Density Upper Limit
N PCMN-TF1205 55
（2.16） 85
（3.34） 73
（2.87） 2.5kg/5.51 lb
Nd rare earth
146
133
115
PCMN-TF1210 105（4.13）135（5.31）123（4.84） 5.0kg/11.0 lb

S ＃400 type 1.4T 80℃
PCMN-TF1215 156（6.14）185（7.28）173（6.81） SUS304 7.5kg/16.5 lb
buffed Property value （14000G）（176°F）
PCMN-TF1220 207（8.15）235（9.25）223（8.77） 10.0kg/22.0 lb
4-6.5drill 1.2 T (12,000 G)
PCMN-TF1230 309（12.1）340（13.3）328（12.9） 15.0kg/33.0 lb
160
6 C 6 3.2
6
POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATORS PCMD / PCMR / PCMI
Model PCMD POWERFUL PERMANENT MAGNETIC DRUM
［Application］
This drum is installed in a system or casing and driven by a motor at a low speed to
continuously separate and sort out magnetic fine pieces from raw materials fed. This
drum is suitable for removing iron mixed in materials in processes of threshing,
cleaning and processing rice.
［Features］
●Types of various sizes are available according to specifications of mounting
This photo shows an image of
MAGNET
LIFTING
the product, not Model PCMD. equipment and required capacity.

●These drums employ a powerful rare earth magnet having a property value of 1.2 T
An example of PCMD-1630 casing (12,000 G) or over and the surface maximum magnetic flux density is 0.35 T (3,500
G) or over to realize a type that is most powerful in the drum series.
●Since a permanent magnet of which the powerful magnetic force is maintained for
MAGBORE*
almost perpetually is used, the running cost can be reduced significantly.

°
■An example of usage: Le 230
x. area
Cleaned rice, barley/ t
Mag pro
t
φd-5
ne
wheat, beans, coffee
Ap
φd
beans
φD
CHIP & SLUDGE
6
d-
φ
F Scraper 20 ot
a ti
R
E Ld 2 pcs at 180°interval
Casing is quoted separately ng
d ir e c ti o n
L
based on specifications.
［mm
（in）
］
Max. Drum Dia. Effective Width Drum Width Dimensions Shaft Dia. Keyway
Drive Working Temp.
Model Processing Revolution Mass

Motor Upper Limit φ φ ×
Capacity
PCMD-1630 3.0m3/h Optimum Optimum φ165（6.49） 300（11.8） 320（12.6） 535（21.0）110（4.33） 25（0.98） φ20（0.78） 5（0.19）
×12 （0.47） Approx. 25kg/55.1 lb
80℃
PCMD-2135 4.5m3/h range capacity φ216（8.50） 350（13.7） 370（14.5） 600（23.6）115（4.52） 30（1.18） φ25（0.98） 6（0.23）
×16.5（0.65） Approx. 37kg/81.5 lb
（176°F）
PCMD-2640 6.0m3/h 20 ‒ 60 rpm 0.1 kW φ267（10.5） 390（15.3） 420（16.5） 660（25.9）130（5.11） 38（1.49） φ30（1.18） 8（0.31）×21 （0.82） Approx. 50kg/ 110 lb
Model PCMR POWERFUL PULLEY TYPE LOCUS SEPARATOR

Removes weak magnetic ［Application］

This separator is installed in the preceding stage of processing dry
fine particles from granular materials, spice materials and chemicals to separate and remove
powder!!
weak magnetic fine particles by a strong permanent magnet.
［Features］
●The permanent magnetic pulley employs a high-performance rare earth
magnet. Weak magnetic substances such as friction particles of
stainless steel (SUS304) can be removed.
●Short length and compact, requiring a small installation space.
●The original construction facilitates belt replacement.
●The conveyor system for incorporation into lines.

●A version of antistatic belt specification is also available. （in）
［mm ］
PCMR-20A Max. Drive Belt Dimensions
Model Processing Mass
Capacity Motor Speed Width Length Height
An example of special fabrication PCMR-10A 0.8m3/h 100（3.93） 50kg/110 lb
30ー60 830 688
■An example of usage: Rice, barley/wheat, beans, spice, coffee, tea, konbu (kelp), various dry PCMR-20A 1.6m3/h 0.09kW
m/min.
200（7.87）
（32.6）（27.0）
65kg/143 lb
food materials, candy materials, chemical materials, chemical products, desiccating agent, PCMR-30A 2.4m3/h 300（11.8） 80kg/176 lb
feed, plastic materials and other various granular materials. ※The width up to 600 mm is possible.
Model PCMI OPPOSING-POLE TYPE POWERFUL MAGNETIC SEPARATOR

Powerful! 2-Tesla (20,000 Gauss) magnetic field never misses magnetic
TOOLS
substances that cannot be collected by conventional magnetic bars!

<A concept of catching ［Features］
magnetic substances> ●A uniform magnetic field is produced over the
…Foods, chemical powder entire poles having a certain width.

…Iron powder, SUS powder ●Since materials to process always pass through
Feeding the highly magnetic area, magnetic substances
are completely separated.
●Compared with the N-S-N-S structure of
magnetic bars, the effective magnetic pole is
MAGNETIC
100% to provide a reliable separation effect.

●Most suitable for separating/collecting and high-
grade screening of fine iron powder, stainless
steel powder and very fine wear particles from a
PCMI-10 small amount of non-sticky powder. (A fixed
Strong magnetic amount vibration feeder included.)
field area
■An example of processing ［mm
（in）
］
Materials to Process Grain Size【μm】 Grain Size【kg/h】 Dimensions Power
Model Materials Passing Area Mass
Non-sticky powder 300‒500 75 Width Depth Height Source
Konjak flour 40‒600 120 PCMI-10 180（7.08）480（18.9）405（15.9） W1.5
（0.05）×L100mm （3.93） ×4 places 100 VAC 55kg/121 lb
161
MEASURING TOOLS FS / SE / SK
Model FS MAGNETIC PLUMB BOB FRIMA*
［Application］

Plumb bob with strong magnet (Light weight type)

A plumb bob incorporating a powerful magnet suitable
for use on building and bridge construction and
shipbuilding sites. As the plumb bob is held by the
An example of usage
magnet, one person can take accurate measurements
easily. Easy to carry and enhanced safety. A plastic
case is employed to reduce the weight.
MAGNET
LIFTING
［Features］
●The case is made of reinforced plastic to provide
both light weight and durability.
●A large diameter reel to speed up winding.
●A ratchet mechanism is provided for better
MAGBORE*
operability. A safety stopper is also incorporated to
absorb unexpected shocks.
●A scale of magnet with increased magnetic force is
included.

Scale
Wind up while lightly holding down the
string with a finger to prevent tangling
of the string.
Weight
［mm（in）
］
Mass Accessories
Model Resistance to Slide Dimensions
Body Plumb Plumb Scale String
FS-1 60N
（6kgf） 104
（4.09）
×120
（4.72）
×25
（0.98） 350g/0.8 lb 760g/1.7 lb φ55
（2.16）
×86.5
（3.40） φ36.5
（1.43）
×130
（5.11） 10m
（393.7）
※The resistance to slide is based on a test piece of mill scale iron plate, 9 mm or thicker.

Model SE PERMANENT MAGNETIC STRAIGHT EDGE

A steel straight edge incorporating a
magnet. A magnetic force on/off function
is not incorporated.
SEPARATORS
SE-50
［mm（in）
］
Model Effective Length Height Width Mass
SE-50 500
（19.6） 30
（1.18） 20
（0.78） 2kg/4.4 lb
Model SK MAGSQUARE MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS

MAGNETIC MEASURING
E
t
A square with one of its orthogonal reference planes magnetized. It is held by
the magnet on an inclined face, rear face and other face.
（in）
［mm ］
SK-15 Dimensions
Model Squareness Mass
A
D 100 70 20 20 2.5
SK-10 0.5kg/1.1 lb
（3.93）（2.75）（0.78）（0.78）（0.09）
150 120 24 3.0
SK-15 1.0kg/2.2 lb
（5.90）（4.72） 28 40 （0.94）（0.11） A
0.02＋
（1.10）（1.57） 10000
B SK-20
200 150
（7.87）（5.90）
29
（1.14）
1.3kg/2.8 lb
4.0
250 160 20 32 （0.15）
SK-25 1.2kg/2.6 lb
C （9.84）（6.29）（0.78）（1.26）
162
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Model TM TESLA METER Meter in compliance with New Measurement Act in Japan
Significant improvement of performance while keeping usability of TM-701!

New industry standard of handy type

The Tesla Meter is a practical, handy type Gauss meter having digital display
kG) that has been developed based on KANETEC’s long experience and
30
3T ( ported achievements in the manufacture of magnetism-applied products. To satisfy
sup
MAGNET
LIFTING
the user’s needs, this meter has been designed for easy use by anyone by
incorporating frequently used functions only.
［Application］
●Measurement of residual magnetism in machined workpieces.
AC adapter connection port ●Measurement of magnetic flux density in magnetism-applied products.
MAGBORE*
●Measurement of magnetic flux density of motors.

●Measurement of properties of magnetic materials.
［Features］
●A wide measuring range from 0 to 3000 mT. (DC)
●In addition to DC magnetic flux density, AC magnetic flux density can be
CHIP & SLUDGE
TM-801 measured.
●The high resolution measuring mode ensures highly accurate measurement.
USB cable connection port (Resolution 0.01 mT = 0.1 G)
●The use of sheet keys ensures high dustproof performance.
●The auto power off function prevents useless consumption of the battery.
●When the probe has been worn out, it can be replaced with a new one
without troublesome calibration. (Optional)
Featuring 10 points of TM-801(compared with TM-701) Measurement of Measurement of

surface magnetic space magnetic

flux density flux density
Lines of magnetic force
Wider measuring range Lines of
magnetic force
・High resolution mode accuracy in measurement of DC magnetic flux
density improved.
・Frequency covering range in measurement of AC magnetic flux density
expanded. (40 ‒ 500 Hz) Source of magnetic
force such as magnet
Max. 160 hours of continuous operation and

high-speed sampling Probe
・Sampling speed in HOLD mode increased by 1.5 times.

・Continuous operation time by use of a battery improved by 20% (130
Probe
hours → 160 hours). CONT. SIDE
should be in contact Probe placed orthogonal
・3-way power supply usable: battery, AC adapter and USB feed. to lines of magnetic force.
PC free software renewed
Simplified measuring method completely
PC operation simpler and more useful
・Digital output of measured data to PC by use of USB. HOLD indication Auto power off cancelation indication
・Measurement commands controllable from PC by use of USB. AC magnetic flux Battery replacement indication
・PC free sample software renewed completely. measurement indication
Much safer Unit of measurement

・Exclusively designed for mT* indication and in compliance with Article 9 Polarity
of the Measurement Act in Japan.
・”MADE IN JAPAN”Produced in Japan for sense of security. Measured value
TOOLS
*The Measurement Act in Japan does not permit the sale of measuring instruments with mT/G
Simple and easy-to-read display
indication selection in Japan.
TM-801 Major Specifications

（1mT＝10G）
Zero reset Polarity judgment

Model TM-801 Function
Max. detect value hold Auto power off (Cancellable)
DC magnetic flux density AC magnetic flux density
Object to detect Output Digital output (USB) / Analog output
Polarities（N, S） 40 ‒ 500 Hz
Unit of measurement mT only Detected value Digital

Indication
Polarity Alphabets (N/S)
Measurement range 0‒3000.0mT
Operating temperature 0‒＋40℃
（104°F）
MAGNETIC
Measurement ・Battery: Size AA (1.5 V)×4 pieces

Measuring range Resolution Indication accuracy*1 Power source
mode ・External power source 5 ‒ 6 VDC (AC adapter/USB feed)
Measurement modee
0‒ 200.0 mT 0.1 mT ±（5％ of rdg.＋ 3digit） Dimensions 140
（5.51）
mm high×64
（2.51）
mm wide×30
（1.18）
mm thick
DC× 1※
Measuring range 200.1‒3000.0 mT 1 mT ±（5％ of rdg.＋10digit）
DC×10 0‒ 300.00mT 0.01mT ±（3％ of rdg.＋ 5digit） Mass Approx. 250 g/0.55 lb (batteries & probe included)
Resolution
0‒ 150.00mT 0.01mT Accessories Probe, batteries, carrying case
Indication accuracy
AC※ 150.1‒ 300.0 mT 0.1 mT ±（5％ of rdg.＋20digit）
Axial probe (TM-801 AXL)
301.0‒ 150.00mT 1 mT Optional
Reference magnetic field (TM-SMF, TM-AMF)
*The measuring range is automatically selected. Note: This meter is not designed for measurement of electromagnetic waves.
※1 The indication accuracy ±(5% of red. + 3 digits) is ±(5% of indicated value + 3 × resolution). “digit” = Resolution
Example: Measurement mode DC × 1, indicated value 123.5 mT (Measuring range 0 ‒ 200 mT, resolution 0.1 mT)
±(123.5 × 0.05 + 3 × 0.1) = ±6.475 mT ≒ ±6.5 mT Accuracy range is 117.0 ‒ 130.0 mT
163
TM / TM-SMF / TM-AMF / PC
Model TM PROBE FOR TESLA METER
［Application］

A measurement probe for TM-801.
［Features］
●Please keep this probe as a spare. It can be replaced without
Object to troublesome calibration. In addition to the standard PRB (transverse
measure type), an axial type (AXL) capable of vertical measurement and
TM-801PRB
having high durability is optionally available.
MAGNET
LIFTING
(An example of ※This can be used with KANETEC conventional
models TM-501, TM-610 and TM-701.
usage of TM-801 AXL)
［mm
（in）
］
Model Applicable Meter Tip Dimensions Cord Length Mass
MAGBORE*
TM-801AXL TM-801PRB ※ （T）1.0（0.03）
×（W）
3.5
（0.13）
×（L）65（2.55） 50g/0.11 lb
TM-801 1000
（39.4）
(Optional) TM-801AXL φ13
（0.51）
×55
（2.16） (including probe cap)
Model TM-SMF / TM-AMF REFERENCE MAGNETIC FIELD FOR TESLA METER
For calibration and daily check of Tesla Meter! A calibration certificate is issued
upon request (for a fee).

For standard probe Applicable
p probe:
p KANETEC TM-201 and later models
［Application］
●Daily check of the Tesla Meter.
●When a calibration certificate of the reference magnetic field is
obtained, the calibration of the Tesla Meter becomes economical.
［Features］
●The closed circuit construction employing a permanent magnet that
causes less magnetic force leak is employed.
●Small and light weight. ［mm（in）］
Magnetic Dimensions
Model Mass
Flux Density ※
Dia. Height
TM-SMF- 003 0.003T
（ 30G） 50（1.96） Approx. 0.5kg/1.10lb
TM-SMF- 050 0.05 T
（ 500G） φ43
（1.69） 40（1.57） Approx. 0.4kg/0.88lb
TM-SMF- 300 0.3 T
（3000G） 30（1.18） Approx. 0.3kg/0.66lb
TM-SMF-1000 1 T
（10000G） φ73（2.87） 74（2.91） Approx. 2.0kg/4.40lb

TM SM
TM-SMF-050 ※The magnetic flux density is a nominal value. The measurement sheet included with the
product shows the actual measured value of the product.
For axial type probe Applicable probe: KANETEC TM-601 AXL, TM-701 AXL, TM-801 AXL

［mm（in）
］
Magnetic Dimensions
Model Mass
Flux Density ※
Dia. Height
TM-AMF- 003 0.003T
（ 30G） 60（2.36） Approx. 1.4kg/3.08lb
TM-AMF- 050 0.05 T
（ 500G） φ70
（2.75） 55（2.16） Approx. 1.3kg/2.86lb
SEPARATORS
TM-AMF- 300 0.3 T
（3000G） 50（1.96） Approx. 1.2kg/2.64lb
※The magnetic flux density is a nominal value. The measurement sheet included with the
TM-AMF-300 product shows the actual measured value of the product.
Model PC MAGNETIC POLARITY CHECKER

Simplified checking of residual magnetic
flux density and N/S polarity judgment!
MAGNETIC MEASURING
［Application］
In addition to screening magnetic material or checking the polarity when a magnet is installed, this can
be used as a simplified checker of residual magnetic flux density level of processed products.
［Features］
●Card size thickness, 6 mm only, for convenience of carrying.
●The results of polarity judgment are indicated by both light and sound or may be indicated by sound only.
PC-10 N Pole (red LED): Sound in short intervals.
S Pole (blue LED): Sound in long intervals
●Since this checker detects a magnetic flux density of 1 mT (10 G) or over, it can be used for checking
a demagnetized state in a simplified manner.
※For precise measurement of the magnetic flux density, please use the Tesla Meter.
［mm（in）
］
Model Dimentions Judging Capacity Indication Lamp Battery Mass Accessory
PC-10 55
（2.16）
×85
（3.34）
×t6
（0.23） N/S approx. 1 mT (10 G) or over N pole（Red LED）S pole
（Blue LED） CR2025 Button battery (included) 25g/0.055 lb Exclusive soft case
164
MAGNETIC MATERIALS
Magnetic properties of magnets

Various types of magnetic materials are available. Many kinds including anisotropic ferrites, rare earth magnets, rubber magnet sheets, colored magnet
sheets, etc. are available in various sizes.

※Main characteristics are shown in the following tables for comparison.
Residual Magnetic
Holding Power (BHC) ■Rubber magnet sheet
Kinds of Permanent Magnet Flux Density (Br)
Residual Magnetic
T（G） kA/m
（Oe） Holding Power (BHC)
Kinds of Permanent Magnet Flux Density (Br)
0.36‒0.42 239‒271
MAGNET
LIFTING
Anisotropic ferrite T
（G） kA/m（Oe）
（3600‒4200）（3000‒3400）
0.22‒0.23 159‒174
0.98‒1.06 477‒637 Anisotropic
Rare earth magnet samarium-cobalt （2250‒2350）（2000‒2180）
（9800‒10600）（6000‒8000）
0.14‒0.15 100‒111
1.0‒1.33 836‒995 Isotropic
Rare earth magnet neodymium （1400‒1550）（1250‒1400）
（10000‒13300）（10500‒12500）
MAGBORE*
1.28‒1.35 52‒58
Alnico magnet
（12800‒13500）（650‒726）
No.1 RUBBER MAGNET SHEET

CHIP & SLUDGE
●Flexible rubber magnet sheets having excellent magnetic properties.
［mm
（in）
］［mm
（in）
］
Type Thickness Width Length Type Thickness Width Length
Plain Plain
① 0.8
（0.031） 100（3.93） 1000
（39.4） ② 0.8
（0.031） 1000
（39.4） 1000
（39.4）
① 1.0
（0.039） 100（3.93） 1000
（39.4） ② 1.0
（0.039） 1000
（39.4） 1000
（39.4）
① 1.0
（0.039） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ③ 2.0
（0.078） 10（0.39） 1000
（39.4）
Isotropic
① 1.2
（0.047） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ③ 3.0
（0.118） 15（0.59） 1000
（39.4）
① 1.5
（0.059） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ③ 4.0
（0.157） 8
（0.31） 1000
（39.4）
① 1.6
（0.063） 100（3.93） 1000
（39.4） ③ 5.0
（0.197） 15（0.59） 1000
（39.4）
① 2.0
（0.078） 100（3.93） 1000
（39.4） Colored sheets (white, red, yellow, green, blue)
① 2.0
（0.078） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） Isotropic ② 0.8（0.031） 300
（11.8） 400S
（15.7）
Anisotropic
① 3.0
（0.118） 100（3.93） 1000
（39.4） Colored sheets (white, red, yellow, green, blue, orange)
① 3.0
（0.118） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ② 0.8
（0.031） 100
（3.93） 300S
（11.8）
① 2.5
（0.098） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ② 0.8（0.031） 200
（7.87） 300S
（11.8）
Isotropic
① 3.5
（0.137） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ② 0.8
（0.031） 300
（11.8） 300S
（11.8）
① 4.0
（0.157） 200（7.87） 1000
（39.4） ② 0.8
（0.031） 1000
（39.4） 1000S
（39.4）
① 3.0
（0.118） 20
（0.78） 1000
（39.4） Colored sheets (white only)
④ 5.0
（0.197） 61
（2.40） 950
（37.4） ② 0.8
（0.031） 100
（3.93） 300D
（11.8）
④ 10.0
（0.393） 30
（1.18） 1000
（39.4） Isotropic ② 0.8（0.031） 200
（7.87） 300D
（11.8）
② 0.8
（0.031） 1000
（39.4） 1000D
（39.4）
※①: Anisotropic one face multi poles (a lot of N・S on one face only by anisotropic)
※②: Isotropic one face multi poles (a lot of N・S on one face only by isotropic)
※③: Isotropic one face 2 poles (N・S on one face only by isotropic)
※④: Anisotropic magnetized on both faces (magnetized in the direction of thickness by anisotropic)
※ S refers to non-lustrous sheets and D refers to lustrous sheets.
※Colored sheets have been cut to specific sizes.

※For sheets longer than 1000 mm, a fee for cutting is required additionally.
No.2 FERRITE MAGNET (ROUND/RECTANGULAR)

TOOLS
●Ferrite magnets having significantly higher magnetic properties than isotropic

magnets. In addition to dry types, a wet anisotropic magnet having a particularly
high magnetic flux density is available (made to order).
MAGNETIC
■Anisotropic ［mm（in）
］
Shape Diameter Thickness Shape Size Thickness
φ15
（0.59） 4.0
（0.15） 20
（0.78）
× 15
（0.59） 4.0（0.15）
φ20
（0.78） 4.0
（0.15） 20
（0.78）
× 15
（0.59） 7.0（0.27）
Round φ27
（1.06）×φ17
（0.66） 3.0
（0.11） 40
（1.57）
× 25
（0.98） 10.0
（0.39）
Rectangular
(incl. ring) φ30
（1.18） 5.0
（0.19） 40
（1.57）
× 10
（0.39） 7.0（0.27）
φ30
（1.18） 8.0
（0.31） 40
（1.57）
× 40
（1.57） 10.0
（0.39）
φ100（3.93）
×φ60
（2.36） 15.0
（0.59） 100（3.93）
×100
（3.93） 10.0
（0.39）
※ Even if a magnet of a size listed above is to be ordered, a certain quantity of such magnets may in some
cases need to be ordered at a time.
165
No.1 / No.2 / No.3 / No.4 / No.5
No.3 ALNICO MAGNET (ROUND)
●Cast magnets consisting mainly of iron, aluminum, nickel and cobalt (Fe, Al, Ni, Co). These magnets feature a

larger residual magnetic flux density and magnetic stability against changes in temperature.

［mm
（in）
］
Size (Diameter×Length)
φ 3
（0.11）
× 8（0.31） φ 3
（0.11）
× 9（0.35） φ 3
（0.11）
×12
（0.47） φ 3
（0.11）
×20（0.78） φ 3
（0.11）
× 22
（0.86）
φ 4
（0.15）
×10
（0.39）
φ 5
（0.19）
× 8（0.31） φ 5
（0.19）
×10
（0.39） φ 5
（0.19）
×15
（0.59） φ 5
（0.19）
×20（0.78） φ 5
（0.19）
× 25
（0.98）φ 5
（0.19）
× 60
（2.36）
MAGNET
LIFTING
φ 6
（0.23）
× 8（0.31） φ 6
（0.23）
×12
（0.47） φ 6
（0.23）
×15
（0.59） φ 6
（0.23）
×20（0.78） φ 6
（0.23）
× 25
（0.98）φ 6
（0.23）
× 60
（2.36）
φ 8
（0.31）
×10
（0.39） φ 8
（0.31）
×16
（0.62） φ 8
（0.31）
×50
（1.96）
φ10（0.39）
×10
（0.39） φ10
（0.39）
×15
（0.59） φ10
（0.39）
×30（1.18） φ10（0.39）
×50
（1.96） φ10（0.39）
×100
（3.93）φ10（0.39）
×140
（5.51）
φ13（0.51）
×10
（0.39） φ13
（0.51）
×12
（0.47） φ13
（0.51）
×15（0.59）
φ14（0.55）
×10
（0.39）
MAGBORE*
φ15（0.59）
×70
（2.75）
φ20（0.78）
×15
（0.59）
φ25（0.98）
×15
（0.59） φ25
（0.98）
×20
（0.78）
※For sizes not listed above, please contact us.
No.4 RARE EARTH MAGNET (RECTANGULAR/ROUND)

●Very small yet strong magnetic force.
●The samarium-cobalt type having high thermal stability and corrosion
resistance and the neodymium type having the highest magnetic force and
strong mechanical strength and less susceptible to cracking are available.
Other sizes (not listed in the table) are also available. Please contact us.
■Rectangular ［mm
（in）
］
Samarium-Cobalt Neodymium
Size Thickness Size Thickness Size Thickness
45
（1.77）
× 10 12
（0.47）
× 7（0.27） 4（0.15） 20
（0.78）
×15（0.59） 5
（0.19）
25
（0.98）
（0.39） 20
（0.78）
×12
（0.47） 5（0.19） 30
（1.18）
×30（1.18） 10
（0.39）
■Round ［mm
（in）
］
Samarium-Cobalt Neodymium
Size (Diameter×Length) Size (Diameter×Length)

φ 2
（0.07）
×2 （0.07） φ 2.5
（0.09）
×3（0.11） φ 2
（0.07）
× 2
（0.07） φ 2
（0.07）
×3（0.11）
φ 3
（0.11）
×1.5
（0.05） φ 3 （0.11）
×2（0.07） φ 3
（0.11）
× 3
（0.11） φ 3
（0.11）
× 2
（0.07） φ 3
（0.11）
×3（0.11） φ 3
（0.11）
×10
（0.39）
φ 4
（0.15）
×2 （0.07） φ 4 （0.15）
×3（0.11） φ 4
（0.15）
× 4
（0.15） φ 4
（0.15）
× 2
（0.07）
φ 5
（0.19）
×3 （0.11） φ 5 （0.19）
×5（0.19） φ 5
（0.19）
× 3
（0.11） φ 5
（0.19）
×5（0.19）
φ 6
（0.23）
×2 （0.07） φ 6 （0.23）
×3（0.11） φ 6
（0.23）
× 4
（0.15） φ 6
（0.23）
× 2
（0.07） φ 6
（0.23）
×3（0.11） φ 6
（0.23）
× 5（0.19）
φ 7
（0.27）
×3 （0.11）

φ 8
（0.31）
×3 （0.11） φ 8 （0.31）
×4（0.15） φ 8
（0.31）
× 3
（0.11） φ 8
（0.31）
×4（0.15） φ 8
（0.31）
× 5（0.19） φ8
（0.31）
×8（0.31）
φ10
（0.39）
×3 （0.11） φ10 （0.39）
×5（0.19） φ10（0.39）
×10
（0.39） φ10（0.39）
× 3
（0.11） φ10（0.39）
×5（0.19） φ10（0.39）
×10
（0.39）
φ12
（0.47）
×5 （0.19） φ14（0.55）
×10
（0.39）
φ15
（0.59）
×5 （0.19） φ15（0.59）
× 5
（0.19）
φ20
（0.78）
×5 （0.19） φ20（0.78）
× 5
（0.19）
φ22
（0.86）
×10（0.39）
SEPARATORS
No.5 SIMPLE MAGNETIC HOLDER
Simple holders consisting of an isotropic ferrite permanent magnet covered by an iron yoke.
Dimensionally, the finishing accuracy is not good and these holders are not recommended for
incorporation in jigs/fixtures. When these holders are used for the purpose of holding only by
themselves, such purpose can be achieved at low cost. MATERIALS INSTRUMENTS TOOLS
■Round ［mm
（in）
］
Yoke Dimensions Magnet
Model Magnet Size Mass Remarks
MAGNETIC MEASURING
Type
φ18 0.8 12.5g/
KM-FC2 φ15
（0.59）
×4（0.15）
（0.70） 5 （0.03） 0.027lb
φ24 （0.19） 0.55 23.8g/
KM-FC4 φ20
（0.78）
×4（0.15）
（0.94）（0.02） 0.052lb
Isotropic
φ31.6 4.7 0.8 38.2g/
KM-FC5 φ28
（1.10）
×φ5.5
（0.21）
×3.5（0.13） φ4.3 hole provided
（1.24）（0.18）（0.03） 0.084lb
φ36 7 97.5g/
KM-FC6 φ30
（1.18）
×5（0.19）
（1.41）（0.27） 1.6 0.214lb
φ44 8 （0.06） 122.5g/
KM-FC7 φ38
（1.49）
×φ9
（0.35）×5.7
（0.22） Anisotropic M4 tapped hole provided
（1.73）（0.31） 0.270lb
Rectangular Round
■Rectangular
t
t ［mm
（in）
］
H1
Yoke Dimensions Magnet
Model Magnet Size Mass Remarks
Type
H1 20 34 7 1.6 51.4g/
KM-FK3 20
（0.78）
×30
（1.18）
×5（0.19）
（0.78）（1.33）（0.27）（0.06） 0.113lb
W1 Isotropic
55 30 8 1.5 140g/
L1 φD 1 KM-FK5 49
（1.92）
×24
（0.94）
×6（0.23）
（2.16）（1.18）（0.31）（0.05） 0.308lb
166

Kanatec - Katalog 2014 EN

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Kanatec - Katalog 2014 EN

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Magnetic chucks include several types such as electromagnetic chucks,

permanent magnetic chucks and permanent electromagnetic

■Types of Chucks by Applications

Heavy duty ・Material rough

Heavy duty ・Material

Nonmagnetic Permanent magnetic:

0 50 100 150 200 250 300

■Overview and Features of Chucks

■Types of Electromagnetic Chucks

Micropitch type KETW Thin workpiece grinding Grinder

■Types of Permanent Magnetic Chucks

Light duty grinding and cutting RMA

Rectangular type, Fine-pitch grinding of small and Grinder, electric

■Types of Permanent Electromagnetic Chucks

Round type Cylindrical grinder,

Holding power per unit area

Case Base plate

SS400 SS400 ▽▽▽ G

Light duty SUS430 SS400 ▽▽

Heavy duty SKH2 hardened

0 10 20 30（mm） ※Use the Facsimile Communication Form (Selection Data)

Permanent electromagnetic chuck for cutting (An example of large size)

Permanent magnetic chuck for electric discharge machine

Vertical 2-face holding permanent

Permanent electromagnetic chuck for grinding (An example of large size)

Model KEZF-WS ACSHIM* FOR PRECISION CUTTING

Prior to holding Holding → machining Magnetic force

Holding power tends to Absorbed warping of workpiece

Note: Not guaranteed values.

Single Hydraulic hose Power Cord ing

Work support N pieces

Work Face Mounting Face Height Number of Dedicated

Arrangement of sticks for grinding operations realized!

the auto button on the operation box.

Rated Output Required Dimensions Control Box

Environmentally Chuck controller required additionally

irregularly shaped workpieces and nonmagnetic workpieces that

turned oﬀ completely) facilitates positioning of the workpiece

or obtaining the reference plane.

30±1 ●Workpieces having a small attractive face area can also be

Model KETZ SUPER POWERFUL ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCK

cutting force is exerted.

15 mm or thicker and sized 140×140 mm or larger.

Chuck controller required additionally

ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS MAGNETIC CHUCKS CONTROLLERS CHUCKS

※ES-M103B of a rectiﬁer and

●Powerful holding, but low height.

Pitches for comparison

KESL-1535A-1 150（5.90）×350（13.7） 150

KESL-2550A-1 250（9.84）×500（19.6） 250

Model KETW-N ELECTROMAGNETIC MICROPITCH CHUCK

this model is also suitable for cutting.

Chuck controller required additionally

For small and thin workpieces, the permanent magnetic

Work Face Pole Mounting Face Height Mounting Power Electro

Clamping 90 VDC demagnetizer, see

ELECTROMAGNETIC CHUCKS MAGNETIC CHUCKS CONTROLLERS CHUCKS

■Simple thin type yet strong holding power! P

held. Though thin, KANETEC’s original design to secure an electromagnetic coil

space ensures strong holding power.

■Resin-bonded structural face plate having little

Work Face Pole Pitch Mounting Face Height Mounting

KET- 2560F 250（9.84）× 600（23.6） 600（23.6） 529（20.8） 600（23.6） 0.72A

（3.15） EH-V305A rectiﬁer and

（0.31）（3.74）（2.95）（0.62）（4.92） combination of a

KEC- 32ARE （12.4）（12.4）（10.6）（9.84） 4 （0.39）（11.0） 114 lb rectiﬁer and

（3.93）（3.93）（2.95） 29 （2.48）（0.23）（3.15） 9 lb

（12.4）（12.4）（10.6）（9.84） 4 （0.39）（11.0） 114 lb EH-V305A rectiﬁer and

（19.6）（19.6）（18.2）（15.7）（17.7） 319 lb

KCT-3050F 300（11.8）×500（19.6） 500（19.6） 451（17.7） 500（19.6）（3.74） 0.68A 3m 93kg/205 lb

OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 〈〉